Hodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH

Publicati à ;
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND l ublication Committee

VOLUME 7.

1905.

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. 1,

740 Exchange Building. Preston and Rounds Co,

IRbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 7 January, 1905 No. 73

NOTES ON NEW ENGLAND VIOLETS,— II.
EZRA BRAINERD.

Ir would seem that after careful scrutiny of their claims two boreal
species must be added to the list of New England violets. One is
Viola Novae-Angliae, published by Mr. House in a recent number of
Ruopora.' Itis surely a good species, and was believed to be so by
others before Mr. House pointed out its claims to recognition. Mr.
Fernald, who collected the type specimens, wrote on sending dupli-
cates to me with other material last February: “One, Mr. Pollard
has called V. emarginata, but I can't believe that the little plant of
Fort Kent and St. Francis (my nos. 2244, 2245) has much to do
with the southern species. I have always been confident from the
habitat of the plant and the high-northern species with which it
grows, that it represented a thoroughly distinct species. I shall en-
deavor to get more and better material this year. I shall be glad to
have you describe the plant, if you, too, feel that it is quite distinct."

Though recognizing its distinctness, I deemed it prudent to wait
for summer specimens showing the mature leaves and fruit. During
my brief study of the genus I had become painfully aware of the
confusion that had arisen from the publication of scores of obscure
and illegitimate species, based on scanty or immature material; and
I felt that no one ought to create a species in this group before seeing
the plant in its mature stages of growth. Accordingly Mr. Fernald
went to the trouble and expense of a journey to St. Francis last July,
secured midsummer specimens, and had the live plant reproduced in
a water-color that beautifully exhibits the capsules of both petalifer-
ous and cleistogamous flowers.

Meanwhile Mr. House, in entire ignorance of this investigation,

! RHODORA, vi. 226, pl. 59 (1904).

2 Rhodora [JANUARY

has described and figured the species from flowering specimens
formerly sent to Mr. Pollard. Under the circumstances I am sure
there will be no discourtesy, if from the new material in my posses-
sion I supplement his description, and point out some of the errors
into which he has fallen from not knowing the mature fruit of this
and of some of the other specimens cited.

With these data in hand it is not “difficult to decide the system-
atic position of this species." It is a very close ally of V. septentrio-
nalis. In fact, I find only two evident characters by which it can be
distinguished from that species,— the narrowness of the leaf and the
absence of ciliation in the sepals. The two species are alike in
pubescence, inthe color of the petals, in the bearded spurred petal,
in having sagittate cleistogamous flowers on short declined peduncles,
and in the size, color and shape of the capsules. In midsummer the
leaf and the capsule of V. Movae-Angliae naturally attain to a greater
development than is indicated in Mr. House’s dimensions, and the
leaf loses the thinness of texture of which he speaks.

In addition to the type specimens from Fort Kent, Mr. House has
cited as referable to this species specimens from four other stations.
The St. Francis plant is unquestionably the same, growing along the
same river fifteen miles farther up. But the plant from Orono,
Maine (no. 2256 Fernald) is surely to be otherwise disposed of ; as
Mr. House would have doubtless himself admitted, had he seen the
plants collected from the same station the following September.
Oddly enough, this is one of the plants cited by me in RHODORA
(vi. 216) as V. septentrionalis X fimbriatula, growing with the parent
forms. Not only are the leaves of this much wider than in P.
Novae-Angliae and the sepals ciliate; but also some of the cleisto-
gamous capsules are quite green as in V. fimbriatula, and all more
or less sterile. In fact, the Orono specimens are quite like Mr.
Mathews's excellent drawing of this hybrid.* (RHopora, Plate 58,

fig. a.)

1 The above comment was based upon specimens of Mr. Fernald's no. 2256 in
the Gray Herbarium. Since, I have been able through the courtesy of Dr.
Rose to examine the sheet of this seen by Mr. House in the National Herbarium.
It is interesting to note that two of the four plants there shown are the above
named hybrid; but closely intermingled with them are two plants of V. septen-
trionalis, one of the parent forms. It may be readily distinguished from the
hybrid by the broader leaf, scantier pubescence, and the notably less conspicuous
stipules.

1905] Brainerd,— Notes on New England Violets,— II 3

The plant from Bridgeport, Connecticut, is also in my judgment
incorrectly referred to V. Movae-Angliae. The fact that the two
stations are at the opposite ends of New England, 500 miles apart, is
suspicious. But the leaves of Dr. Eames's plant are much wider and
less cordate at the base than Mr. Fernald’s ; the sepals are narrowly
lanceolate, some of them ciliate and with long hispidulous auricles,
betraying, to my mind, traits inherited both from V. cucullata and
from Y. fimbriatu/a. In short, the plant is the same, so far as the
characters are developed in the vernal stage, as those that I have
regarded (RHODORA, vi. 217, 218) as resulting from a cross between
these two species. The hybrid proves to be not uncommon in
southern Connecticut, as I have received it recently from three
stations other than those cited in RHODORA.

The remaining plant referred to V. Vovae-Angliae by Mr. House
was collected by Mr. Pollard on the Blue Hill Reservation near
Boston. In leaf-outline these specimens have a closer resemblance
to the Fort Kent plant than have those from either Bridgeport or
Orono; but in fact they are only small seedlings of V. fimbriatula.
Two of these young plants at the date of collection, Aug. 24, had
already produced cleistogamous flowers, but the two green cap-
sules shown are borne on erect peduncles 6-7 cm. long, not on
“short horizontal" ones, “ 1.5—2.5 cm. long,” as in V. Vovae-Angliae.
The slender sepals, the long somewhat hispidulous auricles, the
denser pubescence, the relatively shorter leaf-blades, the more
obscure crenation, all point to V. fimbriatula.

The new species, then, seems to be known only from the two sta-
tions along the River St. John, on the northern boundary of Maine.
Judging from its associations and its affinity to V. septentrionalis, it is
more likely to befound hereafter northward or eastward, in Quebec
or in New Brunswick, than southward in New England as a whole.
The name V. Vovae-Angliae, consequently, turns out to be some-
what unfortunate.

The other new species of Viola for northern New England is more
widely distributed. It has been found at four stations in Maine and
four in Vermont,— in mossy bogs, along streams in silt or gravel, or
in the wet debris of cliffs. It is ordinarily a small plant, in its vernal
state not easily distinguished from Y. affinis; but later it develops
leaves that are broader than in that species, less conspicuously cre-
nate, and cleistogamous fruit that is green instead of purple. In

4 Rhodora [JANUARY

these respects it approaches, V. cucu//ata,— so much so that on my
first acquaintance with the plant in August, 1903, I queried if it
might not be a hybrid between this and 7. affinis which were grow-
ing with it. However, the violet color of the petals, the obtuse
sepals, the constant green of the capsules and the absence of all
indications of sterility convinced me during the past season that the
plant was a valid species, answering well to the description of 7.
vagula, Greene (Pitt. iv. 67). As no type of this species was extant,
one of the chief objects of a visit to Ottawa last September was to
observe this plant in the original station. Under the courteous
guidance of Dr. James Fletcher this was accomplished. The station
is a flat, boggy “ beaver-meadow ” across the Ottawa River in Hull,
Quebec, and the plant has proved to be identical with those from
Vermont and Maine.

But the species is found to extend across the Dominion of Canada
from Eastern Quebec at least to the Rocky Mountains, Mr. Fernald
collected it the past summer at seven stations along various rivers of
the Gaspé Peninsula. Mr. A. B. Klugh has sent it to me from near
Guelph in western Ontario, In the Gray Herbarium there are
specimens from Saskatchewan and from Assiniboia; and in the
National Herbarium a fine sheet from Banff, Alberta, showing the
plant both in petaliferous flower and in its late summer stages with
characteristic leaves and fruit. Furthermore, the species is found to
extend southward in the Rocky Mountain region at least into Colo-
rado. The large herbaria at Washington, New York and Cambridge
show that the plant is common in all the mountainous States of the
northwest, the specimens collected of late years passing usually
under the name of F. cognata, Greene, or V. nephrophylla, Greene.

Through the great kindness of Professor Greene the type speci-
mens of these two species have been sent me for study. They
were collected by Professor Greene himself in the summer of 1896,
— V. nephrophylla at Cimarron River in western Colorado, and PV,
cognata at Dale Creek, about 200 miles to the northeast, on the
southern borders of Wyoming. The latter was in the advanced
stages of petaliferous flowering, the thirteen plants preserved show-
ing eight cleistogamous ovoid flowers on slender ascending or hori-
zontal peduncles 2-4 cm. long. The petals are all more or less hairy ;
the sepals ovate or oblong, obtuse; the later leaves, cordate, obtuse,
obscurely crenate, glabrous. In all these characters the plants closely
resemble the eastern specimens collected at that stage of growth.

1905] Brainerd, — Notes on New England Violets, — II 5

The type of V. nephrophylla consists of fourteen plants collected
two months later, August 29. They display numerous cleistogamous
capsules in various stages of growth, the mature ones being oblong,
green, 6-8 mm. long, bearing oblong obtuse sepals half the length of
the capsule. Several of the plants also bear on peduncles (2-4 cm.
long) reduced petaliferous flowers, which cannot be regarded as a
remnant of the vernal crop, but as an occasional autumnal develop-
ment, not rarely observed in other species of violets. Indeed, Dr.
Fletcher and myself found two such flowers with half-developed petals
at the type station of V. vagula, September 3d. The leaves of V.
nephrophylla are broadly cordate, obtuse or with a short blunt apex,
obscurely crenate, glabrous (save a few minute stiff hairs on the
upper surface of some of the basal lobes), 2-5 cm. wide, except that
in one large plant the width of 6.8 cm. is attained. In all these par-
ticulars the eastern plants under discussion in their autumnal stage
are an excellent match for V. nephrophylla. In spite of a marked
difference in aspect of these two western types, I am forced to regard
them as representing only one species, collected first in its vernal state,
and afterward in its late summer development.

It should not surprise us to find a northern species of Viola
extending through such a wide range of longitude. There are a
hundred or more boreal species occurring in the northern Rocky
Mountains, and also in northern New England or in eastern Canada ;
and fresh researches are yearly adding to the list) Among these
additions it is interesting to find this distinct violet, of which I ven-
ture to set forth the following description :

VIOLA NEPHROPHYLLA, Greene. Glabrous, but under a lense often
disclosing minute stiff white hairs on the upper surface of «estival
leaves, and occasionally on petioles and veins beneath; earliest
leaves orbicular or slightly reniform, later leaves cordate-deltoid or

broadly cordate, obtuse, obscurely crenate-serrate, 3-6 cm. wide;
flowers violet, on peduncles exceeding the leaves, spurred petals

‘As illustrating the points of identity in these two floras, I would cite on
Mr. Fernald's authority: Anemone parviflora, A. multifida, Thalictrum alpinum,
Ranunculus Macounti, R. Purshii, Astragalus elegans, A. Srigidus, var. Ameri-
canus, Dryas Drummondii, Parnassia parviflora, Epilobium latifolium, Lonicera
involucrata, as characteristic plants of the river-valleys where V. nephrophylla
abounds in Eastern Quebec. In one section alone of Carex (Hyparrhenae) I
count twenty-one species common to the two regions in which V. nephrophylla
is found.

6 Rhodora [JANUARY

somewhat bearded, the lateral densely bearded, and often the two
upper with scattered hairs; sepals ovate to lanceolate, obtuse or
often rounded; cleistogamous flowers on short and recurved or
prostrate peduncles, ovoid, producing green oblong capsules 5-8 mm.
long.— Pitt. iii. 144; Y. cognata, Greene, Pitt. iii. 145; Y. vagula,
Greene, Pitt. iv. 67. — The eastern stations from which the species
has been seen are the following: Querec; Hull, 1898, J. M.
Macoun; Gaspé Co., banks and gravel beaches of Grand and Dart-
mouth Rivers ; Bonaventure Co., along the Restigouche, Escuminac,
Bonaventure and Little Cascapedia Rivers, June 28-Aug. 27, 1904.
M. L. Fernald. Mane : Fort Fairfield, river-beach, June 5, 1901;
Masardis, abundant on ledgy river-bank, Sept. 8, 1897 ; Blaine, arbor-
vitae swamps, in sphagnum, June 23, 1898, no. 2255, and June 7,
1901 ; Winslow, rocky shore of Kennebec River, Sept. 2, no. 2626, &
wet calcareous cliffs, Sept. 3, 1898, no. 2612, M. L. Fernald. VER-
MONT : wet slides of Willoughby Mt., June 2, 1892, July 18, 1896, &
May 26, 1901, G. G. Kennedy; May 27, 1903, W. W. Eggleston ;
Aug. 30, 1904, Annie Lorenz!; New Haven, shady border of bog,
Aug. 14, 1903, & May 18, 1904; Middlebury, river-border under
alders, 1904; Manchester, wet mossy meadow and in moist loam along
a brook, Sept. 26, 1904, Hara Brainerd. ONTARIO: Wellington
Co., open springy ground near Puslinch Lake, May 15, & 17, 1904,
A. B. Klugh.

There are indications that in southwestern New England we may
have two more species, hitherto recorded only from the Middle States.
Dr. E. H. Eames has collected in the vicinity of Bridgeport, Connecti-
cut specimens that Mr. Pollard has pronounced to be V. villosa,
Walt; and Profr. Greene asserts (Pitt. iii. 313) that V. emarginata
«is known to me as occurring as far northeastward as the vicinity of
New York City." The latter species is, indeed, too vaguely appre-
hended. 'The specimens under covers so labeled are in many her-
baria a medley of odd things, from such a plant as V. Vovae-Angliae
to others with broad deeply lobed leaves, as figured by Mr. W. Stone
(Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1903, Pl. 36. v.). But aside from these
aberrant forms, that require prolonged and critical study of the living
plant, it may be presumed that there is a “typical” V. emarginata,
such as is figured in the Britton Illustrated Flora (iii. 520).

In view of these additions and the clearer knowledge that has
come from another season's field work, I desire to present the
following revised synopsis of our blue stemless non-stoloniferous

! These plants, through an error of mine, were called V. venustula in Dr. Ken-
nedy's Flora of Willoughby (RHODORA, vi. 123).

1905] Brainerd,— Notes on New England Violets,— II 7

violets. V. pedata is in a class by itself, having no bearded petals
and no known cleistogamous flowers. The other species I would
arrange according to their natural affinities as follows : —

KEY To THE BLUE ACAULESCENT VIOLETS OF THE NORTHEASTERN
UNITED STATES.

I. Peduncles of cleistogamous flowers decumbent or declining.
A. Cltistogamous flowers ovoid or ovoid-acuminate; auricles of sepals
short, appressed.

a. Leaves cordate, glabrous, 2-6 cm. wide; petals violet, spurred petal
somewhat bearded ; cleistogamous capsules usually growing above
ground, subglobose or oblong, 5-8 mm. long ; sepals half the length
of capsule. è
* Aestival leaves not acuminate, obscurely crenate; cleistogamous

capsules green, bearing broadly ovate to lanceolate usually obtuse

often rounded sepals. (1) V. NEPHROPHYLLA, Greene.

* * Aestival leaves acuminate, conspicuously crenate-serrate ; cleisto-
gamous capsules purple, bearing lanceolate attenuate sepals.

i (2) V. AFFINIS, LeConte.

b. Leaves broadly cordate, or lobed in (6), 4-12 cm. wide; spurred petal
almost or quite beardless except in (3); cleistogamous capsules often
underground until mature, oblong, 8-15 mm. long; sepals ovate-
lanceolate, one-quarter to one-third the length of capsule,

* Plants nearly or quite glabrous; petals violet; cleistogamous cap-
sules usually pale green.
+ Vernal leaves purple beneath ; aestival leaves often broadly del-
toid or with concave edges toward the apex.
(3) V. LATIUSCULA, Greene.
T t Vernal leaves green beneath; aestival leaves rounded above the
base or the apex but slightly produced.
(4) V. PAPILIONACEA, Pursh.
* * Plants more or less villous-pubescent ; petals commonly light blue
or lavender ; cleistogamous capsules usually purple.
+ Leaves never lobed. (5) V. sororta, Willd.
+ t Leaves more or less lobed. (6) V. PALMATA, L.
* * * Upper surface of leaves hispid-pubescent ; petals reddish purple.
(7) V. viLLosa, Walter.
B. Cleistogamous flowers sagittate, producing short-obovate or sub-
globose usually purple capsules 4-7 mm. long; auricles in fruit long,
spreading; petioles veins and margins of leaves hirsutulous; petals
violet, spurred petal bearded.

a. Leaves cordate, 4-7 cm. wide; sepals and their auricles ciliolate.

(8) V. SEPTENTRIONALIS, Greene.

b. Leaves narrowly cordate-deltoid, 2-3.5 cm. wide; sepals and auricles

not ciliolate. (9) V. NovAE-ANGLIAE, House.
II. Peduncles of cleistogamous flowers erect ; their capsules oblong, green,
- bearing lanceolate to narrowly lanceolate long-auricled sepals.
A. Spurred petal bearded; cleistogamous flowers sagittate.
a. Leaves pubescent, ovate-oblong, often coarsely toothed at base;

petals purple. (10) V. FIMBRIATULA, J. E. Sm.
b. Leaves nearly glabrous, lanceolate, basal lobes prominently toothed
or incised; petals purple or violet. (11) V. SAGITTATA, Ait.
c. Leaves nearly glabrous, deltoid, basal lobes finely toothed or incised ;
petals blue. (12) V. EMARGINATA, LeConte.

d. Leaves nearly glabrous, deeply lobed or parted.

8 Rhodora [JANUARY

* Leaves truncate at base or subcordate, slightly decurrent, middle

lobe usually the widest, segments 7-9; petals violet.
(13) V. SEPTEMLOBA, LeConte.
* * Leaves decurrent on petiole, flabellately veined at base, segments

of nearly equal width, 9-15; petals blue.

(14) V. PEDATIFIDA, Don.
B. Spurred petal beardless; cleistogamous flowers subulate; leaves cor-

date, glabrous; petals pale blue, darker towards the throat.
(15) V. CUCULLATA, Ait.

MIDDLEBURY COLLEGE.

A PECULIAR VARIETY OF DROSERA ROTUNDIFOLIA.
M. L. FERNALD.

In August, 1904, the marly sphagnous bogs at the mouth of the
Grand River, Gaspé County, Quebec, were found by Messrs. J. F.
Collins, A. S. Pease, and the writer to be the home of many remark-
able plants, among others three Droseras which are little known to
American botanists. One of the bogs had its open marly spots
almest given over to four plants, Drosera linearis, Goldie, D. /ongi-
folit, L. (D. anglica, Hudson), Juncus stygius, Var. americanus,
Buchenau, and Pinguicula vulgaris, L., though other species, there
less abundant, were quite at home in the calcic carbonate.’ On the
mossy knolls at the borders of the open marl normal Drosera rotundi-
Jolia was abundant.

Soon after the exploration of this bog, another, perhaps a mile dis-
tant, was visited. On entering the bog a tiny inflorescence was
noticed, so strange in appearance that at first sight it was taken to
be the unique Saxifraga stellaris, var. comosa of Mt. Katahdin.
Instead, however, the plant proved to be a peculiar dwarf variety of
Drosera rotundifolia with subcapitate inflorescences, of few flowers,
the petals colored, and the ovary instead of producing normal cap-
sules, tending to develop into a rosette of glandular foliage-leaves.
This tendency was also noted in other floral organs, but it was most
apparent in the carpels.

Examination of the bog showed that the anomalous Drosera was
abundant in the wet portion between the central pond and the higher

1 An analysis of soil from a similar bog in Aroostook Co., Maine, shows it to
contain nearly 96 % of calcic carbonate.

1905] Fernald,— Drosera rotundifolia 9

arbor-vitz forest, occupying an area of perhaps a half acre. Occa-
sional normal plants of Drosera rotundifolia were found but these
were always taller and coarser and far less abundant than the plant
with foliaceous carpels. That this little plant maintains its peculiar
character was shown not only by its distribution throughout one end
of the bog, but by the shrivelled remnants of similar inflorescences on
scapes produced in past years.

Whether the plant reproduces itself by means of the peculiarly
developed carpels cannot now be stated. Living material now being
studied at the Ames Botanical Laboratory and forming the basis
.for Dr. Leavitt’s notes on page 14 will doubtless demonstrate this
point. The plants, however, are not without their own method of
abundant reproduction, for many of the specimens showed, springing
from the decaying leaf-blades or the injured petioles, young plants
such as have been already described by various observers.

The dwarf plant perpetuating itself and occupying a considerable
area almost to the exclusion of normal Drosera rotundifolia may be
called

DROSERA ROTUNDIFOLIA, var. comosa. Dwarf, the scapes 2 to 8
cm. high: leaves comparatively small, the blades 3 to 7 mm. long:
inflorescence 1- to few-flowered, subcapitate: calyx crimson or
roseate: petals greenish to crimson, sometimes foliaceous : carpels
in maturity developed into green glandular broadly obovate or oblate
petioled leaves: other portions of the inflorescence occasionally
modified. — Wet boggy margin of a marl-pond, near the mouth of
Grand River, Gaspé County, Quebec, August 13, 1904 (J. F. Collins,
M. L. Fernald and A. S. Pease). Type in Herb. Gray.

Gray HERBARIUM.

IDENTITY OF PRICKLY LETTUCE.
LysTER H. Dewey.

THE earliest authentic records that we have of the presence of
prickly lettuce in this country are three specimens collected in 1863
and 1864, in the vicinity of Cambridge, Massachusetts, and now in

1See Bull. Torr. Cl. xix. 295; RHODORA, i. 172, pl. 8; 206, pl. 1o.

Y

10 Rhodora [JANUARY

the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University. These were identified
as Lactuca scariola L., and a description of the plant under this name
appeared in the 5th edition of Gray’s Manual, published in 1868.
From 1880 to 1885 the plant was reported from several localities in
Ohio, Indiana, Illinois and southern Michigan. It seems probable
that there were several independent introductions of the seed mixed
with poorly-cleaned field seeds. It became abundant in the regions
where clover seed and grass seed are largely produced, and then its
distribution rapidly increased. Within 30 years from the date of its
first recorded appearance in this country it had reached every state
and territory in the land, and in many localities it quickly came to be
recognized as the most prolific and aggressive weed that the farmers
had ever been troubled with. From 1893 to 1897 most alarming
reports in regard to it were received at the Department of Agriculture.
In some instances it was stated that valuable farms would have to be
abandoned unless some means could be devised for keeping it in
check. The danger period seems now to be past. The prickly let-
tuce has either found natural enemies which keep it in check, or for
some reason it has lost much of its aggressive character. It is
becoming much less abundant in regions where it formerly occupied
nearly all the waste land and many of the cultivated fields, and the
individual plants are generally less robust and less prolific than they
were six to ten years ago.

All of the scores of specimens of the weed examined agreed with
each other in their essential characters, and all were called Z. scariola
until within the past three years. In August, 1901, a specimen was
received at the Department of Agriculture for identification, from
Plainville, Hamilton Co., Ohio. This specimen differed from all
others that had been examined in having runcinate or pinnately-lobed
leaves. A careful study of the early descriptions proved that this
form must be the true Z. scariola, of Linnaeus. If this was Z.
scariola, the common form with unlobed leaves certainly was not, and
for the first time in its history of nearly 40 years as a weed in this
country its real identity became a matter of importance. A reference
to the descriptions of Lactuca given by Linnaeus, and to some of
the plates referred to, seemed to indicate that it was Lactuca virosa
L. This is one of the species included with Z. scariola by most
English authors, who regard it as an entire-leaved form of that spe-
cies. Dr. Britton’s Manual of the Flora of the northern States and

1905] Dewey,— Identity of Prickly Lettuce II

Canada was in press at the time the specimen from Ohio was being
studied. Attention was called to the misidentification of the plant,
and Lactuca virosa was inserted in the appendix.

Since then the writer has examined several specimens from the
Gray Herbarium and all of the Lactucas in the Herbarium of the
Missouri Botanic Garden, and also in the Herbarium of the Field
Columbian Museum as well as the U. S. National Herbarium.
These collections include several European specimens of both Z. vi-
rosa and L. scariola, the correct identification of which is not to be
doubted. These two species are abundantly distinct, but our com-
mon prickly lettuce does not agree with typical forms of either species.

There was one specimen from the Gray Herbarium agreeing per-
fectly with our common form with merely dentate leaves, and labeled
Z. scariola integrata, Gren. et Godr. A further study of specimens and
descriptions seems to prove that this is the correct solution of the three-
cornered puzzle. ‘The common prickly lettuce, having leaves without
lobes, is Z. scariola integrata, Gren. et Godr. Fl. France, 2: 320, 18 50.
The true Zactuca scariola is rare in this country, except in the
central Ohio valley and Zactuca virosa is not found here at all.

The original description of Zactuca virosa in Linnaeus Species
Plantarum ! included also Z. scario/a and two illustrations are referred
to in Morrison's Historia. One of these figures shows a plant with
merely dentate leaves and tbe other with lobed leaves. Three years
later Linnaeus published in Centuria II? his discription of Z.
scariola referring to the figure with lobed leaves in Morrison's His-
toria, and furthermore stating that Z. scariola “differs from Zactuca
virosa (from which it is to be distinguished) in the vertical not hori-
zontal plane of its leaves." The leaves of both forms in this country
are turned in a vertical plane, and also to the north and south, when
the plants grow in the open so that they are exposed to the light.

The true Zactuca scariola has been collected on ballast at New
York, on the site of an Italian railway construction camp in Wash-
ington, and in Ohio, Indiana and Kentucky it is abundant within
a hundred miles of Cincinnati. In Washington it does not spread,
although the variety ¿ntegrata is an aggressive weed there.

Aside from the leaves there seem to be no characters distinguish-
ing the species from the variety, and a few specimens among the

1 Sp. Pl. 795 (1753).
* Centuria II (1756). Reprinted in Amoen. Acad. 4: 328 (1759).

t3

12 Rhodora [JANUARY

large number examined show some intergradation. —Intergrading
forms have been observed growing together at Lexington, Ky.

The principal distinguishing characters of the three forms are
pointed out in the following descriptions:

Lactuca virosa has oblong-obovate obtuse leaves, rather thin and
weak in texture and inclined to be bullate. So far as can be deter-
mined in pressed specimens they are horizontal. The achenes are
black or very dark, with a comparatively short stout beak.

The leaves of Z. scariola are runcinate, or pinnately lobed, firm in
texture and with or without spines on the back of the midrib. They
are turned in a vertical plane. The flowers are smaller than those
of Z. virosa and the achenes, also smaller and more slender, are
light brownish-gray, usually mottled and with long slender beaks.

The leaves of Z. scariola integrata have nearly parallel margins,
with usually a broadly deltoid acute apex, and a firm texture. They
are turned in a vertical plane and the midrib is either with or without
spines. The flowers and achenes do not appear to differ from those
of the species.

The flowers of both the species and the variety are yellow, but in
the dried herbarium specimen they change to blue.

WASHINGTON, D. C.

LEDUM PALUSTRE, Var. DILATATUM ON Mr. KaTtaHDIN. — While
examining with Professor E. B. Delabarre some Labrador material of
Ledum palustre, L., and its var. dilatatum, Wahl., I was surprised to
find in the Gray Herbarium a beautifully fruited specimen of the
characteristic var. dilatatum collected by the late George Thurber on
the summit of Mt. Katahdin, Maine, in August, 1847. The Thurber
sheet is labeled “woods & summit of Katahdin, Me.", and contains
two branches; one, a loosely forking branch of typical fruiting Z.
groenlandicum, apparently from * woods," the other, a dwarfed and
small-leaved branch of heavily fruited Z. palustre, var. dilatatum,
obviously from the “ summit.”

Ledum palustre of Arctic regions presents two strongly marked
variations, the true Z. palustre with narrowly linear rigid leaves 1 to
3 cm. long, and the var. dilatatum with leaves linear-oblong as in
L. groenlandicum. From the latter species of Greenland and boreal
America, which commonly has 5 to 7 stamens and narrowly oblong or

TA E

1905] Parlin, — Arabis laevigata and Asplenium Trichomanes 13

cylindric capsules, both Z. palustre and its variety differ in having more
stamens, commonly 7 to 11, and ellipsoid-ovoid shorter capsules. Z.
Palustre, var. dilatatum, extends south to Newfoundland, has recently
been found by Mr. F. F. Forbes in Matane County, Quebec, and is
probably the form reported by some authors from the Great Lakes.
Its presence on Mt. Katahdin indicates that careful search may
Show it on other New England mountains.— M. L. FERNALD.

FURTHER NOTES ON ARABIS LAEVIGATA AND ASPLENIUM 'TRICH-
OMANES IN MAINE. — May I venture to correct Mr. C. H. Knowlton's
statement, RHODORA 6, 208, that Arabis laevigata, Poir., had previ-
ously been reported only from North Berwick? The plant has never,
in my knowledge, been collected in North Berwick. In South
Berwick, I have found it at two stations: in company with Mr. M. L.
Fernald, on 13 June, 1895, I found a considerable quantity of it
along the cliff forming the western side of * The Gulf," and have
since collected it there several tines; I have also collected it on the
ledges around the Parker granite quarry. Both stations are in the
* Tacnic," or “Tatnic,” region in the northeastern part of the town.
Geographically, the difference in location is slight; but it may be of
service to some other collector to know the exact locality, as the only
place in North Berwick where one would think of looking for plants
of similar habitat is Bauneg Beg Hill, some eight miles away in the
extreme northern section of the town.

Asplenium Trichomanes, L., noted by Mr. Knowlton from Liver-
more, also grows on dry shaded ledges near Rumford Falls ( W. Æ.
Allen & J. C. Parlin). —J. C. Parvin, Brownvill, Me.

ON TRANSLOCATION OF CHARACTERS IN PLANTS.
R. G. LEavirr.

SEVERAL monstrous forms exhibited by native plants have been
shown me lately by members of the New England Botanical Club.
A consideration of the possible meaning of the anomalies has lead to
certain suggestions, which, if correct, are widely applicable. The

14 Rhodora [JANUARY

instances first to be described seem to me to point to a principle in
the operation of the plastic forces, which the illustrations adduced in
the later portion of this paper! tend to confirm as a principle of nor-
mal evolution.

AN ANOMALOUS GENTIANA CRINITA. — About September roth,
1903, Miss F. C. Prince collected at Petersham, Massachusetts, a
branch of the Fringed Gentian. It bore several blossoms, one of
which Miss Prince found to be abnormal. The flower was sent to
the Gray Herbarium, where it was turned over to me for examination
and remark. The abnormality pertains to the gynoecium alone.
There are three pistils. One, centrally placed, is normal. The two
supernumerary ones, somewhat smaller than the first, arise from the
receptacle. One of them consists of but a single ovuliferous carpel
— the normal condition is bicarpellary — dilated above to form the
usual stigma. It is not closed; the ovules are, therefore, exposed.
The other supernumerary pistil is bicarpellary, but the carpels are
united to less than half the height of the ovary. One of them bears
a normal stigma. The other is remarkable in being petaloid —
though ovuliferous — especially above the point at which the carpels
cease to be united. The petaloid character is seen not only in the
texture and veining, but most strikingly in the border of the organ,
which is fringed in precisely the same manner as are the lobes of the
corolla. "The correspondence of the fringe of this carpel with that of
the corolla extends to details of length and shape of segments, and
relation of the segments to the veins. These facts will be of value
when we come to consider the significance of the abnormality.

DROSERA ROTUNDIFOLIA. — Last summer Mr. Fernald sent me
from Grand River, Gaspé Co., Quebec, a number of live plants of
the common Sundew. The inflorescences which they bear are few-
flowered and capitate, and the flowers themselves are quite sterile.
The perianth, and in many cases the carpels, are aberrant, havirg,
with little increase in size, taken on approximately the form of the
foliage leaves of the species. "The glandular tentacles peculiar to the
genus are present in many instances both on the perianth and on the
transformed carpels. Sometimes the latter are found to be conjoined
at the base to form a short tube, representing the normal ovary.
Above this tube the carpels are dilated, rotund, and tentaculiferous.

1 Contributions from the Ames Botanical Laboratory, No. 3.

1905] Leavitt,— Translocation of Characters in Plants I5

I have examined the tentacles with care and ascertained that they
have the microscopical structure of tentacles of the foliage leaves.
Those of the disc terminate in capitate glands; those of the margin,
in linear or spatulate expansions supporting the elongated glands
on the upper surfaces. ‘Thus the state of affairs found in the vege-
tative leaf ıs exactly reproduced. Here again to be borne in mind
is a detailed correspondence between abnormal characters of the
modified member and normal characters of another part of the
plant.

A parallel anomaly in D. intermedia was described by Planchon in
his monograph of the Droseraceae.! Carpels became leaf-like in the
way described above for D. rotundifolia. In one case a foliar mem-
ber of the flower evinced its carpellary nature in a terminal style-like
structure, cleft and bearing stigmas. Planchon observed anomalous
structures which seemed intermediate between hairs [tentacles] and
ovules; that is, they combined features peculiar to ovules with others
characteristic of Droseraceous tentacles. Similarly formations min-
gling the characters of tentacle and style were found. Discussing the
meaning of these confused forms Planchon says: “Although con-
clusions as to the normal state of organs, to be drawn from teratolog-
ical facts, are more liable than any others to take the turn which the
imagination would lend them, it is none the less certain that the study
of them alone is able to give the key to a thousand interesting prob-
lems. To say, for example, that hair [tentacle], ovule, and style are
(in certain cases) different names for the same organ, of which the
form and functions are modified, is to advance a kind of paradox;
and yet this is nothing less than one of the consequences of the nat-
ural facts which have just held our attention."

SAXIFRAGA VIRGINIENSIS.— For several seasons Mr. J. H. Sears of
the Peabody Academy of Sciences at Salem, Massachusetts, has
found at a certain station in Essex a singular form or variety of the
common Saxifraga in which the petals are replaced by stamens.
Normal specimens have ten stamens and five petals. Mr. Sears's
plants have fifteen stamens, of which five stand in the places of the
absent petals. In current phrase petals have been transformed into
stamens. This kind of abnormality, termed by teratologists stami-
nody, is of rather rare occurrence. One of the few reported cases is

1 Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. sér. 3, 9:84.

16 Rhodora [JANUARY

that of a congener of S. virginiensis, namely S. granulata. Stami-
nody has also been observed in Yucca, Asphodelus, Digitalis, Cap-
sella, and Phaseolus. For the present species, Saxifraga virginiensis,
it was described by Sterns! in 1887 from a colony of plants found
on Manhattan Island. As Sterns judged that the anomaly is propa-
gated by seed, he proposed to establish a variety, S. virginiensis, var.
pentadecandra. In some of his plants the stamens were deformed
and occasionally pistilloid. Going on to discuss the meaning of the
perverted forms. the author says: “Is this identity of variation in
S. granulata and S. Virginiensis a mere coincidence? Or have we
here a striking case of atavism? Is this variation the recurrence,
in the descendants, of the peculiar and long obsolete structure of
their common ancestor? Was the progenitor of the hundred and
sixty or more distinct Saxifragae of to-day a plant with apetalous and
fifteen-stamened flowers? We shall never know with certainty, but
two of its descendants testify strongly in the affirmative. I would
even go a step farther, and hazard the conjecture that the original of
the Saxifrages was dioecious, or at least polygamous. In the two
perfect plants I have described the stamens were remarkably vigorous
and well developed. In the ten or more others the stamens, as I
have said, were singularly imperfect, and numbers of them were curi-
ously ovary-like in appearance. Is it possible that these plants were
blindly struggling to reproduce a primitive pistillate form ? "

THE SIGNIFICANCE OF MONSTROSITIES.— Much attention has been
given to monstrosities, and the literature of the subject is vast. A
cursory résumé of it, up to 1890, occupies some 1106 pages in Pen-
zig’s useful Pfanzenteratologie. The voluminousness of the record
is attributable, first, to the interest excited in observers by the unex-
pectedness of the phenomena; secondly and more significantly, to
a more or less conscious assumption, widely entertained, that the
apparent vagaries of nature when rightly understood will throw much
light upon the morphological nature of normal plant structures and
the modes of evolution.

WHAT KINDS OF SIGNIFICANCE MAY MONSTROSITIES BE DEEMED
TO possess ?— It is evident that every formation of the plant body,
whether normal or abnormal, is an expression of the physiological
forces operative in growth. The occurrence of an aberrant form

! Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 14: 122 (1887).

1905] Leavitt,— Translocation of Characters in Plants 17

denotes disturbance of the ordinary physiological factors. In the
present paper it is not meant to inquire what the nature of this dis-
turbance is. It is intended to ask only what application teratology
may have to the problems of evolution. The answer which, in effect,
has been made is this, that teratological phenomena bring us desired

information from at least two different sides. In the first place,

abnormalities have often been held to represent the restoration of
ancient forms and to reveal the original condition of organs; certain
abnormalities, in other words, have been regarded as displays of
atavism. When this is their true nature they show us certain defi-
nite points which lines of evolution have followed. The remarks of
Planchon and of Sterns quoted above exemplify this concrete appli-
cation of the phenomena. Interesting attempts to use teratological
forms in the interpretation of normal structures, wherein the atavistic
nature of the occurrences is assumed, are to be found in the con-
troversies regarding the morphology of the ovuliferous scale of the
Abietaceae; in discussions of the origin of the Angiospermous ovule ;
and recently in Dr. Davis's attractive elucidation of the derivation of
the archegonium.!

Secondly, abnormality as a general broad phenomenon has, espe-
cially of late, attracted to itself a strong current of biological thought,
by reason of its relation to the ideas of “discontinuous variation ” and
“mutation.” An original, suggestive, and philosophical treatment
of monstrosity in general, considered broadly as a phase of organic
development, and in its bearing on evolution, is the work of Casimir
de Candolle.? He recognizes the parallelism between certain types
of abnormal deviations and certain demonstrable trends of evolu-
tionary progress in flowering plants. It is worth while to quote the
concluding sentences of the essay mentioned. “If teratological vari-
ations of floral organs have played a róle in past evolution, those
which have led to present complex forms are to day the rarest, while
the monstrosities now the most common indicate, in phanerogams at
least, a tendency toward primitive simplicity of forms. Consequently
if progressive taxonomic monstrosities of the flower were not in other
times more frequent and especially more varied than they are to-day,

they could not have produced, by the sole effect of natural selection,.

1 Ann. Bot. 17: 477 (1903).
2 Arch. Sci. Phys. et Nat. Genéve, Mar. 1897.

AR.

18 Rhodora [JANUARY

that evolution which is regarded as having eventuated in the most
complex floral structures of our times.” From such studies of
abnormality as De Candolle has made the fullest significance of
teratological formations is to be gathered.

SO-CALLED REVERSIONS AMONG MONSTROSITIES.— Such malformed
carpels as those of Mr. Fernald’s Drosera are not infrequently
spoken of as reversions. But the term reversion itself is to be
understood in at least two senses. As Gray’s Structural Botany has
been the schoolmaster to bring most of us to the study of morphology,
and as the treatment of floral malformations in that work has proba-
bly been misunderstood, Dr. Gray’s attitude had best be defined.

Dn. Gray’s Views or REVERSIONARY MONSTROSITY.— In the Struc-
tural Botany Dr. Gray says that in the vegetable kingdom monstrous
forms often elucidate the nature of organs. ‘Three pages are there-
fore given to the subject.* Abnormal forms are introduced as one
of the two chief kinds of evidence upon which we may rest the doc-
trine of the unity of type existing among all kinds of foliar append-
ages of the stem. The readiness with which essential organs are
transformed to petals and even to vegetative leaves appears to Dr.
Gray to show that stamens, carpels, and foliage leaves are homolo-
gous. “The commonest of these changes [abnormalities] belong to
what was termed by Goethe retrograde metamorphosis ; that is, to
reversion from a higher to a lower form, as of an organ proper to the
summit or center of the floral axis into one which belongs lower
down.”

The use of the word “reverson” and the statement that essential
organs of the flower and foliage leaves are homologous, appear at
first sight to represent the abnormalities in question as reversions in
the phylogenetic sense. To take the words in this sense would,
however, be to attribute to Dr. Gray a view which he has not main-
tained in the Structural Botany. When we seek for definitions of
homologous, we find a studious avoidance of any suggestion of his-
toric community of origin for homologous structures. Homologous
is defined as being “of one name or type,” i. e. “ideal plan or pat-
tern.” Organs are homologous with leaves which “accord with
leaves in mode of origin, position and arrangement on the axis or
stem.” When, therefore, abnormal flowers show that pistils and sta-
mens are the homologues of leaves they merely demonstrate that

1 Structural Botany, pp. 171-173-

1905] Leavitt, — Translocation of Characters in Plants 19

these organs accord with leaves in mode of origin, position and

arrangement; or at most that they are of one name, ideal plan, or

pattern. There is no implication of common historic origin. Simi-
larly “reversion” means in Dr. Gray’s language no more than
descent in the scale of forms subsumed under the ideal conception
or type, Leaf. “The substance of the doctrine [Goethe’s doctrine
of metamorphosis] is unity of type” (p. 169). Dr. Gray’s “rever-
sion ” is the “retrograde metamorphosis ” of Goethe.

In the section on monstrous floral structures Dr. Gray uses the
word reversion in this abstract sense, with no connotation as to the
phylogenetic derivation of the organs in question. This attitude is
betrayed by the expression (p. 172) “the reversion of the pistils to
stamens.” The author of the Structural Botany could not have held
that pistils have been derived historically from stamens. His pre-
sentation of the teratological facts, however, is entirely permissible
if the word reversion is understood in the older sense. Throughout
the section on the morphology of the flower, Dr. Gray’s position is
that of Wolff, Goethe and De Candolle, whose researches, with the
later investigations of phyllotaxy, Dr. Gray holds to have completed
the evidence of the morphological unity of foliaceous and floral
organs (p. 168). While at the present time we may safely enlarge
our definition of homologous; and while the conclusion that floral
appendages and vegetative leaves are homologous rests on a basis
far broader than that of phyllotaxy, transition and “retrograde meta-
-morphosis,” yet Dr. Gray's treatment of monstrous forms is unim-
peachable. He does not venture far into a field in which he doubtless
descried numerous pitfalls.

However, the employment of the word reversion by the older
writers has doubtless contributed to the confidence with which some
subsequent authors have given utterance to unwarranted interpreta-
tions. Observers of to-day are imbued with the ideas of the descent
theory; they have taken up the term “reversion” and have applied
it in a new way in consonance with modern evolutionary ideas.
Their reversions are therefore, as they suppose, genuine reappear-
ances of ancestral traits, or restoration of organs to conditions from
which they have departed in the course of evolution.

(To be continued.)

20 Rhodora [JANUARY

ARENARIA MACROPHYLLA IN CONNECTICUT. —Arenaria macrophylla,

Hook. was found by the writer in full flower on May 22d last, growing

in the thin soil covering trap stones on the eastern slope of Bluff
Mountain in North Guilford, Connecticut, about ten miles from the
coast and at an altitude of four hundred feet. ‘Three weeks later it
was fruiting freely, the flowers having all disappeared. Only a small
patch was observed in a little open slightly grassy place, partly in
shade of White Pine and some small deciduous trees. The petals
are a little longer than the sepals, otherwise it corresponds to the
description in Britton’s Manual and with specimens of the same plant
collected by W. W. Eggleston, in Proctorsville, Vt., which is believed
to be the only other reported New England station. ‘The Connecti-
cut station seems to be decidedly out of, and much South of its hitherto
known range. — GrorGeE H. BarTLETT, North Guilford, Connecticut.

A CONNECTICUT STATION FOR LYCOPODIUM SELAGO. —In the Gray
Herbarium 1 find a small but well fruited and unmistakable specimen
of Lycopodium Selago, L., collected in a cool shaded ravine near New
Haven, Connecticut by Mr. John A. Allen in 1879. The plant was
evidently sent by Mr. Allen to Dr. Sereno Watson in whose hand
the label is written. This specimen seems never to have been
recorded and certainly has been overlooked in recent years. It is of
interest not merely as a voucher for a plant new to the known flora
of the state but as extending a generally alpine and boreal species to
the southern coast of New England. The nearest hitherto recorded
station is Mt. Holyoke, Massachusetts, where the species was collected
in 1903 by Professor George F. Freeman (See RHODORA v. 290).—
B. L. RosixsoN, Gray Herbarium.

Vol. 6, no. 72, including pages 229 to 254 and title-page of the volume was
issued 16 December, 1904.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 7 February, 1905 No. 74

ON TRANSLOCATION OF CHARACTERS IN PLANTS.
R. G. LEAVITT,
(Continued from page 19.)

THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE ABNORMAL FORMS ABOVE DESCRIBED. —
Since I hold that the reality of alleged atavism is always to be
judged in the light of all related facts in each instance, and that tera-
tological evidence alone is never conclusive, I proceed now to con-
sider whether the abnormal forms described at the beginning of this
paper can in view of our present knowledge be regarded as reversions,
in the modern understanding of the word; and concluding that they
cannot be so understood, I shall offer another explanation.

Drosera rotundifolia.— We have seen that certain of the carpels
of the deformed flowers have taken on the form and produced
the peculiar appendages of foliage leaves with exactness. ‘To
assume that this modification constitutes a reversion would be to
assume that the foliage leaf of to-day closely conforms to the original
from which the present Droseraceous carpel as a distinct organ has
descended. But it is safe to say that the carpel of Drosera had its
origin in common with that of other Angiosperms. It runs back
through a series of forms, none of which is a foliage leaf, to the
sporophyll of the earliest Angiosperms. Likewise, the foliage leaf
of Drosera is a derived structure, probably more recent than the
family Droseraceae, even. Its peculiarities arose subsequently to the
establishment of the Angiospermous, and even the Droseraceous,
carpel. It is likely that the differentiation of spore-bearing leaf
(sporophyll) and vegetative leaf antedated even the period of the
first flowering plants. To reach a point where the vegetative and

A CP Kw

22 Rhodora (FEBRUARY

reproductive functions were united in a single foliar organ we must
probably go back into the fern-like ancestry. The common original
of modern Angiospermous foliage leaf and carpel, then, was in all
probability a kind of fern frond. Tbe aberrant carpel of Drosera
bears no resemblance to a fern frond.

It is evident that the abnormal carpel does not reproduce a form
from which it has been derived, but rather has taken to itself proper-
ties of a coórdinate derivative member, the foliage leaf. The abnor-
mal carpel is not, therefore, in any strict sense reversionary. But it
may be held that the phenomenon is ativistic in its general tendency.
This however is not the case. If we inquire which of the two
states, the normal carpellary, or the tentaculiferous vegetative con-
dition, is more original — that is, whether the leaf or the carpel is
more like the common sporophyll ancestor — then we shall have to
answer that the carpel is the more conservative. In one important
respect only, in that it is a free and independent part, is the leaf less
modified. In its anatomy, consistency, and shape, neither of the
members is much like the probably fern-like original sporoph yll.
But certainly the leaf with its very peculiar appendages and physio-
logical activities is the more highly specialized. Also it has lost the
power which the original sporophyll possessed of forming spores.
The carpel retains this important reproductive function and is still
capable of doing some assimilatory work. This general estimate of
the relative position of the two kinds of organs in the evolutionary
scale, which makes the carpel the more primitive, is supported by a
recent judgment of Bower's. “The inflorescence, or flower, on this
view, though produced later than the vegetative region in the individ-
ual life, embodies the more primitive parts, viz., those which bear the
sporangia and spores. The vegetative region is in its origin mostly
if not wholly, secondary."

In the phylogenetic meaning, then, the monstrous carpels of
Dresera are not retrogressive ; on the contrary the metamorphosis is,
in a sense, progressive.

Gentiana crinita.— ln Miss Prince's Gentian, similarly, the relation
of things in evolutionary time is fortunately clear. The fringe of
the corolla lobes, being specific, is a late feature. It is supposedly
not so old as the generic characters. The carpel on the other hand

1 Science, 20: 532 (1904).

1905] Leavitt, — Translocation of Characters in Plants 23

is an ancient structure. When the abnormal carpel puts on the
fringe it displays a character not to be found in its own phylogenetic
line. Simply the fringe is borrowed. There is no reversion.

Saxifraga virginiensis.— Itis more difficult to pronounce upon the
nature of staminody in Mr. Sears’s Saxifraga. Petals may well have
arisen by the sterilization of stamens. And if so, the replacement
of petals by stamens might be considered as a kind of reversion.
But the stamen from which the petal of our Polypetalae was derived
(if from any) was not Saxifragaceous; and therefore the super-
numerary stamens of S. virginiensis stand for the originals of the
petals only in a very general way, at most. Staminody, which as
stated above is found in several widely separated families, is of
interest chiefly in conjunction with the opposite conversion, viz., that
of stamens to petals, an anomaly of very much commoner occur-
rence. When we consider the two phenomena together it becomes
evident that if one of them is in the nature of reversion, the other
cannot be. Indeed, to my mind neither of the abnormalities is ata-
vistic. The actual character of the change is, I believe, the same as
that which we have seen in the cases of Drosera and Gentiana just
discussed. By anticipation in the development of the flower, char-
acters of one whorl of organs have passed to a lower circle. Stam-
inody and petalody are phenomena merely of replacement.

Morpuic TRANSLOCATION.— That which has occurred in these
three illustrative cases may perhaps best be grasped under the idea
of morphic translocation. ‘The essence of the facts I conceive to
be this: that structures which historically have been developed in
certain parts of the plant body have suddenly made their appearance
in other parts. Droseraceous tentacles we may suppose were the
product of a long process of evolution, in the course of which
originally sessile glands became stalked, and the stalks acquired an
internal mechanism securing flexibility and the transmission of stim-
ulus. These highly remarkable organs were developed as parts of
the foliage leaf. Now of a sudden they appear upon the sepals,
petals and carpels. The fringe of the Gentian came into being as
a structure of the corolla and possibly plays a part in the economy
of the flower. By a jump it now appears upon the carpel.

In the infinite variety of monstrous forms there are many of a differ-
ent nature from those which have here been the subject of discussion.
Oftentimes new patterns and conformations appear for which no

24 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

antecedents are to be sought in the normal composition of the plant
body. These and other categories of abnormalities are of interest to
the student of evolution. It is my purpose to deal here with only,
one kind of changes, of which I have endeavored to point out the
real character. It would be a profitable labor to discover the modes
and limits of morphic translocation as exhibited in monstrous forms.
At present I shall merely add to this part of my remarks a few words
upon the weight of teratological evidence in certain recent discussions
of homologies.

CRITICISM OF RECENT ARGUMENTS FROM TERATOLOGICAL PREMISES.
— In the egg apparatus of the embryo sac in flowering plants are
three cells, of which one is larger than its two neighbors. The large
cell is the egg, the smaller ones are the synergids. The egg-cell is
held to be the last vestige of an archegonium, the accessory parts of
which have been lost — unless the synergids represent the parts.
What portions of the original archegonial or prothallial arrangement
the synergids represent is wholly obscure. But it has been found
that occasionally one of the synergids becomes capable of fertiliza-
tion, 7. ¢, becomes an egg cell. Some writers have held this
exceptional behavior to show that the synergids, as potential egg-
cells, are degenerate egg-cells in fact, historically coórdinate with the
egg proper. Again, in the venter of the archegonium of Pinus there
are two cells. One is large and destined to be fertilized, the egg.
The other, or ventral canal cell, is small and transitory. Rarely,
however, the latter cell becomes enlarged and in all visible respects
egglike. This abnormality is regarded by Coulter and Chamberlain,’
as strong evidence in favor of the conclusion that “the ventral canal
cell represents an abortive egg, which is occasionally organized as an
egg, and which may rarely function as one.” In the cones of the
Abietaceae the ovuliferous scales have sometimes been found more or
less perfectly replaced by leaf-bearing shoots. From this it has been
argued? by Braun, Caspary, Parlatore, Oersted and others that the
fertile scale is morphologically a reduced branch in the axil of the
sterile one.

As far as the teratological facts themselves are concerned, without
the aid of the more important collateral evidence, these three cases

! Seed Plants, p. 87.
? Summary and references in op. cit., ch. LII.

1904 | Leavitt,— Translocation of Characters in Plants 25

are ambiguous. They may or may not be genuine instances of
reversion. They are possibly assignable to the category of translo-
cations.

They would, however, be highly suggestive as independent sources
of evidence, were it not that it can be clearly demonstrated that
organs may be replaced by non-homologous organs, or may com-
bine in themselves along with their own proper characters, the
attributes of organs with which they are not homologous. Modifica-
tions of the Angiospermous ovule are especially instructive on this
point. Masters has assembled! in his Teratology many accounts,
from which it appears that, in addition to the modification described
above from Planchon, ovules may be replaced by whole anthers,
whole pistils, leaflets, whole leaves, and finally leafy shoots. ‘The
fusion of characters may be in any proportion. Thus in Passiflora
coerulea, Salter? found a complete series of formations connecting
anthers and ovules. “The pollen-bearing ovules were borne on the
edges of these ovaries, and presented various intermediate conditions
between anthers and ovules, commencing at the distal extremity of
the carpel with a bilobed anther, and passing in series to the base of
the ovary, an antheroid body of ovule-like form, a modified ovule
containing pollen, an ovule departing from a perfectly natural condi-
tion only in the development of a few grains of pollen in its nucleus,
and, finally, a perfect, normal ovule.” Similarly Berkeley? found
in a Carnation the characters of ovules and pistils blended in various
degrees. Wigand t explicitly states that in Reseda alba he observed
ovules in all stages of shoot-formation. The conversion of the
nucellus to a branch has also been observed in Alliaria (Sisymbrium)
and Nigrella. It is plain that whatever the morphology of the ovule,
it cannot be the homologue of a// the structures enumerated above,
whose details it occasionally borrows. And these considerations
throw much doubt upon the teratological evidence, considered as
self-sustained testimony, supposed to reveal the nature of synergid,
ventral canal cell, and ovuliferous scale. Before the abnormal for-
mations can be held to be significant in a phylogenetic way, it must
be shown that they are not to be classed with these various modifica-
tions of the ovule, as phenomena of morphic translocation.

1 Vegetable Teratology, pp. 262-271. ta, c., 207.
Z. c., 196: * Grundlegung des Pflanzen-Teratologie, p. 39.

26 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

Characters may pass from members of one kind to those of a
morphologically different kind. Morphic translocation seems usually
to be conditioned not by homology, but by similarity in the develop-
mental substratum. The rudiment of an ovule, which is an emer-
gence of the placental tissue, is much like that of the Droseraceous
tentacle; this I can attest from a study of the development of the
latter organ. It is also like the beginning of the leaf at the summit
of the stem. The partly developed nucellus is a mound of embryonic
tissue not unlike the growing stem tip. When vegetative impulses
invade the flower the formative forces seize upon the ovular or
nucellar rudiments and mould them into vegetative organs, such as
are normally produced in the vegetative parts from similar originals.
‘The ovules, or rather their substitutes, then appear as tentacles,
leaves, etc., even as whole leaf-bearing shoots.

I have not here discussed the merits of the questions at issue, but
have criticized the arguments. However, in the case of the enlarged
ventral canal cell, it seems to me that reversion, in any true sense, is
extremely unlikely. To find an archegonium-like organ in which
more than one gamete was a normal condition, we should have to go
back over an enormous stretch of history, certainly to the predeces-
sors of the lowest Hepatic, perhaps into the Algz. I know of no
clear indication that characters remain latent for such lengths of evo-
lutionary advance. Characters clearly Pteridophytic do not appear
anomalously in Angiosperms, nor Bryophytic anomalies, so far as
I am aware, in Ferns. The approximation of the ventral canal cell
to the egg in size and structure is probably brought about in the
way already suggested: a character which in the course of normal
events has been evolved in one member, the egg, has thereby become
potential for another member similarly conditioned and of like form
in the inceptive stage, and may abnormally become actualized in
that other member, the ventral canal cell. Zhe precedents for mon-
strosities may thus often be sought in contemporary normal parts, rather
than in ancestral conditions.

MORPHIC TRANSLOCATION IN EvoLUTION. — While organic chaos
would result from frequent substitutions occurring in the normal con-
structive sequence of ontogenetic development and while great trans-
locational capacity would be antagonistic to adequate permanence of
type, yet within certain limits the principle might operate without
disastrous results and might even, by introducing new combinations

1905] Leavitt,— Translocation of Characters in Plants 27

of old characters, contribute to evolutionary progress. But before
the translocational property can be admitted as an evolutionary factor
it must be shown to be transmissible from generation to generation.

Two of the cases described early in this paper are in point. Mr.
Fernald states that he found the variety of Drosera rotundifolia
which he has called comosa, in great abundance, covering the bog
where it grew. When a trait is found thus in very numerous indi-
viduals it must be entered in the evolutionary account book. The
pentadecandrous Saxifrage seems also to be a fixed form. Sterns
judged it to be propagated by seed; and Mr. Sears has written me
that he has found it — in not a little quantity, as appears from the
amount of material sent to me —at a certain station repeatedly since
1886. The experience of gardeners in the propagation of “double”
flowered races of plants, in which stamens have turned to petals, is
well known. Such forms of Begonia, the Stock, Hollyhock, Columbine,
etc., may be raised from the seed. I may also adduce the experi-
ments of De Vries? with an aberrant Zimaria vulgaris. The flowers
were peloric. The spur character had passed from the anterior petal
of the gamopetalous corolla to all the other petals and the corolla
tube had thus become s-spurred. In three generations from the
seed of peloric plants De Vries found, out of 119 individuals, 106
fully peloric. The form was, therefore, in a high degree, although
not fully, true to seed. Changes of organization of the kind here
being considered are therefore inheritable, and call for a place in the
scheme of evolution.

TRANSLOCATION OF CHARACTERS IN COMPOUND LEAVES, FOLLOW-
ING MODIFICATIONS ARISING IN THE COURSE Of NomMar EvoLu-
TION. — With relation to the main theme of this paper I wish now
to point out certain aspects of compound leaves. Compounding of
the leaf is found in many divisions of Dicotyledons from the most
primitive, as Juglandaceae, to the most advanced, as Caprifoliaceae.
The compound-leaved groups are separated by entire-leaved allies in
such a way that we know compounding to have arisen repeatedly and
independently. In families which include some species with entire
leaves, others with leaves lobed, parted, etc., and finally some with
leaves fully compound, we see, as it were, the compounding in proc-
ess of development. It is quite certain that this process has been

! RHODORA 7:9. ? Die Mutationstheorie 1: 562.

28 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

repeated many times, so that by universal consent the compound
habit is not regarded as a mark of relationship.

Certain leaf characters are common to entire and to compound
leaves, and are widely spread throughout the series. Such are
stipules, and absciss-layers of cells at the bases of petioles, causing
defoliation. These characters may be considered older than the sev-
eral cases of compounding.

Certain other characters are found only in compound forms, and
since they cannot exist in entire-bladed leaves, must be of later his-
toric development than the cases of compounding where they sever-
ally occur. Such features are stipels and absciss-layers of cells in
petiolules.

These characters, being Jater than the compounding which they
accompany, are later than the stipules and petiolar absciss-layers of
the same species, which features are older than the compounding.
Moreover stipels and petiolular absciss-layers occur in widely separated
families and must therefore have arisen several times independently
in the case of stipels, and many times independently in the case of
absciss-layers.

Stipels are found in Staphyleaceae — e. g., Staphylea trifoliata, S.
pinnata, S. Bumalda, Euscaphis staphyleoides, Turpinia occidentalis ;
in Rutaceae — e. g., Zanthoxylum carolinianum, Z. americanum; in
many Leguminosae (Papilionaceae) — e. g., species of Phaseolus,
Robinia, Bradburya, Desmodium, Dolicholus, Galactia, Vigna, Amor-
pha; and in Caprifoliaceae — e. g., Sambucus canadensis and S. race-
mosa. In looking over these examples one is struck by two general
relations. Zirst, in all these cases stipels have been preceded by
stipules. Sambucus canadensis is usually exstipulate it is true, but S.
racemosa is stipulate, and on young vigorous shoots of S. canadensis
itself I have found stipules; the stipulate habit is in the genus and
occasionally in the species, therefore, I may add that the stipels are
by no means constantly present. Secondly, in all cases observed
there is a close resemblance of stipules and stipels in the same spe-
cies. Thus in Staphylea the stipules are relatively long, linear, pale,
and membranaceous ; the stipels, though smaller, answer to the
same description. In Zurpinia occidentalis the stipules are much
reduced, and the stipels also. In Zanthoxylum carolinianum and
americanum the stipules are spiny and rather stout ; the stipels agree.
In Robinia viscosa and other species of the genus, the stipules are

1905 ] Leavitt, — Translocation of Characters in Plants 29

sharp and rigid; the stipels, though weaker are rigid and sharply
pointed. In most other Papilionaceae where both kinds of organs
occur the stipules and stipels correspond closely in being slight, fili-
form structures. In Sambucus canadensis the stipels are usually
terete — occasionally flat and foliaceous — and capitate, with a small
glandular depression at the end; the stipules which I found on vig-
orous suckers were of the same description.

While we may not be able to determine with certainty whether
the present peculiarities of the stipules in these species were taken
on before or after the appearance of stipels, yet the way in which the
two ranks of members accord in detail as they run the gamut of
forms is indicative of some fundamental relation between them. I
shall define the nature of a possible or probable relation presently.

As to absciss-layers, it is first to be said that the casting of the
leaves of deciduous perennials is an active process, and that the
result is achieved by the agency of definite cellular structures.
Shortly before the time of defoliation active cell-division begins in
the tissue at the base of the petiole, where separation is to take
place, and a plate of cells is organized. The middle single layer of
the plate finally disintegrates and the leaf drops off (when the fibrous
strands break) leaving a clean scar.

If one will examine any compound leaf at the time of leaf-fall, he
will probably find that as the petiole is disarticulated from the stem,
so the leaflets are disarticulated from the rhachis. Eventually the
leaf not only falls off, but falls to pieces. Indeed the leaflets often
depart while the leaf stalk and rhachis still stand upon the stem held
by the fibrous elements, which are not cut in abscission. As far as
my observation goes — and I have examined numerous species and
groups, ranging widely both taxonomically and geographically — the
casting of leaflets is universal in deciduous, compound-leaved plants.

The appearance of the leaflet scars, when compared with leaf scars,
at once suggests that the defoliating process is the same in both
cases; and the exact researches of von Mohl! leave no doubt on
this head. The abjection of leaflets is the same structually positive
process as that of leaves. At the base of the petiolule cell divi-
sion sets in, resulting in the organization of an absciss-layer.

We see, then, that in the evolution of compound leaves two kinds

! Bot. Zeit. 18:274 (1860).

30 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

of structures have arisen bearing a close resemblance to structures
previously present. It is to be noted that the secondary features
have arisen in situations similar to those in which the antecedent
features were already to be found. Stipules arise on the axis of
the plant where a leaf is given off; stipels arise on the axis of the
branched leaf where a leaflet is given off. Petiolar absciss-layers
come at the junction of leaf-stalk and stem; petiolular absciss-layers
come at the junction of leaflet-stalk and rhachis.

Furthermore, the secondary features seem to be in the main use-
less. Certain stipels —as the spinous or glandular kinds — are
evidently advantageous, or at least functional, But most stipels are
weak affairs for which there is no apparent office. With absciss-
layers in petiolules, the probability of inutility is very strong indeed.
The dismemberment of the exhausted and now valueless leaf, from
which plastic materials have been withdrawn, no longer functionally
a leaf but merely the form or frame of a leaf, seems superfluous.
While uselessness of apparently unimportant members can perhaps
in no case be absolutely proved, yet here the probability of it approx-
imates certainty to such a degree that it may properly become a
ground of reasoning. It is plainly within the limits of cogency which
must be set in all such arguments as the present, based as they are
not upon experiment but only upon observation. I shall assume,
then, that for the most part the secondary features in question are
useless.

Why have these structures arisen so often, that is repeatedly and
independently, in Dicotyledons? And especially why do we find
one or both of them present so persistently in spite of inutility ?
These questions find no answer in the modes of evolution assumed
to be the common modes: the formations do not seem to be well
accounted for as products of evolution by slow steps under guidance
of Natural Selection.

The true account of the structures I believe is that they are repe-
titions, echoes as it were, of the previously existent parts which
they so closely resemble, and that they first made their advent fully
formed when the conditions for their production had been matured
in the course of the evolution of the leaf. The conditions were the
development of a distinct rhachis and petiolule, and the establish-
ment, at their junction, of an allocation of parts very much like the
allocation obtaining at the insertion of the petiole upon the stem.

1905] Fernald,— A New Arabis from Quebec 31

We may say that it is a law of plant building, in certain species, that
when a certain arrangement is realized the production of stipule and,
eventually, absciss-layer must succeed. When therefore a very simi-
lar arrangement is attained in the compound leaf of these species,
stipels and absciss-layers follow almost perforce, by the operation of
the same structural law of sequence. The repetition of conditions
not being perfect, however, the result is not certain in the case of
stipels: many compound leaves lack them. But as we have seen,
the absciss-layer appears highly constant. ‘The passage of characters
from location to location in these instances is comparable to that
exhibited by peloric flowers, and by the anomalous forms which stand
at the beginning of this paper as a text. Stipels and petiolular
absciss-layers, characters of many groups of plants, seem to be effects
of a principle which for lack of a better expression I have here called
morphic translocation.

THE Ames BOTANICAL LABORATORY, North Easton, Massa-
chusetts.

A NEW ARABIS FROM RIMOUSKI COUNTY, QUEBEC.
M. L. FERNALD.

On July 18, 1904, an unfamiliar Arabis was collected by Mr. J.
Franklin Collins, and subsequently by the writer on one of the
headlands which characterize the south shore of the River St. Law-
rence at Bic, Rimouski County, Quebec. The plant, growing with
Cerastium alpinum, var. beeringianum, Saxifraga caespitosa, Woodsia
oregana, and other high-northern or northwestern species, on dry
calcareous ledges, was strikingly canescent, and, with its strongly
refracted pods and white petals immediately suggested Hornemann’s
A. Holboellii of Greenland, and its numerous Rocky Mountain
allies.

A careful study of the Greenland plant and of authentic speci-
mens or the original descriptions of its known American representa-
tives fails, however, to identify the strange Arabis from the St. Law-
rence. In general habit it resembles many of these species, but its
nearest affinity is perhaps with the Greenland 4. Ho/boed/i itself, from

32 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

which it is quickly distinguished by the loose hispidulous pubescence
of the stem and pedicels, the smaller flowers and the very slender
acutish pods. In the pubescence of its stem the Bic plant approaches
the Rocky Mountain 4. Holboellii, var. Fendleri, Watson, but that has
loosely pubescent or merely ciliate basal leaves, those of the plant
from Bic being densely invested (pannose) with minute whitish
stellate hairs, its roseate flowers are much larger, and its less refracted
broader and blunt pods are on glabrous pedicels.

The Bic plant, which is obviously an isolated relative of a high-
northern and Rocky Mountain group of species, is here proposed as
new; and itis a great pleasure to associate with it the name of its
discoverer, an indefatigable and accurate student of the northeastern
flora.

Arabis Collinsii.— Perennial: stems slender, 1 to 3 dm. high,
numerous, from a subligneous base, caespitose, erect, slightly glauces-
cent, below hispidulous with pale simple or forked hairs, above glab-
rate or glabrous: basal leaves densely rosulate, oblanceolate to
narrowly obovate, acutish, slender-petioled, 1 to 2.5 cm. long, pan-
nose on both surfaces with minute canescent stellate hairs, the petiole
ciliate especially at base; cauline leaves lanceolate, acute, auriculate
or sagittate at base, more loosely pubescent, the margins often ciliate,
the uppermost glabrate: flowers at first erect, on stellate-hispidulous
pedicels: calyx 3 mm. long; the oblong loosely stellate sepals with
white-margined rounded tips: petals white, becoming pink-tinged in
age, 4 or 5 mm. long, glabrous throughout: fruiting pedicels strongly
refracted, loosely pubescent, 5 to 8 mm. long: pods glabrous, very
slender, 2.25 to 4 cm. long, 1 to 1.5 mm. broad, linear, subacute,
straight or barely arcuate; the median rib of the valves prominent
only toward the base: seeds rather crowded in 2 rows, suborbicular
to broadly oblong, 1 to 1.2 mm. long, very narrowly winged above. —
Dry limestone-conglomerate ledges, headland in the harbor of Bic,
Rimouski County, Quebec, July 18, 1904 (J. F. Collins & M. L.
Fernald). Type in Herb. Gray.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

1905] Churchill, — Lists of New England Plants, —XVII 33

PRELIMINARY LISTS OF NEW ENGLAND
PLANTS,— XVII.!

J. R. CHURCHILL.

[The sign + indicates that an herbarium specimen has
been seen; the sign — that a reliable printed record has been

found.]
SCROPHULARIACEAE.

sks
. Conn. |

Bari ha Odontites, Huds. 3... . | . 5) i+
Castilleia coccinea, Spreng. . + | +4
* pallida, Kunth, var. septentrionalis, Gray
Chelone glabra, L jouets
Euphrasia americana, Wetts.
[11
i latifolia, Pursh.
Ji Oakesii, Wetts. .
e Randii, Robinson . EX ka,
as " y var. Farlowii, Rob.
Williamsii, Robinson .
Gerardia flava, L.
maritima, Raf.
pedicularia, L.
purpurea, L.
B e var. paupercula, Gray
quercifolia, Pursh.
Skinneriana, Wood
h tenuifolia, Vahl.
Gratiola aurea, Muhl.
* — virginiana, L.

var. canadensis, Rob.

++t+++4++4+

E
++ ++++++

++++ ++ ++
+ ++++ ++ ++++

+ ++++ ++
EHH RE A AAA A AAA FA tts

Ilysanthes riparia, Raf. x
Limosella aquatica, L., var. tenuifolia, Hoff.
Linaria canadensis, Dumont
* Cymbalaria Mill.
* Elatine, Mill. UNE o. 235 V
* — vulgaris, MILCH SE |. 2 . 05 29
Melampyrum americanum, Michx. SEM oi.
Mimulus alatus, Ait. . .
* Langsdorfi, Sims. (M. luteus, au. not L)
" moschatus, Douglas . . . FC. +|—
- ringens, i odan Vus A MEE. . ee Ca

+++]
ERA E AA EA EA E AE AA AH ++

Sl
++
++
+++

X
o
+

1 Printed in RHODORA as supplementary material.

34 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

Vt.

++++>+ + Mass.

Pedicularis canadensis, L. .
M Furbishiae, Watson
" lanceolata, Michx.
Pentstemon grandiflorus, Nutt. i
7 laevigatus, Solander . . EU +
i “ var. Digitalis, Gray
pubescens, Solander
" Smallii, Heller .

- tubiflorus, Nutt. cx MS
Rhinanthus Cristagalli, L.. . . . . . . . |*|*
" major, Ehrh.
Schwalbea americana, L. . (MEM
Scrophularia leporella, Bicknell cc... S ARA

marilandica, L. pe

Verbascum Blattaria, L.

“ Lychnitis, ET

a phlomoides, L.

" Thapsus, L.
Veronica alpina, L. LUST

ES americana, Schweinitz
Anagallis, L.
arvensis, L. i
Buxbaumii, Tenore
Chamaedrys, L.
longifolia, L.
peregrina, L.
officinalis, L.
" scutellata, L.
serpyllifolia, L.

é

+ + Me.
+ N
—
d+ + Conn.

T LEGE

++

+++
++++ ++++++]

++++++++++ +4+4+4+4+4+4+4+4
|

++++ + +

+
+ +++

ES
+

+ +++
++ ++++++++ + +

++++++]| ++ +++
+++++++++++

var. borealis, Laestad.

+++++++

Teucrium, L.
virginica, L.

++

VERBENACEAE.,

I.

R.
++++++ Conn.

Me.
N

Phryma leptostachya,L. . . . . . . . . *
Verbena angustifolia, Michx. Un
s bracteosa, Michx. . . . . . . . . |*
"ae ee 0S PEDE
e KUCHEN S s. eG ES
B urticaefolia, L. . . . . . . . . . [HIHI

| + Vt.
++++++ Mass.

1905] Churchill, — Lists of New England Plants, — XVII 35

NOTES ON THE ABOVE LIST.

Antirrhinum majus, L., common in gardens, is mentioned in some
local catalogues (Berzelius Catalogue of Connecticut Plants; Robin-
son, Flora of Essex County, Massachusetts) as an escape, but doubt-
fully established. I have not found it in any of the herbaria of
New England.

The reports of Castilleia coccinea, Spreng., and of typical Gerardia
purpurea, L., in the Portland Catalogue of Maine Plants, and in
Harris’s Flora of Windham, New Hampshire, appear to be without
foundation.

For a revision of our Euphrasias, with an account of their stations
and ranges, reference may be had to RHODORA, iii, 270.

Gerardia Skinneriana, Wood, which is frequent on the southern
coast of Massachusetts and Connecticut, is very likely to be found
along the intervening shore of Rhode Island.

In determining, with reference to the New England states, the
occurrence and range of //ysanthes, I was at first disposed to accept
the conclusions of Dr. John K. Small (Torr. Bull., XXIII, p. 296:
Aug., 1896) so far as they apply.to our New England plant, and to
accord specific rank to his Z. attenuata (Lindernia attenuata, Muhl.).

Besides less conspicuous characters wherein this form is claimed
to differ from Z. riparia, Raf. (Z. grativloides, Benth.) there is the
shortness of the pedicels relative to the length of the leaves. This
extreme disparity in the length of the pedicels compared with the
leaves, which was frequently concomitant with a habit “stouter and
lax,” or more procumbent in the one than in the other form, enabled
me without much difficulty to deal with a limited number of New Eng-
land specimens, which ranged themselves fairly well respectively
under the desired names.

It, however, early became apparent that the length of the sepals
relative to that of the capsule, a distinction upon which stress is laid,
was of little or no value as a diagnostic character; and as specimens
from New England were encountered which combined, in one collec-
tion or in a single plant, pedicels both longer and shorter than leaves,
doubts arose, and recourse was had to a careful examination of the
abundant material in the Gray Herbarium from all parts of the coun-
try, from Canada and from Mexico, of the sheets in the herbarium of
the New England Botanical Club and in my own and other herbaria.

36 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

This broader view and research only tended to confirm finally the
impression that all the supposed distinctive characters of /. attenuata
are variable, and that there are no differences between the two forms
which are specific, constant, or concomitant one with another, or
which have even varietal value. Acknowledgment should be made
to Dr. Robinson and to Mr. Fernald for advice and co-operation
in the investigation.

I may add that I found no specimens with long pedicels from
Maine, New Hampshire or Vermont.

Limosella aquatica, var. tenuifolia, Hoff., will probably be found on
the coast of Maine, but at present the report in the Portland Cata-
logue lacks confirmation.

While Pedicularis lanceolata is credited to Massachusetts, it should
be said that it here reaches its northern limit, and is rare and local.
I have been able to discover but two collections of it; one, proba-
bly a waif, in the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club,
labeled, without date, “Middlesex Flora. Loc. Revere, just over the
line. Mass. Moody.” ‘The other sheet, which was kindly sent to me
for examination by Prof. Geo. E. Stone, of Amherst, Mass., was from
the herbarium of Atherton Clark, and collected at Prescott, Mass.,
by the late Prof. H. G. Jesup, in Sept., 1874.

Many waifs belonging to the two families here treated have been
reported as more or less established in various parts of New Eng-
land. Of these the following having been seen in herbaria are
included, although with some hesitation, in the columns of the Check-
list: — Linaria Cymbalaria, Mill, Z. Elatine, Mill., Pentstemon grand-
florus, Nutt., P. Smallii, Heller, P. tubiflorus, Nutt., Verbascum Lych-
nitis, L., V. phlomoides, L., Veronica Chamaedrys, L., V. Teucrium L.,
and Verbena bracteosa, Michx.

The only Pentstemon native to New England is 2. pubescens,
Soland., but 2. Zevigatus, Soland. and its variety digitalis, Gray, fre-
quently appear in cultivated grounds. 2, grandiflorus, Nutt. was
collected by Dr. Walter H. Chapin in 1898 “in waste land on the
edge of the City” of Springfield, Massachusetts, where there were
about roo plants in a small space. Dr. Chapin writes that the spe-
cies still (1904) “persists and if not exterminated by cultivation will
be permanent. The plant, however, has not materially extended its
limits." This species has also been reported from Granby, Con-
necticut, but the report may be based on P. .Sma//ii, Heller, collected

1905] Churchill, — Lists of New England Plants, — XVII 37

there by I. Holcomb in June, 1904, the specimens being now in Mr.
Bissell’s herbarium.

Mr. Bissell also sent me for examination a specimen of P. tubiflorus
Nutt, collected by him “in grass land, Salisbury, Conn., July 29,
1904." Both these species have been determined by Mr. Fernald,
and occurring thus, far out of their normal range in the South and
West, illustrate the migratory habits of the genus.

Rhinanthus. Two of the common European * Yellow-Rattles ”
are Rhinanthus Crista-Galit, L., the species which is common on our
Maine coast and local elsewhere in New England; and a larger plant,
R. major, Ehrh., which has the exserted corolla 13 to 23 cm. in length
and the bracts yellow at their base instead of green. The nipple-like
appendages on the upper lip of the corolla of the larger plant are
colored bright purple and are longer than broad, while these append-
ages in our smaller plant are broader than long and of yellow color uni-
form with the rest of the corolla, which rarely exceeds 14 cm. in length.

In the Synoptical Flora (1878) Dr. Gray says our common Yellow-
Rattle “varies much in size, but apparently we have no Æ. major,
Ehrh.", and the plant is not mentioned in any of our more recent
Manuals.

It was interesting therefore to discover in the Gray Herbarium a
sheet of veritable specimens of RAinanthus major, marked “ Rhinan-
thus Crista-Galli, var. major. In pratis humidis ad Plymouth, Massa-
chusetts, Legit Oakes.” The label gives no date, but the words quoted
do not suggest that the plant was at all transient or scarce, nor is the
plant one in its nature likely to disappear in succeeding seasons.

The question then arises where was this station, and do these plants
still persist there? A like query which the writer put, in RHODORA,
II, 92; April, 1900, as to a long-lost station for Phaseolus perennis,
was soon answered by our diligent botanists in Connecticut. Let us
of Boston go and do likewise, and rediscover the Greater Yellow-Rat-
tle in the dewey meads of Plymouth!

Verbascum phlomoides, L., seems to persist at its only New Eng,
land station, Annisquam, Massachusetts, where it was first collected
by Professor J. H. Robinson in 1894.

Although but recently observed, Mimulus moschatus, Dougl., seems
to be a permanent part of the Vermont flora. The writer has found
it growing abundantly along a wet roadside in Canada near the Ver-
mont line. It has also been recently reported in Massachusetts.

38 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

Specimens of so-called Veronica agrestis, L., in the Herbarium of
the New England Botanical Club, from Reading, Massachusetts,
have been found to be V. Buxbaumii, Ten., and reports of V. agrestis
from New England appear to be without foundation.

Of Veronica Anagallis, L., the writer has seen a specimen from
Tinmouth, Vermont, where it was discovered by Mr. W. W. Eggleston. :
There is also a specimen in the Gray Herbarium collected many
years ago by Oakes at Ipswich, Massachusetts. This station is now
extinct or at least unknown, but the plant is reported from Berkshire
County by Mr. Ralph Hoffmann. The species has been recorded
from other New England States in various local catalogues, but the
writer after much inquiry has been unable to verify these reports
and is inclined to suspect that the habitally similar V. americana is
frequently mistaken for V. Anagallis. The latter species must be
very rare in New England.

I have been unable to verify the occurrence in New England of the
following species reported in divers local catalogues of reliable char-
acter, and it has seemed best to omit them from this list, for even if
they have been correctly identified they must in most, if not all
instances, form only casual and transient features in the New England
flora.

Micranthemum Nuttallit, Gray. Bishop’s Catalogue, 1901. Con-
necticut.

Mimulus brevipes, Benth. Middlesex Flora, 1888. Massachusetts.

* — Jamesti, Torr. & Gray. Bishop's Catalogue, 1gor. Con-
necticut.

Orthocarpus purpurascens, Benth. Middlesex Flora, 1888, Massa-
chusetts.

Verbascum nigrum, L. Essex Flora, 1880. Massachusetts.

Veronica hederefolia, L. Bennett’s List, 1888. Rhode Island.

Z spicata, L. Middlesex Flora, 1888. Massachusetts,

Verbena officinalis L. " S 5 "

T si * Bishop's Catalogue, 1go1. Connecticut.
BosTON.

WHITE FORM OF SABBATIA CHLOROIDES.— A white form of Sabba-
tia chloroides, Pursh, grows on the borders of a pond in East Wey-
mouth, which seems remarkable in that there are hundreds of the
plants none of which show the slightest tinge of pink in the flowers.
No typical pink flowers can be found nearer than at a pond in South

1905] Beattie,— Remarks on Rhode Island Plants 39

Weymouth, fully three miles away, where there are a few scattered
plants all of which for at least a number of years have borne pink
flowers. The white form shows no constant differences from the
type except in color. The petals are not greenish nor creamy, but
a very pure white, and the brown markings usually found at the
“eye” of the pink flowers are wanting in the white form the centre
of which is a delicate green or yellow color. The plants seem larger
and more vigorous than those of the type, but this is probably due
to more favorable conditions for growth. On two sides of the large
pond the white flowers are massed so closely together that when seen
from the street they bring to mind a field of daisies in early summer.
— ALICE G. CLARK, East Weymouth, Massachusetts.

REMARKS ON RHODE ISLAND PLANTS.
FREDERICK S. BEATTIE.

THE following statements apply to collections in Rhode Island
during 1904.

Microstylis ophioglossoides, Nutt. — Collected only in Exeter by
Prof. W. W. Bailey, about thirty-five years ago, and credited to him
in Bennett’s List. I found the species on July 30 at South Kingston.
Five plants only appeared, in a low, gravelly swamp, in company with
Habenaria ciliaris, R. Br., ZZ. blephariglottis, Torr., Gaultheria pro-
cumbens, L., and Oxycoccus palustris, Pers. They were growing scat-
tered in beds of a Polytrichum, a preference noted in case of some
plants of the species collected on July 8, at Fort Kent, Maine.

Taraxacum erythrospermum, Andrz. — Credited to Lincoln by
Mr. J. F. Collins (RHnopoRa, V, 291). On May 29 I collected the
species in excellent fruit at Sneech Pond, and on May 30 at Dia-
mond Hill, both in the town of Cumberland. At each locality the
red-seeded species was abundant in open woods, on hillsides, princi-
pally, and ledges, not venturing into the open at all; while 7. offici-
nale appeared to keep carefully out of the woods, growing only in the
open. About June 11 I found a single plant of 7. erythrospermum,
in good fruit, by the railroad track in East Providence.

Lilium tigrinum, Andr. — This species is new to the state. It is
well established in Lincoln, about the quarries at Limerock, growing
fairly thickly here and there by roadsides, generally in the shade

40 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

and often far from dwellings. Britton and Brown (Ill. Fl. I, 419)
state that bulblets are produced in the axils of the upper leaves.
The plants of this locality, on August 7, were bearing bulblets in
leaves halfway down the stem, and not rarely still lower.

Tanacetum vulgare, L., var. crispum, DC. — Already credited to
the state by Bennett. It grows more abundantly at Limerock, Lin-
coln, than does the typical species ; in fact, about the quarries I had
difficulty in finding the typical form.

Spiraea sorbifolia, L. — Occurs in Lincoln, in a meadow east of
Butterfly Factory. It was originally planted, but has spread under
a stone wall into the meadow, and persists after five years of autum-
nal mowing.

Ornithogalum umbellatum, L. — Occurs in Lincoln about Butterfly
Factory, in ditches by the roadside, and in meadows, though rarely
blossoming in the latter situation where cropped by cattle.

Sedum acre, L.— Reported in past years by Prof. Bailey from
Butterfly Factory, Lincoln. It now extends for over a mile west-
ward, and at least two miles northward, to the east also over a mile,
on stone walls, ledges, and in meadows far from the road.

| Finca minor, L. — Established in ditches along roadsides, and on
rocky banks, between Butterfly Factory and Limerock, Lincoln. A
very common creeper. Mr. R. L. Bowen reports it from Coventry,
where a few roots, originally planted by children about a play house
in open woods, have made a colony over ten feet across. The spe-
cies has not been credited to our state by Mr. E. F. Williams (Rho-
DORA, IV, 17). It evidently has gained a firm foothold in Lincoln.

Trillium erythrocarpum, Michx. — I collected a specimen of this
on May 21 in Gloucester which possessed two stems proceeding from
the same corm. Furthermore, on the flower of one of the two twin-
stems, one of the sepals was enlarged to a length five-sixths that
of the ordinary leaves, the shape of this sepal also approximating
that of a leaf, rather than that of a sepal. While at Rowe Pond,
Somerset Co., Maine, about July r, with Mr. J. F. Collins, I noticed
that twin-stems from a corm of this species were the rule. Obser-
vations which I made showed that about fourteen out of nineteen
plants had them. As far as I could determine from the withered,
persistent sepals, however, there was no approach to phyllody.

Brown UNIVERSITY, PROVIDENCE, RHODE ISLAND.

Vol. 7, no. 73, including pages 1 to 20, was issued 26 January, 1905.

Rbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND. BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 7 March, 1905 No. 75

ON BALLS OF VEGETABLE MATTER FROM
SANDY SHORES.

W. F. GANONG.

Ir happened some two or three years ago that I received at about
the same time from two different sources inquiries as to the mode of
formation of certain balls of vegetable matter found on the sandy
bottoms of shallow ponds. Having myself no knowledge of the
subject I sought for some description of them in the accessible litera-
ture, but without result. Nor did inquiries addressed to those of my
colleagues likely to be versed in such matters elicit any substantial
information. Following the subject further, however, I did obtain
some facts about them, and, since other interests are not likely to
allow me to investigate their mode of formation for myself, I desire
to place these facts on record for the benefit of others who may
wish to make use of them.

The earliest, and at the same time almost the only, published refer-
ence to the balls known to me occurs in Thoreau’s well-known book,
Walden, the first edition of which appeared in 1854. In the Chap-
ter on Ponds, in a description of Flint’s or Sandy Pond in Lincoln,
Mass., he writes : —

There also I have found, in considerable quantities, curious balls,
composed apparently of fine grass or roots, of pipewort perhaps, from
half an inch to four inches in diameter, and perfectly spherical.
These wash back and forth in shallow water on a sandy bottom,
and are sometimes cast on the shore. They are either solid grass,
or have a little sand in the middle. At first you would say that
they were formed by the action of the waves, like a pebble; yet the
smallest are made of equally coarse materials, half an inch long, and
they are produced only at one season of the year. Moreover, the

42 Rhodora [Marcu

waves, I suspect, do not so much construct as wear down a material
which has already acquired consistency. They preserve their form
when dry for an indefinite period.

Apparently this is Thoreau’s only published reference to the balls.
But I am informed by Mr. Francis H. Allen, of West Roxbury, that
-Thoreau’s manuscript Journals now in his possession in preparation
for publication by Messrs. Houghton, Mifflin & Co., contain two addi-
tional references to them, and these references, by Mr. Allen’s kind
aid and permission, are here reproduced : -—

Feb. 4, 1857. Met Theodore Parker in the cars, who told me that
he had recently found in Lake Michigan a single ball five inches in
diameter like those 1 presented to the Natural History Society,
though he did not observe the eriocaulon. It was late in the season.

Apr. 5, 1858. In the proceedings of the Natural History Society
for December, 1856, there were presented by Dr. H. R. Storer ‘a
globular concretion of grass said to have been formed by the action
of waves upon the sea shore’. Were not these some obtained by the
Hoars or Emersons from F. Pond?

The reference in this passage is to the Proceedings of the Boston
Society of Natural History, Vol. 6 (published 1857), page 93, where
the citation given by Thoreau occurs. The specimen itself, how-
ever, is not now in the Society's Museum, as I am informed by the
Secretary, Mr. Glover M. Allen.

The mention of the balls in a work so notable as Wa/den has
apparently drawn much attention to them locally, and has led those
of Thoreau's readers who possess scientific tastes to desire further
information concerning them. It was for this reason that the first of
these balls I had seen were sent me by Miss Madge Palmer of the
Packer Collegiate Institute, of Brooklyn. Somewhat later I received
a letter (Oct. 5, 1901) on the subject from the late Alfred W. Hosmer
of Concord (who speaks of them as grass balls), in the course of
which he writes:

The eastern side of the pond [Flint’s or Sandy Pond] is a shallow
place, the bottom of a hard white sand, covered with ripple marks.
In these ripple marks there collects decayed eriocaulon, or duck grass,
and the prevailing winds in summer being wes?, these bits of decayed
grass are gently rolled together, and as the ball forms, it begins a
wider rolling, gathering new bits on its way, until they form balls
from one to four inches in diameter. If they keep under water while
in process of formation, they keep spherical, but if they are washed
up to shore, the action of the waves flattens them. Break one open
while wet, and it cannot be made to adhere again and will go to

1905] Ganong,— On Balls of Vegetable Matter 43

pieces; break one while dry, and it holds. All I have opened have
been composed of the same substance all through, and of the quantity
I have picked up in the past 8 or ro years, only two have had a dif-
ferent substance in them. One had a portion of a chestnut burr,
and the other a piece of a woody plant with roots on it — the plant
was dead, however — this one is egg shaped. As the balls begin to
form they are very loosely put together but become matted from long
rolling. I find them the latter part of August and first of September,
only in the one section of the pond, and then only when the pond is
S As to their keeping qualities when dry, there is one in the
possession of the Concord Antiquarian Society that Thoreau found,
and he has been dead 39 years.

Another account of the formation of the Sandy Pond balls has been
sent me by Mr. Joseph S. Richardson of Concord, Mass. He con-
firms Mr. Hosmer’s statements excepting as to the precise place of
occurrence of the balls, which Mr. Richardson places in a cove at
the north side of the pond. More recently I have been able to see,
through the courtesy of Professor B. L. Robinson of the Gray Her-
barium, a MS. description of these balls, without date, written by
William A. Hart and now in the library of the Gray Herbarium.
After describing their formation from Eriocaulon stems, the author
adds:

The broken stems first collect in the little ripples of the sand ; then
a changed direction of waves gives them a new motion and they soon
form into spheres or cylinders. After attaining some size they roll
freely about, in water about two feet deep and less, on the bottom
and continue to collect more material. Naturally they form in coves
where the eddying of waves is suited for the varied motion necessary
to form them. They were discovered by the writer in Sandy Pond,
Lincoln, Mass., and so far as he can learn occur elsewhere only in
Lake Geneva, Switzerland.

This reference to the occurrence of such balls in Lake Geneva is
not confirmed by any information I possess, nor do I know Mr.
Hart's authority for the statement, which, however, is very likely
correct.

Yet another, and in some respects markedly different description
of the Sandy Pond balls has been sent me by Mr. Lincoln Ware
Riddle, of Cambridge, Mass., who writes : —

In the summer of 1898 I found over twenty specimens on the
northern shore of Sandy Pond, Lincoln, Mass. They are called by
the people of that neighborhood, “ Burr Balls.” There is compara-
tively little Eriocaulon growing in Sandy Pond; but the shores, espe-
cially to the north are bordered by a large number of chestnut trees.

44 Rhodora [Marcu

I should say that the balls were composed chiefly of the debris of the
chestnut burrs, with some admixture of the veins of rotted leaves. I
have found them from an inch in diameter, in which case they are
flattened and loosely compacted, up to six inches, when they are per-
fectly spherical and closely compacted. The northern shore of the
pond is shallow for a long distance out, and the prevailing southerly
winds of summer would roll the waves on the shore. The summer
of 1898 was one of extreme low water; the following years the water
rose several feet, and I was unable to find a single Burr ball.

Mr. Riddle is evidently not certain as to the composition of the
Sandy Pond balls, and while it is entirely possible that some com-
posed of the debris of chestnut burrs may occur in the pond, it is
likely they are all of Eriocaulon, as the other observers have stated.
Certainly the several specimens 1 have received from Mr. Hosmer
and Mr. Richardson, and one of which is figured on the accompany-
ing plate, are composed of Eriocaulon almost exclusively.

So much for the information 1 have obtained about the balls from
Sandy Pond. Meanwhile 1 was shown at Fredericton by Professor
L. W. Bailey, of the University of New Brunswick, a very fine speci-
men, of similar formation but very different material, said to have
been found in Kedron Lake in the southwestern part of York County,
New Brunswick. Following up the matter 1 found that it had been
obtained by Mr. Wellington Davis of Brockway, N. B., from Little
Kedron Lake, and on application to Mr. Davis he sent mea fine
specimen together with the following account of its formation : —

It is found in the north end of Little Kedron Lake in a small cove.
No wind can strike the cove but from the southeast. It is surrounded
with fir and spruce which hang over the water. The bottom is a
clear sand. The spills drop from the fir and spruce and lie at the
bottom. Then the water washing from side to side forms the ball.
No heavy swell comes in there. These balls can be found in no
other place in the Little Kedron Lake nor in Big Kedron Lake.
Sometimes we have found them from six to eight inches through.

This account, with other matter relating to this subject (practically
all included in the present paper), together with a plate showing the
ball beside one from Sandy Pond, were published in the Zducational
Review (St. John, N. B.) for August, 1904 (page 51), and it appears
in somewhat altered form in the Bulletin of the Natural History Soct-
ety of New Brunswick, No. XXIII, 1905. As Mr. Davis states, the
balls consist almost exclusively of the spills (v/z. leaves or needles)
of the spruce, which are interlocked in a very compact and fairly
tenacious mass. It is very remarkable that such smooth objects

1905 | Ganong,— On Balls of Vegetable Matter 45

can thus cling together, but still more remarkable that they should
become interlocked in this way in the first place; and one sus-
pects that some cement of micro-organisms must be present to
account for their cohesion, something of which the dried specimens
show no evidence.

Desiring information as to other localities, or as to other published
references to the subject, I published in Science for April 8th (1904),
a letter asking for such information. It was this letter which brought
me the welcome information above given from Mr. Allen and Mr.
Riddle; and, in addition, Mr. F. V. Coville of Washington referred
me to similar balls from lakes in Idaho, and gave me the name of a
botanist, Mr. John B. Leiberg of Athol, Idaho, who was acquainted
with them. On application to Mr. Leiberg he kindly wrote me (May
5, 1904) as follows: —

Balls and solid cylinders composed, in the main, of decaying pine
needles, bits of comminuted bark and wood, Ceratophyllum demersum,
leaves and stems of Potamogeta, Charas and Nitellas are of common
occurrence in Lake Pend Oreille, in Idaho, and doubtless in Priest
and Coeur d'Alene lakes also, in the same State. The balls are small
affairs — 4 to 7 centimeters in diameter — while the cylinders vary
from 30 to 4o centimeters in length, with diameters from 3 to 5 centi-
meters, Owing to the great depth of the lakes the balls and cylinders
are formed near the shores in water less than 1 meter in depth, and
mostly in late summer and fall; the strong gales and heavy wave
motion of early winter soon destroy them. The nucleus both of balls
and cylinders consists of broken and tangled bits of Ceratophyllum,
Charas and Nitellas, occasionally mixed with strands of Zannichellia
and /Vaias. ‘The wave motion rolls the mixture along the bottom and
in its progress shoreward pine-needles, decaying splinters of wood
bark and similar debris are taken up and become intimately mixed
with the primary mass. Infusorial slimes — Amoebas, Vorticellas,
etc.— develop and assist in holding the mass together. It is finally
cast up on shore where wind and wave soon bring about its disin-
tegration. The balls and cylinders have no local designation.

Mr. Leiberg's account, it will be observed, apparently leaves little
to be said as to the mode of origin of the balls in the lakes of his
region.

All of the balls so far described occur in fresh-water lakes. I have
however seen a specimen, of apparently a similar general nature, from
a sea-beach. It was sent me by Mr. Francis H. Allen, and is from
Ipswich Beach. As compared with the lake balls I have seen, it is
much smaller, far less regular, and of much coarser and more hetero-

46 Rhodora (Marcu

geneous materials, — in fact little more than a loosely-matted collec-
tion of flotsam hardly brought to a true ball by wave-action,

There remain to add a few facts about vegetable balls of a totally
different morphological origin, of which three distinct kinds are
known to me. First, there are the photo-bezoars, mentioned occa-
sionally in botanical literature, which are formed of matted grass-
awns, cactus-bristles, etc. in the stomachs of herbivorous animals.
Second, the letter in Science, above mentioned, was followed by two-
others in later numbers of that journal (XIX, 926 and XX, 86) by
J. Adams of the Royal College of Science of Dublin, giving refer-
ences to balls formed by the alga Cladophora in Scottish and Danish
Lakes. I am informed, however, by Professor F. E. Lloyd and by
Dr. M. A. Howe, that the balls formed by these Algae, of which there
are specimens in the Museum of the New York Botanical Garden,
are of a character quite different from that of the ones we are here
considering, for the balls of Cladophora are the result of the normal
mode of growth of the plant, and are not simply mechanically-pro-
duced aggregations, 7Z/ird, Mr. John H. Sears, of the Peabody
Museum at Salem, Mass., writes me (Feb. 9, 1905) that he finds on
Ipswich and other beaches a kind of vegetable ball, or “pebble,”
formed from the matted sods of Juncus Gerardi, or Black Grass,
thrown upon beaches in ditching operations. ‘These sods are rolled
about, worn down and rounded by action of the waves; and they may
in addition pick up in the process various other materials, — grass
fragments, bits of wood, fish-bones and even sand. Obviously such
balls are very different in origin from those of the fresh-water ponds.
Mr. Sears also adds that he has found vegetable balls on the shores
of Wenham Lake.

There are, therefore, at least four morphologically distinct modes
of origin for balls of vegetable matter, and very likely there are also
others. :

Returning for a moment to the particular kind here under con-
sideration, it seems plain from the descriptions cited that they are
simply an incidental mechanical result of the rolling about of light
water-logged materials on sandy bottoms by the under-water parts of
waves, aided perhaps as to their cohesion by the development of
glutinous micro-organisms. On this basis the balls ought to occur
wherever this combination of conditions is found, and hence in some
parts of most shallow sandy-bottomed lakes; and it is surprising that

1905] Fernald,— An undescribed Comandra 47

they appear to have been so little observed. While this is their prob-
able mode of origin, the subject “should by no means be allowed to
test with conjecture, but the genesis and growth of the balls should
receive precise scientific study and adequate description.

SMITH COLLEGE, Northampton, Massachusetts.

AN UNDESCRIBED NORTHERN COMANDRA.
M. L. FERNALD.

In July, 1903, Mr. George H. Richards collected in the sandy
alluvium of the Grand River, Gaspé County, Quebec, a white-flowered
Comandra, which in habit suggested both C. umbellata, Nutt., of the
Atlantic States and C. pallida, A. DC., of the extreme West. The
specimens were not, however, satisfactorily referable to either of those
species; so in late June and early July when, with Mr. Richards, I
visited the salmon-camp of Mr. Louis Cabot, the present owner of
the Seigniory of Grand River, we made it a special point to search
for the strange Comandra. The plant was found at several stations,
but only occasionally in flower. Later in July, it was found in dry
sandy woods at Tadousac, at the mouth of the Saguenay, and in
September was collected in ripe fruit at the same station.

Study of this Comandra of eastern Quebec shows that it is a
plant of broad northern range, extending across Canada to Saskatche-
wan and Assiniboia, south to the Great Lakes, Missouri, and Kansas.
Throughout this extensive range the plant holds the characteristics
noted on the Grand River and at Tadousac. Compared with C.
umbellata of the Eastern States,—from central Maine to Wisconsin
and Georgia — the more northern species is low, the fertile branches
0.5—2.5 dm. high, those of C. umbellata ranging from 1.5-4 dm.; the
more crowded leaves are thicker, scarcely paler beneath, and when
dry with green inconspicuous reticulate veins, the fewer thinner
leaves of C. umbellata being somewhat whitened beneath and with
the pale midrib prominent beneath. The inflorescence of the north-
ern plant is a rather dense corymb, made up of 2-6-flowered cymules
on strongly ascending rays; that of C. umbellata is an ellipsoid-oblong
panicle with the cymules of smaller more numerous flowers on diver-
gent rays.

48 Rhodora [Marcu

This northern plant has only a superficial resemblance to the
western whitish-green much firmer-leaved Comandra pallida; but it is
the plant which has been generally taken by botanists of eastern and
central Canada for C. umbellata, and under that name it was beauti-
fully illustrated by Hooker in his Flora Boreali-Americana. There
is a bare possibility that Michaux also may have had before him
specimens of this northern plant when he named his Thesium corym-
bulosum, with “fasciculis florum corymbuloso-terminalibus,”* but
he cited 7. umbellatum, L. (Comandra umbellata, Nutt.) as a pure
synonym and made no other provision for the common Allegha-
nian plant. Furthermore, there is apparently nothing to show for
Michaux's species in his very complete herbarium at the Jardin
des Plantes in Paris; and it is probable that, as in case of his
Anychia dichotoma (Queria canadensis, L.), Monarda coccinea (M. did-
yma, L.), Campanula amplexicaulis (C. perfoliata, L.) etc., Michaux's
name, Zhesium corymbulosum, was intended merely as a substitute for
the obviously inappropriate Linnean name, 7. umbellatum.

Rafinesque, in characteristic language, announced in 1836 that
“the Thesium umbellatum of L. has been well described as a N. G.
Comandra by Nuttal, but he neglected the species thereof, and so
have done all our botanists, there are now 7 or 8 sp. of this G. and
I will distinguish 5 sp. of it, all blended by our careless Authors." ?
So far as it is possible to interpret Rafinesque's descriptions, his 5
species seem to be phases of the Alleghanian Comandra umbellata
and not at all referable to the more northern representative of that
plant. 'This northern species, apparently, has never received the
distinctive name it deserves, and I now take pleasure in associating
with it the name of is discoverer in eastern Quebec, through whose
interest it was possible for me to study the plant iu the field.

COoMANDRA Richardsiana. Rootstocks elongate, freely branch-
ing, superficial or very slightly covered by the loose soil: flowering
branches slender, 0.5-2.5 dm. high, very leafy: the strongly ascend-
ing green leaves from lanceolate to ovate, obtuse or acute, firm, with
obscurely reticulate green veins: inflorescence corymbose, 1-3 cm.
broad, of 1 to 6 2-6-flowered cymules on strongly ascending rays:
bracts lance-subulate to ovate, mostly exceeding the short pedicels :
calyx 3-5 mm. long, cleft to the middle into 5 oblong white (or finally

1 Michx., Fl. Bor.-Am. i, 112. t Raf., New Fl ii, 33.

1905] Hall, — Vegetative Reproduction of Spiranthes 49

roseate) erect lobes: disc shallowly lobed : drupe dry, greenish-drab
as in C. umbellata.— C. umbellata, Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii, 139, in part,
and t. 179 A, not Nutt.— QueBEc, sandy alluvium of the Grand
River, Gaspé County, July, 1903 (CŒ. H. Richards), July 1, 1904
(M. L. Fernald) ; dry sandy woods, Tadousac, July 14, 1904 (M. Z.
Fernald), September 1, 1904 (Y. 4. Collins & M. L. Fernald) : ONTA-
RIO, woods near Belleville, May 22, 1878 (Y. Macoun): MANITOBA,
Lake Winnipeg Valley, 1857-1859 (Æ. Bourgeau): SASKATCHEWAN,
Cumberland House (Drummond): AssiN1BOIA, Sand Hills, Moose
Mountain Creek, June 6, 1883 (J. M. Macoun) : WISCONSIN, St.
Croix Falls, May, 1899 (C. F. Baker): NEBRASKA, Ponco, June 13,
1893 (F. Clements, no. 2519): MISSOURI, dry woods, St. Louis County,
May 27, 1877, April 23, 1878 (H. Eggert): Kansas, Independence,
1882 (£. VW. Plank).

GRAY HERBARIUM.

VEGETATIVE REPRODUCTION OF SPIRANTHES
CERNUA.

JOHN GALENTINE HALL.

AMONG the orchids, in spite of the great amount of seed produced,
we all know how difficult it is to find seedlings of our native species in
their haunts. With this knowledge comes the question, how do they
perpetuate themselves? In most cases the answer is quite plain.
In Arethusa a new bulb is formed each year. This is also true of
Calopogon and Microsty-
lis. In Habenaria a spe-
cialized root is formed
each year and gives rise
to a new plant in the fol-
lowing spring. Pogonia
has an extensive system
of branching roots, which
give off stems at various
intervals. In P. ophioglossoides Y have found roots six to eight feet
long bearing ten to twenty stems upon them, and in Z. verticillata

50 Rhodora i [Marcu

roots eighteen to twenty feet long giving rise to five or six separate
stems. Here the new shoots arise as “adventitious ” buds upon the
upper side of the parent roots. The latter are doubtless enabled by
this very trait of bud-bearing to continue their growth in length
through several years and extend far beyond ordinary limits.

In Spiranthes cernua the method of vegetative reproduction is dif-
ferent, as will be seen from the following observations. Some years
ago, when looking over in early spring some plants of this species
that had been transplanted the year before, I noticed a number of
small individuais that looked as if they might be seedlings. But on
closer investigation they proved to be young plants of non-sexual
growth, arising from the roots of the previous year and in most cases
being developed from the tip of the root. At first I thought this
might be a case of adaptation to the new conditions of growth in the
garden after transplanting, but upon search in the field I found that
a large number of cases showed the same phenomena, and I have
recently found a similar development in Neottia referred to by Stras-
burger. It seems worth while therefore to call the attention of the
readers of RHODORA to this noteworthy method of reproduction in
one of our orchids. The accompanying sketch shows the manner
of growth of the new plant. The most interesting aspect of the mat-
ter is that the tip of the root, which usually possesses a structure
peculiar to itself, is here converted, as it appears directly into the
growing point of a stem.

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

A NEW JUNCUS OF THE GROUP POIOPHYLLI.

HARLEY Harris BARTLETT.

Juncus monostichus, sp. nov. — Erect, 3-5 dm. tall; culms
compressed; leaves basal, from 4—} length of culm; blades o.5-1.5
mm. broad, involute in drying; sheaths loose, mostly free, margins
scarious; auricles produced, scarious; inflorescence 4-8 cm. long,
much exceeded by its lowest bract, stramineous when mature;
branches of inflorescence 1-2.5 cm. long, often incurved, bearing
3-9 conspicuously secund flowers; perianth-segments 4-5 mm. long,

1905] Bartlett,— A new Juncus 51

lanceolate, acuminate, with hyaline margins; stamens six, about one-
half as long as the perianth; anthers pale yellow, shorter than the
filaments; capsule 2 mm. long, trigonous-obovoid, concealed by the
closely appressed perianth; placentae not meeting in the axis;
stigmas red-brown, reaching almost to tip of perianth; seeds few,
ovoid, 0.5 mm. long by o.2 mm. broad, coarsely reticulate in about
16 rows, areolae longitudinally oblong, 2-24 times as long as broad.

The type specimens of Juncus monostichus were collected south of
Anderson, Indiana, by Mr. Charles Piper Smith. He could not refer
them to any described species, and very kindly gave me his material
for further investigation. It was found to be closely related to Juncus
dichotomus and Juncus secundus, but differed from both in its very
small capsules, long basal leaves and large, longitudinally reticulate
seeds.

Besides the type material, which has been divided between the
Gray Herbarium and the writer’s herbarium, there is a sheet in the
Gray Herbarium from central Arkansas (F. L. Harvey, no. 9) which
is referable to Juncus monostichus. The Arkansas plant is mature,
but sterile. The capsules of the Indiana plant contain undeveloped
ovules, and from one to ten mature seeds. Whether or not this ster-
ile tendency is characteristic of the species, can be determined only
by an examination of more material.

The range is, of course, undetermined. Probably a large part of
the plants of the Mississippi basin which have been determined as
Juncus secundus belong to the new species. Juncus dichotomus is in-
cluded in S. Coulter’s “Catalogue of the Flowering Plants and Ferns
of Indiana,” upon the authority of Dr. J. Schneck, whose collections
were passed upon by Gray. Dr. Schneck’s material should be re-
examined, however, as it seems extremely improbable that the range
of Juncus dichotomus extends as far west as Indiana. The writer will
be glad to examine western plants which have been referred to either
of the above species.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

52 Rhodora [Marcu

NOTES ON NEW ENGLAND HEPATICAE, — III.
ALEXANDER W. EVANS.

Since the publication of the second paper of this series’ additions
have been made to the hepatic floras of New Hampshire and Ver-
mont. ‘These additions include three species which are new to New
England and which are referred to in the following pages. The
other species noted are imperfectly described in the American litera-
ture. With the exception of Cephalozia Sullivantii and the Jubula,
the species mentioned are all common to Europe.

1. MARSUPELLA SPARSIFOLIA (Lindb.) Dumort. Hep. Eur. 128.
1874. Sarcoscyphus sparsifolius Lindb. Not. pro F. et Fl. Fenn.g:
280. 1868. NVardia sparsifolia Lindb. Zc. 13: 370. 1874. Mt.
Washington, New Hampshire (W. G. Farlow). This species has
been collected by J. Macoun on Vancouver Island, but no other
American localities for it have been recorded. Its discovery marks
an interesting addition to the hepatic flora of eastern North Amer-
ica. In size, color, and general habit M. sparsifolia bears a close
resemblance to M. media, and the structure of the stem is essentially
the same in the two species. The leaves are also very similar, but
in M. sparsifolía the divisions are usually obtuse instead of rounded,
the reverse being the case in M. media. The most important differ-
ential character, however, is derived from the inflorescence, which is
paroicous in M. sparsifo/ia and dioicous in M. media. A paroicous
inflorescence is also exhibited by M. ustulata, but this species may
be at once distinguished by its minute size and by the acute divisions
of its leaves.

2. LorHoziA KUNZEANA (Hüben.) Evans, Proc. Wash. Acad. 2:
305. 1900. Jungermannia Kunzeana Hüben. Hep. Germ. 115. 1834.
J. plicata Hartm. Fl. Scand. Ed. III. 2: 329. 1838. /. colpodes
Tayl. Lond. Jour. Bot. 5: 280. 1846. /. plicata * Kunzeana Hartm.
Fl. Scand. Ed. X. 2: 137. 1871. J. Kunzei B plicata Lindb. Musc.
Scand. 8. 1879. .SpAenolobus Kunzeanus Steph. Bull. de l'Herb.
Boissier, II. 2: 168. 1902. Mt. Washington, New Hampshire
(W. G. Farlow). Lophosia Kunzeana has a wide distribution in

1 RHODORA, 6: 165-174; 185-191. Pl. 57. 1904.

1905] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— III 53

the alpine and arctic regions of the Northern Hemisphere, although
it is rarely abundant in any one locality. In North America it has
already been recorded from Greenland, from several widely scat-
tered stations in British America, and from the Adirondack Moun-
tains of New York. It is, however, new to New England. Professor
Farlow’s specimens represent a gemmiparous and rather slender
form of the species.

The leaves of Z. Aunzeana vary in form from rotund to quadrate ;
they are subequally bifid and tend to be complicate, although this
condition is not always apparent. In rare cases there is a third lobe
supplementary to one of the others. The sinus is narrow and extends
to the middle or a little less. The divisions are typically rounded at
the apex but are often obtusely pointed or, on slender branches,
even acute. The leaf-cells have small but distinct trigones, and the
cuticle is minutely verruculose or striate. The underleaves vary
greatly in size but can usually be demonstrated without much diff-
culty in spite of the numerous rhizoids. They are either subulate
and long-acuminate or else deeply bifid with slender divisions. The
gemmae when mature are thick-walled and angular; as a rule they
are unicellular but are sometimes divided by a delicate wall into two
cells. In exposed localities the stems, leaves and gemmae acquire a
characteristic brownish yellow coloration.

The presence of underleaves will at once distinguish Z. Aunzeana
from such species as Sphenolobus Michauxii, Marsupella emarginata
and ZopAozia inflata, all of which it somewhat resembles in general
appearance. Among New England species its closest relative is
undoubtedly Z. /7oerkiz, which has trifid or quadrifid leaves with a
little group of marginal cilia close to the postical base. There is
usually no indication whatever of basal cilia in Z. Kunzeana, although
sometimes one or two minute ahd indistinct teeth may be found in
this position.’ Its relationship to Z. /loerkii and to other mem-
bers of the ¿arbatae-group is clearly shown by the occasional presence
of a third lobe and by the constant occurrence of underleaves, and it
would seem as if these characters were sufficient to exclude it from
the genus Sphenolobus, where it is placed by Stephani.

3. CHILOSCYPHUS PALLESCENS (Ehrh.) Dumort. Syll. Jung. 67.
1831. Jungermannia viticulosa L, p. 5. Sp. Plant. 1597. 1753. J.

1 See Schiffner, Lotos, 49: 51. 1901.

54 Rhodora [Marcu

pallescens Ehrh. Crypt. Exsic. 502; Hoffmann, Deutschlands Flora,
2: 87. 1795. J. polyanthos B pallescens Lindenb. Nova Acta Acad.
Caes. Leop.-Carol. 14, suppl.: 30. 1829. Chiloscyphus lophocoleordes
Nees, Naturgeschichte der europ. Lebermoose, 2: 365. 1836. J.
ascendens Hook. & Wils.; Drummond, Musc. Amer. St. Merid. 765.
1841. C. labiatus Tayl. Lond. Jour. Bot. 5: 284. 1846. C. ascendens
Sulliv. Gray’s Manual, Ed. I. 691. 1848; Ed. II. 691. 77. 7. 1856.
C. polyanthos B pallescens Hartm. Fl. Scand. Ed. X. 2: 145. 1871.
C. polyanthos B viticulosus Lindb. Not. pro. F. et Fl. Fenn. I3: 354.
1874. | C. viticulosus Lindb. Acta Soc. Sc. Fenn. 10: 505. 1875.
On rotten logs, rarely on shaded banks rich in humus. Mountains
of New England ( W. Oakes). Jackson, New Hampshire (4. W. £.).
Connecticut: Bethany (D. C. Eaton); Oxford (E. B. Harger) ;
Woodbridge and Salisbury (4. W. #.). Although C. pallescens has
long been recognized by European botanists, it has usually been
regarded as a variety of the common and widely distributed C. poly-
anthus. The most reliable characters separating the two species are
drawn from the leaf-cells and from the perianth. In C. polyanthus
the cells are usually less than 30 q in diameter, and the lobes of the
perianth are entire or nearly so; in C. pallescens the cells measure
35-40 p or even more, and the lobes of the perianth are more or less
dentate or lacerate. C. polyanthus, moreover, grows in very wet
localities, sometimes on the earth or mixed with mosses in swamps,
sometimes affixed to stones in running water, sometimes floating in
shaded pools. Both species are autoicous in their inflorescence.

According to the published descriptions C. ascendens and C. palles-
cens are very closely related species, but differ from each other in
their underleaves, those of C. ascendens being quadrifid while those
of the other species are only bifid. This difference, however, is most
inconstant. The underleaves of C. ascendens, as a matter of fact,
are deeply bifid, just as in C. pallescens, the divisions being long
and slender and tapering out into hair-like points. Sometimes these
divisions are entire; sometimes one or both of them will show a
short tooth, rarely more than three cells long, close to the base.
These teeth give a trifid or quadrifid appearance to the underleaves ;
but, as similar teeth may also be found in European material of C.
pallescens, they cannot yield differential characters of importance.
It seems necessary, therefore, to consider C. ascendens a simple syno-
nym of C. pallescens.

1905] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— III 55

As the synonymy shows Lindberg took up for C. pallescens the old
Linnaean name wéticulosus. Jungermannia viticulosa L., however, was
an aggregate and was based on two figures, the one by Micheli’ and
the other by Dillen.? Micheli’s figure is quoted first and ought there-
fore to be considered as representing the type of the species. ‘This
figure shows a widely distributed European plant, now universally
known as Saccogyna viticulosa (L.) Dumort. Dillen's figure, on the
other hand, represents C. pallescens.3 In order, however, to sup-
plant Ehrhart's specific name pallescens by the older name of Lin-
naeus, it would be necessary to recognize two distinct Linnaean
species, both bearing the name /. vificulosa, a proceeding which
could hardly be recommended.

4. CEPHALOZIA MYRIANTHA Lindb. Medd. Soc. F. et Fl. Fenn.
I: 110. 1876. C. Jackii Limpr.; Spruce, On Cephalozia, 67. 1882.
Amesbury, Massachusetts (/. W. Huntington). lt has lately been
shown by Schiffner * that the characters which were supposed to sepa-
rate C. Jacki from C. myriantha are inconstant and of minor impor-
tance. He therefore considers them synonyms and takes up for the
species Lindberg's name, which is several years older than Limp
richt's. A change to this effect should accordingly be made in the
writer's Preliminary List of New England Hepaticae.®

5. CEPHALOZIA SULLIVANTII Aust. Hep. Bor.-Amer. 50. 1873.
Jungermannia Sullivantii Aust. Proc. Acad. Philadelphia for 1869:
221. Chocorua, New Hampshire ( W. G. Farlow). This rare spe-
cies is new to New England; it has been previously reported from
Ontario, Ohio and New Jersey. It is an exceedingly minute plant,
smaller even than C. divaricata, and has always been found on rotten
logs. In all probability it has been overlooked on account of its
inconspicuousness. It agrees with C. divaricata in its dioicous
inflorescence but differs in its relatively more fleshy stem and in its
much smaller leaves. Professor Farlow's specimens are all male
and show dentate perigonial bracts.

6. Jubula pennsylvanica (Steph.) comb. nov. Frullania
Hutchinsiae and Jubula Hutchinsiae Auct. (in part), not Jungermannia

1 Nov. Plant. Gen. Pf. 5, fig. 1729.

2 Hist. Musc. A. 69, f. 7. 1741.

3 See Lindberg, Hepat. Utveckl. 28, 33. 1877.
4 Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 54: 251. 1904.

* RHODORA, 5: 170-173. 1903.

56 Rhodora [Marcu

Hutchinsiae Hook. (=Jubula Hutchinsiae Dumort.). Frullania
Hutchinsiae var. BG. L. & N. p. p. Syn. Hep. 775. 1847. F. Hutch-
insiae var. B integrifolia Lindb. 5. p. Acta Soc. Sci. Fenn. I0: 474.
1875. F. pennsylvanica Steph. Hedwigia, 22: 147. 1883. F. Hutch-
insiae var. Underw. Bull. Illinois State Lab. Nat. Hist. 2: 65. 1884.
Jubula Hutchinsiae var. Sullivantii Spruce, Hep. Amaz. et And. 62.
1884. Maine: Mt. Desert (E. Z. Rand). New Hampshire: Cho-
corua ( W. G. Farlow); Jackson (A. W. £.). Vermont: Brattleboro
(C. C. Frost). Connecticut: Hamden (D. C. Eaton) ; Cheshire,
Beacon Falls, Woodbridge, Salisbury! Middletown and Rainbow
(4. W. E.) The known range of the plant extends from Nova
Scotia to Georgia and westward to Tennessee.

Jubula Hutchinsiae is regarded by the majority of writers on the
hepaticae as a variable species with a very wide geographical distri-
bution. The type specimens were collected by Miss Hutchins, at
Bantry, Ireland, about a hundred years ago, and the typical form of
the species is now known in Europe from scattered stations in the
British Isles and from a very few localities in western France.
Throughout its entire range it is rare or extremely local, The
Jubula noted above has usually been referred to /. Hutchinstae
as a variety, although its very aberrant characters have long been
recognized. Other divergent forms are known from Madeira, from
tropical America, from Japan and the East Indies and from various
islands of the Pacific. A /ubula from the Hawaiian Islands has
already been separated as /. piligera (Aust.) Evans,’ /. japonica
Steph. has recently been described from Japan,3 and it is probable
that other species of the genus will in time be considered distinct.

In the true /. Hutchinsiae the leaves are characterized by their
spinose-dentate margins, the teeth varying in number from two to
twelve but averaging five or six. Most of these teeth are from four
to six cells long and two or three cells wide at the base, and the
apical tooth is usually a little larger than the others. The lobule
is helmet-shaped and inflated, with a broad and truncate mouth,
and, at the outer basal angle, is often extended in the form of a

1 These specimens were collected in Sage’s Ravine, very close to the Massa-
chusetts line. In the writer's Preliminary List, they are accredited to Massachu-
setts ; this record should therefore be revised.

2 Trans. Conn. Acad. 10: 406, Pl. 47, f. 12-20. 1900.

3 Bull, de l'Herb. Boissier, I. 5: 92. 1897.

1905] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae, — III 57

slender hair-like spur, about four cells long and one or two cells
wide at the base. According to Gottsche! this spur represents the
true apex of the lobule. If the conditions for growth are unfavor-
able the lobule often fails to develop a water-sac and then consists
of a small pointed lamina, which is sometimes so reduced as to be
scarcely apparent. The underleaves are bifid, with slender acumi-
nate divisions, and are either entire on the margins or bear one or
two lateral hair-like teeth.

In /. pennsylvanica the leaves vary from rounded or obtuse at the
apex to apiculate, the apical tooth being rarely more than two or
three cells long; the margin is otherwise entire. The lobule is
invariably without a spur and is often slightly narrowed at the
mouth. The divisions of the underleaves are sometimes blunt but
are usually acuminate, and the margins, in rare instances, are angu-
lar-dentate on the sides; as a rule, however, the margins are quite
entire.

The differences noted in the leaves also appear in the bracts,
although possibly in a less degree. In both species the bracts are
deeply and subequally bifid. In 7. Hutchinsiae the lobe is ovate and
long-acuminate, and there are several spine-like teeth on the margin;
the lobule is also acuminate but is commonly entire. In J. pennsyl-
vanica both lobe and lobule are broader than in the other species and
are abruptly apiculate or acuminate at the apex; the margins are
entire. The bracteoles in both species are deeply bifid with acu-
minate divisions, but those of 7. Hutchinsiae taper more gradually
and usually bear a few spinose teeth on the margin, instead of being
entire.

Lindberg’s variety ¿ntegrifolía, based primarily on Irish specimens,
is not wholly destitute of teeth. It seems to be little more than an
attenuate and poorly developed form of 7. Hutchinsiae, and is so
regarded by Pearson and other European writers. The specimens
figured by Moore? are practically without lobules and present a very
different appearance from robust and well-developed forms of 7.
pennsylvanica.

In the opinion of the writer /. pennsylvanica represents a distinct
species with a definite geographical distribution. The entire leaves
and the lobules without spurs afford reliable differential characters.

1G. & R. Hep. Europ. 477 (note).
? Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: 7. 45. 1877.

58 Rhodora [Marcu

It grows on shaded rocks in very moist localities and prefers situa-
tions where it may be thoroughly soaked by dripping water.

Aside from the species noted in the preceding pages the following
additions have been made to the flora of New Hampshire: Aster-
ella tenella and Reboulia hemisphaerica; Cornish (Miss Haynes).
Riccardia palmata and Cephalozia fluitans; Chocorua (W. G.
Farlow). Cololejeunea Biddlecomiae; Cornish (Miss Haynes) and
Hanover (A. LeR. Andrews). Frullania Brittoniae and Lophocolea
minor; Cornish (Miss Haynes). Mylia anomala; Chocorua (W. G.
Farlow). Anthoceros punctatus and Notothylas orbicularis ; Cornish
(Miss Haynes).

The additions for Vermont are the following: Fossombronia Won-
dracseki; Newfane (A. J. Grout). Pallavicinia Lyellii; Willoughby
(Miss Lorenz). Nardia obovata; Manchester (A. 7. Grout).

In the Preliminary List of New England Hepaticae several records
are marked with the sign “—”, showing that they were known to
the writer from printed reports only. It is perhaps worthy of note
that, in the following cases, the sign “—” may now be replaced by
the sign “+”. For Vermont: ea fluitans, Asterella tenella,
Riccardia multifida, Chiloscyphus polyanthus, Lophozia incisa, Nardia
crenulata, Anthoceros laevis and A. punctatus. For Massachusetts :
Harpanthus scutatus, Lophocolea bidentata and Sphenolobus exsectus.
For Rhode Island: Cephalozia connivens and Trichocolea tomentella.

The Rhode Island records, on the other hand, for Zophozia bar-
bata, Porella pinnata and Anthoceros punctatus seem to have been
based on incorrect determinations. Although it is hardly probable
that these species are actually absent from the Rhode Island flora,
they ought to be omitted for the present from lists of Rhode Island
plants. The Massachusetts records, also, for ZopAosia gracilis and
Sphenolobus Michauxti, as well as for Jubula pennsylvanica (see page
56, footnote), were based on specimens collected in Sage’s Ravine,
Salisbury, Connecticut. They ought therefore to be accredited to
the latter state.

With these additions and subtractions the census of New England
Hepaticae now stands as follows: Total number recorded, 131 ;
number recorded from Maine, 79; from New Hampshire, 99; from
Vermont, 81; from Massachusetts, 80; from Rhode Island, 62 ;
from Connecticut, 96 ; from all six states, 36.

YALE UNIVERSITY.

1905] Morse,— Meeting of the Vermont Botanical Club 59

MEETING OF THE VERMONT BOTANICAL CLUB. — The tenth an-
nual winter meeting of the Vermont Botanical Club was held at
Burlington, January 18-19, 1905. President Ezra Brainerd of Mid-
dlebury College presided and the following papers were read: — A
Report of the Last Field Meeting, Mrs. Mary A. Munson; The Fos-
sil Fruits of the Brandon Lignite, Prof. G. H. Perkins; Notes on the
Fruiting Season of the Moss, Catherinia, Miss Phebe M. Towle;
Nitrogen-fixation by Leguminous Plants, L. P. Sprague; The Story
of a Maple Tree, J. A. Chapin; Another Giant Puff-ball from Mid-
dlebury, Mrs. Sarah K. Lord; Hunting Pines in Mexico, C. G.
Pringle; The Aquarium in the School and the Home, H. F. Perkins ;
Reminiscences of Europe, Prof. L. R. Jones; Prof. Henry G. Jesup,
the Botanist and the Man, Dr. C. H. Richardson ; On a Botrychium
new to Massachusetts, Mrs. E. B. Davenport; The Conception of
Species as indicated by the Study of the Genus Viola, President
Ezra Brainerd; Breeding Plants for Disease Resistance, W. A. Or-
ton; Experiments in Plant Breeding, Prof. William Stuart; Studies
of the Potato Fungus, W. M. Gambell; An Experience with one of
the Fungi producing Dry-rot in Timber, Mrs. Nellie F. Flynn; Agri-
culture for Normal Students, Miss Ruth B. Fisher; Pursh's Journal,
W. W. Eggleston; Blackberries and Raspberries, W. H. Blanchard ;
Ferns of Dorset, Allan Bourn; Additional Species of Vermont
Mosses, A. J. Grout; Notes on Some Plants from Matinicus Island,
Me., J. A. Bates.

On the evening of the r8th supper was served in the gymnasium
of the University of Vermont, complimentary to the non-resident
members of the club. ‘This social gathering, which was one of the
most pleasing features of the meeting, was followed by the annual
roll-call and business meeting. Each member, according to the cus-
tom of the club, presented some item of botanical interest in respond-
ing to his name. The old officers were re-elected. The treasurer's
office was made independent of that of the secretary and Mrs. Nellie
F. Flynn was elected to fill the former position. Prof. J. W. Votey,
Mrs. Sarah K. Lord, and Mr. Carleton D. Howe were appointed to
serve with the officers as members of the new Executive Committee.
The officers were instructed to petition the Post Office Department
to re-establish the office at Willoughby Lake. The post office at this
well known station of botanical interest, after sixteen years’ existence,
was discontinued about a year ago. For the summer meeting of the
Club a boat will probably be chartered for a cruise among the islands
and along the shores of Lake Champlain. — W. J. Morse, Burling-
ton, Vermont.

60 Rhodora [Marcu

A WELL MARKED SPECIES OF SPARGANIUM.— Among the Bur-reeds
of New England there is none which can be more readily recognized
than a plant which grows in deep water of cold lakes. Its salient
features are a branched inflorescence, sessile heads, short oblique
stigma, and firm-coated oblong-fusiform fruit ending in a stouitsh
rather rigid falcate beak. Most of our other bur-reeds show a pref-
erence for shallower or warmer water, wet sandy shores, etc., and none
of them shares the traits of or show any intergradation with this well
marked species, which may be characterized as follows:

Sparganium fluctuans, n. comb. S. simplex, var. fluitans,
[Engelm. in] Gray, Man. ed 5, 481 (1867), not S. fuitans, Fries.
S. androcladum, var. ffuctuans, Morong, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xv.
78 (1888); Britt. & Br. Ill. Fl. i. 64 (1896). Gracile vel medioc-
riter robustum, 2.6- 15 dm. longum; basi erecta alte immersa, parte
superiori foliorum natante; radice e fibris numerosis flavo-brunneis
composita; foliis linearibus leviter carinatis 3-11 mm. latis, basali-
bus perlongis, caulinibus gradatim brevioribus, bractealibus 3-12 cm.
longis basi paululum saccato-ampliatis; inflorescentia ramosa, ramis
saepissime 3 capita arcte sessilia 1-2 inferiora 9 2-4 superiora d
gerentibus; capitibus 9 ad maturitatem 2 cm. diametro; stylo
unico leviter curvato, stigmate obliquo ovale vel brevissime oblongo ;
fructu fusiforme vel media parte subcylindrico vel etiam subconstric-
to, apice in rostrum firmiusculum falcato-gladiatum persistentem
attenuato, exocarpo firmo laevi vel obscure striatulo.— Cold lakes
and ponds, Western Central Maine to southern Quebec, Connecti-
cut, and Minnesota. Specimens examined : — QueEBECc: L. Mem-
phremagog, 1 Aug. 1903, Churchill. MAINE: Cambridge, Bunker;
Sweet's Pond, New Vineyard, 15 Aug. 1894, Fernald; Pease Pond,
Wilton, 11 Aug. 1894, Fernald; Hartford, July, 1886, Parlin; E.
Auburn, Merrill, mo. 381. New HAMPSHIRE: Ponds at base of
White Mts. Oakes. Vermont: Chittenden Pond, 18 Aug. 1895,
Eggleston; L. Dunmore, 11 Aug. 1896, Brainerd; Wallingford, 4
Sep. 1898. Eggleston. (CONNECTICUT: Nettleton's Pond, Norfolk,
Sep. 1864, Robbins. L. SUPERIOR: Beardslee. MINNESOTA: Ver-
milion Lake, Arthur, Bailey, & Holway, No. B. 83.— B. E
RoniNSON, Gray Herbarium.

Vol. 7, no. 74, including pages 21 to 40, was issued 26 February, 1905.

IRbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 7 | April, 1905 No. 76

DRABA INCANA AND ITS ALLIES IN NORTH-
EASTERN AMERICA.

M. L. FERNALD AND C. H. KNOWLTON.

i$
(Plate 60.) >»

RECENT collections of the Draba incana group, especially those
from the Gaspé Peninsula in Quebec, have shown clearly that former
treatments have not fully covered the eastern North American mate-
rial, which has heretofore been mostly referred to 2. incana, L., and
D. arabisans, Michx. A careful study of D. incana, as interpreted
by Koch! and other European authors, shows that this plant is not
represented in the eastern United States. True D. incana is clearly
marked by the margins of the basal leaves, which are hirsute-ciliate
with long simple hairs. It is mostly a simple, very leafy plant, with
few basal rosettes, densely pilose-hirsute leaves, and sessile or sub-
sessile stigmas. ‘This is the common plant of northern Europe, Ice-
land and Greenland. On this continent it is found in Labrador,
Newfoundland, eastern Quebec (Percé), and one specimen has been
seen from Bathurst, New Brunswick. It is therefore apparently con-
fined to the northeastern coast, and is scarcely to be expected inland
or southward. A form with pubescent siliques seems to have the
same range both here and in Europe, and is referred to var. confusa
of Poiret. This is the var. hebecarpa of Lindblom and the D. confusa
of Ehrhart, as Lindblom has clearly shown.? x

D. arabisans of Michaux is a very distinct American species of
definite range. It is a tall, rather slender, branching plant, with

1 Koch, Syn. ed. 2, i. 70 (1843)., ? Lindblom, Linnaea, xiii, 332 (1839).

62 Rhodora [APRIL

matted rosettes at the base, thin, slightly pubescent green leaves,
and smooth, narrow, much twisted siliques, terminated by a very
distinct style. This is the familiar smooth-podded plant of northern
Vermont and northern New York. Its range is the St. Lawrence
valley, from the Great Lakes to the Gulf, with occasional stations in
Vermont and central Maine. D. glabella, Pursh, from Hudson Bay,
is referred to this species by Torrey and others. Material of this has
not been seen, nor has any from the Hudson Bay region been accessi-
ble, so it cannot be stated definitely what the name stands for. It is
referred tentatively to the first variety described below. Another
plant mentioned by Torrey & Gray,' as D. arabisans B (D. Longii,
Schwein. in herb.) from Lake Superior, is somewhat obscure, but
apparently is merely a short-styled extreme. The first variety of 2.
arabisans described below is a constant form occurring frequently in
Wabrador, the Gaspé Peninsula, and adjacent Quebec and northern
New Brunswick. It is clearly marked by smaller size and shorter,
not twisted siliques. To this species, D. arabisans, also is referred
the local D. canadensis, Brunet, a plant with very short ovate siliques,
known from a single station only on the northern shore of the lower
St. Lawrence.

The American plant with pubescent siliques which has passed for
D. incana in Gray’s Manual and other works, is a species of wide
distribution, for it is found in northern Asia, alpine Europe, and at
different stations in eastern North America as well as in the Rocky
Mountains. It has been called by various names, but as Koch
plainly demonstrates,” it is properly the D. sty/aris of Gay, not D.
confusa of Ehrhart, to which it is often referred. This plant is clearly
separated from D. incana by the canescent pannose-stellate pubes-
cence of the leaves, which entirely lack the longer simple hairs of
that species. It is much less leafy, and the silique is tipped by a
distinct style. Schlechtendal has described a Labrador plant as D.
Henneana, which seems from his description to be identical with D.
stylarts.

A peculiar plant was collected in 1902 by E. F. Williams and M.
L. Fernald at Paspébiac, Quebec, where it covered an extensive
gravelly beach. It is coarse and scabrous, with elliptic siliques and
very large seeds, 1.33 to 1.5 mm. long. The plant is strikingly

1 Fl, N. Am. i. 106 (1838). ? Koch, Syn. ed. 2, i. 70 (1843).

1905] Fernald & Knowlton, — Draba incana and its Allies 6 3

different from other eastern members of the group but it seems to be
a very close relative of D. borealis of the Behring Sea region. From
that northwestern species it differs in several clear characters and it
is here given specific rank.

On the exposed limestone cliffs about Percé, at the tip of the Gaspé
Peninsula, is a species with cuneate basal leaves, and a very peculiar
short oblong silique. This is crowded with seeds, which overlap so
closely as to produce angulate edges. The funiculus is very short,
while in the other species here discussed it is half as long as the seed.
This plant is so clearly marked that it also seems justly entitled to
specific rank.

There are numerous references to Draba incana throughout Amer-
ican literature, but it has been impossible clearly to identify many
of them. In the present treatment are cited only specimens actually
seen; and the species are illustrated by detailed figures prepared by
Mr. F. Schuyler Mathews.

* Margins of basal leaves hirsute-ciliate with long simple hairs.

D. incana, L. (Figs. 1, 2.) Biennial, or perennial by scattered off-
shoots, caudex sub-simple: flowering stems usually single, occasion-
ally 2 to 5, very leafy, 0.4-4 dm. high, densely pilose-hirsute: basal
rosettes few; their leaves oblanceolate, subentire to sparsely sharp-
dentate, 0.5-2.5 cm. long, green, loosely pubescent with simple and
more or less stellate hairs; cauline leaves lanceolate to narrowly
ovate, dentate, o.5-2 cm. long, pubescence as in basal leaves:
racemes comparatively dense ; pedicels pilose-hirsute, in fruit mostly
becoming 1.5-3 mm. long (lowest rarely 1 cm. long): siliques
appressed-ascending, oblong, flat or slightly contorted, acutish, 7—
ro mm. long, 2-3.5 mm. broad ; stigmas sessile or sub-sessile; valves
glabrous: seeds not crowded, 0.9-1.4, average 1.08 mm. long.—
Sp. 643, in part (1753) ; Reich., Ic. Crit. viii, t. 769 (1830) ; Reich.,
Ic. Fl. Germ. ii. t. 14, fig. 4249 (1837); Hook., Trans. Linn. Soc. xxiii.
317 (1861); Watson in Gray, Syn. Fl. i, pt. 1. 111, in part (1895).
D. contorta, Ehrh., Beitr. vii. 155 (1792); DC., Syst. ii. 348 (1821).
D. incana, a, Hook., Fl. Bor-Am. i. 55 (1830) ; Torr. & Gray, Fl.,
107 (1838). D. incana, a legitima, Lindblom, Linnaea, xiii; 331
(1839); Koch, Syn. Ed. 2, i. 70 (1843). D. incana, y diffusa, Lind-
blom, l. c. (1839).— Northern Europe, Iceland and Greenland:
LABRADOR, Rigoulette, Aug. 25, 1891 (Bowdoin Coll. Ex., no. 269) ;

64 Rhodora [APRIL

July 13, 1892 (/. D. Sormborger, no. 70): NEWFOUNDLAND, cliffs,
Notre Dame Bay, July 2, 1894 (4. C. Waghorne); Barred Islands,
August 12, 1903 (Y. D. Sormborger): QUEBEC, crests of calcareous
sea cliffs, Cap Blanc, Percé, Aug. 17, 1904 (Collins, Fernald &
Pease) : New Brunswick, near Bathurst, July, 1881 (C. Zindon).

Var. CONFUSA, Poir. Siliques pubescent.— Suppl. ii. 524 (1811).
D. incana, L., Sp. 643, in part (1753). D. confusa, Ehrh., Beitr. vii.
155 (1792); DC., Syst. ii. 348, in part (1821). D. incana, B confusa,
Torr. & Gray, Fl. 107 (1838). D. incana, var. hebecarpa, Lindbl.,
Linnaea xiii. 331 (1839); Koch, Syn. Ed. 2, i. 70 (1843).— General
range of the species, but occurring in separate colonies: LABRADOR,
Okkak (Fratres Moravi); on a roof, Fox Harbor, Aug. 13, 1882
(J. A. Allen, No. 76): QUEBEC, shore, Salt Lake, Anticosti, Aug. 11,
1883 (/. Macoun, No. 19) ; limestone detritus, crest of Cap Barré,
Percé, Aug. 16, 1904 (Collins, Fernald & Pease).

* * Basal leaves uniformly stellate-pubescent, not ciliate above the petiolar
base.
+ Siliques pubescent, at least when young.
++ Mature seeds 0.70-0.95 mm. long.

D. styLaris, Gay. (Figs. 3-5.) Biennial or perennial, with simple
or slightly branching caudex: flowering stems 1 to 6, simple or
slightly branching, pilose, r-3.5 dm. high, remotely leafy: basal
rosettes few; their leaves crowded, oblanceolate, remotely dentate,
1-4 cm. long, canescent with soft stellate tomentum ; cauline leaves
3-10, ovate to oblong, usually dentate, 0.5-3 cm. long, their pubes-
cence scantier than in the basal leaves: racemes loose; pedicels
sub-ascending, in fruit becoming 2-5 mm. long: siliques narrowly
oblong to lanceolate, frequently twisted, acutish, 7-12 mm. long,
1.25-2.25 mm. wide; stigmas usually definite; valves stellate-canes-
cent: seeds not crowded.— Gay in Thomas, Cat. (1818) fide Koch
Syn. Ed. 2, i. 70 (1843). D. confusa Reich., Ic. Crit. viii. 1033
(1830), and Ic. Fl. Germ. ii. t. 14, fig. 4248 (1837), and various
European authors; not Ehrhart. D. Henneana, Schlecht., Linnaea,
x. 100 (1836). D. Thomasti, Koch, Syn. Ed. 2, i. 438 (1843).
D. incana, Gray, Man. Ed. 5, 71 (1867) ; Watson in Gray, Syn. Fl. i.
part 1, 111, in part (1895) ; not L. — Northern Asia, alpine Europe,
Greenland: LABRADOR, Ramah, Aug. 15, 1892 (J. D. Sornborger, no.
214): NEWFOUNDLAND, high sea cliffs, Chimney Cove, 1896 (4. C.

1905] Fernald & Knowlton,— Draba incana and its Allies 65

Waghorne): New BRUNSWICK, dry rocks, Nashwaak, 1881 (J. Moser,
Herb. N. B. Nat. Hist. Soc): VERMONT, dry cliffs, Willoughby Mt.
(Zuckerman, H. Mann, et al.); dry cliffs, Smuggler’s Notch, Mt.
Mansfield, Aug. 2, 1893 (W. W. Eggleston): COLORADO, South
Park, 1873 (Wolf & Rothrock, no. 631): ALBERTA, Bow River Pass,
Sept. 13, 1879 (7. Macoun): BritisH CoLuMBIA, Macleod's Lake,
Lat. 55°, June 21, 1875 (/. Macoun, no. 157).

++ Mature seeds 1.33-1.5 mm. long.

D. megasperma, n. sp. (Figs. 6-8). Perennial; caudex stout
and branching: flowering stems 2 to 25, 1-3 dm. high, simple or
loosely branched, scabrous-puberulent with stellate hairs, remotely
leafy: basal rosettes numerous; their leaves spatulate, harsh with
canescent-stellate hairs, entire or rarely dentate, 1-3 cm. long;
cauliae leaves, 3 to ro, oblong-ovate, sub-entire, 1-1.5 cm. long,
sparingly stellate: racemes loose; pedicels sub-ascending, in fruit
becoming r.5-5 mm. long, glabrate: siliques elliptic, flat or barely
twisted, 5-11 mm. long, 3-4 mm. broad, sparingly harsh-stellate,
finally glabrate; stigmas sub-sessile : seeds not crowded. — QUEBEC,
gravelly beach, Paspébiac Lighthouse, Bonaventure County, July 26,
1902 (Williams & Fernald).

Superficially resembling D. borealis, DC., of the Behring Sea
region, a plant with longer looser pubescence, more elongate fruiting
pedicels, and thinner less canescent leaves.

+ + Siliques glabrous from the first.
++ Seeds not crowded, their edges rounded.

D.ARABISANS, Michx. (Fig. 9.) Perennial; caudex branching:
flowering stems 1 to 40, simple or loosely branched, 1.5-4.5 dm.
high, sparingly pubescent: basal rosettes numerous; their leaves
oblanceolate or spatulate, entire or somewhat dentate, thin, green,
thinly stellate-pubescent, 1-7 cm. long; cauline leaves 4-13, oblance-
olate, serrate-dentate, 1-4.5 cm. long, otherwise like the basal:
racemes loose; pedicels divergent, in fruit becoming 4-10 mm.
long: siliques elliptic-lanceolate, much twisted, 9-15 mm. long,
1.5-3 mm. wide; style definite: seeds 1-1.5 mm. long.— Fl. Bor.-
Am. ii. 28 (1803); DC., Syst. ii. 349 (1821) and Prodr. i. 170
(1824); Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. i. 106 (1838); Torr., Fl. N. Y.
1.62 (1843); Gray, Gen. i. 160, t. 68 (1848) and Man. 39, (1848).

66 Rhodora [APRIL

D. Arabis, Pers., Syn. ii. 190 (1807). D. glabella, Pursh, Fl. 434
(1814) fide Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. i. 668, and Watson, Bib. Ind.
58.(1878). D. incana, var. arabisans, Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. xxiii.
260 (1888), in Gray, Man. ed. 6, 67 (1890), and in Gray, Syn. Fl. i.
part 1, 111 (1895); Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. ii. 142 (1897). D.
incana, var. glabriuscula, Gray, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist; N. Y. iii. 223
(1835).— An American species described by Michaux from * rupibus
ripariis ad lacum Champlain et in Nova Anglia." — NEWFOUNDLAND,
sea cliffs, Bay of Islands, June 24, 1895 (4. C. Waghorne): QUE-
BEC, calcareous cliffs, Mt. Ste. Anne, Percé, Aug. 18, 1904 (Collins,
Fernald & Pease); rocky bank of the Grand River, Gaspé Co., July,
1903 (G. H. Richards), July 2, 1904 (Fernald) ; trap cliffs at 1800-
1900 feet, Tracadigash Mt., Carleton, July 24, 1904 (Collins, Fernald
& Pease); limestone-conglomerate cliffs, Bic, Rimouski Co., July
16-18, 1904 (Collins & Fernald); MAINE, Mt. Kineo, Sept., 1887
(G. G. Kennedy); Day Mt., Franklin Co., July 24, 1903 (C. Æ.
Knowlton), Aug. 31, 1904 (C. H. Knowlton & E. B. Chamber lain) :
Vermont, Lake Champlain (Michaux in Herb. Mus. d'Hist. Nat.,
Paris); rocky shores and cliffs, Gardner Island, Lake Champlain
(Faxon, et al.) ; cliffs of Willoughby Mt. (Wm. Boott, et al.) ; Smug-
gler’s Notch, Mt. Mansfield (Faxon, et al.); Snake Mt., Weybridge,
June 30, 1892 (W. W. Eggleston) Mt. Eolus, Dorset, September, 1901
(Mrs. E. H. Terry): New York, rocky banks of lakes in St. Law-
rence and Jefferson Counties (4. Gray) ; Sacketts Harbor (W. A.
Wood); Cayuga Lake, June 16, 1885 (W. R. Dudley) ; near Akron,
Erie County, 1864 (G. W. Clinton) : ONTARIO, from Sault Ste. Marie
to Michipicoten Bay (C. G. Loring).

Var. orthocarpa, n. var. (Figs. 10, 11.) Generally lower, 1-3 dm.
high: siliques rarely twisted, 5-10 mm. long, 2-4 mm. wide: seeds
o.8-1.25 mm. long.— LABRADOR, without station (Martin); Hopedale
(J. Steetz); base of cliff, Dead Islands, Aug. 20, 1882 (J. A. Allen,
no. 25): QUEBEC, on shingle, West Point, Anticosti, Sept. 7, 1883
(J. Macoun, no. 20); cold cliffs, Grand Coupe, Percé, Aug. 19, 1904;
cliffs of Gaspé Bay, Douglastown, Aug? 22, 1904; shaded calcareous
cliffs, Little River, Gaspé County, Aug. 16, 1904; trap cliffs at 1800—
1900 ft., Tracadigash Mt., Carleton, July 24, 1904 (Collins, Fernald
& Pease); limestone-conglomerate cliffs, Bic, Rimouski County
(TYPE) July 15-18, 1904 (Collins & Fernald): New BRUNSWICK,
Restigouche River, July 28, 1888 (J. Brittain); rocks, Kennebec-

1905] Fernald & Knowlton,— Darba incana and its Allies — 67

asis Island, June 12, 1886 (7. E. Wetmore): VERMONT, Willoughby
Mt., July 28, 1885 (W. Deane). — This is Arabis petraea of Fowler's
List of Plants of New Brunswick (Nat. Hist. Soc. N. B. Bull. no.
4, 15, 1885), and it is possibly D. glabella, Pursh, referred to D.
arabisans by Torrey & Gray, and others. One individual from
Tracadigash Mt. has the siliques acutely triquetrous, with three
valves and two false partitions.

Var. canadensis, n. comb. (Fig. 12.) Low, 1-1.5 dm. high:
siliques elliptic-ovate, 5-7 mm. long, 3-4 mm. broad. WD. canadensis,
Brunet, Cat. Plantes Can. 21 (1865).— QuEBEC, crevices of rocks, St.
Joachim, Cap Tourmente, 1864 (Ovide Brunet).

++ ++ Seeds closely crowded, angulate.

D. pycnosperma, n. sp. (Figs. 13-15.) Perennial; caudex
freely branching: flowering stems, 1 to 30, mostly simple, 0.5-2.5 dm.
high, loosely pilose: basal rosettes very numerous, their leaves
cuneate-spatulate, sparingly dentate above the middle, o.7-3 cm.
long, closely stellate-pubescent; cauline leaves 2 to 4, oblong, o.5—1.5
cm. long: racemes short and loose, in maturity 1.5-8 cm. long; ped-
icels slightly spreading, 2-6 mm. long, glabrate: siliques plump,
compressed, oblong to short-ovoid, 2.5-6 mm. long, 1.5-2.5 mm.
broad; style very short but definite: funiculus very short : seeds, 0.9
—1.2 mm. long, closely crowded and overlapping, angulate.— QuE-
BEC, Percé, crests of calcareous sea cliffs, Cap Blanc, Aug. 17,
1904; Cap Barré, Aug. 16, 1904; limestone ledges, Le Coulé, Aug. 17,
1904 (Collins, Fernald & Pease).

GRAY HERBARIUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 60.— Draba incana; fig. 1, small plant, life-
size; fig. 2, silique, with valve removed, X 4. D. stylaris; fig. 3, portion of
base, life-size; fig. 4, tip of fruiting raceme, life-size; fig. 5, silique, with
valve removed, X4. D. megasperma ; fig. 6, portion of base, life-size ; fig. 7,
tip of fruiting raceme, life-size; fig. 8, silique, with valve removed, X 4. D.
arabisans; fig. 9, portion of fruiting raceme, life-size. D. arabísans, var.
orthocarpa; fig. 10, tip of fruiting raceme, life-size; fig. rr, silique, with
valve removed, X4. D. arabtsans, var. canadensis; fig. 12, fruiting raceme,
life-size. D. pycnosperma; fig. 13, portion of base, life-size; fig. 14, fruiting
raceme, life-size; fig. 15, silique, with valve removed, X 4.

68 Rhodora [APRIL

SOME PLANTS RARE OR HITHERTO UNRECORDED
IN CONNECTICUT.

R. W. WOODWARD.

Lespedeza repens, Bart. This plant occurs at a station in the rear
of West Rock and near Lake Wintergreen, about two miles from
New Haven. I collected it here August 22, 1903, and again in 1904.
It covers a surface about one rod square, in a slight thicket on a
steep rocky slope, and appears to be well established. The Illus-
trated Flora gives Long Island as the northern limit of this species,
and it has not, so far as I am aware, been previously reported from
Connecticut.

Solidago bicolor, L. var. concolor, Torr. & Gray. I collected this
variety Sept. 24, 1904, at Franklin on a slightly shaded bank by a
country road. The white-flowered species was abundant here, but a
few plants were found whose rays were of a bright yellow color. A
mowing machine had just been run over the bank for the annual
autumnal “cleaning up,” and these plants were found on a narrow
strip which had not been cut. The indications were that a visit a
day earlier would have yielded many more of them. This variety is
said to be quite rare in Connecticut.

Eatonia Dudleyi, Vasey. This species, which Dr. C. B. Graves
reported from New London County several years ago (RHODORA, I.
68), occurs at many places about New Haven, in dry, open woods,
growing with Æ. Pennsylvanica, Gray. It is sometimes more frequent
than the latter species, and is readily distinguished from it in the
field by its shorter leaves and more slender panicle. A good station
is along the paths up the front slope of West Rock, where it is abun-
dant in June. I have also collected this species at the base of
Meriden Mountain, eighteen miles north of New Haven.

Panicum autumnale, Bosc. 1 found several specimens of this
western Panicum at New Haven, July 20, 1903, on the west side of
the city, in a coarse gravel soil, which was sparsely covered with
vegetation. I was unable to visit the station at the proper season
the next year, and cannot state whether the plant persists there.

Panicum Bicknellii, Nash, occurs occasionally about New Haven, in
dry, open woods. There are several small stations for it on the lower
slopes of West Rock.

1905] Harper, — Coastal Plain Plants in New England 69

Carex rostrata, Stokes. This species, which Mr. C. H. Bissell
has reported from Salisbury, the extreme northwestern town of the
State (RHopoRA, V. 33), occurs also in the town of Franklin, in the
southeastern section of the State. It is abundant here in a wet
sphagnous bog near Ayer’s Mountain.

Mr. M. L. Fernald has kindly examined the above mentioned
plants, and pronounces them correctly named.

NEW HAVEN, CONNECTICUT.

COASTAL PLAIN PLANTS IN NEW ENGLAND.
RoLAND M. HARPER.

THE coastal plain of the Eastern United States is defined as that
part of the country adjoining the Atlantic and Gulf coasts and
underlaid by Mesozoic and Cenozoic rocks. From the mouth of
the Hudson River to the Rio Grande and beyond, it extends in an
uninterrupted belt of varying width but with unmistakable characters,
differing considerably from other parts of the country not only in soil,
topography and flora but even in population. In the Atlantic states,
where the coastal plain is bordered on the west by the Piedmont
region of ancient crystalline rocks, its inland boundary is very well
marked, and is known as the fallline, because most of the rivers
which cross it have falls or rapids at the point of intersection. The
fall-line passes through or near the following cities (and determines
the location of most of them) : — New York, Trenton, Philadelphia,
Baltimore, Washington, Richmond, Raleigh, Columbia, Augusta,
Macon and Columbus. West of Georgia the inland boundary of the
coastal plain is said to be less conspicuous, but it has been traced
from Tuscaloosa, Ala., almost due north to the southern extremity of
Illinois, thence south westward into Mexico.

East of New Jersey there is no genuine fall-line, but most of Long
Island, Cape Cod, and the islands of southern New England also
belong to the coastal plain, according to definition, though owing to
certain geological peculiarities these regions are not quite typical,
_ and are usually discussed separately.

Several interesting papers have been written on the occurrence of
* pine-barren plants? on Staten Island, Long Island, and the coastal

70 Rhodora [APRIL

plain portions of New England, but the authors of some of them have
not stated just what pine-barren plants are, except by implying that
they are such species as are found also in the well known “ pine-
barrens” of New Jersey. It would have been better however to say
coastal plain plants, for many of these species range farther south,
where they are not confined to the pine-barrens which constitute only
a part of the fully developed coastal plain.

But almost anywhere in the interior of New England, over the older
rocks whose affinity is with those of the Piedmont region of the Mid-
dle and South Atlantic states, can be found species (or even larger
groups) of plants which in the South are confined to the coastal plain,
or nearlyso. This fact has been overlooked by most botanists, doubt-
less because until quite recently there have been few local floras in
which a sharp distinction is made between the coastal plain and the
older parts of the country. Since the beginning of the present cen-
tury however there have appeared two excellent state floras, Mohr’s
Plant Life of Alabama and Gattinger’s Flora of Tennessee, in
which such a distinction is made. These can now be supplemented
by some of the writer’s own observations in Georgia, most of which
have not been previously published.

If we study the ranges of these coastal plain plants which occur
in New England we find that most of them extend not only south-
ward near the coast but also westward through the northern states
to Minnesota or thereabouts, the northern part of their ranges coin-
ciding approximately with the area of Glacial drift. The Drift, as
is well known, covers almost the whole of New.England, islands and
all; and its southern boundary may be located approximately on the
map by a line passing through New York, St. Louis, Kansas City,
and thence northwestward. The drift overlaps the coastal plain east
of New York, and a little in southern Illinois, but in the longitude
of Cincinnati, Chattanooga, and Columbus, Georgia (85° W.), the
two areas are 500 miles apart.

Nearly all the plants to be discussed below do not range farther
west than the rooth meridian, either in the glaciated area or in the
coastal plain, the climate of the Great Plains region being too arid
for them. It happens that every state east of the Plains contains
either coastal plain or glacial drift, or both, hence no gap in the
range of any species confined to these two regions is evident from a
manual in which ranges are given only or chiefly by states.

In the following list are enumerated some species or genera

1905] Harper, — Coastal Plain Plants in New England 71

which have such a distribution as above described, and are rare or
absent in the intervening territory. Under each one the words pre-
ceded by “west” refer to its range in the glaciated area, and those
preceded by “south ” to its range in the coastal plain. It is taken for
granted that their ranges in New England and north and east of there,
as well as their habitats, are known to the reader. The ranges given
have been compiled from several well known works, but are liable to
the errors usually inherent .in compilations. These notes may serve
however as a foundation for more accurate work in the future.
Except where otherwise specified, these plants have all been
observed by the writer in the coastal plain of Georgia (and about
half of them in central Massachusetts also). Most species whose
coastal plain range does not reach Georgia are not considered here.

Woodwardia Virginica (L.) J. E. Smith. West to Michigan and
northwestern Indiana, south to Florida, Arkansas and Texas.

Lycopodium (species of the zmundatum group). In New England
and elsewhere in the same latitudes Z. ¿nundatum is almost the sole
representative of this group, but in the southern states there are
three species, all confined to the coastal plain, except that Z. pinna-
tum has been collected once in the Piedmont region of Georgia,’ and
the other two have each been collected at least once in western
North Carolina.” No member of this group is reported from Ten-
nessee.

Chamaecyparis thyoides (L.) B. S. P. West to eastern Indiana
(S. Coulter), south to Florida and Mississippi. In the South it has
a rather erratic distribution (apparently skipping Georgia com-
pletely), but seems to be strictly confined to the coastal plain.3

Potamogeton. ‘This genus is abundantly represented in the glaci-
ated region, less so in the coastal plain, and almost wanting in the
Piedmont region and mountains. .

Echinodorus parvulus Engelm. West to Minnesota and Missouri,
south to Florida and Texas (?).*

Sagittaria gramínea Mx. West to Nebraska and the Dakotas,
south to Florida, western Tennessee and Texas.

1 See Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 30: 294, 326. 1903.

2 See Lloyd & Underwood, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 27 : 155, 157. 1900.

3 See Torreya, 3: 122. 1903; and Pinchot & Ashe, Timber Trees and Forests
of North Carolina, 120. 1898.

* See Robinson, RHODORA, 5: 89. 1903.

72 Rhodora [APRIL

Sagittaria natans, Mx. South to Florida and Alabama.

Dulichium arundinaceum (L.) Britton. West to Minnesota and
Nebraska, south to Florida, Tennessee and Texas.

Eleocharis interstincta (Vahl) R. & S. West to Michigan and
northern Indiana, south to Florida and Texas. (Also in the West
Indies and Mexico).

Eleocharis mutata (L.) R. & S. Distribution very similar to that
of the preceding. .

Eleocharis Robbinsii, Oakes. West to Michigan, south to Florida.
(But apparently not yet detected in most of the states between
Delaware and Georgia.)!

Eleocharis melanocarpa (Baldw.) Torr, West to Indiana,’ south
to Florida, (Also in the West Indies.)

Eleocharis tuberculosa (Mx.) R. & S. West to Pennsylvania,
south to Florida, Arkansas and Texas. Also rarely in western
Middle Georgia.3

Scirpus Hallii, Gray. West to Illinois and Missouri,* south to
Florida.

Eriophorum Virginicum, L. West to Saskatchewan and Nebraska,
south to Florida (but rare southward). Also in the Cumberland
Mountains of Tennessee (Ga/finger). The other American species
of this genus seem to be confined to the glacial drift, or nearly so.

Fuirena squarrosa, Mx. (and some closely related forms or vari-
eties). West to Michigan and Nebraska, south to Florida and Lou-
isiana. The variety A/spida also occurs rarely in Middle Georgia.

Rhynchospora fusca (L.) Ait. f. West to Michigan, south to
Florida. (But apparently not yet reported from Virginia and the
Carolinas.)® Also in the Cumberland Mountains of Tennessee
(Gattinger), and in Europe. œ. alba has a somewhat similar distri-
bution, and one species (A. capillacea) seems to be confined to the
drift, but the other North American Rhynchosporae, some fifty in
number, are principally confined to the coastal plain.

Cladium mariscoides (Muhl.) Torr. West to Minnesota and Iowa,

1 See Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 30: 323. 1903.

? See E. J. Hill, Buli. Torr. Bot. Club, 25: 392. 1898.

3 See Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 30: 294, 326. 1903.

* Material from the Rocky Mountain region formerly referred to this species
was separated by Mr. Fernald a few years ago. (RHODORA, 3: 251. 1901.)

5 See Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 30: 324. 1903.

1905) Harper,— Coastal Plain Plants in New England 73

south to Florida and Alabama (but apparently not known between
Delaware and Georgia).

Scleria verticillata, Muhl. West to Michigan and Indiana, south
to Florida and Texas. Also in Mexico and the West Indies.

Lemna. This genus has about the same distribution in America
as Potamogeton.

Orontium aquaticum, L. West to the Pocono plateau of Pennsyl-
vania, south to Florida, Missouri and Texas. Also rarely in north-
west Georgia (Harper) and adjacent Tennessee (Gattinger).

Xyris. The North American species are nearly all confined to
the coastal plain,’ except X. fexuosa and X. montana, which are
rather widely distributed in the glaciated region.

Eriocaulon. Represented in New England only by Æ. septangulare,
With., which ranges west to Minnesota, and south in the coastal
plain to Florida and Mississippi (but it is not definitely known in
the States between New Jersey and Georgia). The other North
American species seem to be confined to the coastal plain, except
that Æ. decangulare is known from a few stations in the mountains of
North Carolina and Tennessee.

Poutederia cordata, L. West to Minnesota and Saskatchewan,
south to Florida, Arkansas and Texas. Also at one station in Middle
Tennessee (Gattinger).

Juncus scirpoides, Lam. West to Indiana, south to Florida, Arkan-
sas and Texas.

Tofieldia. Represented in eastern North America by two species
in the glacial region (one of them also occurring in the mountains of
North Carolina) and two others in the coastal plain, one ranging
from New Jersey to Louisiana and the other known only from the
Carolinas.

Gyrotheca tinctoria (Walt.) Salisb. Seems to be confined to the
coastal plain, ranging from New England to Florida and Mississippi.
Also in Cuba.

Habenaria ciliaris (L.) R. Br. West to Michigan and northern
Indiana, south to Florida, Arkansas and Louisiana. Also rarely in
Northwest Georgia (P. Wilson), northern Alabama (JZohr), and East
Tennessee (Gattinger).

Habenaria blephariglottis (Willd.) Torr. West to Minnesota, south

1 See Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 30: 326. 1903.

74 Rhodora [APRIL

to Florida and Louisiana. (But apparently not yet known in Vir-
ginia and the Carolinas.)

Myrica. All the American representatives of this genus seem to
be confined to the glacial region and coastal plain (except that Dr.
Mohr has reported M. pumila from one station in upper Alabama).
One species, M. Caro/inensis, Mill. (until recently confused with the
more southern M, cerifera, L.), is common to both regions, but with a
striking diversity of habitat. In central Massachusetts it grows
principally in rocky pastures, in Virginia on the dunes along the
coast, and in Georgia usually on sandy margins of swamps.

Sarracenia purpurea, L. West to Minnesota and British Columbia
(?), south to Florida and West Tennessee. The other six species
of the genus are confined to the coastal plain, except that two or
three of them occur locally in Western North Carolina and the
mountains of Alabama (possibly also in upper Georgia).

Drosera filiformis, Raf. South to Florida and Mississippi, but not
extending very far from the coast. This genus seems to be almost
wanting in the Piedmont region and southern mountains.

Rosa Carolina, L. West to Minnesota, south to Florida, Arkansas
and Louisiana. (Not reported from Alabama.)

Aronia arbutifolia (L.) Ell. West to the Dakotas and Nebraska,
south to Florida, Arkansas and Louisiana. Also in the mountains of
Tennessee (Gattinger) and rarely in Middle Georgia.

Polygala cruciata, L. West to Minnesota and Kansas (?), south
to Florida and Louisiana. Also in East Tennessee (Gattinger) and
western Middle Georgia.!

Mex glabra (L.) Gray. Almost confined to the coastal plain.
South to Florida and Louisiana. Also in Carroll County, Middle
Georgia (C. Z. Boynton) ?

Viola lanceolata, L. West to Minnesota, south to Georgia and
Texas. Also in the mountains of Tennessee (Gattinger).

Decodon verticillatus (L.) Ell. West to Minnesota (?), south to
Florida and Louisiana. Also rarely in Northwest Georgia (2. Wilson)
and Tennessee (Gattinger), but probably not found in the Blue
Ridge and Piedmont region.

Rhexia Virginica, L. West to Indiana and Kansas, south to Flor-

' See Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 30: 294. 1903.
* Biltmore Bot. Stud. 1: 144, 145. 1902.

1905] Harper,— Coastal Plain Plants in New England 75

ida, Louisiana and Arkansas. Also at several interior points, but
most abundant in the coastal plain.

Ludwigia sphaerocarpa, El. South to Florida and Louisiana (?).
Seems to be confined to the coastal plain.

Proserpinaca pectinata, Lam. Distribution similar to that of the
preceding.

Hoydrocotyle umbellata, L. West to Minnesota (?), south to Florida
and Texas. Also in the tropics.

Ptilimnium capillaceum (Mx.) Raf. West to Minnesota (?), south to
Florida and Texas.

Clethra alnifolia, L. South to Florida and Louisiana. Appar-
ently confined to the coastal plain except in New England,’ and
nowhere more than 200 miles from the coast.

Azalea viscosa, L. West to Ohio, south to Florida, Arkansas and
Texas. Also reported from the mountains of Tennessee and Ala-
bama.

Leucothoe racemosa (L.) Gray. South to Florida, Louisiana and
Missouri. Also in East Tennessee (Gattinger).

Pieris Mariana (L.) B. & H. South to Florida and Arkansas.
Also in the mountains of Tennessee (Gattinger). Not reported from
Alabama. :

Gaylussacia dumosa (Andr.) T. & G. South to Florida and Louis-
iana in the coastal plain. Also on the sunny slopes of some of the
mountains of Georgia, and at a few other interior localities,? but
apparently never more than 3oo miles from the coast.

Sabbatia dodecandra (L. B. S. P. South to North Carolina near
the coast, and replaced farther south by two or three species recently
separated from this, all confined to the pine-barren region.

Limnanthemum lacunosum (Vent.) Griseb. West to Minnesota,
south to Florida, Mississippi, West Tennessee, Arkansas and Lou-
isiana.

Gerardia paupercula (Gray) Britton. Nearly throughout the glaci-
ated region, also in the pine-barrens of Georgia and Alabama, but
not yet reported from intermediate stations.

Gerardia Skinneriana, Wood. West to Minnesota and Iowa,
south to Florida and Louisiana. In Georgia confined to the pine-
barrens.

! See RHODORA, 2: 70. 1900.
? See Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 21: 18, 19. 1894.

76 Rhodora [APRIL

Pinguicula. The North American species are confined to the
glaciated region and to the pine-barrens from North Carolina south-
westward, but none are common to the two regions.

Utricularia inflata, Walt. South to Florida, West Tennessee, and
Texas.

Utricularia purpurea, Walt. West to northern Indiana, south to
Florida and Alabama.

Utricularia resupinata, B. D. Greene. West to Michigan and
northern Indiana. Also in the pine-barrens of Georgia and Florida,
but not yet reported from intermediate stations.

Utricularia cornuta, Mx. West to Minnesota, south to Florida
and Louisiana. (Not reported from Alabama or Tennessee.) In
Georgia confined to the pine-barrens.

Utricularia subulata, L. South to Florida, Arkansas, and Texas.
Also in the tropics.

Eupatorium verbenaefolium, Mx. South to Florida and Louisiana
in the coastal plain. Also in East Tennessee (Gattinger) and Pike
County, Middle Georgia."

It will be noticed by persons familiar with the above-mentioned
plants that they all grow either in or around ponds, in wet meadows,
or in sandy or sphagnous bogs; but many of them exhibit what
ecologists term xerophytic structures. (The explanation of this
apparent anomaly of structure is usually sought in the properties of
the soil, but it would seem that illumination has just as much to do
with it, for with few exceptions they are sun-loving plants). And as
Dr. Hollick noted in the case of the northern “pine-barren ” plants,
they are nearly all endemic to eastern North America.

No mention has been made of weeds, for their distribution is so
erratic as to be of little significance in this connection; or of plants
of salt marshes and dunes, for they occur along the coast in almost
any part of the world, regardless of whether a coastal plain is
present or not.

In the case of the true aquatics in the above list their distribution
is easily accounted for by the fact that there are no natural ponds in
the Blue Ridge and Piedmont region, the two principal pond-forming
agencies, glaciers and limestone, never having been present in those
parts. (Even in the middle of the coastal plain of Georgia there is

! See Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 30: 294. 1903.

1905] Harper,— Coastal Plain Plants in New England 77

an area of at least 10,000 square miles where most of these aquatics
are wanting for a similar reason.)

For the distribution of the other plants under consideration the
explanation is probably to be found in the nature of the soil. It
happens that almost the whole surface of the coastal plain is covered
with unconsolidated sedimentary deposits (principally the Lafay-
ette and Columbia formations) which are of about the same age as
the glacial drift and resemble it to a considerable extent in chemical
and physical composition. The Columbia in particular, the newest
and uppermost, is often (perhaps usually) composed of almost pure
sand, scarcely distinguishable from the more sandy phases of the
drift. Streams rising in that part of the country covered by Pleis-
tocene sands (whether Columbia or glacial) are rarely or never
muddy but usually discolored with vegetable matter, while in the
Piedmont region clay soil and muddy streams predominate (giving
rise to the impression common among some people who have traveled
a little that all Southern rivers are muddy).

The plants under discussion all grow on these well washed Pleis-
tocene sands or in peaty deposits overlying them, all of which are
very deficient in available plant food. Peat-bogs are not confined to
cool climates as some may suppose (because of their abundance in
the glaciated regions in which most scientists live, both in North
America and Europe), but are equally characteristic of the coastal
plain. Okefinokee Swamp, in the extreme southern part of Georgia,
with an average annual temperature of about 70° F. (and less rain-
fall than almost any other part of that state), is mainly a vast peat-
bog, containing about the same proportions of sphagnum, ferns,
carnivorous herbs, Ericaceous shrubs and coniferous trees as the
well known cedar-swamps of New England (and with not a few
species in common).

It will be noticed that (taking the Engler & Prantl sequence as
a criterion) most of the species above mentioned stand rather low in
the scale (for vascular plants, the lower cryptogams not being con-
sidered here), also that there are few trees and shrubs among them.
This is doubtless due to the comparative newness and sterility of the
soil in which they grow. It is well known that when a soil is first
thrown open to settlement for plants, as in an area recently emerged
from the sea or laid bare by glaciers, it is first taken possession of
by the lowest forms of vegetation, such as algae, lichens and mosses,

78 Rhodora [APRIL

which gradually modify and enrich the soil, thus paving the way for
higher plants. Those here discussed seem to be all species which
take very little nourishment from the soil, and some of them (the
Sarracenias, Droseras, Pinguiculas and Utricularias) depend on the
animal kingdom for a part of their sustenance.

On examining the ranges of these plants it will be noticed that a
few of them do not extend very far inland in the glaciated region, but
whether this has any special significance or not it is difficult to say.
Quite a number which were formerly thought to be confined to the
vicinity of the coast have since turned up near the Great Lakes, in
the upper Mississippi valley, or at other interior points. The great
gaps in the known ranges of some are surprising, but may be due
only to imperfect exploration.

The origin of species having ranges like those above described is
an interesting question. During the Pleistocene period the glacial
region and coastal plain were both uninhabitable (one being covered
with ice and the other with water) and before that their soils were
very different from what they are now, so it is almost certain that
most of the species at present chiefly confined to those regions have
originated since then. The few which now occupy isolated stations
in the Piedmont region and southern mountains may of course have
been there before the Pleistocene, but it seems more likely that they
have migrated there in comparatively recent times from the regions
where they are now much more abundant.

The glaciated region, like the coastal plain, doubtless has its own
endemic species, but to attempt to enumerate them would be beyond
the scope of this paper, and would require more knowledge of that
region than the writer possesses.

All the above remarks are intended to be merely suggestive, rather
than exhaustive and the list here given can doubtless be considerably
extended by further study. With the increased attention that bot-
anists are now paying to geography we may reasonably expect a
great deal of new light on the subject in the near future. In tracing
ranges for phytogeographical purposes care must always be taken
to discriminate against introduced plants, whether introduced from
foreign countries or from other parts of the same state. In few local
floras is such a distinction made. The Nymphaeaceae and some
other aquatics are particularly liable to appear in new localities
through the indirect agency of man, establishing themselves readily
in artificial ponds and ditches outside of their natural range.

1905] Harper,— Coastal Plain Plants in New England 79

L]

In pursuing this subject further the following works will be found
helpful : —

BarLEv, W. W. Pine barren plants in Rhode Island. Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club, 7: 98, 99. 1880.

BRITTON, N. L. On the northward extension of the N. J. pine-
barren flora on Long and Staten Islands. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 7:
81-83. 1880. )

COULTER, S. A catalogue of the flowering plants and of the ferns
and their allies indigenous to Indiana. Ann. Rep. Geol. Ind. 24:
553-1074. IQON

CowLEs, H. C. The physiographic ecology of Chicago and vicin-
ity. Bot. Gaz. 31: 73-108, 145-182. 1901.

Curtis, M. A. Botany of North Carolina. Raleigh, 1867.

GATTINGER, A. Flora of Tennessee (ed. 2). 184 pp. Nashville,
1901.

HorLICK, A. Plant distribution as a factor in the interpretation
of geological phenomena, with special reference to Long Island and
vicinity. "Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 12: 189-202. 1893.

Kearney, T. H., JR. The Lower Austral element in the flora of
the Southern Appalachian region. Science, II. 12: 830-842. 1900.

MacMirLAN, C. The Metaspermae of the Minnesota Valley. 826
pp. Minneapolis, 1892.

McGer, W. J. The Lafayette formation. 12th Ann. Rep. U. S,
Geol. Surv. 1: 347-521. 1891.

Moum, C. Plant Life of Alabama. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb.

6. 921 pp. Igor. !

Porter, T. C. Flora of the Pocono Plateau. RHODORA, 1: 182-
185. 1899.

SuaLER, N. S. Report on the geology of Martha's Vineyard.
7th Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. 297-363. 1888.

SHALER, N. S. General account of the fresh-water morasses of
the United States. roth Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. 1: 255-339,
1890.

SHALER, N.S. The origin and nature of soils. 12th Ann. Rep.
U. S. Geol. Surv. 1: 213-345. 1891.

SHALER, N. S. Geology of the Cape Cod district. 18th Ann.
Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. 2: 497-593. 1898.

TRANSEAU, E. N. On the geographic distribution and ecological
relations of the bog-plant societies of northern North America. Bot.

80 Rhodora [APRIL

í

Gaz., 36: 401-420. 1903. (In this paper, by an arbitrary selec-
tion of species, the apparent preponderance of bog-plants in the
glacial region, as compared with the southern coastal plain, is greatly
exaggerated.) |

WnicHT, G. F. The Ice Age in North America. 622 pp. New
York, 1889.

In some of these works will be found numerous other references,
leading to a long chain of interesting literature.

CorLEGE Pornt, Long Island, New York.

HIERACIUM MURORUM IN MASSACHUSETTS. — On the rsth of
June, 1904, while exploring in the woods on the outskirts of North-
ampton, Massachusetts, I found in a damp, mossy hollow, a yellow
flower belonging to the Composite, which was new to me. I took it
home for study, and made it out to be ZZeraezum murorum, L. My
only hesitation in so naming it arose from the fact that the plant was
not credited to New England, in any of the books. However, I sent
it to Mr. Fernald, who pronounced it good Mieracium murorum.
There was quite a colony of it growing in the hollow, and the
bright yellow blossoms in the mossy bed made a very attractive
sight. — Emmy Hrrcucock Terry, Northampton, Massachusetts.

ACTINELLA ODORATA IN MAINE.—Actinella odorata, Gray, a native
of the Southwest (Texas, Mexico, etc.), was found at Waterville,
Maine, last summer, by Mr. S. Plaisted. It was growing on waste
from a cotton mill and was in bloom in June. A specimen was sent
to the Gray Herbarium, where it was identified by Dr. J. M. Green-
man, who states that the species has not been reported from Maine.
— A. R. MEaDER, Waterville, Maine.

Vol. 7, no. 75, including pages 41 to 60, was issued 29 March, 1905.

Rhodora. Plate 60.

F. Schuyler Mathews del.

DRABA INCANA AND ALLIES.

IRbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 7 May, 1905 No. 77

THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF ERIOPHORUM.

M. L. FERNALD.

PART 1. SYNOPSIS OF AMERICAN SPECIES.

THE genus Eriophorum, familiarly known as Cotton Grass, is gen-
erally distributed in the boreal regions of the northern hemisphere ;
and on account of its conspicuous perianth the genus is perhaps
more quickly recognized by the general student than other members
of the Cyperaceae. In spite of this comparative ease of recognition,
or perhaps because of it, the genus, as understood in America, has
come to be one with ill-defined botanical limits, and not sharply sep-
arated from some sections of the genus Scirpus; while its species as
ordinarily interpreted in American floras are in an unfortunate state
of confusion. A prolonged study of the material in the Gray Her-
barium and the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club,
supplemented by the very extensive collections of the Geological
Survey of Canada, generously loaned by Mr. J. M. Macoun, and the
material in several private herbaria, has led the writer to prepare the
following synopsis of the American species. This synoptic treat-
ment will be followed by a detailed discussion of the history and
some of the affinities of the genus /riophorum, with notes on certain
species which have been misinterpreted in past treatments of the
group. In the bibliography of this work the writer has been greatly

assisted by Miss Mary A. Day.

SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES.

$ VAGINATA, Andersson, Cyp. Scand. 13 (1849). Spikelet
solitary, without involucral leaves ; the lowermost scale usually en-

\

82 Rhodora [May

larged and more veiny than the others: culms usually bearing loose
bladeless sheaths, or with only reduced blades.
*Stoloniferous: culms mostly solitary: empty scales at the base of the
spikelet tew (usually 7 or less).
+ Anthers 1 mm. long: flowering spikelet obovoid; in fruit becoming
globose, as broad as high: scales with very narrow pale margin.

E. SCHEUCHZERI, Hoppe. Culms soft, 0.5-3.5 dm. high: caudex
loosely stoloniferous: leaves channeled or strongly involute, much
shorter than the culms; those of the sterile shoots soft, 3-12 cm.
long: culms at base slightly leafy, above usually bearing a bladeless
loose membranous-edged black-tipped sheath (2-7 cm. long) : flower-
ing spikelet broadly obovoid or subglobose, 8—12 mm. long: scales
lead-color or blackish, with slightly paler margins; the 1 to 3 outer
ones ovate; the others ovate-lanceolate to lance-attenuate: fruiting
spikelet depressed-globose, 2—2.5 cm. high: the bristles bright white :
achenes narrowly obovoid, plano-convex or slightly 4-angled, 1.7-2.5
mm. long, o.7-1 mm. broad, with a short slender beak. — Bot. Tas-
chenb. (1800) 104, App.t. 7; Reichenb., Ic. Fl. Germ. viii. 35, t. 289,
fig. 685 (1846); Ledeb., Fl. Ross. iv. 253 (1853) ; Bcklr., Linnaea,
xxxvii. 92 (1871) & Cyp. Kónigl. Herb. Berlin, 628; Lange, Consp.
Fl. Groenl. 129 (1880); Nyman, Consp. 762 (1882); Richter, Pl.
Eur. i. 136 (1890); Norman, Christiania Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhandl.
(1893) no. 16, 45; Clarke in Hook., Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 664 (1893);
Palla, Bot. Zeit. liv. ab. 1, 151 (1896); Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. i.
272 (1896), in part; Ostenfeld, Fl. Arct. 41 (1902). Æ. capitatum,
Host, Gram. i. 30, t. 38(1801); Engl. Bot. xxxiv. t. 2387 (1812);
Hornem., Fl. Dan. ix. t. 1502 (1818); Torr., Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist.
N. Y. iii. 336 (1836), except as to syn. E. callithrix ; Hook, Fl. Bor-
Am. ii. 231 (1839), as to Labrador and Arctic plant; Anders., Cyp.
Scand. 13,t. 2, fig. 31 (1849) and Bot. Not. (1857) 78; Macoun,
Cat. Can. Pl. ii. 104 (1888) as to Labrador and Arctic plant at least.
E. leucocephalum, Bcklr., Flora, xli. 419 (1858). Arctic America,
extending south on the Labrador coast to Square Island (latitude
52” 44'), in the Rocky Mts. to the head of Lake Louise, Alberta (lat.
51°) and Revelstoke, British Columbia, and on the Alaska coast to
Sitka (latitude 57°). Arctic Europe and Asia.

+ + Anthers 1.5-3 mm. long, slightly shorter than the filaments: flowering
spikelet cylindric; in fruit becoming obovoid, distinctly longer than
broad: scales with broad, pale margin.

1905] Fernald,— North American Species of Eriophorum 83

E. Cuamissonis, C. A. Meyer. Loosely stoloniferous: sterile
shoots bearing slender channeled leaves 1—6.5 dm. long: culms slen-
der, terete, 1-8 dm. high: the lowest reddish brown sheaths blade-
bearing; the uppermost scarcely inflated and mostly bladeless
(3-5-10 cm. long): flowering spikelet oblong-cylindric, 1.5-2 cm.
long: scales brownish-lead-color to blackish, with distinct whitish
margin, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, bluntish: fruiting spikelet 2.5—4
cm. long: bristles reddish or cinnamon color: achenes trigonous.—
C. A. Meyer in Ledebour, Fl. Alt. i. 70 (1829), as to description for
the most part, synonymy, and citation of the Unalaskan specimen
but not the Altai plant, and Mém. Sav. Étrang. Acad. St. Pétersb. i.
204, t. 3 (1831), except the Altai plant; Torr., Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist.
N. Y. ill. 337 (1836), mostly; Fries, Novit. Mant. ii. 1 (1839);
Ledeb., Fl. Ross. iv. 253 (1853), mostly ; Bcklr., Linnaea, xxxvii. 93
(1871), and Cyp. Kónigl. Herb. Berlin, 629; Richter, Pl. Eur. i.
136 (1890). Æ. intermedium, Chamisso, ex C. A. Meyer, ll. cc.,
(1829, 1831), as synonym, not Bast. Æ. vaginatum, B. medium,
Laestad., ex Fries, l. c. (1839), as synonym. Æ. f/u/ve//um, LaPylaie,
ex Fries, l. c, 2 (1839), as synonym. Æ. russeolum, Fries, l. c., 2
(1839), as synonym, and l. c. iii. 170 (1842); Anders., Cyp. Scand
13, t. 2,fig.32 (1849), and Bot. Not. (1857) 80; Blytt, Norges Fl.
271 (1861); Liebm. & Lange, Fl. Dan. Suppl. t. 8 (1874); Nyman,
Consp. 762 (1882); Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl. ii. 104 (1888); Nor-
man, Christiania Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhandl. (1893) no. 16, 45:
Palla, Bot. Zeit. liv. ab. 1, 151 (1896) ; Britton Y Brown, Ill. FI.
i. 272 (1896); Ostenfeld, Fl. Arct. 42 (1902). JE. vaginatum y,
Hook., Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 231 (1839), fide Fries, Novit. Mant. iii. 170.
E. capitatum, Hook., Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 231 (1839), as to synonym Æ.
Chamissot, not Host; Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl. ii. 104 (1888) as to
Moose Factory plant. Æ. Chamissoi, Hook., Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 231
(1839), in synonymy. Æ. Scheuchzeri, var. Chamissonis, F. Nylander,
Acta Soc. Sc. Fenn. iii. (1852), and in Anders., Bot. Not. (1857) 58.
E. medium, Anders. Bot. Not. (1857) 62. E. rufescens, Anders.,
Bot. Not. (1857) 79. Æ. vaginatum, b., Bcklr., Linnaea, xxxvii. 94
(1871), and Cyp. Konigl. Herb. Berlin, 630. Æ. russeolum, var. ruf-
escens, Hartm., Handb. ed. 11, 450 (1879). — Labrador and Alaska,
locally south to Newfoundland, Saint Pierre, Miquelon, Quebec (as-
cending to the summit of Mt. Albert), Prince Edward Island, New
Brunswick and Northern Nova Scotia; James Bay, and Mer Bleue,

84 Rhodora [May

Ontario; Lake Huron (fide Hook., Fl. Bor. Am.) ; Yellowstone. Na-
tional Park, Montana, Idaho, Washington and Vancouver. Arctic
and subarctic Europe and Asia. Flowering June and July ; fruiting
July and August (mature in eastern New Brunswick, July 16, on Mt.
Albert, Quebec, August 27).

Var. albidum, n. comb. Bristles white.— Æ. russeolum, var. albi-
dum, F. Nylander, Acta Soc. Sc. Fenn. iii. (1852), & in Anders., Bot.
Not. (1857) 58. Æ. russeolum, var. candidum, Norman, Ind. Supp.
46 (1864) ; Hartm., Handb. ed. 11, 450 (1879).— Same range as the
species but less common, except perhaps about Behring Sea.

\

* * Caespitose, not stoloniferous: empty scales at the base of the spikelet
numerous (usually 10-15).
+ Flowering spikelet oblong, 1-3 cm. long: anthers 2-3 mm. long: fruiting
spikelet subglobose or broadly obovoid, as high as broad.

E. vaGINATUM, L. Densely caespitose, forming broad tussocks
with very numerous stiff obtusely trigonous culms (1.5—7 dm. high):
basal sheaths brown, long-persistent, fibrillose; basal leaves slender,
trigonous, smooth or scabrous; cauline sheaths 2, conspicuously
inflated above, veiny-reticulate, with dark (usually black) membra-
nous tip: scales obovate to ovate-lanceolate, long-acuminate, lead-
color or blackish, with whitish or pale margins: bristles glossy white.
— Sp. 52 (1753); Engl. Bot. xiii. t. 873 (1801), ed Syme, x. 71, t
1604 (1873); Baxter, Brit. Bot. vi. t. 427 (1843); Reich., Ic. Fl.
Germ. viii. t. 289, fig. 686 (1846); Palla, Bot. Zeit. liv. ab. r, 148,
151 (1896); Ostenfeld, Fl. Arct. 40 (1902); &c. Æ. caespitosum,
Host, Gram. i. 30, t. 39 (1801).— Yukon District, White Horse
Rapids, Yukon River, Sept. 1, 1902 (/. Macoun, Herb. Geol. Surv.
Can. no. 53,839): Mackenzie District, Artillery Lake, May 29,
1900 (J. W. Tyrrell, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can., no. 23,138). North-
ern Europe and Asia, and western Greenland.

The Tyrrell material from Artillery Lake is very fragmentary ; but
the oblong flowering spikelets, long anthers and very inflated sheaths
are quite like those of the Old World Æ. vaginatum. ‘The Macoun
plant from the Yukon has the leaves harshly scabrous, a character
unusual in the European plant, but noticeable in some Scandinavian
specimens. Most other American material which has passed as Æ.
vaginatum belongs to the two following species.

1905] Fernald,— North American Species of Eriophorum 85

+ + Flowering spikelet obovoid or subglobose, o.8-1.5 cm. long: anthers
I-2 mm. long: fruiting spikelet depressed-globose, broader than high.

++ Upper sheaths distinctly inflated : culm trigonous and (under the lens)
scabrous at tip: pits of the receptacle with obtusely angled lower walls.

E. CALLITRIX, Chamisso. Similar to Æ. vaginatum: but with leaves
generally scabrous in lines; the 1 or 2 upper sheaths less inflated: the
flowering spikelet shorter. and broader: the anthers shorter: the
fruiting spikelet depressed-globose, 2.5-5 cm. broad.— Chamisso in
C. A. Meyer, Mém. Sav. Étrang. Acad. St. Pétersb. i. 203, t. 2
(1331); Torr., Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y. iii. 337, (1836), in note;
Ledeb., Fl. Ross. iv. 254 (1853), not Andersson and other European
Authors. Æ. caespitosum, Pursh, Fl. i. 57 (1814); Eaton, Man. ed. 4,
294 (1824); not Host. Æ. vaginatum, Torr., Fl. 65 (1824), Ann. Lyc.
Nat. Hist. N. Y. iii. 335 (1836), and Fl. N. Y. ii. 358, t. 141 (1843);
Beck, Bot. 427 (1833); Hook., Fl. Bor-Am. ii. 231 (1839), in part;
Gray, Man. 529 (1848); Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl. ii. 103 (1888), in part;
Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. i. 272 (1896); not L. Æ. Chamissonis, C. A.
Meyer in Ledeb., Fl. Alt. i. 70 (1829) and Mém. Sav. Étrang. Acad.
St. Pétersb. i. 204 (1831), as to Altai plant, but not description and
plate, &c. Æ. capitatum, B, Hook., Fl. Bor. Am. ii. 231 (1839). £.
virginatum, Eaton & Wright, N. A. Bot. 2 37 (1840). Æ. vaginatum,
var. humile, F. Nylander, Acta Soc. Sc. Fenn. iii (1852), and in
Andersson, Bot. Not. (1857) 58. Æ. brachyantherum, Trautv. &
Meyer in Middend., Reise, — Fl. Ochot. 98 (1856); Palla, Bot. Zeit.
liv. ab 1, 148, 151 (1896).— Baffin Land and Ungava across North
America to Behring Sea, and in northeastern Asia to the Altai ; south
in America to Pennsylvania, Michigan, Wisconsin, and Manitoba.
Flowering, arctic and alpine regions, June, July; southern New Eng-
land and Pennsylvania, early May: fruiting, arctic regions, July,
August; southern New England, &c., late May and early June.

Var. erubescens. Bristles reddish brown. -—— NEWFOUNDLAND,
sphagnous soil on rocky hill, Channel, July 27-August r, 1901
(Howe & Lang, no. 899).

++ ++ Upper sheaths close or scarcely inflated: culm terete, glabrous at tip:
pits of the receptacle with rounded lower walls.

E. opacum, n. comb. Loosely caespitose, forming small tufts
with few very slender terete glabrous culms (3-6 dm. high): basal
leaves nearly filiform, glabrous; cauline sheaths often with short

86 Rhodora [May

blades, the remote uppermost barely inflated toward the dark-edged
tip: flowering spikelet globose-obovoid, barely 1 cm. long; fruiting
spikelet globose, 2-3.5 cm. broad: scales lead-color, the outer ovate-
lanceolate, the inner lance-attenuate: bristles sordid-white.— Æ.
vaginatum, var. opacum, Bjórnstr, Grunddr. af Piteå Lappm.
Vüxtfys. 35 (1856); Fries, Bot. Not. (1857) 11. Æ. callitrix,
Anders. Bot. Not. (1857) 60; Fries, Bot. Not. (1858) 63; Blytt,
Norges Fl. 270 (1861); Liebm. & Lange [callithrix], Fl. Dan.
Suppl. t. 122 (1874); Hartm., Skand. Fl. ed. 11, 450 (1879); Palla,
Bot. Zeit. liv, ab. 1, 148, 151 (1896); Ostenfeld, Fl. Arct. 41 (1902);
not Chamisso. Æ. vaginatum, Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl, ii. 103 (1888),
in part. Examined from the following American stations. ONTARIO,
peat bogs, Hastings County, July 21, 1873 (J. Macoun): SASKATCHE-
WAN, muskeag north of Prince Albert, July 3, 1896 (7. Macoun,
Herb. Geol. Surv. Can., no. 16,384): ATHABASCA, bogs, Clearwater
River, July 11, 1888 (/. M. Macoun, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can., no
32,297): ALBERTA, boggy places, Canmore, June 30, 1885 (/.
Macoun, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can., no. 32,293); Banff, July 4, 1891
(/. Macoun, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can., no. 7,574); outlet of Lake
Louise, August 14, 1897: (E. Brainerd): YUKON, marsh, 1500 feet
above Hunker Creek, July 27, and Independence Creek, Aug. 1,
1902 (/. Macoun, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can., nos. 53,840 and 53,943):
BRITISH COLUMBIA, east of Stewart's Lake, June 19, 1875 (/. Macoun,
Herb. Geol. Surv. Can., no. 32,292); headwaters of Fraser River,
July 21, 1898 (W. Spreadborough, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can.. no. 20,779).
Very local in Arctic Europe and Asia.

$ $ PHYLLANTHELA, Andersson, Cyp. -— 12 (1849).
Spikelets several (rarely 1), subtended by 1 or more foliaceous bracts.

* Leaves slender, triangular-channeled throughout: involucre a single
upright slender colored bract much shorter than the inflorescence.
+ Upper cauline leaf with the sheath longer than the blade.

E. GRACILE, Koch. Weak and very slender, the subterete glabrous
culms 2-6 dm. high, with'no young basal leaves developed at flower-
ing season: sheath of the upper cauline leaf 3.5-5.5 cm. long, the
round-tipped smooth blade 1-4 cm. long, 1-1.5 mm. broad: involu-
cral bract similar, usually dark at base, 1-2 cm. long: spikelets 2 to
5, the central one subsessile, the others on slender unequal minutely
hairy spreading-ascending or finally nodding peduncles (0.5-3 cm.

1905] Fernald,— North American Species of Eriophorum 87

long), in anthesis narrow-ovoid, 7-10 mm. long, in fruit 1.5-2 cm.
long: scales lead-color or blackish, ovate to short-oblong, 2.5-4 mm.
long, all but the outermost blunt or rounded-tipped: anthers linear,
1-2 mm. long: achenes linear-oblanceolate, blunt, compressed,
trigonous, 1.5-2 mm. long: bristles white.— Koch in Roth., Cat. ii.
259 (1800); Torr., Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y. iii. 341 (1836); Reich.,
Ic. Fl. Germ. viii. t. 290 (1846); Gray, Man. 529 (1848), in part;
Engl. Bot. Suppl. iv. t. 2886 (1849) aud ed. Syme, x. 74, t. 1607
(1873); Ett. & Pok., Phys. Pl. Austr. vi. t. 533 (1873) : Watson, Bot.
Cal. ii. 220 (1880), in part; Palla, Bot. Zeit. liv. ab. 1, 148,151 (1896);
Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. i. 273 (1896), in part; A. A. Eaton, Bull.
Torr. Club, xxv. 340 (1898); Britton, Man. 182 (1901). Linagrostis
paniculata, B, Lam., Fl. Fr. iii. 555 (1778). Eriophorum triquetrum,
Hoppe, Taschenb. (1800) 106. Æ. polystachyon, var. tenellum, Gray,
Gram. & Cyp. pt. 1, no. gr (1834), in part. Æ. angustifolium, Torr.,
Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y. iii. 339 (1836), in part, not Roth. AZ.
angustifolium, D? brevifolium, Torr., l. c. 340 (1836), in part.— Cold
swamps and bogs, Gulf of St. Lawrence to Hudson Bay and British
Columbia, south to Connecticut, Pennsylvania, Michigan, Nebraska,
and California. Northern Europe and Asia. Flowering, April, May ;
fruiting May-July.

Var. caurianum. Involucre and scales straw-color or brownish:
achenes 2.5-3 mm. long. — OREGON, subalpine regions, 1886 (W.
C. Cusick, no. 1450): CALIFORNIA, Sierra County, 1874 (7. G. Lem-
mon); south side of Mt. Shasta, alt. 5000—10,000 feet, July, 1897
(12. E. Brown, no. 628). A somewhat coarser plant than true Z.
gracile, but with the characteristic short blunt upper leaf.

+ + Upper cauline leaf with the sheath shorter than the blade.

E. TENELLUM, Nutt. Culms stiff, obtusely trigonous, scabrous
above. 3-9 dm. high, with long slender green sharp-pointed often
scabrous basal leaves: sheath of the upper cauline leaf 2.5—8 cm. long;
the scabrous sharp-pointed blade 3-18 cm. long: involucral bract
straw-color to reddish-brown at base, 1.5-6 cm. long: spikelets 3 to
6, mostly on unequal scabrous peduncles (0.5-3.5 cm. long), in fruit
2—2.8 cm. long: scales greenish straw-color to reddish brown, 2.5-5
mm. long: achenes linear-oblong, 2.5-3 mm. long, short-beaked :
bristles whitish. — Gen., Additions (1818); Palla, Bot. Zeit. liv. ab.
I, 148, 151 (1896). Æ. polystachyon, var. tenellum, Gray, Gram. &

88 | Rhodora [May

Cyp. pt. 1, no. 91 (1834), in part. Æ. angustifolium, Torr., Ann. Lyc.
Nat. Hist. N. Y. iii. 339 (1836), in part, not Roth. Æ. angustifolium,
B ?brevifolium, Torr. l. c. 340 (1836), in part. Æ. gracile, B. pauciner-
vium, Engelm., Am. Jour. Sci. xlvi. 103 (1844); Gray, Man. ed. 2,
502 (1856). Æ. gracile, Gray, Man. 529 (1848); Britton & Brown,
Ill. Fl. i. 273 (1896), in part, including fig. 642. E. paucinervium, A.
A. Eaton, Bull. Torr. Cl. xxv. 341 (1898); Britton, Man. 182 (1901).
— Swamps and bogs, Newfoundland to Ontario, south to New Jer-
sey and Illinois. Fruiting July and August.

* * Leaves flat, at least below the middle: involucre (except in dwarf vari-
ety of E. polystachion) of 2 or more bracts.
+ Scales of the spikelet with only 1 prominent rib: stamens 3.
++ Midrib of the scale prominent only below the membranous tip: leaves
triangular-channeled above the middle; the upper sheaths
dark-girdled at summit.

E. POLYSTACHION, L. Culms 2-6 dm. high, slender, obtusely an-
gled: basal leaves several, elongate, usually conduplicate, especially
above the middle; cauline leaves few, remote, stiff, flat only toward
the base, 1.5-15 cm. long, 1.5-4 mm. broad, the margins scabrous:
involucral bracts 2 or 3, dark-colored at least at base, the longest 2—9
cm. long: spikelets 2 to 10, the central subsessile, the others on
divergent or drooping stout mostly glabrous peduncles (0.5—7 cm.
long), in anthesis ovoid, 1-2 cm. long, in fruit 2.5-4.5 cm. long:
scales lead-color to castaneous, ovate to lanceolate, acutish, 4-10
mm. long, the slender midrib disappearing below the pale membran-
ous tip: anthers linear, 2.5-5 mm. long: achenes oblong-obovoid,
compressed-trigonous, 2.7—3.5 mm. long: bristles bright white. — Sp.
52 (1753); Schk., Handb. i. 28,t. 8 (1791); Curt., Fl. Lond. iv. t. 9
(1821); Hook. [ folystachyon], Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 231 (1839); Reich.
[polystachyum], Ic. Fl. Germ. viii. 35, t. 291 (1846); Britton & Brown
[Polystachyon], Ill. Fl. i. 273 (1896), in part ; Britton, Man. 182 (1901),
in part. Linagrostis polystachia, Scop., Fl. Carn. ed. 2, i. 48 (1772).
Eriophorum angustifolium, Roth., Tent. i. 24 (1788), ii. 63 (1789),
and Neue Beitr. 94 (1802) ; Engl. Bot. viii. t. 564 (1799); Hornem.,
Fl. Dan. ix. t. 1442 (1818); Beck, Bot. 427 (1833); Koch, Syn. 745
(1837); Hook, Fl. Bor-Am. ii. 231 (1839), in part; Thomé, FI.
Deutschl. i. t. 102 B, C. (1886); Palla, Bot. Zeit liv. ab. 1, 148, 151
(1896). Æ. angustifolium, B. laxum, Mert. & Koch, Deutschl. Fl. i.
456 (1823). ? E. strictum, R. Br. in Richards., App. Franklin Jour.

1905] Fernald,— North American Species of Eriophorum 89

731-reprint 3 (1823); Torr., Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y. iii. 341
(1836); Hook., l. c. 232. Æ. angustifolium, var. vulgare, Koch, Syn.
ed. 2, 860 (1844). Æ. polystachyon, var. angustifolium, Gray, Man.
529 (1848). Æ. angustifolium, var. genuinum, Engl. Bot. ed. Syme, x.
73, t. 1605 (1873). — Arctic America, south to Newfoundland, Nova
Scotia, New Brunswick, Quebec, Lake Superior, and British Colum-
bia. Europe and Asia. Fruiting, southern Canada, June, July;
arctic regions, July and August.

Var. ELATIUS, Bab. Stout and tall (3-9 dm.) : cauline leaves 4-8
mm. broad.— Man. 333 (1843). Æ. polystachion, Engl. Bot. viii. t.
563 (1799); Host, Gram. i. 29, t. 37 (1801); Coult., Man. 368
(1885). Æ. angustifolium, B. majus, Schultz, Fl. Starg. Suppl. 5
(1819). £. angustifolium, var. elatius, Mert. & Koch, Deutchl. Fl.
1. 456 (1823); Koch, Syn. ed. 2, 860 (1844). Engl. Bot. ed. Syme,
X. 73 (1873). Æ. ocreatum, A. Nelson. Bull. Torr. Cl. xxix. 400
(1902). Æ. polystachyon, var. majus, Aschers. & Graebn., Syn. ii.
ab. 2, 334 (1903). — Subarctic America, south to central Maine,
Ontario, Illinois, Wisconsin, Iowa, and the mountains of Colorado
and Oregon. Europe and Asia.

Var. ELEGANS, Bab. Slender, 0.5-2.5 dm. high: spikelets 1 to 3,
sessile or subsessile: longest bract of the dark involucre o.5—1.5 cm.
long. — Man. 333 (1843). Æ. gracile, Sm., Engl. Bot. xxxiv. t. 2402
(1812) and Engl. Fl. i. 69 (1824), not Koch. Æ. angustifolium, var.
alpinum, Gaud., Fl. Helvet. i. 131 (1828). Æ. angustifolium, var.
minus, Koch, Syn. 746 (1837); Engl. Bot. ed. Syme, x. 73, t. 1606
(1873). Æ. pseudo-triquetrum, Schur, Eu. 695 (1866). Æ. minus,
Dalla-Torre, Atl. Alpenfl. 216 (1882). Æ. polystachion, var. minus,
Richter, Pl. Eu. i. 136 (1890). Æ. polystachyon, var. alpinum, As-
chers. & Graebn., Syn. ii. ab. 2, 334 (1903). — An extreme dwarf
form of arctic and high-alpine regions. GRINNELL Lanp (4. W.
Greely): LABRADOR, Cape Chudleigh (2. Bell): ALASKA, St. Mich-
aels (Z. M. Turner). Arctic and alpine Europe.

++ ++ Midrib of the scale prominent, extending to the tip: leaves flat,
except at the very tip; the sheaths and bracts not dark-girdled.

E. viridi-carinatum, n. comb. Culms slender, trigonous,
smooth, 2-9 dm. high: basal leaves numerous, elongate; cauline
few, remote, green throughout, thin, scabrous on the margins, the
uppermost 5-15 cm. long, 2-6 mm. wide: involucral bracts 2

go Rhodora [Mar

to 4, green throughout or brownish at base, the longest :3-9 cm.
long: spikelets 3 to 30, on slender simple or forked minutely
hairy peduncles (1-6 cm. long), in anthesis oblong-ovoid, 6-10
mm. long, in fruit 1.5-3 cm. long: scales greenish drab to lead
color, ovate to lanceolate, 4-6 mm. long, the prominent often scab-
rous midrib extending quite to the tip, in the outermost sometimes
prolonged as a short scabrous mucro; anthers linear-oblong, 1—1.25
mm. long: achenes oblong-obovoid, trigonous, 2.5-3.5 mm. long:
bristles white or pale buff. — Æ. polystachium, Pursh, Fl. 58 (1814);
Eaton, Man. 11 (1817); Torr. [polystachyon], Fl. 66 (1824); Beck,
Bot. 427 (1833); Eaton & Wright, Bot. 237 (1840); Torr. [ Poly-
sfachyum), Fl. N. Y. ii. 359 (1843); Britton & Brown (Polysta-
chyon], Ill. Fl. i. 273 (1896), in part, incl. fig. 641 ; Small, Fl. 175
(1903). Æ. latifolium, B. viridi-carinatum, Engelm., Am., Jour. Sci.
xlvi. 103 (1844). Æ. polystachyon, var. latifolium, Gray, Man. 529
(1848), not Æ. /atifolium, Hoppe.— Bogs and wet meadows, New-
foundland to Saskatchewan and British Columbia, south to Con-
necticut, New York, Ohio, Michigan, Wisconsin, and said to follow
the mountains to Georgia. Fruiting, southern New England, May
and June; Gulf of St. Lawrence, July, August. Of the 70 sheets of
specimens examined the following may be cited as typical. NEw-
FOUNDLAND, sphagnous swamps, near Topsail, Conception Bay,
August, rgor (Howe & Lang, nos. 1287, 1292): QUEBEC, peat-
bogs, Salt Lake, Anticosti, August to, 1883 (7. Macoun, Herb. Geol.
. Surv. Can., no. 32,273); Forteau, lat. 51°, July 31, 1882 (7. A. Allen,
no. 13); arbor-vitae swamps, Carleton, July 24 & 27, 1904 (Collins,
Fernald & Pease): New Brunswick, Campellton, July 1, 1876
(R. Chalmers, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 32,271): Nova Scoria,
peat-bogs, Sydney Mines, July 14, 1883, bogs, Yarmouth, June 23,
1883 (Y Macoun, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can., nos. 32,281, 32,261):
ONTARIO, near Sarnia, June 5, 1892 (C. Æ. Dodge); bog, Cassel-
man, June 12, 1892, and swamps, near Tetreauville, June 1, 1903
(J. Macoun, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can., nos. 32,267, 61,192): MANI-
TOBA, tamarack swamp, near Sewell, June 12, 1896 (J. Macoun,
Herb. Geol. Surv. Can., no. 16,389): SASKATCHEWAN, muskeag,
Prince Albert, July 1, 1896 (/. Macoun, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can., no.
16,391) : ALBERTA, bogs, Elbow River, July 12, 1897 (J. Macoun,
Herb. Geol. Surv. Can., no. 25,329): BRITISH COLUMBIA, Kicking
Horse Lakes, July 23, 1885 (/. Macoun, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can., no.

1905] Fernald,—— North American Species of Eriophorum 91

32,285) : MAINE, larch swamps, St. Francis River, Aug. 13, 1902;
swale, St. Francis, June 18, 1898 —no. 2085; marl, Fort Fairfield,
June 22, 1898 — no. 2084; cedar swamp, Blaine, June 23, 1898 —
no. 2083; wet meadows, Island Falls, June 10, 1898 — no. 2082;
low woods and thickets, Dover, June 24, 1895 — no. 224 (all M. Z.
Fernald): New HAMPSHIRE, Flume, Franconia, June 29, 1855
(Wm. Boott) ; wet meadow, Crawford, July 1, 1898 (Æ. +. Willams) :
VERMONT, Manchester, July 5, 1898 (M. A. Day, no. 289): Massa-
CHUSETTS, Ashburnham, June 22, 1896 (S. Harris); vicinity of Bos-
ton, 1892 (Biltmore Herb., no. 373a) ; open wet ground, Buckland,
May 30, 1902 (F. & Forbes); swale, Williamstown, May 31, 1898
(J. R. Churchill): Ruope IsLaND, North Providence, May, 1846
(G. Thurber); Morris Swamp, Providence, May 24, 1891 (/. & Col
lins): CONNECTICUT, swamps, Southington, June 30, 1897 (C. H.
‘Bissell, no. 708) ; Kent, June 3, 1894 (C. A. Averill): New YORK,
western part of state (4. Gray, Gram & Cyp., no. go); marsh near
Utica, June 4, 1901 (/. K. Haberer, no. 1162): OHIO (Sullivant) :
MICHIGAN, swale, Keweenaw Co., August, 1888 (O. A. Farwell, no.
691); Port Huron (C. A. Dodge): Wisconsin, Elkhart Lake, Green
Bay, June, 1879 (J. H. Schuette).

Very unlike the European Æriophorum latifolium, Hoppe, which
has the thin membranous dark scales with nerveless tips, and the
bases of the involucre and the summits of the upper sheaths dark-
girdled as in £. polystachion.

Var. Fellowsii. Spikelets all sessile or subsessile in a dense
glomerule.— Æ. polystachion, var. Vaillantii, Fernald, Rhodora, iv.
82 (1902); Hoffmann, Rhodora, vi. 203 ; not Duby. —MaINE, Peaks
Island, Portland Harbor, June 16, 1901 (D. W. Fellows): MASSA-
CHUSETTS, Sheffield, June 1, 1902 (M. LZ. Fernald).

+ + Scales of the spikelets with several prominent ribs: stamen 1.

E. vircinicum, L. Culms slender, wiry, terete below, trigonous
above, smooth, 4-12 dm. high: leaves with close sheaths, elongate-
linear, firm, scabrous on the margins, flat except at tip, the upper-
most 1-2.5 dm. long, 1.5-4 mm. wide: involucral bracts 2 to 5, very
unequal, somewhat divergent, the longest 4-12 cm. long: spikelets
few to many, mostly crowded in a dense glomerule (1.5-6 cm. thick),
in anthesis elliptic-ovoid, 6-10 mm. long, in fruit 1-2 cm. long:
scales ovate-oblong, blunt or acutish, 3-5 mm. long, the strongly

92 Rhodora [May

striate-ribbed body greenish to straw-color, the thinner nerveless
margin red-brown: anthers linear, 1.5 mm. long: achenes narrowly
oblong, trigonous, attenuate below, abruptly short-beaked above, 3-4
mm. long: bristles tawny to copper color. —Sp. 52 (1753); Michx.,
Fl. i. 34 (1803); Pursh, Fl. i. 58 (1814); Ell. Sk. i. 92, t. 4, fig. 1
(1821) — uncharacteristic ; Big., Fl. Bost. ed. 2, 24 (1824) ; Torr., Fl.
66 (1824), Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist, N. Y. iii. 338 (1836), and Fl. N. Y.
ii. 358 (1843); Gray, Man. 529 (1848) ; Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. i.
273, fig. 643 (1896); Small, Fl. 175 (1903). Lriophoropsis vir-
ginica, Palla, Bot. Zeit. liv. ab. 1, 150, 151 (1896).— Bogs and
meadows, Newfoundland to Ontario and Michigan, south to
Georgia. Fruiting, July to September.

Var. ALBUM, Gray. Bristles whitish.— Man. ed. 5, 566 (1867);
Britton & Brown, |. c. — A scarcely noteworthy extreme, Quebec and
Ontario to Connecticut and New York.

(To be continued.)

PLANTS OF ONEIDA COUNTY, NEW YORK, AND
VICINITY, — I.

J. V. Haperer, M. D.

IN the latter part of July, 1904, the writer, in company with Mr.
L. M. McCormick of New York, spent several days botanizing in the
town of Forestport, which forms the northeastern corner of Oneida
County. A number of rare and interesting plants were found includ-
ing one recently described in RHopona, therefore, the accompanying
notes may be of interest to its readers.

'The region visited is on the southwestern border of the great Adi-
rondack wilderness, about forty miles north of Utica, and includes -
White, Otter, Round and Long Lakes, Deer Pond, mountainous
woods, extensive beaver meadows or marl marshes, and sandy fields,
all within a radius of three miles. A ridge of Archaean rock, extend-
ing from the northeast to the southwest, divides the region into two
nearly equal portions. On the southeastern slope is White Lake,
perfectly clear and transparent, and on the northwestern, the other

19051 Haberer, — Plants of Oneida County, New York 93

lakes, with the dark color characteristic of Adirondack waters. To
the north and east, there is an unbounded stretch of mountains and
woods, and to the south and west, a country that is, for the most part,
much lower, flat, barren and sandy. The streams are rapid, and
although flowing to the south, the drainage is into Lake Ontario
through the Black River, the elevation of which at the ingress of
these streams is about 1100 feet.

White Lake, the central point of observation, lies at an altitude of
about 1450 feet above the sea level, and is in latitude 43° 32' N., and
longitude 75° 13' W. of Greenwich. It is an intermediate station on
the main artery of travel, that leads to the famous “North Woods”
and John Brown Tract.

The flora of this portion of the county is similar to that ot the
adjacent Adirondacks,! in some respects it bears relationship to that
of the Mohawk Valley,? and combines features common to both
regions.

Forty years ago when Paine's Catalogue of the Plants of Oneida
County and "Vicinity? was published, the region in question was
little known and almost inaccessible; therefore, the following list of
plants with notes, includes only those (with few exceptions), that are
additions to or admit of comparison with the record in that compre-
hensive work.

The asterisk (*) indicates plants not included in the Catalogue;
the dagger (T) those included in that work, but with no definite
record of their having been found in the county.

Specimens of many of the plants have been contributed to the
Gray Herbarium at Harvard University, and the State Herbarium at
Albany. Acknowledgments are due to Dr. B. L. Robinson, Mr. M.
L. Fernald and Prof. C. H. Peck for assistance in the determination
of doubtful plants. A number of plants are as yet undetermined, and
a report of these and many others from different portions of Central
New York must be deferred to subsequent issues of this Journal.

* DROSERA ROTUNDIFOLIA, var. COMOSA Fernald, RHODORA, vii. 8.
One of the first plants to attract our attention was a dwarf form of

! The altitude of Jock's (Honnedaga) Lake, the highest in the woods, is 2187
feet.

2 The average elevation of Utica is 500 feet, and of the Mohawk river bank at
this point 410 feet.

? 18th Rep. N. Y. Mus. Nat. Hist. 53-192. 1865.

94 ^ Rhodora [May

sundew, with rounded leaves and “subcapitate inflorescences of few
flowers.” It was quite abundant in the marl marshes, and on the
boggy margins of the lakes, alone, or in company with Drosera rotundi-
folia L., t Juncus alpinus Vill., and other plants; also on treacherous
sloughs bordering Deer Pond, with, but outnumbered by t Drosera
intermedia Hayne. Specimens were sent to the Gray Herbarium and
Mr. Fernald very kindly identified them as being “exactly” the plant
which he had “in print for the forthcoming January RHopora.” On
consulting my herbarium I found that I had previously, July 11, 1902,
collected immature specimens of this curious plant, on the marl mar-
gins of a Deer Pond (altitude 1950 ft.), near North Lake, Wilmurt,
Herkimer County. ‘The companion plants were Drosera intermedia
Hayne, Xyris montana Ries, and the rare Juncus stygius, var. Ameri-
canus Bucheñau! This evasive rush known in Somerset County,
Maine, and mentioned by Mr. Fernald (RHopona, vi. 41 and vii. 8),
as growing in the Gaspé County bog, has a precarious existence in
the State of New York. Perch Lake, Jefferson County, the station
recorded in Paine’s Catalog, 145, and the only one known for years,
was destroyed long ago. The plant, however, was rediscovered in
the State by Professor C. H. Peck, “on the marshy borders of a lake”
in the Adirondacks (27 Rep. N. Y. Mus, Nat. Hist. 113). Dr. Peck
very discreetly withheld the exact locality. He has lately informed
the writer that it was in Essex County. Therefore, I am doubly for-
tunate in recording this plant in Herkimer County, and in the dis-
covery of the unique sundew in a region far removed from the type
locality.

* XYRIS MONTANA Ries. There was a luxuriant growth of this
species on the borders of White Lake and along its outlet, at Round
Lake, Deer Pond, and in the beaver meadows. In a peat bog im-
mense patches were in full bloom July 23. The sight was a beautiful
one, worth going miles to see, and was ample recompense for the
inconvenience of a sudden downpour of rain. Amongst the myriads
of plants, an occasional one was found in which the lowest scale of
the flowering head was transformed into a bract 5-15 mm. long. It
may be designated as forma bracteosa.

* XyRIS CAROLINIANA Walt. Common on the sandy and gravelly
shores of White Lake, barely in flower on the above date and not de-
tected elsewhere. An intermediate form with the leaves of AX. mon-
tana and the heads of X. Caroliniana was common at White Lake,

1905] Haberer,— Plants of Oneida County, New York ' 95

and in a beaver meadow near Round Lake, fully as far advanced in
flowering as the former species. X. montana has been found by Mr.
W. E. Wolcott and the writer, at several stations in the vicinity of
North Lake. Previous records of these plants in northern New
York are very meagre. Paine (l. c. 146) mentions but one (X. bul-
bosa Kunth), and specimens of his X. montana and X. flexuosa from
Herkimer County, are cited by H. Ries, Bull. Torr. Cl. xix. 35.
Probably both species were collected on the “muddy edges" of
ponds, on Bald Mountain, a long, narrow, rocky ridge nearly destitute
of trees, north of Third Lake, one of the Fulton chain of lakes,
Webb, North Herkimer County (altitude 2200 ft.). Paine's local-
ity is ten to fifteen miles north of any that I have reported. It is of
interest to note that these plants also have their habitats in the Hud-
son Valley and on Long Island (see Ries, l. c. 37, 38, 40, and Peck,
Rep. xxii, 103).

T ELATINE AMERICANA Arnott. This plant was one of the delight-
ful surprises of the trip — completely covering the sandy bottom, in
the shallow clear waters of White Lake. — Paine's record (l. c. 65) is
Albany, Beck. Sand Lake and Averell Lake, Rensselaer County, are
the stations for my specimens from C. H. Peck and J. H. Wibbe.
I can find no record of the plant ever having been found before in
this State, west of the valley of the Hudson.

* MICROSTYLIS OPHIOGLOSSOIDES Nutt. Achroanthes unifolia (Mx.)
Raf. The most abundant orchid in the White Lake region, growing
in thin soil on rocks, in woods, marshes and sandy fields, nearly
always in the shade of Pteris. I first collected this plant July 8,
1903, on sandy bluffs (alt. sso ft.), four miles west of Utica. Mr.
I. W. Street reports it common at Brantingham Lake, Lewis County. -
The plant has hitherto been overlooked in Central New York and
is not included in Mr. Homer D. House's list of the orchids (Tor-
reya, iii. 49). Specimens are in the State Herbarium from Che-
nango County (Coville), and north Herkimer County (Goodrich).

HABENARIA GRANDIFLORA (Bigel.) Torr. 'The beautiful Soldier's
Plume is occasional along White Lake outlet. It abounds in several
forms on the headwaters of the Black River, near North Lake (alt.
1827 ft.). Paine (l. c. 126) found it west of Old Fort Bull, Rome
(alt. 415 ft.). It is omitted from the list quoted above.

* CORALLORHIZA MULTIFLORA FLAVIDA Peck. On a shady knoll
near White Lake. The plants were very yellow and the lip un-
spotted.

96 : Rhodora [May

* GOODYERA TESSELLATA Lodd. Frequent in cold mountainous
woods at Long and Otter Lakes; wooded slopes of Bald Mountain,
August, 1895.

* GOODYERA REPENS OPHIOIDES Fernald. Woods at Otter Lake.
Mountain trail, Hardscrabble Lake (alt. 2050 ft.), Wilmurt; and in
woods on Frankfort Hill (alt. 1400 ft.), Herkimer County. Near
Oneida Lake (alt. 370 ft.), found there also by H. D. House (Tor-
reya, iii. 165). Paine records several localities for G. repens. It
grows in cold woods north of White Lake, on slopes of Bald Moun-
tain, and ridges of ravines near Utica (alt. goo ft.).

LYCOPODIUM INUNDATUM L. Abundant on the sandy and boggy
margins of the Lakes, and in the beaver meadows. Opposite Utica
in a sand bog (Fern Bull. ix. 88); east of the city in sandy fields.
Bald Mt., and sand plains of Rome, also by Paine (l. c. 180-
181), head of Oneida Lake, also by House (l. c. 166). The latter
reports it at Ohio (Fern Bull. x. 16) (1370 ft.), and W. E. Wolcott
at several stations near North Lake, all in Herkimer County. This
record indicates a generous distribution especially in this region
(Central Basin, see Fern Bull. xii. 97-105), famous for its large
number of orchids and Bofrychia. Utica is apparently the south-
ern limit of the plant in Central New York. On the sandy shores
of White Lake it was found well illustrating the fairy-ring like
growth so interestingly described by Dr. B. L. Robinson, RHODORA,
I. 28.

* LYCOPODIUM CLAVATUM MONOSTACHYON Grev. & Hook. Com-
mon on the shores of White Lake; mounds in a pasture near Ta.
berg, Oneida Co., June 16, 1904. I first found this plant August 12,

1895, on the slopes of Bald Mountain (Fern Bull. xii. 104), where it
was associated with Carex leporina L. (see Fernald, Proc. Am. Acad.,
xxxvii. 479, and RHODORA, iv. 229) and failed to realize the rarity of
either plant. Prof. Peck has collected the former in Essex and
Washington Counties.

* LyCOPODIUM CLAVATUM BREVISPICATUM Peck (54th Rep. N. Y.
Mus. Nat. Hist. 162). On rocky slopes near White Lake, a form of
club moss was found that resembles Professor Peck's plant from
Wallface Mountain. “The leaves of the branches are closely im-
bricated and strongly incurved, and the spikes are short, thick and

generally very blunt.”
* BOTRYCHIUM MATRICARIAE Spreng. Fine specimens on a mossy

1905] Collins, — Chlorochytrium Lemnae in America 97

shaded bank at White Lake. Mr. B. D. Gilbert and the writer found
a single plant on the Whitestown bluffs, in October, 1902, the station
recorded for Microstylis, and it is of interest to note that Mr. Gilbert
(Fern Bull. xii..gg) records this Botrychium from Lewis County.

(To be continued.)

CHLOROCHYTRIUM LEMNAE IN AMERICA.
FRANK S. COLLINS.

PLANTS of the genus Chlorochytrium are of interest from their
peculiar habitat and their special adaptations to the same. They
are unicellular algae, and live in the tissues of higher, or at any rate
larger organisms ; not really as parasites, as they have well developed
chromatophores and can assimilate their own nourishment; nor does
it appear to be a case of symbiosis, as it is not easy to see what
advantage their presence is to the host plants. Another point of
interest is that Chlorochytrium is one of the relatively few genera
represented both in salt and in fresh water; of the salt water forms
three are known as American; C. inclusum Kjellm., in red algae at
Greenland and from Alaska to Washington; the development of this
species has been studied by Freeman!; C. dermatocolax Reinke, in
Chaetopteris and Sphacelaria in Greenland ; and C. Schmitsii Rosenv.,
in various loose tissued algae from Greenland to Maine. C. Cohnii
Wright is found in EzeromorpAa and some other algae, and in the
gelatinous sheaths of such diatoms as Schizonema, along the New
England coast; but this is now usually put in another genus, as
Chlorocystis Cohnii (Wright) Reinhard. This species has been
studied by Moore,? and the development well worked out.

Of the fresh water species the best known is C. Zemnae Cohn,
which appears to be generally distributed in Europe, and whose
development is quite well known. The host plant is Zemna trisulca

1E. M. Freeman, Observations on Chlorochytrium ; Minn. Bot. Studies, Vol.
II, p. 195. 1899.

? G. T. Moore, New or little known unicellular algae. I. Chlorocystis Cohnii;
Bot. Gazette, Vol. XXX, p. 100, 1900.

98 Rhodora [May

L., which although apparently not common in America, certainly not
in New England, is widely distributed, practically all over the United
States. As most European fresh-water algae occur in America, there
seemed to be reason to expect C. Zemnae, and by the kindness of Dr.
B. L. Robinson, the writer was able to make an examination of the
Lemna trisulca in the Gray herbarium. The result was satisfactory,
as in the first specimen examined every frond contained many indi-
viduals of the Ch/orochytrium, in various stages of development. The
specimen was from Seabrook, New Hampshire, collected by Mr. A.
A. Eaton, 18 July, 1896. That this species belongs in our flora is
therefore certain, but that it is common is unlikely, for on examina-
tion of the other specimens, about twenty-five in all, from all parts
of North America, not a single instance of the occurrence of the
endophyte was found.

The cells of the Chlorochytrium show as relatively large, ovoid or
ellipsoid, dark green bodies, between the cells of the host; they are
to be detected only by microscopic examination, but are then seen
easily with relatively low powers. When fully mature, the contents
of the cell is transformed into numerous biciliate zoospores, of the
usual ovoid form; the cells of the host plant have been pushed apart
by the growth of the CA/orocAytrium so that when the wall of the
latter breaks, the zoospores pass out into the water, not free, but
enclosed in a gelatinous vesicle; within this they conjugate, and the
4-ciliate zygote then escapes from the gelatine and swims freely for a
while; then it comes to rest. Unless it settles upon a frond of Lemna
trisulca, it perishes; but if attaching itself to this frond, it germinates,
the pointed end, from which the cilia have fallen, pushing in between
the cells of the host, till it reaches a comparatively open space, when
it expands, and the protoplasm is drawn in, only a small button-like
appendage remaining to show the point of entrance; the cell then
grows to the full size, and zoospores are again formed.

There are several other endophytic algae found in Europe, whose
development more or less resembles that of this species; a search
for some of them was made in the Gray Herbarium, without results.
An herbarium specimen is usually selected to show a plant in its
best condition, while the endophytes usually do not reach their full
development until the host has passed its prime; better success may
be expected from an examination of living plants of the suspected
hosts. The following European species have been well studied, and

1905 | Churchill, — Three Plants New to Vermont 99

can readily be identified. Ch/orochytrium Knyanum Cohn & Szym.,
in Lemna minor L., L. gibba L., Ceratophyllum demersum L. and Elodea
Canadensis Michx. ; Endosphazra biennis Klebs in Potamogeton lucens
L.; and Phyllobium dimorphum Klebs in Lysimachia Nummularia L.,
Ajuga reptans L., Chlora serotina Koch, and Erythraea Centaurium
Pers. Undoubtedly many other species occur in other hosts, and
there is quite a field here for a careful and persistent investigator.

MALDEN, MASSACHUSETTS.

DICKSONIA PILOSIUSCULA FORMA SCHIZOPHYLLA IN VERMONT. —
Last August, while devoting myself most assiduously to the ferns of
Dorset, Vermont, I brought in one day, two fronds of what I at first
supposed to be a peculiar form of Vephrodium spinulosum. In the
autumn I sent them with a number of others to Mr. Davenport, who
pronounced them to be not ZVepArodium, but a form of Dicksonza,
found in Andover, Connecticut, in 1901, by Mr. A. Vincent Osmun
of Amherst, and described by Mr. Clute in the Fern Bulletin for
July, 1902, as Dicksonia pilosiuscula, forma schizophylla. I have
compared the Dorset fronds with the type specimens at Amherst, and
while these are larger, the peculiar texture and cutting are the same,
and Mr. Osmun agrees in the determination. — Emity HITCHCOCK
Terry, Northampton, Massachusetts.

THREE PLANTS NEW TO THE FLORA OF VERMONT. — There has
long been a tradition that the Canadian Waterleaf (ZZydropAy//um
canadense, L.) grew in Williamstown, Massachusetts; and naturally
it has been sought for upon the slopes and in the ravines of Greylock
Mountain, where its congener ZZ virginianum is common. In Rho-
DORA vi. 155, 156, Mr. Deane cites the frequent reports of its
occurrence in western Massachusetts, and notes nevertheless the
want of any existing specimens from New England to substantiate
these reports. Since then Mr. Hoffmann has reported (RHODORA,
vi. 205) his discovery of the plant near Greylock in Massachusetts
in the summer of 1904; and Mr. Deane’s prediction that “ botanists
will certainly visit that locality again, and the species will surely come
to light before long,” has been verified.

100 Rhodora [May

In June, 1904, the writer also had the pleasure of finding the
plant in Pownal, in the State of Vermont. It was growing in rich
low woods along the bank of a brook near the Hoosac River. Al-
though on opposite sides of the line between the two States the two
stations are not many miles apart. The town of Pownal is in the
southwest corner of Vermont, and the discovery of this Waterleaf
there confirms also the indefinite report of its collection in that part
of the State by Robbins, in Thompson's History of Vermont, 1842,
p. 192,' and the Canadian Waterleaf may now be definitely credited
to the flora of both Massachusetts and Vermont on the authority of
herbarium specimens.

Associated with the Waterleaf in the alluvial soil of the glen were
Goldie's Fern (Aspidium Goldianum) and the Narrow Spleenwort
(Asplenium angustifolium) ferns which are only “occasional ” in the
Vermont flora, and they made an attractive setting for the novel
jewel in their midst.

In Vermont also, and new to the recently published List, are two
Sedges. The first, Carex trichocarpa, Muhl., which is frequent along
the Hoosac River in Williamstown, I traced down the river north-
ward into Pownal, where it was growing in wet places, less abun-
dantly than above. It is doubtless scattered along the river-bank
still farther down.

Broad Brook is a beautiful stream which flows from the Green
Hills of Pownal to the sluggish and muddy Hoosac. It was in rocky
woods far up this brook that I found Carex aestivalis, M. A. Curtis.
Specimens from both these collections are in my herbarium and
President Brainerd of Middlebury has duplicates of the latter. —
J. R. CHURCHILL, Boston, Massachusetts.

1 Referred to at the end of the Flora of Vermont; Dec., 1900, p. 106; and by
Deane in RHODORA, vi. 184.

Vol. 7, no. 76, including pages 61 to $0 and plate 60, was issued 14 April,

1905.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 7 June, 1905 No. 78

TWO VARIETIES OF SISYMBRIUM OFFICINALE IN
AMERICA.

B, L. ROBINSON.

Mr. J. C. PARLIN has recently sent to the Gray Herbarium some
specimens of the hedge-mustard, Sisymbrium officinale, Scop., calling
attention to a striking difference in their color and pubescence. Mr.
Fernald and I have examined these plants, as well as the available
literature regarding the species, and find that there are in America,
as well as in the Old World, two markedly different forms of Sisym-
brium officinale, which were clearly recognized by the eldest DeCan-
dolle, although for the most part undistinguished by subsequent
authors. These are: —

S. OFFICINALE, Scop. Rather copiously pubescent on stem and
leaves; the inflorescence and pods even at full maturity subtomentu-
lose: whole plant grayish or bluish green. — Fl. Carn. ed 2, ii. 26
(1772) ; DC. Syst. ii. 459 (where extensive early synonymy is given) ;
Reichenb. Ic. Fl. Germ. ii. t. 72 (1838); Fournier, Fam. des Crucif.
83 (1865); Ett. & Pok. Phys. Pl. Aust. ix. t. 857 (1873); Sowerb.
Eng. Bot. ed. 3, 143, t. 94 (1873) ; Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club,
iii. pt. 3, p. 5 (1893); Rouy & Foucaud, Fl. de Fr. ii. 19 (1895).
Erysimum officinale, L. Sp. Pl. ii. 660 (1753). Brassica adpressa,
Parish, Zoe, i. 57 (1890); Robinson, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 1, 134 (1895);
not Boiss. — Europe, common. In America as follows: — MAINE :
waste ground, Brownville, 4 Aug. 1904, 7. C. Parlin, no. 1756.
CALIFORNIA: Chico, May, 1878, Mrs. /. Bidwell; Elk Grove near
Sacramento, 1884, Rev. J. C. Nevin, no. 926; streets of San Bernar-
dino, April, 1886, S. B. Parish, no. 1772; a common weed, Berkley,
24 June, 1892, 7. W. Blankinship, BoLtvia: Cochabamba, Bang, no,

102 Rhodora [JUNE

888 (distributed under a manuscript varietal name which, happily,
does not appear to have been published).

Var. LEIOCARPUM, DC. Sparingly pubescent with stiffish slightly
retrorse hairs; the inflorescence nearly smooth; pods entirely gla-
brous or with a few scattered hairs: plant inclining to yellowish
green.— Syst. ii. 460 (1821) ; Guss. Fl. Sic. ii. 188 (1843) ; Fournier,
Fam. des Crucif. 85 (1865); Rouy & Foucaud, Fl. Fr. ii. 20 (1895).
S. leiocarpum, Jord. Diag. 139 (1864). S. officinale of nearly all
American authors. Ærysimum officinale, Pursh, Fl. Bor. Am. ii. 436
(1814). — Very common in North America (the original specimen
from South Carolina). In the Old World rather rare, reported as
follows : — Teneriffe according to DC. 1. c. ; Sicily, according to Guss.
l. c. (an occurrence further proved by Todaro’s no. 829 from
Palermo); here and there in various parts of France and Corsica,
according to Rouy & Foucaud, l. c.

These two forms of Sisymbrium officinale furnish an interesting
parallel with Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum and its variety subpin-
natifidum, described by Mr. Fernald (RHODORA, v. 181), and with
Lactuca Scariola and its variety integrata, recently discussed by Mr.
L. H. Dewey (RhHobora, vii. 9-12). In each instance the typical
form of the species (by which 1 mean here only that form which was
first characterized) is a plant widely distributed and abundant in the
Old World, but rare, local, and probably of rather recent introduc-
tion in America, while the varieties, although relatively rare in the
Old World have taken a firm hold in America and are now widely
distributed on this continent as pernicious weeds.

It is evident that the typical form of Sisymbrium officinale in its
American occurrence is as yet chiefly established in California, where
the variety, so common in other parts of the United States, appears
to be rather rare.

The variety Zezecarpum is so readily distinguished that there will
be a temptation on the part of many to consider it distinct, as did
Jordan. But it has been impossible as yet to correlate with the
difference of pubescence any other clear or constant distinction.
There is, it is true, a general tendency in the smoother form to have
more slender pods and a slightly longer style. These differences,
however, are by no means constant and the other distinctions of
leaf-contour, length of seed, etc., mentioned by Jordan, are quite as
often reversed as true in the sense in which he applied them.

1905] Gilman, — Two Ferns New to Vermont 103

By way of summary it may be said that our common hedge-mustard,
having smoothish inflorescence and essentially glabrous pods, should
be called Sisymbrium officinale, var. letocarpum, DC., while the typical
hairy-podded form, hitherto chiefly European in its distribution,
proves to have been some years established in California and has
now been found in Maine. It is therefore likely to be found else-
where in our country.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

TWO FERNS NEW TO THE FLORA OF VERMONT.
CLARABEL GILMAN.

THE western half of Vermont is known as the home of rare and
beautiful ferns, which grow among the mountains and upon the lime-
stone rocks; but the portion east of the Green Mountains is not to
be scorned by the student who delights in large and fine plants of
the commoner ferns, as wellas in new specimens of the rarer species.
It was my good fortune last summer to find in the woods and on the
hillsides of the town of Chester, Vermont, many unusually fine plants
of some of the larger ferns, such as Wephrodium spinulosum and its
variety intermedium, Nephrodium Noveboracense, Athyrium filix-foe-
mina and thelypteroides, Polystichum acrostichoides, Nephrodium mar-
ginale, and Struthiopteris Germanica. Woodsia Ilvensis, Asplenium
ebeneum and Trichomanes, and Adiantum pedatum are also among the
natives of this region. Some fine specimens of Botrychium lanceola-
tum were gathered in a moist hollow on a hillside. Of course the
common ferns of meadow, swamp, and pasture are found in Chester,
as in most parts of New England. In all, 25 species and 6 varie-
ties were gathered. But the special finds of the season were two
varieties, one of which, so far as I have been able to learn, has not
been previously reported in Vermont, and the other not in New
England.

The first of these is Mr. Gilbert’s variety fructuosum of Nephrodium
spinulosum. ‘The plants were first found August 18th. They grew
around the base of a rock on the edge of a fine maple grove, and
at once attracted attention by their richness and luxuriance of growth

104 Rhodora [June

and the unusual size of the fronds. The heavily fruited frond which
was taken for pressing, when carefully examined, revealed glandular
indusia covering the fruit-dots, but was so thick and heavy with its
crowded pinnae that it could not be considered the variety ¿nterme-
dium. On referring to Waters’s Ferns, it was found to correspond in
all essential points with the description of the variety fructuosum, the
principal part of which I quote: “Closely related to it (JV. spinulo-
sum dilatatum) is one more variety that has rather large sori, with
glandular indusia, that form two lines on the smaller pinnules or on
the lobes of the larger ones. The fronds are tripinnate below, bipin-
nate above. The stipes, which are one-third to one-half the entire
length, are clothed sparingly with pale-brown ovate scales. .... This
has been called variety /ructuosum on account of the numerous sori.”
Dr. Robinson has since compared the fern with the forms of JV.
spinulosum in the Gray Herbarium, and has verified my identification
of it as var. fructuosum. Waters says: “So far it has been col-
lected only in New York and Connecticut, but it may prove to be of
much wider range.” !

Believing, then, that a careful search may bring it to light in other
New England states, I think it worth the while to compare it more
in detail with the type and the two more common varieties. It is
distinguished from the type form of JV. spinulosum by the greater
length of the lower pinnae, the larger sori, and the glandular indusia.
Moreover, while the pinnae are not set more closely upon the rachis,
the greater length of the pinnules throughout nearly the whole frond
causes the pinnae to overlap and produces the appearance of
crowding.

Again, while the general outline of the frond is much like that of
the variety ¿ntermedium, especially the unusually long and broad
form of intermedium sometimes found, it is distinctly heavier and
closer, and has thinner, paler brown scales on the stipe.

The new fern, however, is much more likely to be confused with
the variety dilatatum, especially the forms of the latter with length-
ened fronds. As in var. dilatatum, the pinnae are very broad and
finely taper-pointed, and the lowest pair have the pinnules on the
lower side considerably longer in proportion to those on the upper

! Since writing the above I have read in 7%e Plant World for February, 1905,
that this variety was collected by Dr. Waters at McCall’s Ferry, Pennsylvania,
during the Botanical Symposium held there last July,

1905] Leavitt & Spalding,— Parthenogenesis in Antennaria 105

side than in other forms of JV. spínulosum, but the pinnae overlap
more than in most, if not all, of the specimens of var. dilatatum that
I have seen. Moreover, the glandular indusia and the very thin,
pale brown scales are distingushing marks.

The other new fern, which is, however, much easier to recognize,
is Botrychium obliquum, var. Oneidense, which, according to Waters,
has been found before only in central New York, in the Catskills,
and near Washington. It was growing in damp woods, like the
typical form, but attracted notice by its blunter, clumsier appearance.
It has shorter segments with fewer lobes, which are strongly rounded
at the ends. The lower pinnae have each three pairs of these lobes
besides a larger terminal one. The lobes look entire unless closely
examined, when they are seen to be very faintly toothed. Only one
plant was found, and of this only the sterile portion.

JAMAICA PLAIN, MASSACHUSETTS.

PARTHENOGENESIS IN ANTENNARIA.
R: G. LEAVITT AND L. J. SPALDING.

We have observed every necessary step in the formation of
embryos directly from egg-cells without fertilization in Antennaria
Jallax and A. neodioica. The flowers were carefully netted at a
young stage and thus until the fruit was ripe were protected from
pollen which might be brought from allied species or by a rare
chance from the almost unknown male plants of the same species,
either by insects or by winds. Microtome sections showed normal
embryo-sacs and egg-apparatus and subsequent steps in the develop-
ment of the embryo and endosperm; but no pollen tubes and no
spermatic nuclei were seen. Details with drawings will be published
later. Two other species under test conditions have shown embryo-
formation, namely 4. canadensis and A. Parlinii. Inasmuch as two
American and one European species of Antennaria have now been
shown to be parthenogenetic, the last named two may be assumed
to behave in the same way; but this will soon be a matter of careful
determination by us.

THE AMES BOTANICAL LABORATORY,

NORTH Easton, MASSACHUSETTS.

106 Rhodora [June

PLANTS OF ONEIDA COUNTY, NEW YORK, AND
VICINITY,— I.

J. V. HABERER, M. D.
(Continued from page 97.)

f Festuca OVINA L., which the same observer (l. c. 161) reports
as occurring “sparingly on Wallface,” was abundant on barren hills.

+ Acrostis NovAE-ANGLIAE Tuckm. Found on the rocky ridge,
contesting the ground with King Devil. Bald Mountain, August,
1895 (determined by Scribner and Merrill), also repone there by
Paine (l. c. 166)

+ RuvNcHOsPORA FUSCA R. & S. Boggy margins of Otter, Round
and White Lakes, Deer Pond beaver meadow. Paine reports it in

e “North Woods." There are several stations for the plant in the
towns of Wilmurt, Herkimer County ; Morehouse and Arietta, Hamil-
ton County.

+ RHvNCHOSPORA GLOMERATA Vahl. The only locality mentioned
by Paine (l. c. 150) is Bald Mountain. The plant is abundant
throughout the White Lake region. Common along Moose River,
Lyons Falls, Lewis Co., Sacandaga River, Northville, Fulton Co.
(alt. 800 ft.), and the West Canada Creek at East Herkimer (alt.
410 ft.). At the latter locality it was found July 8 and 14, 1904,
on the gravelly flats of the stream in company with */uncus brevicau-
datus Fernald., Juncus filiformis L., Deschampsia caespitosa (L.)
Beauv., Andropogon furcatus Muhl.,* Physalis heterophylla nyctaginea
Rydb., Lysimachia vulgaris, L., * Limnorchis media Rydb., Spiranthes
(Gyrostachys) plantaginea Raf., Spiranthes (Gyrostachys) gracilis Bigel.
(also at Deer Pond), and * Zguisetum variegatum Nelsoni A. A. Eaton.
This station for the latter is I believe the only one known in the State
(Fern Bull. xii. 41). Simulates forms of Æ. litorale.

* SCIRPUS RUBROTINCTUS Fernald. Common in beaver meadows.
Abundant in many localities in the Mohawk Valley and Adirondacks.
Greedily devoured by cattle.

SCIRPUS SUBTERMINALIS Torr. Abundant 7# rapid streams, the
typical aquatic plant quite in contrast to the variety terrestris Paine,
which grows oz a quaking morass in Litchfield, Herkimer County.
Paine's (l.c. 148) single locality (for the species) in the county,

1905] Haberer,— Plants of Oneida County, New York 107

North Pond, is about ten miles south of White Lake. It is common
in the Adirondacks.

T Carex NOvAE-ANGLIAE Schw. In sandy soil on the border
of a beaver meadow near the railroad station. (Eriophorum alpinum
L., was found in the same meadow.) This Carex fairly carpets the
ground in many sandy localities about North Lake, Atwell, N. Y.
In the lamented Dr. Howe's admirable “New York species of
Carex" (48 Rep. N. Y. Mus. Nat. Hist. 78), it is ascribed only to
Rensselaer County, and in Paine (l. c. 155) to the Mt. Marcy region
on the authority of Dewey and Knieskern. Reported from western
New York.

* CAREX MIRABILIS PERLONGA Fernald. Frequent on the rocky
ridge. Banks of Sacandaga river, Fulton Co. Rocks, north side
of the Mohawk at Little Falls.

* CAREX SCOPARIA CONDENSA Fernald. Common on the rocky
ridge. Slopes of Bald Mountain. Jefferson County, Crawe.

* CAREX VESICARIA JEJUNA Fernald. Shallow waters of Round
Lake and Deer Pond. North Lake and vicinity. Sand Lake and
Raquette Falls specimens are cited by Mr. Fernald, RHopora, iii.
53:

f SALIX CANDIDA Fluegge. Beaver meadows at Deer Pond and
near the railroad. These stations are fully fifty miles north of the
cold elevated marshes of South Herkimer County where the plant is
common. Also recorded there by Paine (l. c. 128).

* CALLITRICHE HETEROPHYLLA Ph. Plentiful in White Lake outlet
and the confluent stream of the other lakes, Cuming’s Creek. C.
verna L., is the prevailing species in the Mohawk Valley.

T PODOSTEMON CERATOPHYLLUM Mx. Frequent on stones in the
rapid waters of White Lake outlet. Hitherto known only in Jeffer-
son County. (Record in Catalogue, 123.)

TMvRIOPHYLLUM HETEROPHYLLUM Mx.? Rather common in
Long Lake, also a terrestrial form on low muddy shores. Ironde-
quoit Bay, Booth in Catalogue, 81.

* UTRICULARIA RESUPINATA B. D. Greene. Single flowering speci-
men in mossy sloughs at Long Lake. “North Woods," B. D.
Gilbert. The genus was well represented, U. cornuta Mx., t U.
minor L., t U. intermedia Hayne and U. vulgaris L., were common
in beaver meadows, the first mentioned in full bloom, in abundance,
was like unto a field of low buttercups. These four species are

108 Rhodora [June

closely associated on Hidden Lake, Litchfield, Herkimer County.
(Long Lake was probably a botanical paradise in its day, but the
axe and forest fires have left it a barren waste.)

PONTEDERIA CORDATA L. A single plant of the pinkish-white
flowered form at Long Lake, reminded us of a similar colony (known
also to the late Father Wibbe), on the gravelly shores of Oneida
Lake, South Bay, Madison County. Found in western New York
by Mr. Geo. Miner. Bull. Torr. Cl. 1877.

* [LEX VERTICILLATA CYCLOPHYLLA Robinson., a well marked plant
(little known and rarely collected), is abundant on the boggy margins
of Otter Lake. A similar plant was found near Long and White
Lakes.

* VACCINIUM PENNSYLVANICUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Gray. Common
at Long Lake. Abundant on rocks, north side of the Mohawk at
Little Falls. Adirondacks.

VIOLA LANCEOLATA L. Paine’s (l. c. 62) single locality in the
county is Clinton on the authority of Bradley. My first and only
collection of this plant (fruiting specimens) was made at White Lake,
where the plant is common on sandy and gravelly shores. Near
Syracuse, ZZ. D. House (Torreya, ii. 68).

* SOLIDAGO MACROPHYLLA Ph. Rocky ridge at White Lake.
Cliffs, Trenton Falls. Common in the Adirondacks.

CORYDALIS GLAUCA Ph. This plant grows on the rocky ridge
north of White Lake, also on Bald Mountain and at Little Falls doth
sides of the Mohawk. Reported also by Paine (l. c. 59) in the two
latter localities. The rocks are identical.

*LvcuNis CHALCEDONICA L. and f PHLOX PANICULATA L. An
extraordinary growth of these plants was found on a densely wooded
slope, perhaps survivals of an old logging camp.

* HIERACIUM AURANTIACUM L.,and * HIERACIUM PRAEALTUM L.,
vile weeds throughout the region, as well as central New York, were
unknown to American botany when the Catalogue was published.

* ARCEUTHOBIUM PUSILLUM Peck. (Razoumofskya pusilla (Peck)
Kuntze.) Over twenty years ago (Bull. Torr. Cl. ix. 33) I reported
this plant as growing on Picea Mariana B. S. P. (P. nigra Link.), in
the sphagnum marshes on the heights of Frankfort and Graefenberg
(alt. 1300 ft.), Herkimer County, within two miles of the Oneida-
Herkimer Co. line and five miles from Utica. Persistent search
throughout Oneida County, at last revealed the dwarf mistletoe within

Haberer,— Plants of Oneida County, New York

1905] 109

its borders, for it was found on July 24 last in abundance on black
(stunted) spruce trees near Long Lake, Forestport! It was the
crowning find of a very successful and enjoyable botanical trip.

Several species of Amelanchier were very abundant in the White
Lake region and shad-berry pie was a common dessert at the Lake
House.

I know of no better place to report the following plant, hitherto
unknown in central New York.

CAREX ALBICANS Willd. (C. Pec&i Howe.) Wooded banks of the
West Canada Creek below Trenton Falls, on the east side of the
stream; Russia, Herkimer County (alt. 650 ft.). Found June 13,
1904. Previously ascribed to Albany, Jefferson, Cayuga and Yates
counties. Included in Catalog, 155, with notes by Knieskern and
F. Boott, and cited at Penn Yan and Rochester by Dewey. I expect
to find it in Oneida County.

*The following is a partial list of the plants found, that were
unrecognized as species and varieties when the Catalog was pub-
lished. Those printed in ¢¢ta/ics are known to the writer as occurring
also in the Adirondacks, while those preceded by a dash occur

southward. The others are of general distribution.

Sparganium fluctuans Robinson.

— PANICUM UNCIPHYLLUM Trin.

DANTHONIA COMPRESSA Aust.

SCIRPUS PEDICELLATUS Fernald.

S. ATROCINCTUS BRACHYPODUS
Fernald.

ERIOPHORUM TENELLUM Nutt.

—— CAREX INTUMESCENS FER-
NALDII Bailey.

C. Batley? Britton.

— C. DEBILIS STRICTIOR Bailey.

C. stellulata cephalantha Fernald.

C. stellulata excelsior Fernald.

C. stellulata angustata Carey.

— C. INTERIOR CAPILLACEA Bailey.

C. CANESCENS DISJUNCTA Fernald.

C. CANESCENS SUBLOLIACEA Laest.

C. Crawfordii Fernald.

C. tribuloides reducta Bailey.

C. BEBBII Olney.

— C. FOENEA PERPLEXA Bailey.

— JUNCUS TENUIS ANTHELATUS
Wieg.

J. DupLEvI Wiegand.

J. BREVICAUDATUS Fernald.

Nymphaea hybrida Peck.

Spiraea latifolia Borkh.

Rubus nigricans Rydb.

Amelanchier spicata Dec.

— HYPERICUM MACULATUM
PETIOLATUM Bick.

H. boreale Bick.

EPILOBIUM ADENOCAULON Haussk.

VACCINIUM OXYCOCCUS INTER-
MEDIUM Gray.

AZALEA CANESCENS MICHX.

Gentiana rubricaulis Schw.1

— LYCOPUS UNIFLORUS Michx.

GALIUM LABRADORICUM Wiegand.

SUB-

‘Credited to Paine, Herkimer Co. by Gray, Syn. Fl. ii. pt. 1, 123.

IIO Rhodora [June

The following is an additional list of plants that were included in
the Catalog but with no definite record of their having been found in
the County. The type and signs have the same signification as in
the preceding list.

Sporobolus serotinus Gray. BETULA PAPYRIFERA Marsh.

SCIRPUS ATROCINCTUS Fernald. MYRICA GALE L.

Carex Michauxiana Boeckl. SPIRAEA TOMENTOSA L.

C. ROSTRATA Stokes. Gentiana linearis Froel.

— C. lenticularis Michx. (Trenton HYPERICUM ELLIPTICUM Hook.
Falls.) GALIUM CLAYTONI Michx.

C. viridula Michx. Lobelia Dortmanna L.

Alnus mollis Fernald (as A. viridis).

A long list of plants could be given that are more or less inter-
esting to close observers of plant distribution. A few of them are
Pellaea gracilis Hook., Asplenium Trichomanes L., Sparganium angus-
tifolium Michx., Scheuchzeria palustris L., Sagittaria graminea Michx.,
Carex pauciflora Lightf., C. oligosperma Michx., C. chordorhiza Ehrh.,
Eriocaulon septangulare With., Juncus filiformis L., Juncus pelocarpus
E. Meyer., Spiranthes gracilis Big. (single plant), Brasenia purpurea
Casp., Dalibarda repens L., Epilobium lineare Muhl., Andromeda
glaucophylla Link., Epigaea repens L., Kalmia angustifolia L.,
Linnaea borealis Gronov. and Limnanthemum lacunosum Griseb.

A number of unsettled genera such as Viola and Antennaria can
be better noted from other sections of the county. The orchids now
number forty in Oneida County and forty-two species and varieties
in Herkimer County. The writer is confident that further explora-
tions in the White Lake region, at an earlier and later season will
reveal additional plants, hitherto unknown in a county which is
exceedingly luxuriant in its vegetation and has rather Canadian than
Alleghanian flora.

UTICA, N. Y.

SILENE CONICA IN NEW ENGLAND. — Several specimens of Szlene
conica, L., were found by me, June, 1904, in Dartmouth, Massachu-
setts, in a field newly laid down to grass. A considerable quantity of
French clover, Zrifolium incarnatum, Willd., was also noticed in the
same field. — E. WiLLiams Hervey, New Bedford, Massachusetts.

1905] Cushman,—Desmid Flora of New Hampshire 111

A CONTRIBUTION TO THE DESMID FLORA OF NEW
HAMPSHIRE.

JOSEPH A. CUSHMAN.
(Plate 61.)

ALTHOUGH New Hampshire contains the greater part of what may
be called the mountain region of New England, with the highest
elevations of land and great numbers of ponds and lakes, its Desmid
flora has hardly been touched on. By the natural conditions of
alpine summits and valley lakes a considerable number of species
would naturally be expected. In the present paper it is believed that
all previous records are included. These records are as follows: a
few species collected by Lewis at Saco Lake and reported in Wood's
Fresh Water Algae of the United States; a short list of about a
dozen species from Hanover recorded by Edwards in the Geology of
New Hampshire; a very few records in Wolle's Desmids of the
United States; a few records from about Rochester by Hastings; a
few records by L. N. Johnson; a number of records and descriptions
of new species by W. & G. S. West, these being largely from the
notes of L. N. Johnson.

During the last three years the writer has obtained a considerable
amount of New Hampshire material. This consists of the following :
very rich collections from Pudding Pond, North Conway and from
Intervale, consisting of Utricularia and an abundance of Desmids,
collected by Dr. Glover M. Allen; collections from North Woodstock
and Mt. Moosilauke (3000 and 4000 ft. altitude) collected by
Warren A. Priest; several lots of material from about North Wood-
stock, collected by George A. Fisher; material from Squam Lake,
collected by Herman Gammons ; and lastly material from Noone's
Station, obtained from dried Utricularia specimens in the Gray
Herbarium collected by Dr. B. L. Robinson (no. 473).

The material of L. N. Johnson, which was reported by slide num-
bers and which is now in the Cryptogamic Herbarium of Harvard
University, has been examined by the writer through the kindness of
Drs. Farlow and Thaxter. Those which were located are marked
with an exclamation point (!) as well as all the other records for
which specimens were seen by the writer.

112 Rhodora [June

As the material from North Conway and Intervale was taken from
ponds, which are in direct water connection with that from which
Wood’s specimens were obtained, it is not surprising to find nearly if
not all of his recorded species appearing from these two localities.

Nearly all of Prof. Bailey’s species have also turned up in this
material. As access has been had to his original notes and draw-
ings, certain critical notes are appended to those species, as the
published figures were as a rule poor, while the originals were care-
ful camera drawings.

Certain of the names and genera used by Wolle in his Desmids of
the United States need revision and for the species touched upon
this has been roughly indicated. In the arrangement of the genera
the writer has followed that given in W. & G. S. West’s British
Desmidiacez with slight differences, these last conforming more
closely with Wille’s classification in Engler and Prantl. My thanks
are due to Dr. O. Borge of Stockholm, Sweden, for helpful sugges-
tions especially as to certain of the forms here published as new.
Species new to the New England list are preceded by an asterisk.

The abbreviations H. J. and H. C. indicate that the specimens are
preserved in the herbarium of L. N. Johnson and of the writer
respectively.

GONATOZYGON DeBary.

G. MONOTAENIUM DeBary. (G. asperum, Wolle '92: G. Radfsii
DeBary.) Length 260 p: breadth 11 4. Pudding Pond, North
Conway, rare! Holderness, scarce ( Wests).

G. Brepissoni DeBary. (G. Ralfsii, Johnson '95). Length 136-
160 p: breadth 6-8 u. Laconia ( Wests).

G. ACULEATUM Hastings. Breadth with spines 40 p, without
spines 20 p. Pennichuck Pond, Nashua (Hastings). Laconia,
frequent (Wests). Meredith, occasional (Johnson).

SPIROTAENIA Bréb.

S. CONDENSATA Bréb. Length 122 mw: breadth 18 q. Pudding
Pond, North Conway, frequent !

MESOTAENIUM Nag.

M. macrococcum (Kiitz.) Roy € Biss. (M. Braunii, Wolle
192). Reported from the Flume (F. S. Collins).

1905] Cushman,— Desmid Flora of New Hampshire 113

M. ENDLICHERIANUM Nig. Length 25 4: breadth 8 y. Inter-
vale, frequent !

CYLINDROCYSTIS Menegh.

C. BnEBIssONH Menegh. (Penium Brebissont, Wolle 'g2). Var.
MINOR W. & G. S. West. New to U. S. (Herbarium of Jos. A.
Cushman, no. 112.) Length 28 mw: breadth 13 q. Intervale,
frequent !

C. crassa DeBary. (Penium crassa, Wolle ’92.) Length 40 p:
breadth 20 y. Mt. Moosilauke, abundant !

C. DIPLOSPORA Lund. (Calocylindricus diplospora, Wolle ’g2.)
Length 48-61 u: breadth 27-32 mw: isthmus 23-28 pu. Intervale,
frequent !

*C. AMERICANUM W. & G. S. West. Var. minor var. nov.
While specimens from Colorado agreed almost exactly with the types
from New York, these specimens from New Hampshire and those
from Newfoundland were considerably smaller and the variation
seems to be constant. Length 34-40 mw: breadth 16-18 p. "Mt.
Moosilauke! (H. C. no. 80.)

NETRIUM Nág.

N. Dicirus (Ehrenb.) Itzigs. & Rothe. (Penium Digitus and
Penium lamellosum, Wolle '92.) Length 200-280 p: breadth 62-
78 p. Pudding Pond, North Conway! Intervale! Mt. Moosi-
lauke, abundant! Saco Lake (Wood).

N. OBLONGUM (DeBary) Lütkem. (/enium oblongum, Wolle ’92.)
Length 96 p: breadth 29 y. Intervale !

* Var. CYLINDRICUM W. & G. S. West. Newto U.S. (H.C. no.
78.) Length 60-71 u: breadth 18-20 u. Mt. Moosilauke, abundant !

* Forma major (Turner) forma nov. Length 168 mw: breadth
44 p. Pudding Pond, North Conway, frequent !

N. INTERRUPTUM (Bréb.) Lütkem. (/enium interruptum, Wolle
'92.) Length 172-320 u: breadth 38-40 4. Intervale, scarce!

PENIUM Bréb.

P. LiBELLULA (Focke) Nordst. (2. closterivides, Wolle *92.)
Length 233-320 p: breadth 38-50 m. Intervale, scarce! Pudding
Pond, North Conway, common! North Woodstock, common !

114 Rhodora [June

* Var. INTERRUPTUM W. & G. S. West. New to U.S. (H.C. no.
116.) Length 120 mw: breadth 22 u. Pudding Pond, North Con-
way !

P. MARGARITACEUM (Ehrenb.) Bréb. Length 150 p: breadth 22
u. Intervale! Pudding Pond, North Conway! Plymouth (Wests),
Their specimens did not show the linear arrangement of the
markings.

P. POLYMORPHUM Perty. Length 50 4: breadth 20 pw. Pudding
Pond, North Conway, occasional !

P. miNuTUM (Ralfs) Cleve. (Docidium minutum, Penium minu-
tum, Calocylindus minutum, Wolle '92.)

* VAR. ELONGATUM W. & G. S. West. Length 372 p: breadth
9 p. Variety new to United States. (H. C. no. 115.) Pudding
Pond, North Conway !

Roya W. & G. S. West.

R. oBTUsA (Bréb.) W. & G. S. West. (Closterium obtusum,
Wolle'92.) Length 150 4: breadth 15 q. Pudding Pond, North
Conway !

CLOSTERIUM Nitzsch.

"C. CYNTHIA DeNot. Length 140 m: breadth 15.5 q. North
Woodstock !

C. DIDYMOTOCUM Corda. Length 400-403 p: breadth 25-34 m:
apices 13 q. Intervale, common! Mt. Moosilauke !

C. MACILENTUM Bréb. Length 527 p: breadth 15.5 pm: apices
6 uh. Intervale |

* Forma INTERMEDIUM Racib. Form new to U. S. (H. C. no.
114.) Length 200 m: breadth 8.5 p: apices 5 4. Pudding Pond,
North Conway !

C. ANGUSTATUM Kütz. Var. CLAVATUM Hastings. Length 650 p:
breadth 28 u: apices 16 q. North Woodstock ! Rochester (¿Zast-
ings). Saco Pond (Wood). Hanover (Edwards).

C. cosrATUM Corda. Length 340-410 pu: breadth 38-44 y.
Pudding Pond, North Conway !

* Var. Westii var. nov. (C. costatum, forma: W. & G. S. West:
Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Bot.) v. 237. t. XIIL f. 23, 24). Length
230-300 p: breadth 25-32 w: apices 10-12 y. Cells only slightly

1905] Cushman,— Desmid Flora of New Hampshire IIS

curved, tumid in the middle, apices truncate: membrane punctate
between the striae: smaller than the typical form of the species.
North Woodstock! (H. C. no. 189.)

* C. REGULARE Bréb. Length 250 mw: breadth 37 m: apices 8 y.
New to U. S. (H. C. no. 107.) Intervale!

C. STRIOLATUM Ehrenb. Length 332 pu: breadth 37 mw: apices
12.4 p. Saco Pond (Wood). Meredith ( Wests). Plymouth ( Wests)
(H. J. no. 382) !

VAR. INTERMEDIUM (Ralfs) Jacobs. Length 245 4: breadth 34 p.
Intervale !

* VAR. ELONGATUM Rab. Length 400 u: breadth, 25 u. Inter-
vale!

* VAR. ERECTUM Klebs. Length 360 p: breadth 34 u. (H. C.
no. 187.) North Woodstock !

* Closterium intervalicola sp. nov. (PLATE 61,FIG. 1.) Length
168 u: breadth 15.5 4: apices 6 q. Small Closterium with the
median portion nearly straight, but with the ends decidedly curved:
apices squarely truncated: about six visible striae: cell wall of a
light yellowish color in empty cells. Intervale! (H.C. no. 104.)

C. yunctpuM Ralfs. Length 320-375 m: breadth 6-8.5 m: apices
3.5 p. Pudding Pond, North Conway! Saco Lake ( Wood).

C. DraNaE Ehrenb. Length 325 mw: breadth 25 p. Pudding
Pond, North Conway !

C. PARVULUM Nag. Length 108-170 p: breadth 10-13 mw: apices
1.5-2.5 pw. Pudding Pond, North Conway !

* C. INCURVUM Bréb. - Length 68 u: breadth 12 p. New to U. S.
(H. C. no. ror.) Intervale!

C. Venus Kütz. Length 72-75 p: breadth 9-10 m. Bog near
Noone's Station! Mt. Moosilauke, common!

* C. CALOSPORUM Wittr. Length 108 u: breadth 10 y. Pudding
Pond, North Conway!

C. ACUMINATUM Kütz. Length 325-360 mw: breadth 25-31 y.
Pudding Pond, North Conway!

C. MONILIFERUM (Bory.) Ehrenb. Length 265 pu: breadth 4o m.
Intervale !

C. EHRENBERGII Menegh. (C. robustum Hastings.) Length 400-
480 u: breadth 100-120 u. Page Brook, Rochester (Hastings).

C. ACEROSUM (Schrank.) Ehrenb. Length 450 4: breadth 38 y.
Intervale !

116 Rhodora [June

C. LunuLa (Müll) Nitzsch. Length 510-530 u: breadth 7 1-90
p. North Woodstock! Pudding Pond, North Conway, common!

* Forma MINOR W. & G. S. West. Length 403 4: breadth 56 y.
Intervale!

C. JouNsoNir W: & G. S. West. Length 357 mw: breadth 12 p:
apices 12 q. Plymouth (H. J. no. 655)! On examining the type of
this species its closeness to C. didymotocum was at once noticed. The
sigmoid character of the specimen may be due to the mounting of it
as but one semicell seems to give this character. The apices have
the dark brown annular thickening characteristic of C. didymotocum.
It is however somewhat more attenuated than the ordinary forms
of that species.

C. ruMIDUM Johnson. Length 130-150 p: breadth 15-18 y.
Pudding Pond, North Conway! Holderness, frequent (/ohnson).

C. ATTENUATUM .EZrenb. Length 465 m: breadth 45 u. Pudding
Pond, North Conway !

C. TURGIDUM Ehrenb. * Forma intermedium forma nov.
Length 400 w: breadth 28 u: apices 7-9 u. Smaller by one half
or one third than the typical form. Intervale! (H.C. no. rro).

C. Braunit Reinsch. (C. maculatum Hastings. C. areolatum
Wood.) Breadth 25-30 m. Rochester (Hastings).

C. PRONUM Bréb. Length 320-375 4: breadth 6-8.5 u. Pudding
Pond, North Conway !

C. LINEATUM Ehrenb. var. cosrATUM Wolle. Rochester (Wolle).

C. RaLrsi Bréb. var. HYBRIDUM Rab. Length 540-575 p:
breadth 40-63 p: apices 10.5-11 a. Pudding Pond, North Con way!
Moore's Station !

C. DECORUM Bréb. Length 510-540 u: breadth 25-48 mw: apices
6-9 ua. Pudding Pond, North Conway! North Woodstock !

C. KuerzincGu Bréb. Length 420-450 u: breadth 22 p: apices
3p. Pudding Pond, North Conway!

C. SETACEUM Ehrenb. Length 400-465 4: breadth, top: apie
1-2 p. Pudding Pond, North Conway!

Docipium (Bréb.) Lund.

* D. UNDULATUM Bail. (D. dilatatum, Wolle '92.)
* Forma PERUNDULATUM W. & G. S. West (PLATE 61, FIGS. 2, 3).
Length 223-330 m: breadth at base 12—12.5 w: at apices 12.5-13 p.

1905] Cushman,— Desmid Flora of New Hampshire 117

Intervale! Pudding Pond, North Conway! There are no plica-
tions at the apices in these specimens nor in the series which have
been seen from Florida and Cuba. In looking up Bailey’s original
drawings, several of this species were found. But one of these had
the plicated apices. This was evidently an unfortunate publication
of this figure as the type figure, as it did not truly represent the spe-
cies. Wolle’s figure of D. dilatum represents a typical D. undula-
tum.

PLEUROTAENIUM Nag.

P. CORONATUM (Bréb.) Rab. (Docidium coronatum, Wolle '92.)
Length 480-580 u: breadth at base 56-63 u: apices 34-40 u. Pud-
ding Pond, North Conway! Noone’s Station!

* Var. FLUCTUATUM West. Length goo p: breadth at base 65 u:
at apex 46 u. Variety new to U.S. (H. C. no. 105.) Intervale!

* P. subgeorgicum sp. nov. (PLATE 61, FIG. 4). Pleurotaenium
of much the same type as P. Georgium Lagerh. but one third
smaller, a crown of ten bluntly rounded spines at the apex, four or
five undulations at the basal portion, ends of the semi-cell much
narrower than the middle. Length 651 »; breadth at base 31 u; at
middle of semicell 5o 4; at apex 28 y. North Woodstock! (H.
C. no. 188.)

P. EHRENBERGII (Bréb.) DeBary.

* Var. ELONGATUM West. Var. new to U. S. (H. C. no. 113.)
Length 573 m: breadth 25 a: apices 19 u. Pudding Pond, North
Conway! This seems to be close to P. excelsum (Turner).

* Var. UNDULATUM Schaarschm. Var. new to U.S. (H.C. no.
101.) Length 496 u: breadth 22 p: apices 15 4. Pudding Pond,
North Conway !

P. TRaABECULA (Ehrenb.) Nag. Length 496 p: breadth 25 p:
apices 25 q. Noone's Station !

* Forma GRANULATA G. S. West. Length 505 mw: breadth 34 m:
apices 28 u. Form new to U. S. (H. C. No. 76.) Mt. Moosilauke!

Var. RECTUM (Delp.) W. & G. S. West. (Docidium rectum, Wolle,
'92.) Length 250 p: breadth at base 19 m: apices 15 q. North
Woodstock !

P. CONSTRICTUM (Bail.) Wood. (Docidium constrictum, Wolle, ’92.)
(PLATE 61, FIG. 5.) Length 560 p: breadth at isthmus 23 u: maxi-

118 Rhodora [June

mum breadth 44 u: apices 32 p. End with eight large bluntly
pointed teeth, base with a suggestion of nodes. Pudding Pond,
North Conway, frequent! Laconia, scarce (Wests).

P. veRRUCOSUM (Bail) Lund. (P. tessellatum (Josh.) Lagerh., P.
trochiscum W. & G. S. West.) Length, 420 p: breadth at base 28 p:
at apex 22 4. End with six or eight teeth. From a study of Bailey's
original notes it seems safe to place both of the above species as syn-
onyms of P. verrucosum. Pudding Pond, North Conway, frequent !

P. NoposuM (Bail) Lund. = Length 290 p: breadth at isthmus
27 p: maximum breadth 50: apices 34 p. Intervale, abundant !
Pudding Pond, North Conway! Noone’s Station! Laconia, not
common (Wests) (H. J. no. 480).

TRIPLOCERAS Bail.

T. GRACILE Bail Length 490 4: breadth at base 25 u: at apex
24 p. Pudding Pond, North Conway, frequent! Saco Lake (Wood).
Laconia, common (Wests) (H. J. no. 649).

* Var. montana var. nov. (PLATE 61, FIG. 6.)

Variety with the apices with two simple processes, the base but
six-radiate, whole form slender, apex considerably wider than the rest
of the semi-cell. Length 360 4: breadth at base 16m: apex 22 p.
Intervale! (H. C. no. 162.)

T. vERTICILLATUM Bail. (PLATE 61, FIG. 7.) Length 505 m:
breadth 40-47 m: apices with processes 53 q. Intervale ! Pudding
Pond, North Conway! Saco Lake (Wood). Laconia (Wests) (H.
J. no. 649)! This was in all cases seen the form with two bidentate
processes at the end.

Var. TURGIDUM Wolle. Rochester ( Wole).

TETMEMORUS Ralfs.

T. Brepissonit (Menegh.) Ralfs. Length 189 pa: breadth 34 y.
North Woodstock !

T. GRANULATUS (Bréb.) Ralfs. Length 178-236 m: breadth 36-42
p: isthmus 29 p. North Woodstock! Intervale! Pudding Pond,
North Conway! Noone’s Station !

1905] Scrophularia leporella at Willoughby 119

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 61.

Figure 3, X 660; all others, X 460.

Figure 1. Clostertum Intervalicola sp. nov.
“2,3. Docidium undulatum Bail., forma perundulatum W. & G. S.
West.
Pleurotaenium subgeorgicum sp. nov.
Pleurotaentum constrictum (Bail.) Wood.
Troploceras gracile Bail., var. montana var. nov.
Pleurotaenium verticillatum Bail.

(To be continued.)

SES

SCROPHULARIA LEPORELLA AT WILLOUGHBY. — While visiting the
Willoughby region last August the writer made an exploring trip on
the West side of the lake in company with Mr. A. B. Emerson of
Barton. We first examined an unreported sphagnum swamp near
the lake, known as “Beaver Meadow.” Numerous Heaths and
Orchids were growing here in considerable quantity, some of which
are marked uncommon in the listed flora of the region. This
meadow deserves a more careful investigation by botanists. Emerg-
ing from the swamp in the direction of the Barton road, and crossing
an upland pasture, we came upon a colony of Scrophularia leporella,
Bickn. The plants were growing vigorously in springy soil and close
beside a large boulder. Though late in August several of the thyrses
were in full bloom. ‘The writer recognized the genus and giving a
specimen to Judge Churchill, he pronounced it S. /eporella, Bickn,
The plant is not in Dr. Kennedy’s list of the Willoughby Flora, nor
does it seem to have been previously reported from this part of the
state. — Geo. H. Tilton, Woburn, Massachusetts.

ILLUSTRATIONS AND STUDIES OF THE FAMILY ORCHIDACEAE,’ by
Oakes Ames, A. M. — Mr. Ames's volume on the orchids is a notable
contribution to the knowledge of this vast and difficult group of
plants. The work not only shows great care in investigation, but in
all details of presentation it is a model of clearness and accuracy.
The present volume, which we are glad to learn is the forerunner of
a series, deals with subject matter which may be grouped under four
heads. In the first part about a score of tropical species, belonging
to the genera Acoridium, Cestichis, Campylocentrum, Tonopsis, Coral-

lFascicle 1 ; imperial 8vo., 156 pp., 16 pl. Houghton, Mifflin & Co., 8 Apr
1905.

120 Rhodora [Junk

lorrhiza, Epidendrum, Dendrobium, Sauroglossum, Liparis, Habenaria,
Cyrtopodium and Dendrophylax, are critically characterized and illus-
trated. Of these, several from the Philippine Islands are new to
science. The second portion is devoted to a systematic and descrip-
tive presentation of the Philippine orchids so far as they have been
collected by the botanists of the United States government. About
thirty genera and numerous species are here discussed. There fol-
lows a description of Epidendrum variegatum, Sw., an epiphytic
West Indian orchid, recently discovered for the first time in the United
States at Palm Beach, Florida, by Mr. Frank Idner. The fourth part,
which Will be of the greatest interest and assistance to North Amer-
ican botanists, is a revision of the difficult and much confused North
American species of Spiranthes. In the preparation of this mono-
graphic treatment Mr. Ames has examined a well nigh incredible
amount of material, and some idea of the detail of the work may be
conveyed by the fact that the mere citation of specimens of Spiran-
thes cernua occupies seven closely printed pages. This unprecedented
thoroughness in the citation of material examined might seem waste-
ful of space were it not proved by experience that no feature of a
plant monograph is of more practical value to the working botanist.

Itis impossible here even to mention, much less to discuss, the
numerous points of interest brought out by Mr. Ames in relation
to the identity and synonymy of the species discussed.

The plates and text-figures drawn by Mrs. Ames form an attractive
and valuable feature of the work, combining to an unusual degree
artistic merit and scientific accuracy. Reproduced by the Boston
Heliotype Company, the plates show the distinctness of outline and
softness of shading characteristic of its superior work.

A note in the preface intimates that future fascicles are likely to
present contributions not merely to the taxonomy but to the morph-
ology, physiology, and ecology of the Orchidaceae.

Vol. 7, no. 77, including pages 81 to 100, was issued 12 May, 1905.

Rhodora.

Plate 61

\

100)
UU
(1)
(Tp
[LU]
(07 ]
(ap
LEO 0
UL EOD
| 6011

|
| un
ERE
reu
pm HP 3
UU (oy Gr
LFU d
LU YT)
5 6

IU OY)
1

J. A. Cushman del.
DesmIDS OF New HAMPSHIRE.

Rhodora. Plate 62.

:

Fic 2. Woops HOLE IN 1897.

Rbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 7 July, 1905 No. 79

REFORESTATION AT WOODS HOLE, MASSACHU-
SETTS.— A STUDY IN SUCCESSION:

MINTIN ASBURY CHRYSLER.
(Plates 62, 63.)

ALTHOUGH the principle known as succession in plant societies is
supported by convincing evidence, it does not frequently happen that
the process occurs with sufficient rapidity to pass through one or
more cycles within the period of one man's observations. Further,
because of the newness of the dynamic point of view, records of a
kind valuable to the ecologist are not numerous. It is also true that
in this country few experiments in forestation have been made. The
tract of forest known as Fay's Woods near the village of Woods
Hole, Massachusetts, presents, however, a remarkably good example
of quick succession of vegetation, aided by artificial planting.

The area in question lies between Buzzards Bay and Vineyard
Sound at the southwestern extremity of Cape Cod, comprising about
four hundred acres now largely covered with a mixture of pines and
deciduous trees. As may be seen from plate 63, fig. 1, the land rises
rather abruptly from the sea, and there are abundant evidences to
show that the area forms a terminal moraine. Boulders of all sizes
are plentiful, and the surface of the tract is particularly uneven owing
to the presence of numerous ravines and * kettle holes," as described
by Shaw? The general height of the forested area is sixty feet above
the sea.

lThis investigation was conducted at the Marine Biological Laboratory,
Woods Hole, during the summer of 1903 and 1904. I am indebted for many
helpful suggestions to Miss Sarah B. Fay and Prof. Bradley M. Davis.

2 Bot. Gazette 33: 437-450. 1902.

122 Rhodora > [Jurv

This area is known to have been treeless in 1850, except the
ravines in the northern (inland) part of the estate. It is natural to
inquire whether this condition existed during the early days of coloni-
zation.of the region. Gosnold says that the pilgrims in 1620 found
Cape Cod harbor “compassed about to the very sea with oaks, pines,
juniper, sassafras, and other sweet wood," ! also that the island now
known as Nonamesset (across the channel from Woods Hole) was
“full of wood, vines, and berries." ? It is known that the neighbor-
ing island of Nantucket? was in 1661 well provided with forests of
oak, walnut, beech, pine and cedar, and that these were largely
destroyed by cutting and by the sheep and goats which were so
extensively reared on the island; in 1665 there were forty-eight
owners of herds and flocks on this island alone. Most of the people
who settled Nantucket came from the mainland and probably trans-
ferred the herding industry to their new home. The climatic condi-
tions on the peninsula of Cape Cod are certainly no more severe
than those on the island of Nantucket, so it is pretty safe to infer
that the region about Woods Hole was well forested three hundred
years ago, and destroyed by cutting and grazing, despite the impres-
sion which is prevalent in that neighborhood to the effect that the
region was naturally treeless.

Undoubtedly the conditions in this area are at present unfavorable
for tree growth, chiefly because the area is well drained owing to
slope and nature of the soil, and perhaps because of the salt winds
which almost constantly blow either from Vineyard Sound or
Buzzards Bay. Hence natural reforestation is exceedingly slow.
Nature's unaided efforts are shown in the tract lying between the
forested area on one hand and Buzzards Bay and Quisset Harbor on
the other. This area known as Ganset has lain undisturbed for at
least sixty years and probably much longer. The plant covering is
mainly herbaceous, with scattered clumps of stunted shrubs, and here
and there solitary specimens of Juniperus virginiana 4-8 feet high.
The herbaceous plants are moderately xerophytic in nature, being
chiefly C/adonmia rangtferina, Polytrichum commune, Lechea Sp.,
Hypericum perforatum, Trifolium pratense, Potentilla canadensis,
Achillea millefolium, Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum, var. subpinnati

1 Quoted in Freeman, F., History of Cape Cod, page 62.
2 Ibid., page 30.
3 W. R. Bliss, Quaint Nantucket. Boston, 1896.

1905] Chrysler, Reforestation at Woods Hole 123

fidum, Poa spp., Sisyrinchium angustifolium. The clumps of shrubs
consist of Myrica carolinensis (cerifera of New England) and a dwarf
form of Rhus copallina with which Rubus villosus? is sometimes asso-
ciated. The boundary between this area and the adjoining planted
tract is pretty clearly marked, though young specimens of Pinus
sylvestris and P. rigida are frequent near the line and a few speci-
mens are scattered through the open area. These young trees have
undoubtedly sprung from seed which has blown from the planted
tract.

In 1850 the whole area under consideration was more barren than
the portion just described. Plate 62, fig. 1, which is a pen copy by
Prof. Davis from a water-color owned by Miss Fay, gives an idea of
the bareness of the region at that time. Fig. 2 shows the aspect of
the same region in 1897. ‘The striking change in the plant covering
of the region has been partly brought about through the efforts of the
late Mr. J. S. Fay. But he had better tell his own story; the follow-
ing is an extract from an address delivered by him in Boston in
1878:

“I will come now to my own experience, which is perhaps what
you most want to hear, but which can be briefly stated. In 1851 1
took possession of a place which 1 had purchased at Woods Holl, at
the southwestern extremity of Cape Cod, on a peninsula between
Vineyard Sound on the south and Buzzards Bay on the north, to the
shores of both which my land extended. My house was prettily
situated with regard to the water, fronting south, standing above
Little Harbor, so called, and looking upon and over the Sound. In
the rear, to the northward, the land rose gradually but not far, till it
reached a ridge or series of bare hills, running parallel to and over-
looking the Sound. Over and behind these, on the north slope and
in a valley, unseen from the water on the south, were about twenty-
five acres of natural growth of oak, hickory, beech and hop horn-
beam, with a few pepperedge and red maples on the borders of a
swamp. In sight of my house, about the harbor, and on the road,
however, and indeed in all the village, there was not a single tree to
be seen (except three Balm of Gileads), nor was there a single ever-
green, on my whole place.

1 See RHODORA 5:181. 1903.
? As defined by Bailey, Evolution of Native Fruits, 371.

124 Rhodora [JuLy

I began in the spring of 1852 to plant a variety of trees for orna-
ment, but as may be supposed, at fifty cents each from nurserymen,
a very extensive planting would have been quite costly. I therefore,
at the suggestion of my brother, Richard S. Fay, of Lynn, imported
from England about 20,000 seedlings, comprising Scotch larches,
and birches, Austrian and Scotch pines, English oaks and syca-
mores, and Norway spruces. They came through the voyage well,
and I placed them in a nursery, where they throve. About the same
time, I began to transplant the native white and pitch pines from the
old fields in the eastern part of the town (Falmouth) and to cover
with them the bare gravelly hills in the rear of my house and fronting
the water. After the imported trees had been cultivated in the nur-
sery two years, I transplanted them and mixed them with the native
pines, and also placed them in the vacant spots and openings, and
on the outskirts of a twenty-five acre wood lot back of my house.
They all did well. Beyond this wood lot, I had nearly 200 acres of
old pasture and arable land (not much of the latter) stretching away
northward to Buzzards Bay, on which there was not a tree large
enough to give shade to a rabbit. Upon the sixty acres nearest
home which I reserved for pasture, I planted half acre clumps of
the imported trees, surrounding them with cheap fences of wire,
drawn through posts, to keep off the cattle, until they should grow
large enough for shade. Most of these trees are now of good size,
and are doing well. About my house, where formerly there was not
a tree, and where my neighbors said I could not make them grow,
right in the face of the salt bearing southerly gales, the hills are
covered with large pines, spruces, and other trees, and my buildings
seem rather to have been planted in a grove, than that the grove
should have been brought to them. And yet I have already cut
away many trees, because they are too crowded. But after all this
planting with the spade, I had upwards of a hundred acres of very
poor pasture land, still bare of trees, and for which I had no use.
It was overgrown in many places with patches of bushes, and much
of the grass had given way to moss, It occurred to me that the
easiest and cheapest way to utilize and improve this tract, would be
to plant it with the seeds of trees and leave it to take care of itself.
As there were no evergreens in the neighborhood, except those which
I had set out near home, and as the Scotch and Austrian pines and
Norway spruce seemed to stand the sea air well, I concluded to sow

Rhodora. Plate 63.

Fic. 1. KRUMMHOLZ ON BuzzARDSs Bay.

Fic. 2. OAKS REPLACING SCOTCH PINES.

1905] Chrysler, Reforestation at Woods Hole 125

these varieties which 1 imported, mixing them with the seeds of the
native sorts. I began in 1861 to scatter them broadcast on the
sward, without any care or system, and continued it for three or four
years, and now I have a stretch of nearly one hundred acres covered
with a dense growth of evergreen trees, giving pleasure to the eye
and the promise of great usefulness.”

If one now walks through the woods with this description written
in 1878 in hand, he readily sees that in the course of twenty-five
years a considerable change has come over the face of the land-
scape, now characterized mainly by the presence of many deciduous
trees mixed with the evergreens and in many places outnumbering
the latter. Moreover, the older Scotch pines present a sickly ap-
pearance, having many bare branches, though young specimens look
particularly vigorous. Plate 63, fig. 2, represents an elevated spot
near Buzzards Bay, in the tract mentioned as planted subsequent
to 1861. Most of the trees in the background are Pinus sylvestris ;
it will be noticed that the oldest ones look decidedly unhealthy.
Some dead specimens have been cut out in the foreground. The
seedlings which have grown up under the shelter of the pines are
here as in all parts of the woods Quercus tinctoria and Q. alba, with
afew Pinus sylvestris. The spot pictured is not quite typical of the
whole woods, for it was chosen on account of the open character of
the vegetation. Usually the oaks are considerably larger, and with
them are hickory, white and pitch pine, maple, allin smaller numbers
than the oaks. The shrubs not clearly shown in the photograph
are Rhus copallina, Myrica carolinensis and Rubus villosus, which
may be regarded as relicts, and Prunus serotina, Amelanchier cana-
densis, Rhus toxicodendron, Corylus rostrata, Viburnum dentatum,
which accompany the deciduous trees in the mesotropic develop-
ment of the flora, and hence may be called pioneers.

The various parts of this piece of woodland present quite different
appearances on account of (1) the differences in planting, as well as
of (2) physical conditions such as drainage. Several areas on which
English larch predominates illustrate the first conditions; these trees
have been planted to replace the pines, and have suffered from the
ravages of an insect which destroys the leaves. In other parts
English white oak (Q. robur), white pine, Austrian pine, spruce,
catalpa, sycamore maple, Norway maple, and locust (Robinia pseud-
acacia) are more or less prominent. Areas illustrating the second

126 Rhodora [Juny

condition are characterized by beeches and Chamaecyparis which
have spread from low-lying tracts; the latter tree is dominant in cer-
tain swamps, as described by Shaw (l. c.).

In order to test the application of principles of succession to the
area in question it is necessary to know just which species have been
planted artificially, and which have come in naturally. Accurate
information has been obtained from Miss Sarah B. Fay and Mr.
M. H. Walsh, who have witnessed many of the changes already
described. Evidently the European forms were introduced, víz.,
Scotch and Austrian pines, larch, Norway spruce, English oak,
sycamore maple, and the same is true of the older pitch and white
pines, according to Mr. Fay’s manuscript. Some of the trees repre-
sent the original planting, while others, e. g., the group of larch, have
been set out to replace the defunct Scotch pines, while most of the
young pines have sprung up from seed produced by the older trees.
It has been ascertained that none of the oaks were planted, — a
point of some significance. The beeches, hop hornbeam, tupelo,
and all the shrubs have appeared naturally. Apparently most of
the hickory has been planted, though the tree commonly occurs in
sheltered places in the region. It appears then that this forest has
by the aid of man quickly passed into and through the øżne stage,
and is now in the early part of the oak stage. There are but few
signs of its passing into the vak-hickory stage, much less of its being
in the maple-beech stage, which is regarded by Cowles as the climatic
climax forest of the region. Probably the climatic conditions are
such that the area in question may never see this climatic climax,
although in a moderately sheltered situation in the northeastern part
of the adjacent island of Naushon there occurs a fine beech forest.

The principal factor which has brought about the changes de-
scribed seems to have been the short life of the Scotch pine; but
why should its life be so much shorter in Massachusetts than in
Scotland? It has been suggested that a borer is responsible; also
that the soil “gave out ” in the planted areas, This view is nega-
tived by the observation that young specimens show a vigorous
growth in the immediate neighborhood of the old and dying trees.
Probably some undetermined feature of the climate here renders the
trees short lived. The salt-laden winds would naturally have more
effect on the trees as they grew taller. This idea is borne out by
Mr. Fay’s experiments in planting hickory trees, which were found to

1905] Chrysler, Reforestation at Woods Hole 127

come up quickly and to thrive until they raised their heads above
the general level of the forest; then it seemed that the salt winds
struck them and they soon showed signs of decay.

Concerning the rapid appearance of seedlings of deciduous trees,
especially oaks, the source is sufficiently indicated by Mr. Fay’s
reference to the natural grove in the valley near the house, and no
doubt other depressions also contained trees. It is always difficult
to understand how a heavy seed such as an acorn can be so rapidly
dispersed; in the present case Mr. Fay always claimed that the
squirrels and blue jays were responsible; the latter have for a long
time been plentiful in the region. Once germinated the very toler-
ant oak seedlings could afford to bide their time, which soon came in
this instance on account of the short life of the Scotch pines. Severe
storms such as that which occurred in 1898 have no doubt blown
down many pines and thus formed openings which oaks have quickly
filled up.

THE KRUMMHOLZ.

On the Buzzards Bay shore occurs a rather remarkable formation
which illustrates the action of certain factors already referred to. As
shown in plate 63, fig. 1, the land rises abruptly from a strand cov-
ered with boulders, then descends, and further inland rises gradually
to the general level ef the wooded tract. Nearest to the strand the
only plants are Lathyrus maritimus and Ligusticum Scoticum —two
characteristic halophytes of the region, Poa sp., Trifolium arvense,
Lechea sp. A little higher up Myrica carolinensis is associated
with these and clumps of this are seen in the left of the picture.
Near the top of the slope appear dwarf specimens of Scotch pine,
the ones nearest the water being smallest, their height gradually and
regularly increasing on the inland part of the tract though the sur-
face of the ground here descends, as stated earlier. The trees com-
posing this formation are gnarled and twisted into fantastic shapes,
and are so closely set that they form an impenetrable thicket. The
level of the top of the trees is so regular that it gives one the impres-
sion that some giant has trimmed the trees with his scythe. Al-
though Pinus sylvestris forms the bulk of the formation, there is a
small proportion of P. rigida and P. austriaca, and a few specimens
of Juniperus virginiana and of Rhus copallina are scattered through

128 Rhodora (Jury |

the tangle. The term Zrummholz (literally “crooked wood ") is usu-
ally applied to a mountain formation,’ but the characters are so per-
fectly reproduced in the present instance that the application of the
term may with profit be extended. The cause for this stunting of
the trees is probably to be sought in the mechanical and drying
action of the wind. The prevailing winds at Woods Hole are from
the southwest; these would exert their full effect on the area in ques-
tion, for it faces the west and is bounded on the south by a bay
whose shore owing to wave action is littered with boulders. The
mechanical action of the wind causes the greater development of
branches on the east (leeward) side of a tree and the pronounced
leaning of the trees in that direction; marked examples of this action
are also to be seen on the neighboring island of Naushon. What
has been referred to as the drying action of the wind causes a high
rate of transpiration, ¿4 e, high compared with absorption; this
results in a general dwarfing of the tree and in the death of some of |
the branches. It may be urged that a sea-breeze is damp rather
than dry, and undoubtedly this is the case at times; but ordinarily
the moving air is less nearly saturated than air which is stationary
around a transpiring leaf. The action of salt present in the wind
is certainly not the primary factor, for a krummholz can be formed
in places far removed from the sea, but the harmful influence of salt
on most vegetation is so certain that it probably has some influence
here. It is reported that trees a mile inland on the island of Mar-
tha’s Vineyard become incrusted with salt during winter storms.
That the wind is the chief agent in producing the krummholz seems
exceedingly probable from the mowed-off appearance of the “sur-
face" of the formation.

CONCLUSION.

It has been the writer's attempt in this short account to show that
the agency of man may accelerate the process called succession.
The exposed nature of the area under consideration would have
rendered the progression from a heath to a forest a slow one, but
through the artificial introduction of conifers and by reason of the
short life of these trees a second stage in reforestation, v/z., domi-

1 Schimper, A. F. W., Pflanzengeog. p. 740.

1905] Fernald, North American Species of Eriophorum 129

nance of oaks, has in fifty years been nearly attained. Probably the
conditions are too severe to permit the eventual appearance of the
climax formation (maple-beech), except in the more sheltered parts
of the area. This study also shows what may be accomplished by a
determined man in covering a naked area with beautiful and useful
trees. The best way to utilize much of the unproductive land in
this state is to plant suitable trees and treat them in accordance
with the accepted principles of forestry.
HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 62, Fig. 1. Woods Hole about 1850, from east
side of Little Harbor. Outline copy of an old water-color in the possession
of Miss Sarah B. Fay. Fig. 2. Photograph taken in 1897 from the same
point as in figure 1.

PLATE 63, Fig. 1. Krummholz on shore of Buzzards Bay, viewed from
the south. Fig. 2. A rather open part of the forest, showing the unhealth y
Scotch pines, and young oaks replacing them.

THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF ERIOPHORUM.
M. L. FERNALD.
PART 2. NOTES ON THE PRECEDING SYNOPSIS}
GENERIC STATUS OF ERIOPHORUM.

LINNAEUS, in first defining the genus Lriophorum,? referred to a
figure of Micheli's Zinagrostis.3 This figure, although a convention-
alized drawing, represents an ovoid spikelet with very numerous
scales, and dissections of the spikelet, showing a perianth of numer-
ous bristles. From this old figure one may safely infer that the
original Æriophorum as interpreted by Linnaeus in his Genera
Plantarum was a plant very near if not the European Æ. vaginatum.
Later, in the Species Plantarum,‘ Linnaeus distinguished four species
of Eriophorum, the European Æ. vaginatum and Æ. Polystachion, the
American Æ. virginicum, and the European Æ. alpinum, species which
have subsequently stood as typical of Eriophorum, although, in 1772,

1 RHODORA, vii. 81-92. 2 L. Gen. 12 (1737).
3 Micheli, Nov. Gen. 53, t. 31 (1729). * L. Sp. 52, 53 (1753).

130 Rhodora [Jury

Scapoli! revived for the three European species the prelinnean gen-
eric name Linagrostis.

In the second edition of the Species Plantarum, however, Linnaeus
added to his Eriophorum, E. cyperinum,? the type of a large American
group of species, the Wool Grasses, whose affinities are with Scirpus,
a fact which Linnaeus himself suspected as shown by his note:
* statura omnino Cyperi, sed Spicule Scirpi, nisi Semina maturescentia
producerent Lanam gilvam S. testaceam, vix spiculis longiorem” By
those systematists who have followed Linnaeus in including with
the true Eriophorums having long straight flattened bristles, the very
dissimilar Æ. cyperinum with crinkled and strongly curled terete
bristles, such generic distinctions as otherwise separate the genera
Eriophorum and Scirpus are obscured and the former separated from
the latter merely by the perianth bristles without barbs and more
or less exceeding the scales of the spikelets.

That this treatment would place the two genera upon an absurdly
weak footing is well shown by three nearly related species. Scirpus
Peckii, Britton, is habitally closely similar on the one hand to the
Wool Grass, Eriophorum lineatum, Benth. & Hook., and on the other
hand so close to the unquestioned Scirpus, S. polyphyllus, Vahl., that
in his original description a specimen of the latter was confused by
Dr. Britton with the Peck specimen. Yet, Lriophorum lineatum
has curly elongate barbless bristles which place it near Æ. cyperinum.
L.; Scirpus polyphyllus has the bristles barbed much as in S.
atrovirens, but usually bent or slightly curled; and Scirpus Peckit,
with bristles elongated and curled much as in EzzopAorum lineatum,
often has a few weak barbs at the tip. These plants, obviously
inseparable as genera, all have innumerable small spikelets, small
appressed scales, and 6 perianth-bristles, and by many authors they
are maintained as members of the genus Scirpus,* a course which
seems rational and open to no question.

! Scop. Fl. Carn. ed. 2, i. 47 (1772). 2 L, Sp. ed. 2, 77 (1762).

3See Brainerd, RHODORA, iii. 32 (1901).

4 Eriophorum japonicum, Maxim. Bull. Acad. Sci. St.-Pétersb. xxxi. 111 (1886
and Mél. Biol. xii. 558 (1886), in its 6 bristles somewhat scabrous at tip is
clearly a Scripus and a full sheet of specimens in the Gray Herbarium, collected
by Charles Wright on mountain tops near the Ochotsk Sea, shows it to be related
on the one hand to the Scripus sylvaticus group, and on the other to S$. cyperinus
and its allies. This plant of the mountains of eastern Asia should be called
Scirpus japonicus, n. comb.

1905] Fernald, North American Species of Eriophorum 131

The removal of the tall Eriophorum cyperinum and its numerous
allies from the genus leaves what is in many ways a natural group ;
but as treated by Linnaeus in the first edition of the Species
Plantarum and as ordinarily accepted, Eriophorum contains one
species, Æ. alpinum, which, like the Wool Grasses, still leaves the
genus unsatisfactorily distinguished from Scirpus. With the excep-
tion of this single species, Eriophorum alpinum, the members of the
genus (with Æ. cyperinum and its allies removed to Scirpus) have
many characteristics in common which define the group as a well
marked genus. All have the membranous scales of the spikelets with
spreading or loosely ascending tips, and the perianth of many slender
ligulate bristles;! and in the monocephalous species, Æ. vaginatum,
&c., with which Æ. alpinum has been associated, the culms are
usually invested with loose often somewhat inflated membranous-
tipped sheaths; the spikelets are large, of very numerous membra-
nous or scarious spreading or spreading-ascending scales, several of
the lower empty, and the outermost enlarged, 3-several-nerved and
persistent.

Eriophorum alpinum, however, which has been very generally
treated as a close ally of Æ. vaginatum, &c., but which, with Scirpus
cyperinus and S. lineatus, was made by Persoon the basis of another
genus, Zrichophorum? has characteristics which separate it very
clearly from Lriophorum. The sheaths of Eriophorum alpinum, con-
fined chiefly to the base of the plant, are close and firm; the
spikelets subulate-ovoid, about 5 mm. long, of few incurved-ascending
chartaceous scales, the outermost of which is caducous and has its
strong green costa prolonged into a blunt mucro; and the ligulate
bristles are only 6 in number. In all these characteristics the plant
is so closely similar to the boreal Scirpus caespitosus, L., and Scirpus
alpinus, Schleicher, that more than one student of the group has com-
mented upon the fact. Thus, in 1836, Torrey remarked that “This
Eriophorum differs from all the other single-spiked species of the
genus in the rigid scales of the spike, and in the definite crisped
bristles ”;3 and by others, as recently, in a very detailed discussion
of the anatomical structure of the stems of the plants which have

1 By some authors spoken of as ligulate segments of 6 deeply cleft bristles (see
Clarke in Hook. Fl. Br. Ind. vi. 663). ,

2 Persoon, Syn. i. 69 (1805).

3 Torr. Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y. iii. 335 (1836).

132 Rhodora (Jury

passed as Eriophorum, by Palla! Scirpus caespitosus is placed with
Eriophorum alpinum in the genus Trichophorum.

Limited as it was by Palla to Zrichophorum alpinum, Pers. ( Erio-
phorum, L.) and 7. caespitosum, Schur. (Scirpus, L.) with barbless
ligulate bristles, and 7. atrichum, Palla (Scirpus alpinus, Schleicher)
without bristles, Zchophorum would have a strong morphological
basis for separation from both Scirpus and Eriophorum. In eastern
North America, however, there is a plant, Scirpus Clintonii, Gray,
which, in habit, spikelets, chartaceous scales, the outermost deciduous
and with the strong green costa prolonged into a mucro, is clearly to
be placed with Zrichophorum alpinum, T. caespitosum, and T. atri-
chum. This plant, in its spikelets is, in fact, more like Zrichophorum
(Eriophorum) alpinum than that species is to 7. (Scirpus) caespi-
tosum, but its perianth-bristles are not only terete but very freely
setulose. In these characteristics Scirpus Clintonii is close to sS.
pauciflorus, Lightf., a species which Palla very definitely excludes
from Zrichophorum2 Thus Scirpus Clintonii combines to such an
extent the morphological characteristics of Zrichophorum as inter-
preted by Palla and Scirpus pauciflorus which Palla regards as a
Scirpus as to indicate that the characters upon which Zrichophorum
is maintained by him are not truly concomitant and that the genus is
at best a subgenus of Scirpus, with close affinity to S. pauciflorus and
S. nanus.

The plant which led to this discussion, Eriophorum alpinum, L.,
is, then, a species of Scirpus rather than of Eriophorum in its limited
sense; but as there is already a Scirpus alpinus, Schleicher, it has
been necessary in transferring Eriophorum alpinum to use a specific
name which shall not duplicate Schleicher’s already established com-
bination, Scirpus alpinus. This was recently done by Ascherson and
Graebner, and henceforth the densely caespitose Scirpus with elon-
gate ligulate white bristles should be called S. Zrichophorum, Ascher-
son & Graebner. 3

In the paper already referred to, Palla maintains that Eriophorum

! Bot. Zeit. liv. ab. 1, 145, 151 (1896).

? ** Hier sie auf eine unrichtige Angabe Richter's in seinen * Plantae Europeae,'
S. 139, aufmerksam gemacht. Richter führt unter den Synonymen des Scirpus
paucifforus Lightf, ein Trichophorum pauciflorum Palla auf. Ein solches ist von
mir nie aufgestellt worden.” — Palla, 1. c. 146.

? Asch, & Graebn, Syn. ii. ab. 2, 302 (1903).

1905] Fernald, North American Species of Eriophorum 133

virginicum, L., is an endemic American genus, Eriophoropsis, which
he separates on characters confined strictly to the anatomical struc-
ture of the stem and leaves, himself admitting that in its fruiting
characters and in its bristles the plant cannot be separated from
Eriophorum. Until the anatomical characteristics maintained as
distinguishing Zriophoropsis are corellated with some leading morpho-
logical characters of the inflorescence or the perianth, the plant will
scarcely receive general recognition as a unique genus.

With the transfer to Scirpus of the two elements, Eriophorum cyper-
inum, L., and its allies, and Hriophorum alpinum, L., which made up
Persoon's Trichophorum, the genus Eriophorum becomes one with
strongly marked habital characteristics, and with the perianth con-
sisting of numerous elongate flat straight bristles.

ERIOPHORUM CHAMISSONIS.

The status of the name Zriophorum Chamissonis has been the
source of much perplexity, and without entering in detail into its
history it is impossible to gain a just impression of its significance.
On the gth of November, 1825, Dr. C. A. Meyer presented to the
St. Petersburg Academy a paper entitled “ Cyperaceae Novae descrip-
tionibus et iconibus illustratae," but the paper was not actually
printed until 1831.2 Among the species described was Eriophorum
Chamissonis 3 based upon “ Erioph. intermedium Cham. in litt.," not
E. intermedium, Bastard, clearly described in more than a page of text
and beautifully illustrated by a detailed plate. The plant was said to
have the * Habitat in Kamtschatka et Unalaschka, nec non in alpibus
Altaicis,” and the very clear plate shows that it is a species well
known near the coast of Alaska and Kamtschatka, extending south
to Mandschuria, which is generally recognized as identical with the
later Æ. russeolum, Fries, of northern Europe. If the name, Æ.
Chamissonis were based solely on the description and plate of Meyer,
there would be no question as to its merits; but, unfortunately, an
Altai plant was also cited; and between the original drafting of the

14 Eriophoropsis virginica sieht zur Zeit der Fruchtreife einen ErzopAorum
überaus ühnlich.... Der Bau der Perigonborsten ist der námliche wie bie Lrio-
phorum latifolium."— Palla, l. c. 150.

2 Mém. Sav. Étrang. Acad. St, Pétersb. i. (1831). °l c. 204, t. 3 (1831).

134 Rhodora [JuLy

diagnosis of the species in 1825 and its actual publication in 1831,
Ledebour published in his Flora Altaica, in 1829, E. Chamissonis,
ascribing it to Meyer, citing Æ. intermedium of Chamisso's letter and
giving almost Meyer's own description of the Unalaskan and Kamt-
schatkan plant. Ledebour, however, in this first actual publication
of Æ. Chamissonis, cited primarily plants from the Altai which subse-
quently proved to be unlike the Chamisso plant. Thus arose a con-
fusion which has always been troublesome.

The exact identity of the Alati element of Eriophorum Chamissonis
has been somewhat questionable. By Fries it was apparently taken
to be Æ. Scheuchzeri (E. capitatum, Host)! but by Nylander in his
Monograph the Altai element of Æ. Chamissonis is treated as Æ.
vaginatum, var. humile? the name based upon Æ. humile, Turcz.
Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. (1838) 103, which was a nomen nudum ; though
by C. B. Clarkes Æ. vaginatum, var. humile, Nylander, is referred
without question to the stoloniferous noncaespitose Æ. Scheuchzert.
A sheet of the original Altai material sent from the Herbarium of
the St. Petersburg Academy to the Gray Herbarium and labeled in
the characteristic hand of C. A. Meyer “ Eriophorum Chamissonis
C. A. M. 77. Ait” represents a densely caespitose non-stoloniferous
plant closely related to Æ. vaginatum and quite inseparable from the
original very clear figure of Æ. callitrix, Chamisso.* There can be
no question, then, from this authentic material, of the identity of the
Altai component of Æ. Chamissonis.

That the name Æ. Chamissonis should be used for the stolonifer-
ous non-caespitose plant of Kamtschatka and Unalaska, obviously
the plant collected by Chamisso, which was clearly described and
illustrated by Meyer and definitely included by Ledebour in his
description, seems open to little question ; and in that sense, which
was so clearly intended when the name was first put forward and
which is indicated by the citation in the Flora Altaica of Æ. interme-

1* Hoc, nempe £. Chamissonis C. A. Meyer, est omnino Æ. caprtatum Sueco-
rum.” — Fries, Novit. Mant. iii. 170. í

? E. vaginatum var. “humile Turcz (= E. Chamissonis C. A. M. fl. alt.) : culmis
caespitosis, vaginis fibrillosis, capitulo subsphaerico, squamis ovato lanceolatis,
cinereo-pellucidis. (Siberia altaica etc.)" — Nylander, Acta, Soc. Sc. Fenn. iii.
(1852), according to Andersson, Bot. Not. (1857) 58.

? Clarke in Hook., Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 664 (1893).

* Chamisso in C. A. Meyer, Mém. Sav. Etrang. Acad. St. Pétersb. i, 203, t. 2
(1831).

1905] Fernald, North American Species of Eriophorum 135

dium, Chamisso, the name is taken up in this paper. Fries, himself,
until he learned that the Altai plant was unlike the Kamtschatka and
Unalaska specimens, treated his own Æ. russeolum as a synonym of
E. Chamissonis, and the same course is followed by Nylander, Rich-
ter and some other European students.

ERIOPHORUM CALLITRIX.

The name Eriophorum callitrix (or callithrix) has been taken up
by Scandinavian authors! for a very slender glabrous plant which in
many characters is unlike the original description and plate of
Chamisso's species.” This original figure represents a plant whose
low stoutish habit, short broadish leaves, subinflated upper sheaths,
and ovate-lanceolate scales, are all unlike those of the very slender
plant represented as Æ. callitríx in Flora Danica, a characteristic
species of broad northern range, and by no means rare in the western
portions of Canada. Chamisso’s description of the leaves, “sub lente
margine (apice basique evidentius) tenuissime serrulato-scabra" ....
and “folia fasciculorum sterilium angustiora et evidentius serrulata,"
is also difficult to reconcile with the almost entirely glabrous (except
at the very tip) filiform leaves of the plant long treated by European
botanists as Æ. callitrix.

The original plate of Lriophorum callitrix, however, very closely
matches some northern specimens of the common American repre-
sentative of Zriophorum vaginatum, a plant in which the leaves are
usually scabrous on the margins, although the scales are often paler-
margined and with more slender tips than represented in the original
description and plate. In the latter character, however, the Ameri-
can plant, like the European Æ. vaginatum, is very variable, and
many specimens show scales which in color and form are quite in-
separable from those of the Chamisso plant.

As already stated in the discussion of Zriophorum Chamissonis,
the Altai plant included in the original description of that species,
and represented in the Gray Herbarium by specimens labeled by

1 Anders. Bot. Not. (1857) 60; &c.

? Cham. in C. A. Meyer, Mém. Sav. Étrang. Acad. St. Pétersb. i 203, t.2
(1831).

3 Fl. Dan. Suppl. t. 122 (1874).

136 Rhodora [Juny

Dr. Meyer himself, is the densely caespitose comparatively stout Æ.
callitrix, with depressed-globose heads, and the Altai material might
easily pass as the basis of the plate accompanying Chamisso's origi-
nal description.

That Eriophorum callitrix (in its original sense) was regarded by
Chamisso and Meyer as specifically distinct from Æ. vaginatum,
there is no doubt, although the unfortunate mixing of Altai speci-
mens with the very different stoloniferous noncaespitose Æ. Chamis-
sonis created a serious confusion. Nylander in his Monograph '
recognized the Altai plant as at least varietally separable from Æ.
vaginatum, and, judging from their description, Trautvetter and
Meyer have since published it anew as Æ. brachyantherum* from
northeastern Asia.

The slender plant taken by Scandinavian botanists as Eriophorum
callitrix was first described by Björnström in 1856 as Æ. vaginatum,
var. opacum, but was soon recognized by all European botanists as a
species distinct from Æ. vaginatum, and they have very generally
followed the lead of Andersson who supposed it to be Chamisso'
E. callitrix. This plant (Æ. opacum) has its greatest development in
the Canadian Rockies, but it extends eastward to the Great Lakes,
and very locally across Arctic Asia to Spitzbergen and Arctic Scan-

dinavia.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

GYMNOGONGRUS TORREYI (AG.) J. AG.
WILLIAM ALBERT SETCHELL.

CAROLUS AGARDH described, in 1822, in his Species Algarum
(p. 254), an alga sent to him from New York by John Torrey, which
he named Sphaerococcus Torreyi. In 1824, he repeated the descrip-
tion in his Systema Algarum (p. 218) in even briefer form than in
the first publication. In 1830, Greville, in his Algae Brittanicae
(p. LV) referred by synonym the plant, which he may never have

1 Nylander, Acta Soc. Sc. Fenn. iii. (1852).
? Trautv. & Meyer in Middend. Reise, — Fl. Ochot. 98 (1856).

1905] Setchell, Gymnogongrus Torreyi 137

seen, to the genus Chondrus, making the binomial, Chondrus Tor-
reyi. In 1851, J. G. Agardh, in the second volume of his Species
Algarum (p. 319), refers the plant of his father to the genus Gymno-
gongrus. The name, Gymnogongrus Torreyi, thus given by J. G.
Agardh is retained by the species to this day and farther than the
information given by the original describer, we have nothing to help
us in the definite placing of the plant.

No farther help is given by Kuetzing, who, in his Species Algarum
(p. 738), simply repeats the description of C. Agardh, and the name
has remained one of those which must necessarily be kept in the
list of “Species inquirendae.” There have been several attempts
to unravel the identity of the species, however, but without satisfac-
tory outcome. J. W. Bailey, in an article in the Americam Journal of
Science for 1848 (p. 39) says under Dasya elegans Ag., “unless 1
am greatly mistaken, Sphaerococcus Torreyi was founded on a bat-
tered specimen of this plant” and goes on to say that his reason for
expressing this opinion is founded on an examination of a fragment
of the original specimen preserved in Dr. Torrey's Herbarium.
Harvey, in the second volume of the Nereis Boreali-Americana
(p. 166) is inclined to refer a fragment received from Hooper, to
this species, but without satisfying himself that it really belongs to
Agardh’s species. J. G. Agardh, in the third volume of the Species
Algarum (Epicrisis, p. 210), states that the species had never been
rediscovered and intimates that certain plants supposed to belong to
this species were simply extremely narrow plants of Gracilaria mul-
tipartita which differ from the type, both in external form and in
internal structure. Farlow has nothing to add and says in his New
England Algae (p. 146) that the species is known only from the
description of C. Agardh, which leaves its status in a very undesir-
able condition.

An examination of the Herbarium of J. G. Agardh in the Univer-
sity at Lund, Sweden, made through the kindness of Dr. Otto
Nordstedt, the Curator, has helped the writer toward a solution of
the difficulty. The types were readily found and are more plainly
marked than some of the types of the species created by C. Agardh.
There are six plants included under No. 24119. They are labelled
“New York, Torrey, in Hb. C. Agardh,” evidently in the hand-
writing of J. G. Agardh, while in another hand, presumably C.
Agardh's, is written “ Spaerococcus Torreyi” A careful examination

138 Rhodora [JuLY

of one of these plants shows that the compression called for by the
description hardly exists. When sections are examined, the com-
pression is so slight that it hardly departs from the cylindrical. In
all other respects, color, wiry habit, branching, etc., the plants are so
closely resembling AAnfeldtia plicata that the writer feels quite safe
in referring them to that species as a robust form, such as is not
infrequently met with on the coasts of New England and such as is
common on the coasts of the Pacific United States. The color is par-
ticularly that characteristic of slightly faded AAnfeldtia plicata. It
may be that future workers will divide .44afe/dtía plicata into forms,
or even into separate species. Schmitz (Flora, 1893, pp. 393, 394)
in fact, voices what is even more than a doubt as to whether the
plant of the region of Cape Horn and also the plant of the Ochotsk
Sea, are either of them identical with the plant of the North Atlantic.
But even the plant of the North Atlantic Coasts varies considerably
in coarseness, and there seems to be little other difference to sepa-
rate them. The internal structure is the same and in this respect
the types of Gymnogongrus Torreyi agree perfectly with plants of
North Atlantic AAnfeldtia plicata.

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, Berkeley, Calif.

AN EXTENSION OF RANGE OF EATONIA PUBESCENS. — Eatonia
pubescens, Scribner & Merrill, is common on some of the brackish
meadows, which lie along the west shore of New Haven harbor, be-
tween New Haven and Savin Rock. It is a stout grass, with the
lower sheaths and leaves, and also the back of the ligule, softly and
densely pubescent. The spikelets are very like those of Æ. obtusata.
It is generally in full bloom about the middle of June. I collected it
here in 1903, and again in 1904, and usually found it in very wet sit-
uations, which could only be reached with comfort at low tide,
although it has been described as a plant of dry soil. It was abun-
dant at most of the stations. Mr. Fernald informs me that there is a
sheet of this grass in the Gray Herbarium collected by Dr. E. H.
Eames on “dry roadside on salt meadows, Fairfield, Conn., June 24,
1902.” In the appendix to Britton’s Manual, Pennsylvania is give
as the northern limit of this essentially southern species, but its occur-
rence at New Haven and also at Fairfield, twenty miles west of New
Haven on Long Island Sound, shows that its range extends at least

1905] Manual of the Trees of North America 139

into Southern New England. My specimens have been verified at
the Gray Herbarium. — R. W. Woopwarp, New Haven, Connecti-
cut.

SARGENT’S MANUAL OF THE TREES OF NORTH AMERICA. — Any
one who has consulted Professor Sargent's Silva of North America,
or who has had to make shelfroom for it, need not be told of the
author’s large way of looking at things and of doing things. Over
its countless folio pages are spread the details of “the information
concerning the trees of North America which has been gathered
at the Arnold Arboretum," — that storehouse and headquarters of
knowledge of the trees of the world.

Realizing the comparative inaccessibility of the fourteen folio vol-
umes to students of our trees, Professor Sargent has recently put
forth a manual! in which, as his preface declares, he has tried to
bring this information into convenient form. Students everywhere
must be grateful for this attempt, but yet their gratitude will not
be unmixed with disappointment and dismay. For the manual is
as large as many dictionaries, — as big, at least, as a “Webster's
Abridged," and its price is — to say the least — inconsiderately high.
Compared in size and price with the Silva, the manual is, to be sure,
Lilliputian, if we may use this term somewhat in a Brobdingnagian
sense,

In its rising eight hundred pages there is condensed an enormous
amount of information, but at first sight, as compared with the Silva,
the condensation seems to be due rather to a shrinkage of the pages
and of the type than to any sacrifice of words. Of these there is a
plenty. Merely the diagnosis of the genus Crataegus, for instance,
takes between five and six hundred words. Asa Gray in his manual
did it in forty-seven, though we must admit that much additional in-
formation in regard to this genus has been collected since Gray’s
time.

Some of the space needed for this over-conscientious completeness
is gained by what to the ordinary student is a deplorable omission.

! Manual of the Trees of North America (exclusive of Mexico), by Charles
Sprague Sargent, with illustrations by Charles Edward Faxon. Boston and New
York, Houghton, Mifflin and Company, 1905, pp. 826. Price $6.00 net.

140 Rhodora [Jurv

Who but a professional botanist, or one of the new school as regards
nomenclature, will be able to recognize even common trees in the
absence of synonymy? Even if we may admit that students fortu-
nate enough to pursue their studies in the grounds of the Arnold
Arboretum will not be disconcerted, in the presence of the familiar
tree, to see Carya alba labeled Hicoria ovata, can we suppose that
more than one student in a hundred, looking for the description of
Ulmus racemosa wil, even after some diligence, recognize it as
Ulmus Thomasi?

But perhaps these remarks are beside the point. The question is,
what will the student find in the book? The minutest, fullest details
as to the characteristics in trunk, in branch, in twig, in leaf, in flower,
in fruit, of every tree hitherto observed in all the length and breadth
of North America, exclusive of Mexico; an account also of its cli-
matal and geographical range; and last and best pen drawings to
the number of six hundred and forty-four by the accurate hand of
Charles Edward Faxon. * In them,” as the author says, and we are
inclined to agree with him, * will be found the chief value of this
manual."

POLYGONUM EXSERTUM IN MASSACHUSETTS. — Polygonum exsertum
Small has been collected several times along the Charles River in
Boston, Massachusetts, associated with Aster subulatus Michx.
After frost this species is rendered somewhat conspicuous by the
reddening of the foliage and sepals. Where it grows in dry soil it is
reduced in size and has smaller fruit. Mature achenes from a plant
less than a foot high were only three millimeters long. Specimens
examined: 4, S. Pease, no. 482, Sept. 27, 1900, (Hb. Pease); 4.
H. Moore, no. 1539, Nov. 10, 1903, (Hb. Moore) ; Æ. H. Bartlett,
Oct. 26, 1904, (Gray Hb. and Hb. Bartlett). —H. H. BARTLETT,
Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Vol. 7, no. 78, including pages 101 to 120 and plate 61, was issued 1 June, 1905.

IRbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

' Vol. 7 August, 1905 No. 80

LETTER OF DR. ASA GRAY TO LEWIS D.
| DE SCHWEINITZ.

The following unpublished letter was written by Dr. Gray while he
was teaching in Bartlett’s School in Utica, New York, and is among
the earliest of his botanical letters. It may be of interest to the
readers of RHODORA as showing his early enthusiasm and aspira-
tions. I am indebted to Dr. George de Schweinitz, a grandson of
Lewis de Schweinitz, for the privilege of examining some of his
grandfather's correspondence and of publishing such of it as seems
desirable. There was an appendix to the letter containing a closely-
written list of about 300 species of desiderata. De Schweinitz died
in February of 1834, and this is the only letter from Dr. Gray which
I have found amongst the correspondence.— C. L. SHEAR, Washing-
ton, D. C.

Utica, March 8th, 1833.
Dear Sir

Your kind and very acceptable letter of Decr. 3oth has but just
reached me owing to some mistake at the Post office. It reached me
just as I had finished my chemical course and was about making
arrangements for the Botanical campaign of the ensuing summer.

I thank you for the honor you do me in giving my name to that
beautiful Carex I supposed to be C. livida. I had supposed it to be
an undescribed species for some time. I sent it to Dewey with some
other Carices last fall labelled Carex ¿vida? He gave no opinion but
sent me Wahl & Willd.'s description. The character of the remote
or sub-radical lower Pist. spike mentioned by Willd. &c does not
exist in our plant. It differs in the mode of growth as well as other

4

I42 Rhodora [AvcvsT

characters from C. //vida — itis not caespitose. It was found in a
sphagnous swamp. June. growing with C. teretiuscula and sterilis.

Carex alba var. setif. Dewey. Dewey informed me a year since
he thought it a distinct species. y

I shall be able & very happy to furnish you with specimens of
most if not all the plants you selected from my list, tho’ of some I
have nota very good supply now on hand, and I shall either send
you a small package in the spring or a very large one in the fall or

sooner.— Many of those in the list were not fr. this vicinity.
Some were collected in the pines and barrens of N. Jersey in Sept.
last— Iam happy to inform you that I intend to spend, if my life

in spared, a month or so in the southern part of N. Jersey in Aug.
and Sept. next & I mean to explore that country thoroughly. Those
you underlined are all found in this vicinity except Cyperus setifolus.
Nasturtium natans De Cand. I discovered in Oneida Lake in 1831
— poor specimens — shall get better ones soon.

I havea Myriophyl. from Niagara falls, which I think is either M.
heterophyllum or a new one — shall send it to you. I thank you
much for your offer to send me a package.— I send a list of my
desiderata (in Torrey — Flora & Compend.) in N. & Mid. States,
doubtful species excluded, by which you will perceive that my
Herbm. is yet very imperfect. Of plants of the Southern States I
have few indeed. For any plants in the list or what you please I
shall be very grateful. I hope I may meet with some of your gesi-
derata one of these days — in such case I should consider myself
doubly fortunate in being able to supply you and myself. I do not
know which would please me most. I have lately received some
good plants from Michigan Ter. such as Carex longirostris (very
old) Koeleria orthostachya Tor. ¿ned. Tofieldia glutinosa Mx. Hous-
tonia tenerifolia Mut? Enonymus atropurpureus, Lythrum hyssopi-
folium, Hydrophyllum appendiculatum, Monarda ciliata var. Potentilla
confertiflora one specimen (I expect more) &c. all of which will find
a place in my next package. I find my ardor for Botany increasing
rapidly, and I mean to collect very extensively the ensuing spring
and summer.— I have been thinking of attempting the study of the
Genus Salix — (of which I now know nothing) that is, if you would
advise it and think anything can be done with our species. Can you
send me authentic specimens of any North American species ? —

1905 | Blanchard, The Yellow-Fruited Raspberry 143

You probably have frequent opportunities of sending to New York.
A package for me may be left in charge of my friend Franklin Brown,
Esqr. 27. Beekman St. who will have frequent opportunities of for-
warding it to me during the months of April & May.—
I will send to you. unless you otherwise order. through the Revd.
Mr. Van Vleck. With many thanks for your kindness and good
wishes I remain

Dear Sir

Yours very respectfully

Asa Gray.

P. S. Your letter was directed to me as the Revd. A. Gray which
was probably a “lapsus pennae,” and was the reason why it was
mislaid at the Post office and did not reach me in due season. Tho’
not in practice I belong to the medical profession.

A G.

THE YELLOW-FRUITED VARIETY OF THE BLACK
RASPBERRY.

W. H. BLANCHARD.

THE interesting yellow-fruited form of Rubus occidentalis, L. was
well known to our horticulturists long before our botanists knew it,
as were several species of blackberries and the hybrid raspberries.
Beyond the few very recent specimens mentioned below I have not
been able to learn of it in any herbarium.

The first mention I can find of it was in 1833, when William
Kenrick,' after naming varieties of Rubus /daeus, L., then in cultiva-
tion, speaks of the “Black American Raspberry” and “White
American Raspberry " as being “quite distinct from the above.”
.I have not searched agricultural and horticultural periodicals but
have examined all the books I could find bearing on the subject. It
is next mentioned in 1845 by A. J. Downing.? Having noticed the
“American Black Raspberry " he mentions this. “The American

! New American Orchardist, Boston, 1833, Ed. 1, p. 342.
2 Fruit and Fruit Trees of America, N. Y., 1845, Ed. 1, p. 516.

144 Rhodora [AvcusT

White resembles the foregoing in all respects except the color of its
fruit which is pale yellow or white.” In 1867, Dr. Asa Gray? in
describing ubus occidentalis says: “Fruit purple-black (rarely a
whitish variety)."

In 1867, also, Andrew S. Fuller? wrote of it the only good account
I have found, and it is well worth being recorded in a botanical
journal.

“AMERICAN WHITE CAP. Yellow Cap, Golden Cap. Fruit one-
half to five-eighths of an inch broad, slightly oval; grains larger
than in the preceding variety (American Black Raspberry); pale
or deep yellow, covered with a white bloom; sweet, juicy, rather
musky, but agreeable; canes light yellow, slightly glaucous; only
moderately productive. This variety is also found wild from Maine
to the Mississippi River and probably further west. I have received
it from nearly all the Northern states and from the southern portion
of the State of Delaware. It is seldom found in any great number,
and this is probably one reason why so many people have supposed
they had discovered something new when they had accidentally
found one of these plants growing wild. Nearly every season I
receive letters from different parts of the country, describing a new
and remarkable wild variety of white raspberry, but when the plants
are received they have invariably proved to be this variety. The
habit of the plant is as good as could be desired, producing no
suckers, but propagating from the tips of the young canes."

Prof. L. H. Bailey * in 1898 closed his description of A. occidentalis
with a brief account of this plant. “Amber-fruited forms of the
black cap are occasionally found in wild areas.” And in 1902 in
his latest contribution on this genus® he advances a step. “Var
PaLLiDUS has amber-yellow fruit, sometimes found in the wild." So
at last this variety has received a botanical name; but, as pallidus
has already been used at least twice in this genus the writer proposes
a new name.

This amber-fruited plant seems to be a good variety but a variety

! Manual, Ed. 5, 1867, p. 157.

2 Small Fruit Culturist, N. Y., 1867, Ed. 1, p. 142.

3 Note that Mr. Fuller did not call them steri/e canes.
* Evolution of our Native Fruits, N. Y., 1898, p. 289.
*Cyclopaedia Am. Hort., N. Y., 1902, Vol. 4, p. 1582.

1905] Blanchard, The Yellow-Fruited Raspberry 145

only. It is very distinct from the western Æ. /ewcodermis, Douglass
which is at best a very weak species. Having examined a good deal
of herbarium material and read several accounts of this western plant
by those who have seen or known it in its native haunts, I think
Card’s' disposition of it is correct and quote Bailey’s ? description of
it which may be compared with Fuller’s description of the yellow-
fruited form. “Var. LEUCODERMIS, Card (R. leucodermis, Douglass) .
Leaflets more coarsely serrate-dentate, sometimes nearly incise-
serrate, the prickles strong and more hooked : fruit reddish black or
black. Rocky Mts. and West.”

Card3 gives thirteen horticultural varieties of the Yellow Cap
most of them being taken from Crozier's list. Most of them were
wildlings. The cultivated forms have never proved to be as fruitful
nor as fine-flavored as some of the Black Caps and few are in culti-
vation at present. I have found a few people who have seen it wild.
The writer found it July r9, 1902, on the farm of Mr. Joseph Far-
well near Amsden in Weathersfield, Vermont, about two miles south-
west of Mt. Ascutney. It was well spread over an acre or more in
the road, in mowing and pasture. Inquiry proved that it had been
well known to the owner of the farm from the beginning of his occu-
pancy of thirty years, and there was no reason to believe that it was
ever cultivated in that section. Specimens are in the Gray Herba-
rium and that of the New Jersey Botanical Garden. It is interesting
here to note that Mr. O. P. Fullam, now of Westminster, Vermont,
found it on Hawk Mt. about seven miles southwest of my Amsden
station about thirty years ago.

Mr. L. P. Sprague of Burlington, Vermont, found it in Burlington
in r9or in a place that led him to suspect that it probably grew from
a seed dropped by a bird. Mr. L. R. Taft now Horticulturist at the
Michigan Agricultural College reports that he has found it in several
places in Massachusetts and Michigan, — single plants which sug-
gested to him a similar origin. Prof. C. H. Peck, State Botanist of -
New York found an isolated specimen in 1902 in the road near Albia,
Rensselaer Co., New York, a specimen of which is preserved.5

1 Card, Bush Fruits, N. Y., 1898, p. 319.

? Cyclopaedia Am. Hort., N. Y., 1902, Vol. 4, p. 1582.
3 Bush Fruits, pp. 161—176.

* Crozier, Bull. 111, Mich. Exp. Sta.

$ N. Y, State Museum Bul. 67, May 1903, p. 32.

146 Rhodora [AucusT

RUBUS OCCIDENTALIS, L., var. flavobaccus, n. nom. Var. pallidus,
Bailey, White American Raspberry, Kenrick, Yellow Cap, White Cap,
Golden Cap, Summit, etc., of horticulturists.— Differs from the spe-
cies in having pale yellow, light yellow or amber-yellow fruit. From
Maine to the Mississippi River, Delaware and Kentucky. Known
to horticulturists previous to 1833. Occasional throughout.

WESTMINSTER, VERMONT.

THE GENUS ARNICA IN NORTHEASTERN AMERICA.
M. L. FERNALD.

Arnica is a genus of mostly high-northern and montane plants
reaching its greatest development in the mountains of western North
America. There the species are perplexingly numerous: but in the
eastern portion of the continent only three species have been gener-
ally recognized,— the unique 4. nudicaulis of the southern coast, the
familiar plant of northern New England and adjacent Canada which
has passed as 4. Chamissonis, and the Labrador 4. alpina. Several
recent collections in northern New England, eastern Canada, and
Labrador, show that we have on our mountains and northern river
banks a greater development of the genus than has been imagined.
Owing to the established conviction that one uniform species extends
from the Gulf of St. Lawrenee to the White Mountains, the Adiron-
dacks, and Lake Superior, the available collections of the genus are
very inadequate; and doubtless many other species will be found,
especially on the mountains and cliffs of eastern Quebec. The fol-
lowing synopsis of the northeastern species, so far as yet known
may serve as a basis for further study of these attractive plants.

* Basal leaves tapering to the petiole.
+ Leaves entire or with few irregular scattered teeth.
++ Stem pubescent throughout.
= Involucre, conspicuously villous-lanate at base.

A. ALPINA, Olin & Ladan. Stem 0.5-2.3 dm. high, sparingly vil-
lous below, densely so above, copiously villous-lanate at tip: leaves

1905] Fernald, The Genus Arnica in N. E. America. 147

more or less villous, linear-lanceolate to narrowly ovate; the basal
3-9 cm. long, narrowed to winged petioles; cauline 1 to 3 pairs, ses-
sile, the lowest usually much larger than the upper: head solitary
(rarely 3), 3.5-5 cm. broad: involucre densely lanate at base, spar-
ingly villous and viscid-puberulent above; the usually purple-tinged
lanceolate long-acuminate bracts 1.2-1.5 cm. long: rays 10 to 15,
prominently 3-toothed: achenes hirsute: pappus barbellate, cream-
white or slightly sordid.— Diss. 11 (1799), according to Ind. Kew.;
Fries, Summ. Veg. Scand. 186 (1846); Lange, Consp. Fl. Groen.
103 (1880); Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 2, 382 (1886), in part; Britton &
Brown, Ill. Fl. iii. 472 (1898) in part; Britton, Man. 1023 (1901).
A. montana, B. alpina, L., Sp. 884 (1753). A. angustifolia, Vahl,
Fl. Dan, ix. t. 1524 (1818).— Arctic and alpine Europe: Greenland:
GRINNELL LAND (4. W. Greely, no. 22): LABRADOR, Ekontiarsuk,
Cape Chudleigh (C. Schmitt, no. 312); Hebron (Mentzel).

= = Involucre uniformly villous throughout.

A. Sornborgeri. Stem 2 dm. high, viscid-villous throughout, more
densely so above: leaves glandular-puberulent and viscid-villous,
linear to lanceolate; the basal 6 or 7 cm. long, narrowed to slender
petioles; cauline 4 pairs, sessile, with scattered reduced bracts above,
entire or remotely and irregularly short-dentate: head solitary, 4-5
cm. broad: involucre uniformly viscid-villous; the linear- to lance-
attenuate purple-tipped bracts 1.2-1.4 cm. long: rays about 15,
sharply 3-toothed: achenes hirsute: pappus barbellate, cream-white.
— A. alpina, var. Lessingi, Fernald & Sornborger, Ott. Nat. xiii. 106
(1899), in part, not Gray.— LABRADOR, banks of mountain brook, at
100 m. altitude, Ramah, August 20-24, 1897 (J. D. Sornborger, no.
157,in part). Habitally resembling 4. alpina, but with shorter more
viscid pubescence which does not become at all lanate at the base of
the involucre, and with slender-petioled basal leaves.

++ ++ Stem essentially glabrous below.

A. PLANTAGINEA, Pursh. Stem 2-4.5 dm. high, minutely and spar-
ingly villous-hispid or glabrous below, glandular-puberulent above,
becoming sparingly villous at tip: leaves lanceolate to oblong, entire,
glabrous or sparingly pubescent on the nerves and margin; the basal
slender-petioled, 6-10 cm. long; the cauline 2 to 4 pairs, sessile and
reduced upward, the peduncles sometimes with small scattered bracts :

148 . Rhodora [AucusT

heads 1 to 3, apparently 3-5 cm. broad: involucral bracts glandular-
villous at base, ciliate on the margin, otherwise sparingly puberulent
or glabrate, oblanceolate, acuminate, about 1 cm. long: rays 10 to 15,
3-toothed: achenes hispid: pappus barbellate, cream-white. — Fl.
527 (1814). A. angustifolia, Torr. & Gray, Fl. ii. 449 (1843), in
part, not Vahl. A. alpina, Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 2, 382 (1886), in
part, not Olin. A. alpina, var. Lessingit, Fernald & Sornborger, l. c.,
in part, not Gray.— LABRADOR, described from material collected by
Colmaster; banks of a mountain brook, at 100 m. altitude, Ramah,
August 20-24, 1897 (J. D. Sornborger, no. 157, in part); Nain
(Sandberg).

+ + Leaves prominently and regularly dentate.
++ Pappus barbellate, white or whitish.
= Pappus bright white.

A. chionopappa. Stem 0.7-3.5 dm. high, villous throughout with
flat white hairs: leaves 3 to 5 pairs, lanceolate to narrowly ovate,
thin, serrate-dentate, sparingly villous or glabrate, mostly confined to
the lower half of the stem; the basal 0.5-1.3 cm. long, on very long
slender petioles; the lower cauline petioled, the upper sessile and
much reduced: peduncles 0.5-1.5 dm. long, bracteate, 1-3-flowered :
head 3-4 cm. broad: involucre villous throughout, densely so at base;
the linear- or lance-attenuate bracts 7-10 mm. long: rays ro to 15,
bluntly 3-toothed: achenes 3.5-5 mm. long, densely Setulose; the
ascending white setae barely one-half the diameter of the achene:
pappus bright white, in fruit 5—6.5 mm. long.— QUEBEC, wet calcare-
ous banks of the Grand River, Gaspé Co., in anthesis, June 30—July
3, 1904 (G. ZZ. Richards & M. L. Fernald); wet cliffs at 500-550
ft, Grande Coupe, Percé, old fruit, August 19, 1904, Bonaventure
River, fruit, August 5-8, 1904 (Collins, Fernald & Pease): NEw
Brunswick, Sisson Gorge, Tobique River, July 25, 1900 (G. U.
Hay, no. 72). A beautiful species characteristic of the calcareous
cliffs of northern New Brunswick and the Gaspé Peninsula. Near-
est related to 4. arnoglossa, Greene, of the Black Hills, but differing
in its thinner slender-petioled basal leaves, its more villous stem, and
its villous involucre.

= = Pappus cream-white.

A. gaspensis. Stems 3-4 dm. high, villous below, glandular-

1905] Fernald, The Genus Arnica in N. E. America 149

puberulent above: leaves 5 pairs, thick, lanceolate with sharp
spreading teeth, slightly pilose on both surfaces, the lower pairs
with broad-winged petioles, the upper sessile: the 3 heads, 4-5 cm.
broad, on naked or bracted glandular-puberulent peduncles (1-1.5
dm. long): involucre glandular-puberulent and sparingly pilose; its
oblong bracts 1 cm. long, with triangular ciliate-pilose tips: rays
about 10, sharply 3-toothed: achenes 6-7 mm. long, hirsute with
short and long hairs, the latter equalling the diameter of the achene:
pappus cream-white, 8-10 mm. long.— 4. Chamissonis, form, Gray,
Syn. Fl. i, pt. 2, 382 (1886).— QUEBEC, very precipitous ledges of a
hill at Cap Tourelle, near Ste. Anne des Monts, Gaspé, Co., July 14,
1881 (J. A. Allen).

++ ++ Pappus plumose, sordid.

A. MOLLIS, Hook. Stem 1.5-7 dm. high, more or less crisp-villous
throughout, somewhat glandular above: leaves oblanceolate to ovate,
mostly dentate, thin, sparingly pilose; the basal slender-petioled ; the
cauline (3-5 pairs) mostly sessile, o.3- 1.5 dm. long, the uppermost
only slightly smaller: heads 1 to 9, on short (3-12 cm. long) naked
or rarely bracted glandular-villous peduncles, 4-6 cm. broad: invo-
lucre glandular and villous throughout, densely so (almost lanate) at
base; its lance-attenuate often purple-tipped bracts 1—1.6 cm. long:
rays to to 15: achenes hirsute, 4-5 mm. long, shorter than the plu-
mose yellow-brown or olive-tinged pappus. — Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 331
(1834) ; Torr. & Gr., Fl. ii. 450 (1843) ; Gray, Man. 241 (1848),
ed. 3, 231 (1862), excluding Lake Superior plant. A. lanceolata,
Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. n. $., vii, 407 (1841); Britton, Man. 1023
(1901), excluding Lake Superior plant. 4. Chamissonis, Gray, Syn.
Fl. i. pt. 2, 381: (1886) ; Wats. & Coult. in Gray, Man. ed. 6, 292
(1890); Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. iii. 472 (1898) ; in part, not Lessing.
A. Chamissonis, var. longinodosa, A. Nelson, Bot. Gaz. xxx. 199 (1900).
— Quesec, Thickets, Table-top Mt., Gaspé Co. (7. A. Porter); banks
of the River Ste. Anne des Monts, Gaspé Co. (7. A. Allen); ledges
of Little Cascapedia River (Collins, Fernald, & Pease); Somerset,
Megantic Co. (Ovide Brunet): MAINE, mouth of Allaguash River
CD. W. Fellows); wet cliffs, Mt. Katahdin (Scribner, et al): New
HAMPSHIRE, White Mts. (Oakes); Oakes Gulf (Faxon, et al); Tuck-
erman's Ravine (Farlow, et al): Alberta and British Columbia,
south to Colorado and California.— A specimen in the Gray Her-

150 s Rhodora [AucusT

barium of Hooker's own material of A. mollis, sent to B. D. Greene,
leaves no question that the northeastern plant is identical with the
Rocky Mountain species. There is, however, little question that it
is distinct from 4. Chamissonis to which it was referred by Dr. Gray.
The latter Alaskan plant is much more pubescent, but less glandular,
with less attenuate involucral bracts, less pubescent achenes, and
barbellate rather than plumose pappus.

Var. petiolaris. Leaves narrow, oblanceolate, all but the very
uppermost tapering to slender petioles: heads 3-4 cm. broad : invo-
lucral bracts scarcely 1 cm. long.— A. mollis, Torr. Fl. N. Y. i. 403,
t. 60 (1843); Goodale, 2d Am. Rep. Nat. Hist. & Geol. Me. 123
(1862). A. Chamissonis, form, Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 2, 382 (1886).
MAINE, in spray, Moxie Falls, Somerset Co., 1862 (G. Z. Goodale) ;
bank of a mountain-brook, Rangeley, July 28, 1879 (Ralph W.
Rounds): New Hampsuire, Mill Brook, Shelburne, August 2, 1884
(IF. Deane) ; Gobilldunk Ravine, Mt. Moosilauke, August 26, 1898
(W. W. Eggleston): New York, Essex Co. (Torrey, l. c.).

* * Basal leaves rounded or cordate at base.

A. CORDIFOLIA, Hook. Stem 1.5-6 dm. high, more or less villous
throughout, glandular above: basal and lower cauline leaves ovate,
coarsely dentate, rounded or cordate at base, slender-petioled ; upper
short-petioled or subsessile: heads 1 to 8, slender-peduncled, 5-7
cm. broad: involucre villous, especially at base; its lanceolate to
oblong acuminate bracts 1.3-2 cm. long: rays about 15: achenes
hirsute: pappus white, barbellate.-— Fl. Bor-Am. i. 331 (1834):
Torr. & Gr., Fl. ii. 450 (1843) ; Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 2, 381. (1886) ;
Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. iii. 471, fig. 4025 (1898). A. mollis, Gray,
Man. ed. 3, 231 (1862), as to Lake Superior plant, not Hook. A.
Chamissonis, Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 2, 381 (1886); Wats. & Coult. in
Gray, Man. ed. 6,292 (1890); Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. iii, 472,
(1898), as to Lake Superior plant, not Lessing. A. /anceolata,
Britton, Man. 1023 (1901), as to Lake Superior plant, not Nutt.—
Yukon to South Dakota, Colorado, Utah, Nevada, and California :
MICHIGAN, Copper Harbor, Keweenaw Co., 1849 (7. D. Whitney).

GRAY HERBARIUM.

1905] Fernald, Spergula sativa in Connecticut ISI

SPERGULA SATIVA IN CONNECTICUT.

M. L. FERNALD.

Dr. C. B. Graves has sent to the Gray Herbarium a specimen of
Spergula sativa, Boenn., collected in a cultivated field at New Lon-
don, Connecticut, June 11, 1903. So far as I am aware this is the
first occurrence of the plant in the United States although it is super-
ficially so near the commonly established S. arvensis, L., that it has
possibly escaped detection. In fact, the plant collected at Ottawa,
Canada, in July, 1892, by Mr. J. Fletcher and distributed as .S. arven-
sis (no. 115) in Halsted's American Weeds is very characteristic S.
sativa. :

In Europe there are several closely related species of Spergula
differing in seed characters and geographic ranges; and since the
status of S. arvensis and S. sativa has been very fully discussed by
certain European authors it is well here to review the results of these
studies. For some time the two plants, one with the seeds more or
less covered with white papillae, the other with seeds quite without
papillae, were not distinguished. In 1824, however, Boenninghausen '
divided the so-called S. arvensis into two species, S. sativa with
smooth seeds, and .S. vulgaris with papillose seeds. These two
plants have been regarded sometimes as species, sometimes as varie-
ties; and by many continental and some British botanists the smooth-
seeded plant was long supposed to be the true Linnean S. arvensis.

This view was still current in 1880, when Mr. George Nicholson *
called attention to the occurrence of the two plants in Britain, and
showed that the papillose seeded plant (Spergula vulgaris, Boenn.)
was of broad distribution over continental Europe, though rare in the
British Isles, and that it was the only species established in America.
S. sativa, according to Mr. Nicholson, is a more northern plant, com-
mon in Britain and Scandinavia, but less common in central and
southern Europe. This northern plant, S. sativa, “has minutely
punctulate, margined seeds, and in a living state can be distinguished
by its decidedly viscous, dull grey-green leaves and branches; on the
other hand, in S. vulgaris the seeds are obscurely margined, or totally

!Prodr. Fl. Monast. 135 (1824). ? Journ. Bot. xviii. 16-19 (1880).

152 Rhodora [AucusT

devoid of wing, and beset with club-shaped papillae, generally quite
black in fully-matured seeds. When growing the latter is conspic-
uous on account of its light grass-green leaves, altogether brighter-
looking and less viscid than the former plant.” *

In 1891, Mr. G. Claridge Druce,? the discriminating curator of the
Fielding Herbarium at Oxford, showed that in the Linnean Herba-
rium “the only specimen labelled S. arvensis is quite typical S. vuZ-
garis Boenn., as is the specimen in ort. Clif. The Morisonian
plant is also S. vulgaris.’ Thus, from Mr. Druce’s studies, there is
no question that the papillose-seeded plant, now so commonly estab-
lished in America, is the true S. arvensis of Linnaeus. Mr. Druce
reiterates the statement of distribution previously made by Mr.
Nicholson and in regard to the viscid character of S. sativa says fur-
ther: “The difference in the relative viscoscity of S. sativa and
S. vulgaris was strongly impressed upon my mind in September last,
when I found S. sativa (accompanied with S. vulgaris) for the first
time in Berks in a sandy field on Boars Hill, near Oxford, growing
with many plants of Senecio Jacobaea. It was a singular fact that
plants of S. sativa might be picked out from those of sS, vulgaris
[S. arvensis], from their being more or less covered with the pappus
of the Senecio which in its wind-driven progress across the field
became attached to S. sativa, but which the less viscid foliage of .S.
vulgaris [S. arvensis] did not retain." Later, in 1897, Mr. Druce
said “The flowers of S. sativa have a valerianaceous odor which I
have not noticed in S. vulgaris [S. arvensis], but I by no means
assert that it is not present in the latter.” 3

The appearance in Connecticut and formerly at Ottawa of the
smooth-seeded highly viscous Spergula sativa of northern Europe
suggests that it may occur in other parts of the Eastern States and
Canada; and it is hoped that the foregoing notes derived largely
from European sources may be of service to those who watch for the
plant in America.

Gray HERBARIUM.
1 Journ. Bot. 1. c. 17.

? Jour. Bot. xxix. 173-175 (1891).
? Druce, Fl. Berks. 102 (1897).

1905] Fernald, Lithological Varieties of Ribes 153

THE Essex Institute of Salem, Massachusetts, has issued a notice of
* meetings for the exhibition and study of Fungi” to be held at the
Institute on July 17, August 29, September 5, 11, 18, and 25. |
These dates fall on Mondays, except September 5, which is Tuesday.
“All who are interested in Edible and Poisonous Mushrooms are
invited to attend, and to send for exhibition " any specimens that are
complete and in a good state of preservation.

The committee in charge consists of Richards B. Macintosh, of
Peabody, and Willis H. Ropes of «Salem. Authorities on mush-
rooms are expected to speak at these meetings.

It is interesting to see others following the example set for a num-
ber of years by the Boston Mycological Club, whose exhibitions of
named fungi are again this year a regular feature on Saturdays at
Horticultural Hall from July to November.

SOME LITHOLOGICAL VARIATIONS OF RIBES.

M. L. FERNALD.

THE common gooseberry of eastern New England and the Mari-
time Provinces, /X'2bes oxyacanthoides, L., is a more or less prickly
shrub, with the mature fan-shaped leaves of the fertile branches
mostly cuneate or truncate at base, dark green and glabrate above,
light green and only slightly villous on the veins beneath. The
species is common in the coastal district either in swamps or in drv
or rocky soil, and it extends inland as a somewhat local shrub
throughout New England, west beyond the Great Lakes, and north
to Hudson Bay. Its greatest development is apparently in the
coastal area from southern New England to Newfoundland and
eastern New Brunswick. In the southern half of Gaspé Peninsula
in eastern Quebec the common New England form of the plant is
apparently very rare; extended explorations along the Baie des
Chaleurs, eastward to Gaspé Basin, and inland from fifteen to thirty
miles along the larger rivers, showing the shrub to be probably
absent from the great calcareous region.(Lower Carboniferous and
Silurian) which extends over most of the county of Bonaventure and

154 Rhodora [AucusT

the southern part of the county of Gaspé. A single station only has
been noted in the former county, a small clump of bushes on the
“common” at New Carlisle, a district covered with white sea-sand
rather than the red calcareous soil of the surrounding country.

In eastern Gaspé County, however, the limestones and calcareous
slates of the Silurian and the strongly calcareous red conglomerates
(Bonaventure conglomerates) of the Lower Carboniferous areas
give way very largely to the non-calcareous dark sandstones and
shales of the Devonian system; and the vegetation from Malbaie to
the mouth of the Dartmouth River (and probably beyond) becomes
essentially that of eastern New England. There, in an area notable
from the presence of such plants as Picea nigra, Nemopanthus fasci-
cularis, Typha latifolia, Prenanthes trifoliolata, Geum virginianum,
Lusula campestris, var. multiffora, and many other characteristic
species of eastern New England and New Brunswick, which are
rare or unknown on the calcareous soils of Gaspé Peninsula, the
ordinary type of Ribes oxyacanthoides, with leaves only slightly
pubescent, is common, and it is probable that it occurs on the broad
Devonian upland which occupies the center of the Peninsula.

Throughout the great Silurian and Lower Carboniferous areas
which lie south of the central Devonian upland of Gaspé Peninsula
typical Rides oxyacanthoides, as already stated, is apparently absent,
though it occurs locally on the sand dunes of New Carlisle, and
probably on other dunes and beaches. Associated, however, with
such lime-loving plants as Carex livida and C. vaginata, Rhyn-
chospora capillacea, Juncus Stygius, var. Americanus, Tofieldia glutinosa,
Salix candida, Pingincula vulgaris, and Senecio discoideus, in the damp
arbor-vitae forest and about the numerous marly ponds which char-
acterize the Silurian and Lower Carboniferous districts, there is a
smooth-fruited gooseberry which in leaf-outline and habit suggests
Ribes oxyacanthoides, but which has the lower surface of its mature
leaves so copiously soft-villous as to be grayish-white or silvery,
while the pilose upper surfaces are dull pale green. ‘This handsome
shrub with the permanently villous lower leaf-surfaces was found by
Messrs. J. F. Collins, A. S. Pease, and the writer in essentially all
arbor-vitae swamps and on the margins of marl-ponds and occasion-
ally on damp calcareous cliffs, from Carleton, near the head of the
Baie des Chaleurs, to Percé, at the tip of the Peninsula. Confined
to the strongly calcareous soils, where it fruits profusely, this shrub

1905] Fernald, Lithological Varieties of Ribes 155

was found venturing nowhere from the conditions which best suit it,
though on cliffs at the summit of Tracadigash Mountain, a ragged
trap ridge rising out of the calcareous tableland to a height of about
2000 feet above the Baie des Chaleurs, the bushes were poorly
developed and mostly sterile.

In its leaf-outline, fruit and shriveled flowers, as well as in the
character of its bark and prickles, this very pubescent shrub of
southern Gaspé Peninsula is essentially identical with Rides oxya-
canthoides, and the only character which seems to distinguish it
clearly is the extreme development of pubescence on its foliage.
This character, however, is so constant over a broad and clearly
marked geological area that the plant is of special interest as an
extreme which may be called

RIBES OXYACANTHOIDES, L., var. calcicola. Resembling the spe-
cies, but young branches, petioles, and lower leaf-surfaces perma-
nently and densely white tomentose.— Calcareous soils of Bonaventure
and Gaspé Counties, QuEBEC: Arbor-Vitae swamp, Carleton, July
27, 1904. trap cliffs near summit of Tracadigash Mt., July 24,
1904, Arbor-Vitae swamps at the mouth of the Bonaventure River,
August 2, 1904 — type (J. F. Collins, M. L. Fernald & A. S.
Pease); also noted in similar habitats at New Richmond, Grand
River, and Percé, and upon the Little Cascapedia and Dartmouth
Rivers. A flowering specimen from Mackinaw, Michigan (Loring)
in the Gray Herbarium may belong here.

A striking difference in the degree of pubescence, suggesting that
shown in “des oxyacanthoides, is found also in Æ. Cynosbati. In New
England and Eastern Canada, at any rate, the latter shrub, with per-
manently soft-pubescent leaves and spiny berries, abounds in the
interior strongly calcareous regions, where the smooth-leaved typical
A. oxyacanthoides is rare, but from the non-calcareous regions near
the coast and in central and eastern Maine and the Maritime Prov-
inces it is quite absent. This typical form of Æ. Cymosbati, with
soft-pubescent leaves extends through the St. Lawrence basin to the
Great Lakes and beyond, and southward in the Eastern States. An
extreme with leaves quite as glabrate as in true A. oxyacanthoides is
found on the south shore of Lake Erie and on the slopes of some of
the higher Alleghanies. Whether this smooth-leaved extreme is,
like the typical smooth-leaved Æ. oxyacanthoides, confined primarily
to the less calcareous soils, the data at hand do not clearly show; but
the very glabrate phase of the plant seems worthy distinction as

156 Rhodora [AUGUST

Rises CyNosBari, L., var. glabratum. Leaves pubescent only
with scattered hairs, becoming glabrate in age.— VIRGINIA, northeast
slope of White Top Mountain, Smyth County, altitude 4000-5000
feet, May 28-29, 1892 (J. A. Small): NORTH CAROLINA, slopes of
Mt. Mitchell, August 8, 1897 (Biltmore Herb., No. 3252b): OHIO,
Painesville, 1871 (ZZ. C. Beardslee); Oberlin, June, 1894 (Hicks).

Gray HERBARIUM.

A SECOND VERMONT STATION FOR ARENARIA MACROPHYLLA. —
Arenaria macrophylla was found by a road-side in the western part
of Newfane, Vermont, on May 22d, in both bud and blossom. It
was growing in coarse pebbly soil on the high bank which formed
_the southern side of the road, consequently with not much direct
sunshine, in the partial shade of low trees of various kinds. It was
apparently well established and from the scattered plants in its
locality of perhaps six feet square evidently spreading. — S. J.
BALLARD, Newfane, Vt.

ANAPHALIS MARGARITACEA, VAR. OCCIDENTALIS IN EASTERN AMER-
ICA.— An abundant plant on some of the gravel bars of the Grand
River, in Gaspé County, Quebec, is an 4zafAa/is with the lanceolate
long-acuminate leaves bright green and glabrous above. In late
June, 1904, when, with Messrs. Louis Cabot and George H. Richards,
I examined the plant, it seemed very unlike the narrower-leaved plant
with at least the young leaves tomentose above, the common Life
Everlasting, Anaphalis margaritacea, of New England pastures. The
Grand River plant was too immature for identification ; but recently
Mr. Richards has brought me specimens, nearly in anthesis, collected
in July, 1904. These prove to be the northwestern A. margaritacea,
var. occidentalis, Greene, Fl. Fran. 399 (1897), described as “common
among sand hills of the seaboard from at least middle California to
Alaska.” This strongly marked variety is probably of somewhat
broad range about the Gulf of St. Lawrence, for it was collected at
Channel on the Newfoundland coast in 1901 (Howe & Lang, no.
967).— M. L. Fernald, Gray Herbarium.

' Vol. 7, no. 79, including pages 121 to 140 and plates 62 and 63 was issued 8 July,
1905.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 7 September, 1905 No. 81

NOTES ON THE ACCENTUATION OF CERTAIN
GENERIC NAMES.

ARTHUR STANLEY PEASE.

A REVIEW of the accentuation of botanical names as indicated in
current American manuals discloses a number of inaccuracies and
inconsistencies. While it is not my purpose here to enter upon an
exhaustive discussion of these errors, I should like, however, to call
attention to a few desirable changes in common pronunciation. To
add to the already overwhelming burden of an increasing and fre-
quently changing synonymy any change in the accentuation of
familiar names will probably not arouse great enthusiasm among
botanists, but to those who believe that whatever the common prac-
tice may be, a manual or other botanical text-book should contain
the correct pronunciations, so far as they are known, the changes
here suggested will not, I hope, seem altogether unwarranted. In
this article I shall limit my remarks to generic names, as being of
greater difficulty and variety than those applied to species, and shall
discuss only certain of the names in the sixth edition of Gray’s
Manual.

Before attempting to settle the accent of generic names it will be
well to ask just what those names are. I shall divide them into the
following principal groups, in which nearly all generic names are
included.

1. Latin and Greek common nouns, many of them names of
plants, though often not of those genera to which they are now applied.
Examples are Cornus, Rusus, Rosa; ITEA, PTELEA, MYRICA.

2. Mythological names: CASSANDRA, ANDROMEDA, CALYPSO, etc.

158 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

3. Names borrowed from other languages than Latin or Greek
and more or less Latinized: BERBERIS, TECOMA, CABOMBA, YUCCA,
MAYACA.

4. Plants named for persons, either by the addition to the per-
son's name (often modified) of -a, -a, or by some such suffixed word
as -anthus.

5. Artificial compounds, invented by the authors, generally from
Greek component parts, because of the ease of compounding in
Greek, e. g., SERICOCARPUS, CAULOPHYLLUM. These are often care-
lessly and incorrectly formed. In this sin Linnaeus and Rafinesque
are among the chief offenders. Of about nineteen names ascribed
by the sixth edition of the Manual to Rafinesque, three are formed
from names of persons, one is unexplained, and fifteen are of his
own concoction. Of these fifteen, ten are incorrectly formed!

6. Names derived from those of other genera, including ana-
grams: TriLisa (Ziatris), VERBESINA (Verbena), VALERIANELLA,
CROTONOPSIS.

All these names are by common convention put into a form more
or less closely approximating to Latin, and are accompanied by adjec-
tives in agreement with them according to Latin rules of gender.
From the unity afforded by this thin veneer of Latinity any uniform
system of accentuation must take its start. We should therefore
enquire upon what principle Latin words are accented. For those
whose recollection of Latin accent is less vivid than it once was I
will summarize its principal rules.

1. The penultimate syllable of a word if long is accented ; if not,
the antepenult receives the accent.

2. A syllable is long if it contains a long vowel or a diphthong, or
a short vowel followed by x, z, or two consonants (except a mute or
f followed by a liquid). Examples:

a) vowel long: CaLopocon.

b) diphthong: SUAÉDA.

c) before x: Hypoxis.

d) before z: I have noted no instance of this in the Manual.

e) before two consonants: LITTORÉLLa, SvNÁNDRa, EPIPÁCTIS.
Note that the combinations ch, ph, th (Greek x, q, 0) each
count as a single consonant.

f) before a mute or f + a liquid = BRACHYÉLYTRUM.

As in all these cases except a) the length of the syllables is at

1905] Pease, Accentuation of Generic Names 159

once apparent, the difficulties narrow themselves to those words in
whose penults vowels whose quantity is not obvious precede single
consonants. The quantity of the penultimate vowels of Latin and
Greek words is generally known, either from derivation or from use
of the words in poetry. Thus Homer, Iliad xxi. 350, corrects the
Manual pronunciation of PTELEA and Irea and proves that of
Myrica. Words, however, which do not occur in Greek or Latin
poetry but merely in prose are sometimes uncertain (eg. CARDAMINE,
ELATINE). Uncertainty as to the etymologies of some words (such
as VERONICA, ARNICA, ABUTILON) is a great obstacle to the deter-
mination of the proper accent. The quantities also of the penul-
timate vowels of many native words are uncertain and await the
attention of persons conversant with the languages from which
these names are drawn. In such cases, until positive evidence is
forthcoming, a deviation from current usage is undesirable, and
indeed we may count ourselves fortunate when usage does not split
upon this very point.

In the case of names formed from. proper names by the addition
of -a, it has been a convenient custom arbitrarily to consider penul-
timate a, o, or was long and e, ¢, or y as short: BERTEROA; MUNROA
not Múnroa as in the Manual; LisrERA ; LÍPPIA; etc.

These preliminary remarks are intended to apply to the so-called
‘English method’ of pronouncing Latin, so firmly established in this
country for scientific names that nothing short of a revolution in
pronunciation could supplant it. But while this system differs in
the sounds given to various vowels and consonants from other more
correct systems its theory of accentuation is in agreement with other
methods.

I shall now speak of certain generic names incorrectly accented
.in Gray's Manual, grouping them in two lists: 1) of names in
which the mistaken quantity of the vowel has led to placing the
accent on the wrong syllable; 2) of cases in which the accent
is placed on the correct syllable but in which the length of the
vowel of that syllable is wrongly indicated. For the accented
syllables I shall employ the notation used in the Manual, the
grave accent indicating a long vowel and the acute ' a short vowel.

t. CAUCALIS not Caucalis 1
ERIGENIA not Ærigènia. From s9pvyévea, a Homeric epithet of
Dawn.

160

Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

HYPERICUM not Ay péricum. úrépeixov (cf. épexn, erica).

MiCROSTYLIS not Micróstylis.
NEMASTYLIS not Vemástylis.

' OTvAls

NOTHOSCÓRDUM not Vothóscordum. The penult is long before

two consonants.

PoLYGÓNATUM not Zolygonatum. —moXvyóvà ov.

STENOSIPHON not Stendsiphon.

2. In this list I shall indicate only the correct vowel quantities of
words which the Manual indicates incorrectly.

ABIES

AcER
AEGOPÓDUM. So also
CHENOPODIUM
LycoPónIUM
THELYPÓDIUM
PoLyPóDIUM
AGROSTIS. So also
ERAGROSTIS
CALAMAGROSTIS
AMBRÓSIA
ARCEUTHÓBIUM
ARISTOLÓCHIA
BIDENS
Bromus
BuMELIA
CASTANEA
CHAMAELIRIUM
CLADIUM
CLEMATIS
CROTON
CyPRIPEDIUM
DIÓDIA
EPILÓBIUM
EuPHRÁSIA
GÁLAX
GÁLIUM
GERÁNIUM

GLYCÉRIA
GNAPHÁLIUM
GRATIOLA
HELÉNIUM
HELIOTRÓPIUM
HyoscyaMus
IMPATIENS
IrkA

LÁRIX
LILIUM
LóLIUM
MIMULUS
MITRÉOLA
MODIOLA
ONOSMÓDIUM
OPUNTIA
PHACELIA
PHASEOLUS
PHLEUM
PHLOMIS
PHYSOSTEGIA
PickA

POA
PRIMULA
PTÉLEA'
PTEKIS
PYnus (cf. Pyrola)
RHEXIA

1905] Pease, Accentuation of Generic Names. I6I

RHUs STACHYS
Rosa THYMUS
RUMEX TROXIMON
SALIX UNÍOLA
SAPÍNDUS VACCINIUM
SENECIO VIOLA
SÍUM XYRIS
SPARGÁNIUM

I will not here take the space to prove all of these pronunciations
but will give samples by notes on a few of the more surprising
changes.

CLEMaTIS. Greek kAnuaris.

EPILÓBIUM. Greek èri + Aófftov.

Litium. Cf. Vergil, Aen. vi. 708-709: candida circum lilia fun-
duntur.

LóLtium. Verg. Georg. i. 154: infelix lolium et steriles dominantur
avenae.

PRiMULA. Diminutive of prima.

Vaccinium. Verg. Ecl. ii. 18:

alta ligustra cadunt, vaccinia nigra leguntur.

The other cases may be substantiated in these same ways, partly
by derivation, partly by poetical use.

In offering this comparatively short list of names I am aware that
many others are in as much need of study. Such a study should be
undertaken in connection with a review of the derivations of generic
names, a field in which there are many doubtful points, of which
some will probably never be known. And if to anyone I may seem
to be suggesting too violent changes, I should like to say that by
adopting them we should be not merely adopting an accentuation
which is theoretically correct, but should also be bringing ourselves
into uniformity with European botanists to whom Hypericum, Poly-
gónatum, etc. are the recognized and familiar pronunciations.

ANDOVER, MASSACHUSETTS.

162 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

RECENTLY RECOGNIZED SPECIES OF CRATAEGUS IN
* EASTERN CANADA AND NEW ENGLAND,— VI.

C. S. SARGENT.

TOMENTOSAE.
Stamens 20; anthers rose-color or pink.

Crataegus Helenae, n. sp. Leaves broadly ovate to oval, acute
or short-pointed and acuminate at the apex, concave-cuneate or
rounded at the entire base, finely and often doubly serrate above,
with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided above the middle
into 3 or 4 pairs of short acuminate lobes, when they unfold tinged
with red, glabrous with the exception of a few hairs along the upper
side of the midribs and conspicuously reticulate-venulose, with mid-
ribs and veins deeply impressed on their upper side, when the flowers
open late in May or at the beginning of June, thin but firm in texture,
dark green, smooth and lustrous above and pale or glaucous below,
and at maturity coriaceous, dark green on the upper and pale on the
lower surface, 5-6 cm. long, 4-5 cm. wide, with stout yellow midribs
often rose-colored on the lower side toward the base, and slender
yellow primary veins extending obliquely to the points of the lobes ;
petioles stout, wing-margined at the apex, usually rose-colored in the
autumn, r.2—1.5 cm. in length; stipules linear, acuminate, bright red,
mostly deciduous before the flowers open ; leaves on vigorous shoots
broadly oval to rhombic, short-pointed at the apex, rounded or cune-
ate at the base, coarsely serrate, often 6 cm. long and 5 cm. wide,
with short stout broadly winged dark red petioles. Flowers about
1.5-1.7 cm. in diameter, on elongated slender glabrous pedicels, in
usually. 12—18-flowered compact corymbs, with oblong-obovate to
linear bracts and bractlets glandular, with minute dark red glands,
bright scarlet like the large and conspicuous inner bud-scales and
mostly deciduous before the flowers open; calyx-tube narrowly ob-
conic, glabrous, dark red in the bud, the lobes slender, acuminate,
glandular, with minute stipitate glands, glabrous on the outer and
puberulous on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 20,
long-exserted ; anthers large, dark rose color; styles 2 or 3, mostly
2. Fruit ripening early in September and falling during the month,
on slender erect reddish pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, short-oblong,
often ovate, full and rounded at the ends, scarlet, very lustrous, trans-
lucent, 8-10 mm, long and nearly as broad; calyx little enlarged,
with a narrow shallow cavity, and spreading and reflexed lobes vil-
lose-pubescent on the upper side and mostly persistent on the ripe
fruit; flesh thin, orange color and succulent; nutlets usually 2, broad

1905] Sargent, Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 163

and rounded at the base, narrowed and rounded at the apex, ridged
on the back, with a low slightly grooved ridge irregularly penetrated
on their inner faces by usually large deep cavities, 6-7 mm. long and
about 5 mm. wide.

A tree 3-4 m. high, with a tall stem 5-8 m. in diameter covered with
dark scaly bark, short thick erect rigid branches forming an open
irregular head, and stout slightly zigzag branchlets marked by small
oblong pale lenticels, dark orange-green and glabrous when they first
appear, becoming light red or purplish and very lustrous in their first
season and ultimately dull gray-brown, and armed with stout usually
straight purplish shining spines generally pointed toward the base of
the branch and 5-6 cm. long.

Rocky hillsides, Wolf Pen Farm, Southborough, Worcester County;
Massachusetts, C. S. Sargent, May, September and October, 1904.

This handsome plant, which is one of the most distinct of the spe-
cies of this group and one of the most beautiful of the New England
Thorns, is named for Miss Helen Sears of Southborough.

Crataegus pisifera, n. sp. Leaves rhombic to oblong-obovate
on vigorous shoots, acute or acuminate, gradually narrowed to the
cuneate entire base, finely doubly serrate, above with straight glandu-
lar teeth and slightly divided above the middle into numerous short
acute lobes, nearly fully grown when the flowers open during the last
week of May and then thin, yellow-green, lustrous, smooth and gla-
brous above with the exception of a slight pubescence along the
midribs, and pale and clothed below along the base of the primary
veins with short persistent hairs, and at maturity coriaceous, conspic-
uously reticulate-venulose, dark yellow-green and lustrous on the
upper and pale on the lower surface, 5-7 cm. long and 4-5 cm.
wide, with stout yellow midribs deeply impressed on the upper side
and 5 or 6 pairs of slender primary veins extending obliquely to the
points of the lobes; petioles stout, wing-margined to the middle,
puberulous on the upper side while young, becoming glabrous, some-
times slightly tinged with rose color, 1—1.5 cm. in length. Flowers
1.3—1.5 cm. in diameter, on slender elongated slightly villose pedicels,
in wide compound many-flowered corymbs, with oblong-obovate to
linear acute glandular bracts and bractlets fading brown and often
persistent until the flowers open; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the
lobes wide, acuminate, incisely glandular-serrate, glabrous on the
outer, pubescent on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; sta-
mens 20; anthers minute, light pink; styles 2 or 3. Fruit ripening
at the end of September and remaining on the branches until the fol-
lowing spring, on slender reddish erect or spreading pedicels, in
many-fruited clusters, hard, subglobose, crimson, lustrous, marked by
occasional pale dots, 6-8 mm. in diameter; calyx prominent, with a

164 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

deep narrow cavity and wide coarsely serrate lobes light red below
the middle and pubescent on the upper side, persistent on the ripe
fruit; flesh thin, dry and mealy ; nutlets 2 or 3, full and rounded at
the ends, rounded and ridged on the back, with a broad slightly
grooved ridge, irregularly penetrated on the inner faces by broad
shallow cavities, 5-6 cm. long and about 4 cm. wide.

A shrub 2-3 m. high, with stout slightly zigzag branchlets marked
by large pale lenticels, light orange-yellow and glabrous when they
first appear, becoming bright chestnut-brown and very lustrous dur-
ing their first season and reddish brown the following year, and armed
with stout slightly curved purplish shining spines 3.5-4.5 cm. long.

Cornwall, Vermont, Æ. Brainerd (No. 15 d type), May and Sep-
tember 1901, W. W. Eggleston (Nos. 2234 and 2323), May and July,
1901.

Well distinguished from the other species of this group by its mi-
nute pale pink anthers and small hard long-persistent fruit.

(To be continued.)

SYMPHORICARPOS RACEMOSUS AND ITS VARIETIES
IN EASTERN AMERICA.

M. L. FERNALD.

THERE are in eastern America three noteworthy variations of the
Snowberry, Symphoricarpos racemosus, all with the corolla character- .
istically bearded within and with the stamens and styles included, and
seeming referable to one broadly distributed but variable species.

The plant commonly known as .SympAoricarpos racemosus is an
upright shrub with glabrous leaves and often numerous flowers in
terminal or axillary spiciform racemes. This plant is very generally
cultivated in Europe as well as in America; and as a native shrub it
is found more or less across the continent from Quebec to Washing-
ton, and very locally south in the mountains to Virginia.

A second plant often smaller than the glabrous-leaved shrub,
though sometimes quite as large, has the leaves pilose or tomentulose
beneath, and usually few flowers. "This shrub with pubescent leaves
is locally abundant, especially on calcareous rocky banks, from east-

1905] Fernald, Symphoricarpos racemosus and Varieties 165

ern Quebec and Rupert Land throughout the forested region to
Alaska, and south to western New England, northern Pennsylvania,
Michigan, Montana, Idaho and California.

The third shrub has the small leaves pilose beneath, but, unlike
those of the other two, decidedly whitened below, the leaves of the
two preceding shrubs being merely pale green but not white beneath.
This shrub with the leaves white beneath is known from Lake Supe-
rior to Lake Winnipeg, and from Alberta to Oregon and Colorado.

In the summer of 1904 the first-mentioned shrub, with glabrous
leaves, was found in abundance on a wooded bank at Tadousac in
eastern Quebec; while on the opposite bank of the River St. Law-
rence, at Bic, the second shrub, with the green leaves pubescent
beneath, was abundant. The flowers and other features showed no
clear differences, but in the pubescent leaves the Bic shrub was strik-
ingly unlike the smooth-leaved shrub of Tadousac. An attempt to
identify the two shrubs has brought to light a singular confusion
which has long prevailed in our interpretation of the plants which
have passed as Symphoricarpos racemosus.

The species was described by Michaux from Lake Mistassini, but
in his original description there is nothing to indicate whether or not
the leaves are pubescent or glabrous. A pencil-note, however, “leaves
very tomentulose beneath,” which I made in 1903 while examining
the herbarium of Michaux at the Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle in
Paris, indicates that the Michaux type from Lake Mistassini was the
pubescent leaved shrub which we know to be generally distributed
in western Quebec and western New England, and which has usually
passed as Symphoricarpos racemosus, var. pauciflorus.

The widespread application of the name Symphoricarpos racemosus
to the glabrous-leaved shrub seems to be due to an erroneous identifi-
cation of Loddiges in 1818. In the text accompanying the first illus-
.tration of this glabrous-leaved shrub (as Symphoria racemosa), Lod-
diges said: “This plant is quite new to this country [England]; we
received it, for the first time, last spring, from our friend Mr. Robert
Carr, who informs us that it isa native of the Western country of
North America, and was found by Lewis and Clark beyond the rocky
mountains, in August 1805: we consider it, however, to be the
Symphoria racemosa of Michaux.”! Loddiges” identification was
accepted by Sims, in 1821, in the Botanical Magazine, where a col-

! Lodd., Bot. Cab. iii. no. 230 (1818).

166 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

ored illustration of the plant was presented;! and under the name
Symphoricarpos racemosus the shrub soon became common in cultiva-
tion, and no one seems to have noticed that it was unlike the Cana-
dian type preserved in the Michaux herbarium.

Robbins's Symphoricarpos racemosus, var. pauciflorus, as originally
published in the fifth edition of Gray’s Manual, in 1867, was
distinguished by having reduced inflorescences and it came from
“Rocky woods of L. Superior, Dr. Robbins, and northwestward.
Alleghanies of Pennsylvania, /. R. Lowrie, Mr. Bocking" No men-
tion, however, was made of the remarkable whitening of the under
leaf-surfaces which is conspicuous in all Robbins’s Lake Superior
material and that from “northwestward” (ż. e., Lake Winnipeg Val-
ley, Bourgeau). The leaves of the Pennsylvania material, from Blair
and Huntington Counties, originally associated with the Lake Supe-
rior plant, are merely pale green but not white beneath and are like
those of the pubescent-leaved plant of western New England and
Quebec which is now identified with the Michaux type of S. racemosus.

The attempt to separate as a variety or a species the plants with
reduced inflorescences is apparently artificial. At Bic, where the
pubescent-leaved plant which has generally passed in the East as
Symphoricarpos racemosus, var. pauciflorus (but which is really the true
S. racemosus) abounds, shrubs on the same slope have the flowers
solitary or in twos, or often several in an interrupted raceme. Again,
the glabrous-leaved plant which has erroneously passed as true S.
racemosus may often quite lack the elongate terminal raceme which
is supposed to characterize it. Without characters other than those
found in the presence or absence of pubescence on the leaves, the
three plants occurring in eastern America are best treated as varieties
of a broadly distributed species.

SYMPHORICARPOS RACEMOSUS, Michx. Shrub o.2 to r m. high:
leaves from elliptic-oblong to orbicular, pilose beneath.— Fl. Bor.-Am.
i. 107 (1803). Var. pauciflorus, Robbins in Gray, Man. ed. 5, 203
(1867), as to Pennsylvania plant; and most authors of New England,
New York, and Pennsylvania. .S. pauciflorus, Britton, Mem. Torr.
Cl. v. 3o5 (1894), in part.— Rupert Land to Alaska, south to Berk-
shire County, Massachusetts, Huntingdon and Blair Counties, Penn-
sylvania, Michigan, Montana, Idaho, and California.— Much of the

! Sims, Bot. Mag. xlviii. t. 2211 ( 1821).

1905] Howe, Lotus tenuis in Rhode Island 167

northwestern material which is passing as S. mollis, Nutt., seems
inseparable from S. racemosa.

Var. laevigatus. Often taller: /eaves glabrous beneath. — Sym-
phoria racemosa, Loddiges, Bot. Cab. iii. no. 230 (1818); Sims, Bot.
Mag. xlviii. t. 2211 (1821). Symphoricarpos racemosus, most authors,
not Michaux. — Saguenay County, Quebec to Washington, locally
south in the mountains to Virginia. Freely cultivated and commonly
escaped to roadsides, etc.

Var. PAUCIFLORUS, Robbins. Dwarf shrub: leaves more or less
pubescent and strongly whitened beneath.— Robbins in Gray, Man.
ed. 5, 203 (1867), as to Lake Superior and Winnipeg (“northwest-
ward") plant. S. pauciflorus, Britton, Mem. Torr. Cl. v. 305 (1894),
in part.— Lake Superior to Lake Winnipeg, and locally in the moun-
tains from Alberta to Oregon and Colorado.

Gray HERBARIUM.

THE ONTARIO NATURAL SCIENCE BULLETIN is the journal of the
Wellington Field Naturalist’s Club, the first number of which was
issued at Guelph, Ontario, April rsth. The Bulletin is edited by A.
B. Klugh, a guarantee that its future numbers will follow the first in
containing many items of interest to the northeastern botanist.

Lotus TENUIS AS A Warr IN RHODE IsLAND.— On July 3, 1905,
in a wet meadow near the railroad track as it enters Newport, Rhode
Island, I found a small colony of Zotus tenuis, Waldst. & Kit. The
meadow is quite on the outskirts of the town, with no gardens near
at hand from which the plant could have escaped. The species is a
native of Europe and was in full bloom. There were two patches,
one growing in the meadow and the other by a cartroad, some twenty-
five feet away. On July 25th I found a single plant of the same kind
in the next meadow, across the road and to the northeast of the
others, where possibly a seed had been carried by the prevailing
southwest summer wind. By August 3rd no more flowers were to be
found, but the plants were covered with pods. Specimens of this
interesting plant have been deposited in the herbaria of Mr. Walter
Deane, Mrs. George S. Parker, and the writer. It may be worth
while to record also the finding of Lycium vulgare, Dunal, the Matri-

168 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

mony Vine, in Newtown, Rhode Island, growing along a wall in a
dry pasture far from any apparent cultivation.— REGINALD HEBER
Howe, JR., Concord, Massachusetts.

PHYCOLOGICAL NOTES OF THE LATE ISAAC
HOLDEN,— I. |

Edited by F. S. COLLINS.

IN the notice of Mr. Isaac Holden, RHopoRa, Vol. V, p. 219,
mention was made of the careful record it was his custom to make
of his collecting, with a view of publication as soon as a sufficiently
complete list of the flora of the region near Bridgeport, Connecticut,
could be made. At the time of his death nothing had been done
towards publication, but now by the courtesy of Mr. Holden's family,
his note books “have been entrusted to the writer, who hopes to be
able to make their contents available to the readers of RHODORA.
Mr. Holden's numbered notes begin in 189o; the first 11 numbers
referring to forms of the genus Batrachospermum, to which he was then
giving special attention; each number covering specimens of a par-
ticular type or station, but of various dates; with No. r2 begins the
system, afterwards followed, of using a number only for one date and
for one form, but including an indefinite number of specimens of any
one date and place, supposed to be identical. No. r2, the first under
this plan, is Cladophora Rudolphiana Ag., May 18, 1890; the last is
No. 1553, Laminaria AgardAii Kjellman, May 10, 1903, about six
weeks before Mr. Holden's death. While absolute dependence can
be placed in all of these records, no deduction should be drawn from
the absence or the infrequence of record of any species; the record
is one of specimens collected, not of plants observed ; common forms,
in regard to which no question was likely to occur, were passed by
without record ; for a fuller list of the marine algae of the Bridgeport
region see Lists of New England Plants, V, Marine Algae, RHODORA,
Vol. II, p. 41; the Connecticut column rests almost entirely on Mr.
Holden's collections, and includes everything found by him up to the
publication of the list; as regards fresh water algae, however, the
present paper includes practically all Mr. Holden's observations.

1905] Collins, Phycological Notes of Isaac Holden 169

For several years before 1890 Mr. Holden had collected marine
algae, but his specimens were not numbered; some species, such
as the delicate form of Rhodomela, Æ. Roche Harvey, found abun-
dantly then at Seaside Park, have not been seen, or are very rare,
recently; the changes incident to the rapid growth of a city are felt
by seaweeds as well as in other directions; some of the stations here
given are no longer available; at Cook's Point, for instance, the orig-
inal stations of Stictyosiphon subsimplex Holden, and Aydrocoleum
Ffoldenii Tilden, have been destroyed by the building of great facto-
ries and the cutting of channels and ditches through the marshes;
but marshes of similar character are abundant in the vicinity, and
other stations will undoubtedly be found.

Mr. Holden distributed specimens freely to his correspondents,
and in most cases these specimens bore the numbers from his note
book; changes in names have been made in the past few years in
some cases, and in the present list the latest accepted form is used.
In the main it agrees with the list in RHopora, Vol. II, p. 41, and
where it differs, the name used in the latter is given as a synonym.
Where the name on a numbered specimen is found to differ from the
name under the same number in this list, the latter can be accepted
as representing either a change required by later botanical develop-
ments, or a more mature determination by Mr. Holden. Few col-
lectors were as careful as he to secure specimens at once in perfect
condition for study, and representing at their best the form and color
of the living plant; he never could refrain from collecting and mount-
ing fine specimens of such genera as Grinnellia, Dasya, Antithamnion,
which probably occur nowhere in the world in greater perfection and
luxuriance than in Long Island Sound; the long series of numbers
under each of these will show what favorites they were; but at the
same time the most insignificant and unattractive appearing plants
were collected and studied, time after time, until their identity was
ascertained, and usually a set secured for distribution. Practically
all of Mr. Holden's spare time for the thirteen years covered by this
list was given to this work; but the great business enterprise of which
he had charge took even more of his time than most men give to
business. The dates in the note book might almost serve as a calen-
dar of the Sundays and legal holidays for the thirteen years, with an
occasional Saturday afternoon added. Mr. Holden was delightful
in social relations; but an invitation to anything of a social nature

170 - Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

at an hour of daylight when he was free from business he would
decline, with his regrets that he could not accept, as “the tide did
not come just right for it that day,” and he would start again for his
favorite shore or stream.

In the present publication the record will not be in chronological
order, but by species; the marine and fresh water forms from Con-
necticut localities being in separate lists. Under each species (or
variety) will be given the numbers, the localities and the dates; and
where specimens of the number in question were distributed in the
Phycotheca Boreali-Americana, this will be indicated by the initials
P. B.-A., with number. Notes made by Mr, Holden on special
points of habit, structure, etc., will be given in quotation marks.
After the Connecticut lists a short list will be given, representing
collections made in Newfoundland, in July, 1897. Collections made
during short visits to Mount Desert, Maine, Wood's Hole, Massachu-
setts, etc., have been already utilized in other publications. Published
lists of algae are too often restricted to mere names; where a locality
is given it is often only a town name; and any indication of time of
occurrence is rather exceptional. The more recent European works
give fuller details in these matters, as well as in regard to the envi-
ronment favorable to a particular species; but in American publica-
tions little of this is to be found; a beginning, at least, can be made
in this case. The month will always be given, but not the year;
where there are notes as to fruit, the month for that will also be indi-
cated, and the locality will be given with the utmost exactness pos-
sible. That so few exact localities are on record for algae seems
strange, as there are no plants for which exact details are so desir-
able; a flowering plant in bloom is a conspicuous object, easily noted
as one walks or even rides along; ferns are much the same, and even
small Botrychiums can be found by getting down on one's knees; the
larger fungi stand out plainly, the micro-fungi are associated with
definite hosts; but with algae, especially with fresh water algae, the
case is different. The stream in which they grow may be invisible
to one walking a few rods away; in the pond there may be many spe-
cies, sometimes mingled, sometimes in zones of depth, sometimes one
at one point, another at another; often a species is persistent year
after year in a very limited locality, and not elsewhere. The flower-
ing plant or the fern is at once recognizable, or at most the question
is between two or three critical species ; but it is different with fresh

1905] Collins, Phycological Notes of Isaac Holden 171

water algae. In the eastern states there are over 3o species of
Spirogyra, over 50 species of Oedogonium; not one of these can be
recognized at sight, or even by inspection with a pocket lens; it
would be barely possible sometimes to distinguish the genus by the
lens, and often not even this; if looking for a certain species of
Oedogontum, recorded from a certain town, perhaps known only from
that one station, one might spend days wandering about, collecting
every green thing, examining each in the evening with the micro-
scope, and finally go away without the desired plant. Details as to
station that would be unnecessary with flowering plants, that would
even seem grotesque to botanists generally, may be very useful. It
might excite mirth to read that Oedogonium Ravenellii grew in South
Springfield, in the pond in Smith’s pasture, at the place where
Jones’s cattle come down to drink; and yet, without some such
detail, one might spend a day in vain in looking for the rare species.
Of course the cows may change their habits, as everything in this
world changes; but cows and country residents generally are con-
servative, and changes in such matters are infrequent. As regards
the larger marine algae, such full detail is not as necessary, but it is
a help, and the smaller forms require it only in a less degree than the
fresh water forms; nearly every species thrives best in some particu-
lar environment; shallow bay, swift current, exposed to surf, etc. ;
' the knowledge of this is convenient to the collector. For the inter-
est of the student who wishes to learn in regard to such preferences
of environment, but who cannot visit the station, indications of the
characters of the principal localities here referred to will perhaps be
useful, Seaside Park, Pleasure Beach, Long Beach, and Woodmont,
are sandy or pebbly shores open to Long Island Sound; often with
boulders of various sizes, but at Woodmont is the only exposure of
solid rock for many miles; several species not recorded elsewhere in
the Sound are found here. The Gut is a narrow channel, through
which the tide runs swiftly; Cook's Point is low and marshy, facing
Bridgeport harbor; Stratford Shoals (or Middle Ground), Penfield
Reef, and Black Rock, are points in the Sound, marked by light-
houses or beacons, and nearly or quite covered at high tide. Fresh
Pond is in Stratford, and is connected with the Sound by a narrow
channel, which at times is open, at times closed by gates; the water
varies from slightly brackish to fully as salt as the sea; but in spite
of the name, is never fresh. Yellow Mill Pond is a shallow muddy
bay, the bottom bare at low tide, the outlet crossed by Yellow Mill

172 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

Bridge, under which the tide runs in and out swiftly. The fresh
water stations require no comment, as the name usually gives sufh-
cient indication.

CONNECTICUT MARINE ALGAE.

Polycystis elabens (Kiitz.) Farlow. 870, with Anabaena variabilis,
on decaying algae, Fresh Pond. Aug.

Gloeocapsa crepidinum Thuret. 152, 596,939. Stratford Shoals,
on stonework ; on wharf logs. May, Sept.

Entophysalis granulosa Kütz. 707, 749, 1132 =P. B.-A. 152b.
On stones in Fresh Pond. Aug.—Oct.

Pleurocapsa fuliginosa Hauck. 766, 770, 773, 778, 897, 898, 904
= P. B.-A. 101, 905, 906, 907, 908, 939, 968. On Enteromorpha
and stones between tides, below Yellow Mill Bridge. Nov., Dec.,
May, Aug.

Xenococcus Schousboei Thuret. 607, 622, 667, 768. On Chantran-
sia virgatula, Sphacelaria radicans, Rhodochorton Rothii; Seaside
Park; Black Rock; Fresh Pond. June, July, Dec.

Hyella caespitosa Born. & Flah. 861, 1513. In shells. June, Aug.

Spirulina subsalsa Oersted. 334, 626, 1133, 1320 =P. B.-A. 252.
On algae and Xuppia, Fresh Pond. May, July, Aug. July 7, “In
large expanded masses on stalks of Ruppia. Could take it up in
jelly-like masses half an inch thick, pure Spirulina.”

Oscillatoria chalybea Mert. 890, 940, 941, 948. Outlet of Fresh
Pond; on woodwork, rocks, and ZnferomorpAa, below Yellow Mill
Bridge. May, fune, Nov.

O. Corallinae (Kütz.) Gomont. 711, 1039. On Gelidium, Wood-
mont; on Enteromorpha below Yellow Mill Bridge. Sept.

O. formosa Bory. 1503 =P. B.-A. 710. Floating on stagnant
marsh pools, near Fresh Pond. May.

O. laetevirens Crouan. 1471. Forming a film on old grassy bot-
tom, brackish marsh pool, Cook’s Point. June.

Lyngbya aestuarii (Mert.) Liebm. 60, 168, 341, 344, 440, 1466.
Cook’s Point, Fresh Pond. June, July, Sept. Oct.

L. confervoides Ag. 152, 486, 1040, 1529. Stratford Shoals, on
stone and iron work. July, Sept., Oct.

(To be continued.)

Vol. 7, no. 80, including pages 141 to 156, was issued 5 August, 1905.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 7 October, 1905 No. 82

ECLIPTA ALBA IN MASSACHUSETTS.
S. N. F. SANFORD.

THE appearance of any plantin a new locality is always interesting,
whether the extension of its range has been gradual, or is the result
of accident, the plant becoming established in the latter case by quick
adaptation to its new surroundings.

The discovery of Ec/f/a alba Hassk. at Fall River, Massachusetts,
Sept. 5, 1905, led to the usual inquiry regarding the present knowl-
edge of the plant in the North, for the manuals give the range as
Southern New York, New Jersey, and Southward to Florida. A
specimen collected on the South Boston flats by C. E. Perkins, in
1879, is in the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club, and
this appears to be the basis of the only other New England record.
The South Boston station is now probably destroyed.

The Fall River specimens are not mere waifs struggling to exist,
for the writer counted some fifty vigorous, nearly full-sized plants
growing on both sides of a stream, some of them bearing five or more
stout branches, each with one to several flowers. The limited area in
which the plants were found, however, points to a very local origin,
and the proximity to the terminus of a railroad over which is trans-
ported much cotton from the South, indicates at once their probable
source.

Aside from the discovery of Ec/lipta alba so far out of its natural
range, an interesting study of habitat is involved. The land is low,
wet, waste ground through which runs a small stream of fresh water.
Into this stream is a more or less constant flow of hot water from
a neighboring cotton mill, resulting in a warm, moist atmosphere all

174 Rhodora OCTOBER]

about the area. This combination has produced an ideal habitat for
Eclipta, the conditions being not unlike those which prevail in its
Southern home. Add to this the fact that the plant is a composite
with the usual vitality of that group, and there is no reason why the
plants should not continue to thrive and spread.

FALL RIVER, MASSACHUSETTS.

RECENTLY RECOGNIZED. SPECIES OF CRATAEGUS IN
EASTERN CANADA AND NEW ENGLAND,— VI.

C. 5. SARGENT:

(Continued from page 164.)

Stamens Io or less.
Mature leaves thin.
Anthers pink.

CRATAEGUS RHOMBIFOLIA, Sargent, RHODORA, V. 193. (1903.)

This species, described from specimens gathered by Dr. C. B.
Graves near Norwich, Connecticut, appears to be widely distributed
through western New England and to cross the Hudson River into
eastern New York. Massachusetts, Great Barrington, Brainerd and
Sargent; Vermont, Ferrisburg, Brainerd; Twin Mountain, Rutland,
Eggleston (nos. 2229 and 2343), and Gardener's Island (nos. 2320
and 2343), Charlotte, Horsford in 1879: New York, Peck, North
Greenbush (no. 69), Whitehall (no. 61), Crown Point, Zggleston (nos.
| 2236 and 2264), Brainerd and Sargent in 1900.

Crataegus Peckietta, n. sp. Leaves oblong-obovate to oval or
broad-rhombic, short-pointed and acuminate at the apex, gradually
narrowed and concave-cuneate at the entire base, sharply doubly ser-
rate above, with straight glandular teeth and usually slightly and
irregularly divided above the middle .into small acute lobes, nearly
fully grown when the flowers open during the first week of June and
then thin, yellow-green, lustrous and scabrate above, with short white
hairs and pale and glabrous below with the exception of a few short
hairs along the base of the veins, and at maturity thin but firm in
texture, glabrous, yellow-green, smooth and lustrous on the upper
and pale on the lower surface, 5-6 cm. long and 3-4 cm. wide, with.

1905] Sargent, Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 175

thick yellow midribs and 5 or 6 pairs of slender primary veins extend-
ing obliquely to the points of the lobes; petioles stout, narrowly wing-
margined to the middle, puberulous while young. deeply grooved on
the upper side, 1-2 cm. long; leaves on vigorous shoots oblong-
obovate, more coarsely serrate, slightly lobed, often 8-9 cm. long
and 5-6 cm. wide, with stout petioles about 3 cm. in length. Flow-
ers 1.2-1.4 cm. in diameter, on long slender glabrous pedicels, in
loose lax 15-20-flowered compound corymbs; calyx-tube narrowly
obconic, glabrous, the lobes wide, acuminate, glandular-serrate, vil-
lose on the outer and covered on the inner surface with matted
pale hairs, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 9—11, usually 10; anthers
pale pink; styles 1-3. Fruit ripening from the first to the middle of
September and remaining on the branches until after the leaves have
fallen, on long drooping pedicels, in many-fruited clusters, ovate,
rounded at the apex, nearly truncate at the base, red or greenish
red, 9-10 mm. long and wide; calyx little enlarged, with a deep nar-
row cavity, and closely appressed lobes red below the middle and
villose on the upper side, and often deciduous from the ripe fruit ;
flesh thin, dry and yellow; nutlets 2 or 3, full and rounded at the
base, gradually narrowed and rounded at the apex, rounded and
ridged on the back, with a low broad ridge, penetrated on the inner
faces by long narrow cavities, about 6 mm. long and 4 mm. wide.

A shrub 2—5 m. high, with numerous stems 5-7 cm. in diameter
near the ground and covered with gray-brown bark, the lower
branches horizontally spreading, the upper ascending, and slender
slightly zigzag branchlets marked by occasional oblong pale lenticels,
dark orange-green and glabrous when they first appear, becoming
bright chestnut-brown and very lustrous in their first season and
dull gray brown the following year, and armed with slender slightly
curved red-brown shining spines 6—8 cm. long.

Rocky ridges; central, eastern and southern Adirondack region,
New York, Charles H. Peck, Piseco, (no. 63 type), June, August and
September, 1904, also Lake Pleasant, Hamilton County, Keene, Essex
County, June, 1905, and Horicon, Warren County.

Crataegus Bristolensis, n. sp. Leaves ovate to rhombic, acute
or acuminate, gradually narrowed and concave-cuneate at the entire
base, finely doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and
divided into 4 or 5 pairs of small acuminate lateral lobes, nearly half
grown when the flowers open about the middle of May and then
membranaceous, light yellow-green and roughened above by short
rigid white hairs and glaucous below, and at maturity thin but firm
in texture, smooth, yellow-green and lustrous on the upper and paler
on the lower surface, 7-8 cm. long, 5-6 cm. wide, with stout midribs
and slender primary veins arching obliquely to the points of the lobes;

176 Rhodora [OCTOBER

petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, grooved on the
upper side, glabrous, often dark rose color late in the season, 3-4 cm.
in length. Flowers about 1.5 cm. in diameter, on slender elongated
glabrous pedicels, in wide lax usually 8—10-flowered corymbs, with
linear glandular bracts and bractlets fading rose color and mostly
deciduous before the flowers open; calyx-tube narrowly obconic,
glabrous, the lobes slender, entire or occasionally glandular-dentate
near the middle, tinged with red toward the acuminate apex, glabrous
on the outer and puberulous on the inner surface, reflexed after
anthesis; stamens 10; anthers pale pink; styles 2 or 3. Fruit
ripening the end of September, on slender red pedicels, in few-fruited
drooping clusters, oval, bright scarlet, covered with a slight bloom,
marked by small pale dots, 1.2-1.4 cm. long; calyx little enlarged,
with a narrow deep cavity, and closely appressed lobes pubescent on
the upper side, their tips often deciduous from the ripe fruit; flesh
thin, greenish yellow; nutlets 2 or 3, full and rounded at the ends,
or when 3 narrowed and acute at the apex, ridged on the back, with
a broad low deeply grooved ridge, penetrated on the inner faces by
broad shallow irregular cavities, about 6 mm. long and 4 mm. wide.

A broad shrub, with stout nearly straight branchlets marked by
small oblong pale lenticels, dark orange-green and glabrous when
they first appear, becoming bright chestnut-brown and lustrous dur-
ing their first season, orange-brown and lustrous in their second year,
and ultimately light gray tinged with red, and armed with numerous
stout straight or slightly curved chestnut-brown shining spines 3-5
cm. long.

Somerset, Bristol County, Massachusetts, /. G. Jack, (no. 7 type),
May and September 1903.

The relationship of this species is with Crataegus fertilis, Sarg., of
the Penobscot Valley, Maine (see RHODORA, v. 182), but it differs
from that species in its scabrate leaves, smaller at the flowering time,
more slender petioles, glabrous pedicels and corymbs, narrow nearly
entire and less hairy calyx-lobes, in its less lustrous fruit in fewer-
fruited clusters, and in its shorter and more slender spines.

Crataegus baccata, n. sp. Leaves rhombic to oval or rarely
obovate, short-pointed and acuminate at the apex, gradually nar-
rowed and concave-cuneate at the entire base, finely often doubly
serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided
above the middle into 4 or 5 pairs of small acuminate lobes, more
than half grown when the flowers open during the first week of May
and then membranaceous, light yellow-green, roughened by short
white hairs and pubescent or villose along the midribs above and
pale and glabrous with the exception of a few axillary hairs below,
and at maturity thin but firm in texture, smooth, lustrous, and yellow-

1905] Sargent, Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 177

green on the upper and pale on the lower surface, 5-6 cm. long and
3-5 cm. wide, with stout midribs tinged with rose late in the season
on the lower side toward the base, and slender yellow primary veins
extending obliquely to the points of the lobes; petioles slender, wing-
margined at the apex, deeply grooved, sparingly villose while young,
rose-colored in the autumn, 8-18 mm. in length. Flowers about 1.5
cm. in diameter, on slender villose pedicels, in wide lax many-flow-
ered hairy corymbs, with linear-obovate to lanceolate glandular bracts
and bractlets, fading brown and mostly deciduous before the flowers
open; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, glabrous, the lobes slender,
acuminate, glandular, with bright red glands, glabrous on the outer
and coated on the inner surface with shining white hairs, reflexed
after anthesis; stamens 5-10; anthers pink; styles 2 or 3, usually 2.
Fruit ripening early in September and soon falling, on slender pedi-
cels, in few-fruited erect or spreading clusters, subglobose, orange-
red, lustrous, marked by many small pale dots, 7-8 mm. in diameter;
calyx little enlarged, with a narrow shallow cavity, and spreading
lobes serrate above the middle, villose on the upper side and usually
persistent on the ripe fruit ; flesh thin, yellow, dry and mealy; nutlets
generally 2, full and rounded at the ends, prominently ridged on the
back, with a broad deeply grooved ridge, penetrated on their inner
faces by deep narrow irregular cavities, about 6 mm. long and 5 mm.
wide.

A shrub 2-3 m. high, with numerous erect spreading stems, and
stout zigzag branchlets marked by occasional oblong pale lenticels,
light orange-green and glabrous when they first appear, becoming
light reddish brown and lustrous and ultimately dull gray-brown, and
armed with many straight slender light red-brown shining spines 4-6
cm. in length.

Low rocky pastures, Worcester County, Massachusetts, South
Lancaster, Æ. F. Thayer, September, 1903, May, 1904 (type); Fay-
ville, S. C. Sears, May 1903.

Anthers pale yellow.

Crataegus Handyae, n. sp. Leaves broadly ovate to rhombic,
acute or acuminate, rounded or concave-cuneate at the entire base,
coarsely doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and
divided above the middle into 4 or 5 pairs of broad acuminate lobes,
more than half grown when the flowers open about the 20th of May
and then membranaceous, yellow-green, very smooth and glabrous
above, with the exception of a few hairs on the midribs, and glaucous
and villose on the sides of the slender yellow midribs and veins below,
with short white hairs persistent during the season, and at maturity
thin but firm in texture, dark green, glabrous and lustrous on the
upper and pale on the lower surface, 6-7 cm. long and 4-6 cm. wide;
petioles slender, slightly wing margined at the apex, deeply grooved

178 Rhodora [OCTOBER

on the upper side, glabrous, 3-4 cm. in length. Flowers 1.8-2 cm.
in diameter, on slender elongated glabrous pedicels, in broad lax
usually 6—10-flowered corymbs, with linear obovate to lanceolate
minutely glandular bracts and bractlets, fading rose color and mostly
deciduous before the flowers open; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, gla-
brous, the lobes gradually narrowed from wide bases, acuminate,
glandular-serrate usually only near the middle, glabrous on the outer,
puberulous on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 10;
anthers creamy white; styles 2 or 3, surrounded at the base by a
ring of long white hairs. Fruit ripening at the end of September, on
long slender drooping pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, subglobose,
bright scarlet, lustrous, marked by occasional large pale dots, 1—1.2
cm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a deep narrow cavity, and
spreading reflexed or incurved lobes villose-pubescent above and
dark red toward the base on the upper side ; flesh thin, light yellow,
slightly acid ; nutlets 2 or 3, narrowed and rounded at the ends or
when 3 acute at the apex, prominently ridged on the back, with a
broad high deeply grooved ridge, penetrated on the inner faces by
broad shallow irregular cavities, 7-8 mm. long, 4-5 mm. wide.

A shrub, with stout zigzag branchlets marked by numerous small
oblong pale lenticels, light orange-green and glabrous when they
first appear, bright chestnut-brown and very lustrous during their
first season and ultimately dark gray-brown, and armed with slender
slightly curved purplish spines 4—6 cm. long.

Somerset, Bristol County, Massachusetts, 7. G. Jack (no. 8 type),
May and September, 1903.

This distinct and handsome species is named for Miss Louise
Holmes Handy of Fall River who first called my attention to the
presence of several species of Crataegus in Fall River and Somerset.

Crataegus Stratfordensis, n. sp. Leaves oval to obovate,
acuminate, gradually narrowed and concave-cuneate or, on vigorous
shoots, rounded at the entire base, finely doubly serrate above, with
straight glandular teeth and slightly divided above the middle into 4
or 5 pairs of short acuminate lobes, more than half grown when the
flowers open during the first week of June and then thin, pale yellow-
green and puberulous on the midribs above and pale and sparingly
villose below along the midribs and veins, with short white persistent
hairs, and at maturity thin but firm in texture, yellow-green and gla-
brous on the upper and paler yellow-green on the lower surface, 6-9
cm. long and 4.5-5 cm. wide, with slender light yellow midribs and
6-8 pairs of thin primary veins; petioles slender, wing-margined to
the middle, deeply grooved on the upper side, 1-2 cm. long. Flowers
about 1.5 in diameter, on slender elongated sparingly villose pedicels,
in broad lax many-flowered corymbs, with linear obovate to lanceolate
rose-colored bracts and bractlets mostly deciduous before the flowers

1905] Sargent, Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 179

open; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, glabrous, the lobes wide, lacini-
ately glandular-serrate, with bright red glands, glabrous on the outer,
puberulous on the inner surface; stamens 7-10 ; anthers pale yellow
or greenish white; styles 2 or 3, surrounded at the base by a narrow
ring of pale hairs. Fruit ripening at the end of September, on long
slender pedicels, in many-fruited drooping clusters, oval, greenish
yellow mottled with crimson, lustrous, 8-10 mm. long and 7-8 mm.
wide; calyx prominent, with a short tube, a broad deep cavity, and
. reflexed coarsely serrate lobes, their tips mostly deciduous from the
ripe fruit; flesh thin and dry; nutlets 2 or 3, full and rounded at the
base and gradually narrowed and rounded at the apex, rounded and
only slightly ridged on the back, penetrated on the inner faces by
large deep cavities, about 7 mm. long and 5 mm. wide.

A broad shrub 3-4 m. high, with numerous stems and stout nearly
straight branchlets, dark orange-yellow and glabrous when they first
appear, light chestnut-brown and lustrous during their first winter and
dull brown tinged with red the following year, and armed with many
stout straight or slightly curved purplish ultimately shining spines
4-6 cm. long.

Dry banks of pond holes near the coast of Long Island Sound,
Stratford, Fairfield County, Connecticut, Æ. H. Hames (no. 137 type),
May, June and September, 1901.

Crataegus pellucidula, n. sp. Leaves oval to obovate-oblong,
acute, gradually narrowed to the concave-cuneate entire base, finel y
doubly serrate above, with straight or incurved glandular teeth, and
slightly divided into short acute lateral lobes, more than half grown
when the flowers open about the 1st of June and then membranaceous,
light yellow-green, slightly roughened by short white hairs and villose
along the midribs above and pale and glabrous below with the excep-
tion of a few short hairs along the primary veins and in their axes,
and at maturity thin but firm in texture, glabrous, yellow-green,
smooth and lustrous on the upper and pale on the lower surface, 6-7
. cm. long and 4-5 cm. wide, with stout yellow midribs often tinged
with rose color toward the base, and thin primary veins extending
obliquely to the points of the lobes; petioles slender, wing-margined
at the apex, deeply grooved and puberulous while young on the
upper side, soon glabrous, 1-1.5 cm. in length. Flowers on stout
elongated villose pedicels, in lax many-flowered compound villose
corymbs, with linear obovate glandular bracts and bractlets, fading
brown and mostly deciduous before the flowers open; calyx-tube
broadly obconic, covered at the base with matted pale hairs, nearly
glabrous above, the lobes wide, foliaceous, acuminate, laciniately
glandular-serrate ; stamens 10; anthers cream color; styles 2 or 3.
Fruit ripening the end of September, on drooping slender reddish
pedicels, in flat many-fruited clusters, subglobose, scarlet, very lus-

180 Rhodora [OCTOBER

trous, translucent, marked by occasional large pale dots, 1.2-1.4 cm.
in diameter; calyx enlarged, with a broad deep cavity, and large
coarsely serrate erect or incurved lobes usually persistent on the ripe
fruit; flesh thick, succulent, orange color; nutlets 2 or 3 rounded at
the ends, rounded and ridged on the back, with a broad low slightly
grooved ridge, irregularly penetrated on the inner faces by large deep
cavities, dark-colored, about 7 cm. long and 4 cm. wide.

A tree 3-4 m. high, with a trunk 8- ro cm. in diameter, and stout
nearly straight branchlets marked by large pale oblong lenticels, light :
yellow-green when they first appear, bright red-brown and lustrous
during their first winter, and dull gray faintly tinged with red the
following year, and armed with stout straight or slightly curved
purplish lustrous ultimately gray-brown spines 4-5 cm. long.

Rocky pastures, Litchfield, Litchfield County, Connnecticut, C. Z.
Bissell (no. 72 type), September 1903, May 1904.

Well distinguished by the very broad laciniate calyx-lobes enlarged
and erect on the beautiful dark lustrous fruit.

Crataegus spatiosa, n. sp. Leaves ovate, acute or acuminate,
rounded or abruptly concave at the broad entire often unsymmetrical
base, sharply doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth,
and divided into 5 or 6 pairs of short broad acuminate lateral lobes,
more than half grown when the flowers open during the last week of
May and then thin, dark green, shining and slightly roughened above
by short whitish hairs and paler and sparingly villose below along `
the midribs and veins, with short hairs mostly persistent throughout
the season, and at maturity thin but firm to subcoriaceous, smooth,
dark green and lustrous on the upper and pale yellow-green or
whitish on the lower surface, 6-8 cm. long, 5.5-7 cm. wide; petioles
stout, narrowly wing-margined at the apex, glabrous, glandular, with
small stipitate red persistent glands, 2.5-3 cm. in length; stipules
linear, glandular-serrate, fading rose color, caducous; leaves on vig-
orous shoots broadly ovate, gradually narrowed and concave-cuneate
at the base, more coarsely serrate, often deeply divided into broad
acuminate lobes, 7-8 cm. long and 6-7 cm. wide. Flowers cup-
shaped, 2-2.3 cm. in diameter, on short slender glabrous pedicels, in
compact usually 5—9-flowered corymbs, with linear-lanceolate bracts
and bractlets, fading brown and generally deciduous before the flow-
ers open; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, glabrous, the lobes slender,
acuminate, obscurely glandular mostly near the middle, reflexed after
anthesis; stamens ro; anthers pale cream-color; styles 3, or rarely
4, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale tomentum. Fruit
ripening early in October, on slender erect pedicels, in few-fruited
clusters, oval to globose or rarely depressed globose, concave at the
base, scarlet, lustrous, often blotched with yellow, marked by occa-

1905] Sargent, Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 181

sional minute pale dots, 1.2-1.3, or rarely 1.4 cm. in diameter, and
when oval once and a half as long as broad; calyx prominent, with
a narrow deep cavity and appressed lobes often deciduous from the
ripe fruit; flesh thin, light orange color, insipid; nutlets usually 3,
rounded at the base, gradually narrowed and rounded at the apex,
ridged on the back, with a broad deeply grooved ridge, penetrated
on the inner faces by large shallow cavities, about 7 mm. long and
4 mm. wide.

A slender tree sometimes 7 m. high, with a trunk occasionally ro
cm. in diameter, covered with rough gray bark, small spreading and
recurved branches, and slender slightly zigzag branchlets marked by
oblong pale lenticels, light yellow-green and glabrous when they
first appear, light reddish or orange-brown and lustrous during their
first season and gray-brown the following year, and armed with slen-
der nearly straight chestnut-brown shining ultimately ashy gray
spines 4-6 cm. long; or often a tall shrub with numerous ascending

stems.

Oak woods; shore of Fishers Island Sound, Mumford's Point, Gro-
ton, New London County, Connecticut, C. B. Graves (no. 60 a type),
May, September and October 1903.

Crataegus Emersoniana, n. sp. Leaves broadly ovate to oval,
short-pointed and acuminate at the apex, rounded or cuneate at the
entire base, sharply doubly serrate above, with straight or incurved
glandular teeth, and divided above the middle into 3 or 4 pairs of
short acuminate spreading lobes, nearly half-grown when the flowers
open about the 2oth of May and then thin, light yellow-green, smooth
and glabrous above with the exception of a few soft hairs near the
base of the midribs and pale and sparingly villose below along the
primary veins and in their axils, with short persistent hairs, and at
maturity thin but firm, dark yellow and lustrous on the upper and
paler on the lower surface, 5-6 cm. long and broad, with slender
petioles wing-margined at the apex, slightly grooved, sparingly villose
along the upper side while young, soon glabrous, occasionally glandu-
lar, with minute dark deciduous glands, rose-colored in the autumn,
2—2.5 cm. in length ; leaves on vigorous shoots usually rounded at the
base, more deeply lobed, 8-10 cm. long and broad, with stout
broadly winged petioles glandular through the season. Flowers
about 2 cm. in diameter, on long slender glabrous pedicels, in 7—15-
flowered compound corymbs ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, glabrous,
the lobes slender, acuminate and red at the apex, slightly dentate
above the middle, glabrous on the outer, sparingly villose on the
inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens ro; anthers pale
yellow ; styles 3-5, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of scat-
tered white hairs. Fruit ripening at the end of September, on slen-

182 Rhodora [OCTOBER

der drooping red pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, subglobose to
globose, scarlet, lustrous, marked by numerous small pale dots, 1.2—
1.4 cm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a broad shallow cav-
ity, and reflexed and closely appressed slightly serrate lobes dark red
below the middle and puberulous on the upper side, their tips often
deciduous from the ripe fruit; flesh thick, dry and mealy ; nutlets 3 or
4, rounded at the base, gradually narrowed and rounded at the apex,
ridged on the back, with a broad high deeply grooved ridge, pene-
trated on the inner faces by long and narrow shallow cavities, about
7 mm. long and 4-5 mm. wide.

A shrub 1-2 m. high, with stout zigzag branchlets marked by
numerous oblong pale lenticels, orange-yellow and glabrous when
they first appear, becoming light chestnut-brown and lustrous in their
first winter and dull gray-brown the following year, and armed with
numerous slender slightly curved purplish shining spines 5-6 cm.
long.

Somerset, Bristol County, Massachusetts, /. E. Jack (no. 4 type),
May and September 1904.

This species, and C. spatiosa, resemble the Coccineae in the charac-
ter of the leaves and in the general appearance of the fruit, but the
cavities on the ventral surfaces of the nutlets, although less devel-
oped than in most species of Tomentosae, indicate that they should
be referred to that group. It is named in memory of George Barrel
Emerson (1797-1881), the author of the classical Report on the Trees
and Shrubs of Massachusetts, whose love of trees and their cultiva-
tion led to the establishment of the Arnold Arboretum.

Mature leaves subcoriaceous to coriaceous.

Anthers rose-color.

Crataegus fulgens, n. sp. Leaves broadly ovate to suborbicu-
lar, rounded or acute at the apex, abruptly narrowed and concave-
cuneate at the entire base, coarsely doubly serrate above, with
straight glandular teeth and slightly divided above the middle into 4
or s pairs of small acute lobes, scabrate above while young, with
short white hairs, and pale and glabrous below with the exception of
occasional axillary persistent hairs, and at maturity coriaceous, dark
yellow-green, smooth and lustrous on the upper and pale on the
lower surface, 5-7 cm. long and 4-7 cm. wide, with midribs deeply
impressed on the upper side of the leaves and rose-colored on the
lower toward the base, and prominent yellow primary veins extending
obliquely to the points of the lobes; petioles stout, wing-margined at
the apex, deeply grooved, dark rose color late in the season, 2-2.5

1905] Sargent, Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 183

cm. in length. Flowers opening the first of June, on slender elon-
gated glabrous or sparingly villose pedicels, in usually 10-12-flowered
glabrous corymbs, with linear glandular bracts and bractlets fading
brown; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, glabrous, the lobes slender,
acuminate, laciniately glandular-serrate, glabrous on the outer, pu-
perulous on the inner surface; stamens 5-10; anthers rose color;
styles 2 or 3. Fruit ripening the middle of September, on slender
red pedicels, in generally 8—10-fruited drooping clusters, subglobose
but rather broader than long, crimson, lustrous, marked by numer-
ous small pale dots, 1—1.2 cm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with
a wide shallow cavity, and spreading closely appressed laciniate lobes
villose-pubescent on the upper side and often deciduous from the
ripe fruit; flesh thin, orange color, soft and succulent; nutlets 2 or 3,
full and rounded at the ends, rounded and usually only slightly ridged
on the back, penetrated on the inner faces by short broad cavities,
about 7 cm. long and 5 cm. wide.

A broad shrub 3-4 m. high, with stout spreading stems and thick
nearly straight branchlets marked by numerous small pale lenticels,
light orange-green and glabrous when they first appear, bright chest-
nut-brown and very lustrous during their first winter and ultimately
dark dull gray-brown, and armed with stout nearly straight purplish
spines 4-6 cm. in length.

Banks of small ravines, near the coast; Stratford, Fairfield County,
Connecticut, E. H. Hames (no. 5 type) May 1898, September 1903.

Anthers pale yellow.

Crataegus Searsi, n. sp. Leaves obovate to ovate, acute or
acuminate gradually narrowed and cuneate at the entire base, sharply
often doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and divided
above the middle into 4 or 5 pairs of short acuminate spreading
lobes, deeply tinged with red and coated above with long soft white
hairs when they unfold, and nearly half grown when the flowers open
during the last week of May and then membranaceous, dark yellow-
green, lustrous and roughened above by short rigid white hairs and
pale and glabrous below, with the exception of a few hairs on the mid-
ribs and in the axils of the primary veins, and at maturity subcoria-
ceous, yellow-green, smooth and lustrous on the upper and pale yel-
low-green, and nearly glabrous on the lower surface, 5-6 cm. long and
4-5 cm. wide, with slender midribs often tinged with rose on the lower
side toward the base and thin primary veins extending very obliquely
to the points of the lobes; petioles slender, wing-margined at the
apex, villose on the upper side while young, becoming glabrous 1-1.5
cm. in length ; stipules linear, glandular-serrate, bright red, caducous;
leaves on vigorous shoots broadly ovate to rhombic, sometimes

184 Rhodora [OCTOBER

rounded at the gradually narrowed base, more coarsely serrate and
more deeply lobed, and often 5-6 cm. long and 6-7 cm. wide, with
stout rose-colored petioles broadly wing-margined below the middle
and 1.2-1.5 cm. in length. Flowers about 1.5 cm. in diameter, on
slender elongated villose pedicels, in wide lax many-flowered hairy
corymbs, with linear acuminate glandular bracts and bractlets fading
brown; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, hairy at the base, glabrous
above, the lobes slender, acuminate, entire or slightly and irregularly
glandular-serrate, glabrous on the outer, puberulous or villose on the
inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 7-10; anthers pale
yellow ; styles 2 or 3, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of
pale hairs. Fruit ripening early in September and soon falling, on
reddish villose pedicels, in many-fruited drooping clusters, subglobose
or often a little longer than wide, crimson, lustrous, marked by occa-
sional large pale dots, 8-10 mm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged,
with a narrow shallow cavity and closely appressed lobes villose above
and mostly persistent on the ripe fruit; flesh thin, yellow, sweet and
succulent; nutlets 2 or 3, full and rounded at the ends, rounded and
irregularly ridged on the back, with a low often grooved ridge, pene-
trated on the inner faces by small narrow cavities, about 6 mm. long
and 4 mm. wide.

A shrub 2-3 m. high, with numerous thick ascending stems form-
ing an open irregular head, and very stout slightly zigzag branchlets
marked by few large oblong pale lenticels, light orange-green and
villose-pubescent when they first appear, becoming nearly glabrous,
bright chestnut-red and very lustrous before winter, and dull reddish
brown the following season, and armed with numerous stout crimson
bright chestnut-brown shining ultimately dull gray spines 4.5—6 cm.
long.

Rocky hillsides; Wolf Pen Farm, Southborough, Worcester County,
Massachusetts, C. S. Sargent, May and September 1904.

This species is named for the late J. Montgomery Sears, by whom
it was first shown to me on his farm at Southborough where also grew
within an area of a few acres Crataegus conjuncta, Sarg., C. acutiloba,
Sarg, here unusually remote from the coast, C. fucosa, Sarg., C.
TAayeri, Sarg., C. flabellata, Spach, the only reported Massachusetts”
station for this northern species, C. ¿ntricata, Lang., and C. Helenae,
Sarg. l ‘

CRATAEGUS FERENTARIA, Sargent, Proc. Rochester Acad. Sci. iv.
135+ (1903.)

This species, first noticed in the neighborhood of Rochester, New
York, now appears to be one of the most widely distributed New
England species.

1905] Fernald, An anomalous alpine Willow - 185

MAINE, Gerrish Island and York Harbor, Jack: New HAMPSHIRE,
Holderness, C. E. Faxon: VERMONT, New Haven, Zggleston (no.
3331) and Middlebury (nos. 3332 and 3334), Waybridge, Zrazmera
(no. 21), and New Haven (no. 23), Twin Mountain, Rutland,
Eggleston (nos. 2230 and 2332), Lyndonville, Æggleston (no. 3398) :
MasSACHUSETTS, West Boylston, North Lancaster and Shirley, Æ. 7.
Thayer; Wareham, Outram Bangs (nos. 2, 3 and 4); Somerset
Jack, (no. 1); Fall River, Z. 4. Handy; North Adams, Sargent:
RHODE ISLAND, Tiverton, Sargent: CONNECTICUT, Franklin, Graves
(no. 40) : ONTARIO, near Toronto, D. W. Beadle (nos. 104, 105, 106).

In some of the Vermont specimens now referred to this species
the anthers in the bud are faintly tinged with pink but are of the
normal color soon after the flowers open.

ARNOLD ARBORETUM.

AN ANOMALOUS ALPINE WILLOW.
M. L. FERNALD.

GasPÉ Peninsula in Quebec is, in eastern America at least, the
home of the genus Sa/zx. There in an area of about gooo square
miles we know twenty-four indigenous species, and two varieties of
such pronounced character as to seem perhaps worthy specific rank.
Of these twenty-six indigenous willows fourteen are arctic-alpine shrubs
of the Shickshock Mountains. Most of these shrubs, Sa/ix herbacea
L., S. arctica Pallas, S. anglorum Cham., S. glauca L., S. desertorum
Richards., etc., are clearly referable to well known polar types ; but
one small ascending shrub occurring on alpine meadows of Mt. Albert
and in crevices of serpentine along the headwaters of Ruisseau au
Diable seems to be unique among arctic-alpine willows.

Superficially the shrub would be passed as the typical subglabrous
Salix desertorum which grows along neighboring tributaries of Ruis-
seau au Diable, but that very beautiful shrub has densely white-
pubescent capsules and yellowish chartaceous scales. The little
shrub, which in habit, bark and foliage so closely simulates S. deser-
torum, has, instead, strictly glabrous capsules and glabrous green

186 Rhodora [OCTOBER

herbaceous scales. In this scale-character the shrub somewhat
approaches S. retusa of alpine Europe and its allies of the Himalayas ;
but unlike them it has the very definite style characteristic of S. deser-
torum, S. glauca, and their allies, all species with strongly pubescent
capsules. If, as is apparently the case, this little willow is closely
related to the superficially similar S. desertorum and its allies which
abound on Mt. Albert, it would seem that the current tendency, to
separate subgenerically species with glabrous from those with pubes-
cent capsules, is at best artificial. Upon that question further study
is needed, but since the Mt. Albert shrub with green herbaceous scales
is clearly distinct from the described species to which it is apparently
related it may be called

Sarıx chlorolepis. Frutex ramosus o.3-1 m. altus, ramis sub-
erectis griseis 6-8 mm. crassis junioribus badiis lucidis; foliis lance-
olatis vel elliptico-oblongis vel auguste obovatis apice et basi sub-
aequaliter attenuatis obtusis vel rotundatis supra viridibus subtus
glaucis utrinque primo arachnoideis demum glabratis integris 1-2.5
cm. longis 4-14 mm. latis breviter petiolatis; amentis breviter foliato-
pedunculatis ovoideis vel cylindricis 5-13 mm. longis; squamis
oblongis vel obovatis subtruncatis vel retusis glabris viridibus sub-
herbaceis 2-3 mm. longis; filamentis pallidis glabris 5 mm. longis,
antheris o.; mm. longis; capsulis glabris conico-subulatis obtusis
obsolete pedicellatis 4 mm. longis; stylis 1.5 mm longis valde fissis,
stigmatibus bifidis laciniis elongatis divergentibus. — QUEBEC, alpine
meadows and wet crevices of serpentine, altitude 800-1000 meters,
headquarters of Ruisseau au Diable, Mt. Albert, August 12, 1905
(Collins & Fernald, no. 59).

GRAY HERBARIUM.

ScLEROLEPIS IN New HAMPSHIRE. — According to both Gray's
and Britton's manuals, Selerolepis verticillata, Cass., ranges from New
Jersey southward. Therefore the occurrence of this species in Brad-
ford, N. H., a town some thirty-five miles north of Massachusetts and
sixty miles from the coast, is of certain interest. At the southern
end of Bradford Pond there is a grove of tall pitch pines separated
from the water by a white sandy beach. During the first week of
August, this beach was largely occupied by the following plants, all

1905] A Work for the Teachers of Biology 187

abundant and in flower,— Rhexta Virginica, L.; Drosera intermedia,
Hayne; Xyris Caroliniana, Walt.; Utricularia cornuta, Michx.; and
Eriocaulon septangulare, Withering. Pogonia ophioglossoides, Nutt.,
in fruit was also abundant and showed two late albino blossoms.
Along the water's edge, but not immersed, numerous plants of .Se/e-
rolepis verticillata were found, with flowers almost mature. A com-
parison of the specimens collected in Bradford with those from
southern localities reveals no important differences. The species
as it occurs in its more southern habitat is somewhat variable in
height, in width of leaf, and in the firmness of the stem, differences
depending in part upon whether the individual plants are growing
in, or near the water. The Bradford specimens correspond to the
shorter form, growing on the sand, and having a firm stem and
numerous short leaves. Specimens collected at Bradford have
been deposited in the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University. —
FREDERIC T. Lewis, M. D., Cambridge, Massachusetts.

A Work FOR TEACHERS OF BroLoGY. —In “The Teaching of
Biology”* Professor Lloyd and Dr. Bigelow have treated their
theme with considerable fulness, great painstaking, and much
advantage to teachers of biology. ‘The aims and scope of the
book may be seen from the following partial list of chapter sub-
jects: the value of biology in education; nature study; the value
of botany in secondary education; various types of botanical
courses ; principles to be emphasized; detailed discussion of the
course; laboratory and materials; botanical literature; the value of
zoology; animal nature study and human physiology in the elemen-
tary school; the subject matter and the outline of a course for the
secondary school; the relation of zoology in secondary school and
in college. The full bibliographies and references to pedagogical
literature are especially valuable. As regards the class of teachers
to whom the work will prove to be of most service, it may be said
that the general suggestions and the specific directions to teachers
in secondary schools are of most value. The ideals of the authors

1 The Teaching of Biology in the Secondary School, by Francis E. Lloyd, A. M.,
and Maurice A. Bigelow, Ph.D., Professors in Teachers’ College, Columbia
University. New York. Longmans, Green, and Co., pp. 500. Price $1.50.

188 Rhodora [OCTOBER

in respect to the equipment of teachers and the plane upon which
instruction should be placed are high. In botany a “synthetic
course" is advocated, wherein insistence is laid upon the correla-
tion of morphology and physiology (with ecology), and a dynamic
point of view is taken and carried out. As outlined in detail, with
many practical helps, by Professor Lloyd, this course agrees well
with the recommendations of the committee appointed by the Society
for Plant Morphology and Physiology to formulate a uniform col-
lege entrance requirement in botany. Schoolmen may well read Dr.
Bigelow’s arguments in favor of a year’s course in biology the botan-
ical and zoological elements of which would be so adjusted that the
important general principles of life might be taught to the exclusion
of a mass of relatively uninstructive details. — R. G. L.

Vol. 7, no. 81, including pages 157 to 172, was issued 19 September, 1905.

IRbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 7 November, 1905 No. 83

THE USE OF ACCENTUAL MARKS IN GRAY'S
MANUAL.

EZRA BRAINERD.

I CANNOT refrain from expressing my amazement at a portion of
Mr. Pease's article in the September Ruopora. I concur in what he
says regarding the proper syllable to receive the accent, and am
ready to try to say Hypericum and PoLyGon’ ATUM. But on page
160, paragraph marked “2,” he passes outside of the subject indi-
cated by his title, to speak of “vowel quantities,” and criticises in
the Gray Manual the use of certain accentual marks that have stood
unchallenged for nearly fifty years.

Surely in the instances cited, with the two exceptions of PíckA and
SAPÍNDUS, accepted as genera only in the last edition,! these marks
are correctly used in the Manual. The proposed changes are in
direct violation of long established and well known rules for the Eng-
lish pronunciation of Latin, and would lead us into ridiculous ped-
antry.

Mr. Pease evidently confuses two very different things, vzz.: (1)
the ancient distinction of vowels as “long” or “short” — referring
not so much to quality of sound as to /ength of time in uttering the
sound; and (2) the Ænglish distinction of vowels as “long” or
“short” — referring to change of guadity, according, for the most
part, as a vowel ends a syllable or is followed by a consonant in the
same syllable. Mr. Pease’s erudition has enabled him to point out

1 Dr. Gray himself in the Garden Botany, 1870, pp. 70 € 312 gives these words
the correct accentual marks. “ 4egopódum>” in Mr. Pease's list is plainly a mis-
print for Aegopodium.

190 Rhodora, - [NOVEMBER

e ve i
,

in the accented syllable of seventy-one generic names the vowel
quantity as used in ancient prosody; but this has no bearing what-
ever upon the English method of pronouncing any of the names in
his long list. Dr. Gray (and Dr. Watson and Dr. Britton after him)
used the grave accent" to indicate, not Latin quantity, but that the
vowel over which it stood was to have the so-called long English
sound; and the acute accent ^ to indicate, not that the vowel was
short in Latin prosody, but was to have the “short-vowel” sound
when pronounced by the English method.

It is hard to believe that Mr. Pease would have us pronounce RHus
as though spelled RüsE, or Ròsa as though spelled Rós'sa, and THY-
MUS as though spelled ThYm'mus, Acer as though ÁS'SER, CLÉMATIS
as CLE-MATIS, LíLIUM as Li-Lrum. He admits that the English
method of pronouncing Latin is “so firmly established in this coun-
try for scientific names that nothing short of a revolution in pronun-
ciation could supplant it." But such changes as those just cited are
contrary to the first principles of the English method, and decidedly
revolutionary ; at the same time they are equally far from what is
commonly supposed to have been the pronunciation of the ancient
Romans.

We have an excellent statement of the rules for pronouncing Latin
by the English method in Harkness’ Latin Grammar; and the sub-
ject is well discussed in most pronouncing dictionaries of Greek and
Roman proper names. A few hours’ study of these rules would
enable our botanists to pronounce names of plants uniformly and
consistently. What we hear now is frequently, not the Roman
method nor the “continental method,” but a medley of these with the
English method.

MIDDLEBURY COLLEGE, Middlebury, Vermont.

AN ALPINE ADIANTUM.
M. L. FERNALD.

To a botanist who is familiar with the Maidenhair Fern, Adiantum
pedatum, of rich deciduous woods of New England and the Alle-
ghenies, and who looks upon that species as the northernmost Ameri-
can representative of a large tropical and subtropical genus, itis a

1905] Fernald, An Alpine Adiantum IQI

great surprise to find on the Shickshock Mountains of the Gaspé
Peninsula a beautiful Adiantum covering hundreds of acres of alpine
tableland. There, on the naked tableland of Mt. Albert and along
the ice-cold streams of the alpine district, is an Adiantum forming
broad bands of blue-green wherever the water from the cold bogs or
melting snow-fields trickles through crevices of the greenish-brown
serpentine.

Ordinarily the plant is strongly caespitose, very many stiff glaucous
stipes springing from the crowns of the firmly entangled rootstocks.
These rigid stipes are rarely more than 2 decimeters high, often
scarcely 1 dm., though exceptional clumps have stipes fully 2.5 dm.
tall. The blue-green fronds are from o.5 to 2 dm. across, and the
pinnae usually strongly ascending, without the long graceful curve
which in A. pedatum causes the tips of the primary branches nearly
to meet. In exposed sunny situations the small firm pinnules are
peculiarly twisted, but in sheltered ravines they are quite flat and
normal. `

The plant is evidently a close ally of our Alleghenian Adiantum
pedatum, but careful comparison with this plant of the woodlands
shows the Mt. Albert fern to have certain characters which are note-
worthy. Besides its small stature, ascending scarcely recurved pin-
nae and very firm texture the Adiantum of the Shickshocks differs
in having the lower marginal rib of the pinnules more prominent,
while the finer veins of the pinnules are more obscure than in 4.
pedatum. The teeth at the tips of the pinnules of the Mt. Albert
plant are acute and often very fine, while those of the Alleghenian
A. pedatum are rounded. But the best character, perhaps, is in the
indusium. In 4. pedatum this is transversely linear, varying much
in length (usually from 2 to 5 mm. long) but always of a linear or
short-oblong outline (about 1 mm. broad). In the Mt. Albert plant
the indusia are more lunate, rarely twice as long as broad.

Study of the material in the Gray Herbarium shows that the plant
of Mt. Albert, though usually dwarfed, is the characteristic Adiantum
of wet rocks and mountain-gulches from Idaho and California north
to Alaska, where it has passed as 4. pedatum, and that it reappears
in northeastern Asia. It is unquestionably the fern listed without
description by Presl as Adiantum boreale “ ( A. pedatum ex Unalaschka
Kaulf. et herb. Chamisso),”* which was afterward taken up and

! Presl, Tent. Pterid. 158 (1836).

192 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

described by Ruprecht as 4. pedatum, var. aleuticum? Ruprecht's
material was from Unalaschka and Kadiak Island, and specimens
from that region are clearly identica] with those from Mt. Albert.
Occasional specimens from northwestern America and some from
eastern Asia show very evident transitions to typical 4. pedatum,
and, although he failed in his diagnosis to point out some leading
characteristics of the fern, it is probable that Ruprecht's treatment
of the plant was best and that it should be known as Adiantum
pedatum L., var. aleuticum Ruprecht.

Gray HERBARIUM.

RECENTLY RECOGNIZED SPECIES OF CRATAEGUS
IN EASTERN CANADA AND NEW ENGLAND, — VI.

C. S. SARGENT.
(Continued from page 185.)

PUNCTATAE.

Stamens 20; anthers pale rose.

Crataegus umbratilis, n. sp. Leaves obovate to rhombic or sub-
orbicular, acute or short-pointed and acuminate at the apex, gradually
narrowed and concave-cuneate at the long entire base, sharply doubly
serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and divided above the
middle into 3 or 4 pairs of short broad acute lobes, about half-grown
when the flowers open at the end of May and then membranaceous,
glabrous with the exception of a few pale hairs along the upper side
of the midribs and veins, light yellow-green, smooth and lustrous
above and pale below, and at maturity thin, glabrous, dark yellow-
green and lustrous on the upper and paler on the lower surface, 6-7
cm. long and 5-7 cm. wide, with thin orange-colored midribs, and
slender inconspicuous primary veins extending obliquely to the points
of the lobes; petioles slender, broadly wing-margined at the apex,
deeply grooved, glabrous, glandular, with occasional scattered per-
sistent glands, 2-3 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots more

1 Ruprecht, Distrib. Crypt. Vasc. in Imp. Ross. 49 (1845).

1905] Sargent, Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 193

coarsely serrate and more deeply lobed and often 3-8 cm. long and
broad. Flowers 2-5 cm. in diameter, on long stout glabrous pedicels,
in generally 5—12-flowered broad lax corymbs, the lower branches
from the axils of upper leaves; calyx broadly obconic, glabrous,
tinged with red, the lobes gradually narrowed, short-acuminate,
finely glandular-serrate above the middle, green, glabrous on the
outer, sparingly villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis ;
stamens 20; anthers large, pale rose color; styles 5. Fruit ripening
in September, on stout erect pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, subglo-
bose to short-oblong, bright apple-green (September roth), about 1
cm.in diameter; calyx prominent, with a wide deep cavity and small
spreading and reflexed lobes hairy on the upper side and mostly per-
sistent; flesh thin, green, dry and mealy ; nutlets 5, full and rounded
at the base, acute at the apex, rounded or occasionally obscurely
ridged on the back, dark-colored, about 7 mm. long and 5-6 mm.
wide.

A tree about 5 m. high, with a short trunk 20-25 cm. in diameter,
covered with pale gray scaly bark, large spreading and ascending
branches forming a wide open irregular head, and slender nearly
straight branchlets marked by oblong pale lenticels, glabrous and
deeply tinged with red when they first appear, soon becoming light
orange-brown, light gray tinged with red in their second year, and
armed with numerous slender nearly straight bright chestnut-brown
shining spines 3.5-4.5 cm. long, elongated, much-branched, and very
abundant on the trunk and branches.

Borders of Alder thickets in low moist ground in the shade of
larger trees, Goddard estate near Litchfield, Litchfield County, Con-
necticut, C. ZZ. Bissell (no. 67, type!), September 20, 1903, May,
1904; Bissell and Sargent, September 3, 1905.

PRUINOSAE.

Stamens 20; anthers pink.

Crataegus fusca, n. sp. Leaves ovate, acuminate, rounded,
cuneate or almost truncate at the broad entire base, sharply often
doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and divided into
4-6 pairs of narrow acuminate spreading lobes, nearly one-third
grown when the flowers open about the rst of June and then thin,
yellow-green slightly tinged with red, and glabrous with the excep-
tion of a few scattered pale caducous hairs above and pale and gla-
brous below, and at maturity thin, bluish green and lustrous on the
upper and paler blue-green on the lower surface, 4.5-7 cm. long and
4-5.5 cm. wide, with slender yellow midribs, and thin primary veins

194 Rhodora [NovEMBER

arching obliquely to the points of the lobes; petioles slender, slightly
wing-margined at the apex, occasionally sparingly glandular, 2-3.5
cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots rounded or sometimes cor-
date at the base, coarsely serrate and more deeply lobed, with stout
wing-margined glandular rose-colored petioles. Flowers about 2 cm.
in diameter, on short slender glabrous pedicels, in usually 4-7-flow-
ered corymbs, with linear acuminate glandular rose-colored bracts
and bractlets mostly deciduous before the flowers open; calyx-tube
broadly obconic, the lobes short, gradually narrowed, acuminate,
minutely glandular on the margins, glabrous, reflexed after anthesis ;
stamens 20; anthers pale pink; styles 4 or 5. Fruit ripening the
middle of October, on short stout erect pedicels, in few-fruited clus-
ters, short-oblong, full and rounded at the apex, slightly narrowed at
the base, dull brown, pruinose, 1—1.2 cm. in diameter ; calyx promi-
nent, with a short tube, a broad deep cavity and spreading and
reflexed lobes dark red on the upper side below the middle; flesh
thin, yellow-green, dry and mealy; nutlets usually 4 or 5, broad and
rounded at the base, gradually narrowed and rounded at the apex,
ridged on the back, with a high narrow ridge, light-colored, 7-8 mm.
long and 4-5 mm. wide.

A tree with a short trunk and spreading branches forming a round-
topped head, and slender nearly straight branchlets marked by oblong
pale lenticels, orange-green more or less tinged with red when they
first appear, bright chestnut-brown and lustrous during their first
year and light gray tinged with red the following season, and armed
with slender slightly curved purplish shining spines 4-5 cm. long.

Pastures near Burlington, Vermont, W. W. Eggleston (nos. 2282,
2346, 2874 type!), September and October 1901, May and June 1902,

June 1903.

Anthers rose-color.
Stamens 15-20.

.Crataegus Quinebaugensis, n. sp. Leaves rhombic, acuminate,
cuneate and entire at the base, finely often doubly serrate above,
with slender glandular teeth, and divided above the middle into 2 or
3 pairs of broad short acuminate lobes, nearly one-third grown when
the flowers open about the 20th of May and then thin and glabrous,
light yellow-green and very smooth above and pale bluish green
below, and at maturity subcoriaceous, dark blue-green and lustrous
on the upper and pale blue-green on the lower surface, 6-7 cm. long
and 5-6 cm. wide, with slender yellow midribs, and thin primary
veins extending obliquely to the points of the lobes; petioles slender,
slightly wing-margined at the apex, nearly terete, glandular, with
minute dark red stipitate deciduous glands, 2-3 cm. in length; stip-

1905] Sargent, Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 195

ules linear-obovate, glandular, fading rose color or brown, mostly
fallen before the flowers open; leaves on vigorous shoots more
coarsely serrate and more deeply lobed, often 8-10 cm. long and
7-8 cm. wide, with stout petioles conspicuously glandular through
the season, and foliaceous lunate coarsely serrate persistent stipules.
Flowers 1.6—1.9 cm. in diameter, on elongated slender glabrous pedi-
cels, in usually 5—7-flowered corymbs, with linear-obovate acuminate
glandular bracts and bractlets usually persistent until after the flow-
ers open; calyx-tube broadly obconic, glabrous, the lobes wide, short-
acuminate, usually dentate above the middle, with minute glandular
teeth, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 15-20, usually 16-18; anthers
pale rose color; styles 3-5. Fruit ripening in October and falling
before the end of the month, on slender pendulous pedicels, in few-
fruited clusters, oblong to slightly obovate, usually pointed and more
or less angled at the base, gradually narrowed at the apex, light red
or purplish, pruinose, 1—1.2 cm. long and 8-9 mm. wide; calyx little
enlarged, with a short tube, a deep narrow cavity, and spreading and
reflexed usually persistent lobes; flesh thin, hard and dry, greenish
or yellowish white, sometimes tinged with red; nutlets 3 or 4, nar-
rowed at the ends, acute at the apex, ridged on the back, with a low
broad slightly grooved ridge, about 8 mm. long and 4-5 mm. wide.

A sparingly branched shrub 2-4 m. high, with long spreading
and ascending stems covered with pale gray bark darker and rougher
near their base, and stout zigzag branchlets marked by small oblong
dark lenticels, orange-brown and glabrous when they first appear,
dull olive or olive-brown during their first year, becoming gray-brown
the following season, and armed with many slender slightly curved
purplish shining spines 5-7 cm. long.

Near Hopeville, New London County, Connecticut, in the valley of
the Quinebaug River, C. B. Graves (no. 57 type!), May, July and
October 1904.

Stamens 10 or less.

CRATAEGUS BELLULA, Sarg., Trees and Shrubs,i, 111,t. 56. (1903.)
I have referred to this species, known previously only in the neighbor-
hood of Grand Rapids, Michigan, a large nearly aborescent plant
discovered in Somerset, Massachusetts, by Mr. J. G. Jack (no. 6),
May and September 1903. If this reference is correct Crataegus
bellula is interesting as another instance of the occurrence of a spe-
cies of this genus in remote regions without intermediate stations,
for the country between southern Massachusetts and central Michigan
has been so carefully examined for Crataegus that it is hardly prob-

196 Rhodora [NovEMBER

able that such a distinct and beautiful plant as C. de//u/a could if gen-
erally distributed have escaped notice.

Crataegus incisa, n. sp. Leaves ovate-oblong, acuminate, cune
ate or rounded at the entire glandular base, sharply doublv serrate
above, with straight or incurved glandular teeth, and deeply divided
into numerous narrow acuminate spreading sometimes reflexed lateral
lobes, more than half grown when the flowers open from the 2oth to
the end of May and then membranaceous, light yellow green, smooth
and glabrous above, and pale or glaucous and slightly hairy along
the midribs and veins below, and at maturity subcoriaceous, dark
blue-green and lustrous on the upper and pale-green on the lower
surface, 5-8 cm. long and 4-6 cm. wide, with prominent yellow mid-
ribs, and slender obscure primary veins arching obliquely to the points
of the lobes; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex,
nearly terete, yellow, sometimes glandular while young, with minute
dark red deciduous glands, 2-3 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous
shoots ovate, truncate or rounded at the broad base, coarsely serrate,
3-lobed by deep narrow sinuses, the terminal lobe incisely lobed,
coriaceous, 7—9 cm. long and wide, with stout winged conspicuously
glandular petioles, and foliaceous lunate long-pointed laciniately di-
vided stipules. Flowers 1.8—2 cm. in diameter, on slender elongated
glabrous pedicels, in lax 4-6-flowered corymbs, with linear acuminate
glandular bracts and bractlets, fading brown and mostly deciduous
before the flowers open ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, glabrous, the
lobes gradually narrowed from wide bases, acute and glandular at
the apex, entire or finely glandular-serrate near the middle, glabrous,
reflexed after anthesis; stamens s-ro ; anthers pale rose color;
styles usually 3, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale hairs.
Fruit ripening late in October, and persistent until after the fall of
the leaves on erect or spreading pedicels, in compact few-fruited
clusters, obovate, full and rounded at the apex, gradually narrowed
to the base, green covered with a glaucous bloom, late in the season
often becoming crimson or tinged with crimson, r.3—1.5 cm, long and
1—1.2 cm. wide; calyx little enlarged, without a tube, and with a nar-
row shallow cavity and spreading lobes, their tips often deciduous
from the ripe fruit; flesh thin, hard and green ; nutlets 3, gradually
narrowed to the rounded ends, ridged on the back, with a broadly
grooved ridge, about 8 mm. long and 5 mm. wide.

A shrub or small tree 3-4 m. high, with slender stems, and stout
slightly zigzag branchlets marked by small dark lenticels, green
tinged with red when they first appear, soon becoming bright red-
brown and very lustrous, and dark dull gray-brown in their second
year, and armed with slender straight or slightly curved shining
spines 3.5—5 cm. long.

In dry soil near ledges, Stratford, Fairfield County, Connecticut,

1905] Sargent, Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 197

E. H. Eames (nos. 144 type! 3495 and 3595), June and September
1901, May and September 1903.

Crataegus Robbinsiana, n. sp. Leaves ovate, acute or acumi-
nate. rounded, truncate or cordate*at the entire or crenate base, finely
doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and more or less
divided into 4 or 5 pairs of spreading acuminate lateral lobes, when
they unfold deeply tinged with red, glabrous below and furnished
above with short white hairs, nearly fully grown when the flowers
open from the middle to the zoth of May and then membranaceous,
pale yellow-green and still hairy above and pale below, and at ma-
turity thin but firm in texture, smooth and dark green on the upper,
pale on the lower surface, 3-5 cm. long and 2.5-3.5 cm. wide, with
slender yellow midribs, and thin primary veins extending obliquely
to the points of the lobes, often turning orange color tinged with red
in the autumn before falling; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined
at the apex, glandular, with minute stipitate dark glands, 1.4-2 cm.
in length; stipules linear to linear-falcate, acuminate, finely glandular-
serrate, mostly deciduous before the flowers open; leaves on vigorous
shoots broadly ovate, mostly long-pointed, cordate or rarely truncate
at the base, more coarsely serrate, more deeply lobed and fre-
quently 6-7 cm. long and 5-6 cm. wide, with stout reddish conspic-
uously glandular petioles 1-2 cm. long. Flowers 1.2-1.5 cm. in
diameter, on slender glabrous pedicels, in 6—10-flowered corymbs,
with linear glandular bracts and bractlets fading brown and mostly
deciduous before the flowers open; calyx-tube broadly obconic, gla-
brous, the lobes gradually narrowed from wide bases, acuminate at
the gland-tipped apex, entire or slightly and irregularly toothed near
the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 7-10; anthers light rose
color; styles 4 or 5, surrounded at the base by a ring of pale tomen-
tum. Fruit ripening from the first to the middle of October, on slen-
der pedicels, in few-fruited erect clusters, depressed-globose, rather
broader than high, dull red and slightly pruinose, becoming lustrous
and about 1.2 cm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, without a tube,
and with a deep narrow cavity, and spreading appressed lobes bright
red on the upper side below the middle and mostly persistent on the
ripe fruit; flesh thin, hard, greenish white; nutlets 4 or 5, full and
rounded at the base, narrow and rounded at the apex, ridged on the
back, with a high ridge, 6-7 mm. long and 4-5 mm. wide.

A tree occasionally ro m. high, with a tall trunk 20-25 cm. in
diameter, covered with light gray closely appressed scales, compara-
tively small erect branches forming an open erect head, and slender
slightly zigzag branchlets marked by numerous dark lenticels, green
tinged with red and glabrous when they first appear, bright chestnut-
brown and lustrous during their first winter and pale gray-brown

the following season, and armed with many slender or occasionally

198 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

stout nearly straight bright red-brown shining spines 3-4 cm. long;
usually smaller and sometimes shrubby in habit.

Burlington, Vermont, W. W. Eggleston (no. 3475 type! ), October
1903, May 1904, (no. 3472) October 1903, 4. W. Edson, May 1900.
Putney, Vermont, W. W. Eggleston (nos. 3391 & 3392), May and
September 1903, W. H. Blanchard (no. 46), May and September
1903; Westminster, Vermont, W. H. Blanchard (no. 49), Septem-
ber 1902, May 1903; Blanchard and Sargent, May 1905. North
Walpole, New Hampshire, W. H. Blanchard (no. 48), May and
September 1903.

This handsome and widely distributed species is named in mem-
ory of James Watson Robbins (1801-1879) in his time “the most
critical student of the botany of New England and the northern
Atlantic States.”

Crataegus levis,n.sp. Leaves ovate to oval, acute or acuminate,
abruptly cuneate or rounded at the entire base, finely doubly serrate
above, with straight or incurved glandular teeth, and slightly divided
above the middle into 4 or 5 pairs of short acuminate lobes, when
the flowers open during the last week of May thin, glabrous with the
exception of a few soft hairs on the light yellow-green very smooth
upper surface and pale or glaucous and glabrous below, and at
maturity thin, but firm in texture, glabrous, blue-green above and
pale blue-green. below, 3.5-4.5 cm. long and 3-3.5 cm. wide, and
on vigorous shoots sometimes 6 cm. long and, 4-5 cm. wide, with
very slender yellow midribs, and thin primary veins arching
obliquely to the points of the lobes; petioles slender, nearly terete,
glandular while young, with occasional minute dark red glands, often
tinged with red early in the season, 2-3 cm. in length. Flowers
1.2—1.4 cm. in diameter, on stout elongated glabrous pedicels, in
usually 5-8-flowered corymbs; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, glabrous,
the lobes gradually narrowed from wide bases, short, acuminate,
obscurely serrate near the middle, glabrous, reflexed after anthesis ;
stamens 7—10; anthers deep rose color; styles 3 or 4. Fruit ripening
the end of September, on drooping pedicels, in few-fruited clusters,
obovate, full and rounded at the apex, gradually narrowed to the
slender base, dull purple, very glaucous, r.1-1.3 cm. long and 7-8
mm. wide; calyx little enlarged, with a wide shallow cavity, and
spreading or reflexed serrate lobes dark red on the upper side
toward the middle, their tips often deciduous from the ripe fruit ;
flesh thin, yellow, rather juicy ; nutlets 3 or 4, usually 3, narrowed
and rounded at the base, acute or acuminate at the apex, ridged on
the back, with a high usually broad ridge, about 7 mm. long, and 4-5
mm. wide.

A slender shrub about 2 m. high, with small ascending stems and

1905] Sargent, Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 199

branches covered with dark scaly bark, and slender nearly straight
branchlets marked by small oblong lenticels, dull orange color and
glabrous when they first appear, light chestnut-brown and lustrous
during their first winter and dull reddish brown in their second year,
and armed with slender nearly straight light chestnut-brown shining
ultimately dull gray-brown spines 3-4 cm. long.

Moist rich pastures, Litchfield, Litchfield County, Connecticut, C.
H. Bissell (no. 71 type!), September 1903, May 1904; Bissell and
Sargent, September 1905.

‘TENUIFOLIAE.

Anthers rose color.
Stamens 10 or less.

Crataegus culta, n. sp. Leaves ovate, acuminate, broad and
rounded at the entire base, finely doubly serrate above, with straight
glandular teeth, and slightly divided into 5 or 6 pairs of slender acu-
minate lobes, about half grown when the flowers open the middle of
May and then dark yellow-green and roughened above by short white
hairs and pale bluish green and glabrous below, and at maturity thick
and firm, glabrous, dark blue-green on the upper and paler on the
lower surface, 4-5 cm. long and 3-4 cm. wide, with stout midribs
rose-colored below toward the base in the autumn, and slender
obscure primary veins extending obliquely to the points of the
lobes; petioles slender, grooved and sparingly villose while young
on the upper side, soon glabrous, glandular, with minute dark often
persistent glands, rose-colored in the autumn, 1.5-3 cm. in length.
Flowers about 1.5 cm. in diameter, on slender elongated glabrous
pedicels, in broad lax usually 10-12-flowered corymbs, with linear
glandular caducous bracts and bractlets; calyx-tube narrowly ob-
conic, glabrous, the lobes slender, long-pointed and acuminate at
the rose-colored glandular apex, entire or sparingly dentate near the
middle, glabrous, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 5-10; filaments `
rose color, persistent on the fruit; anthers dark rose color; styles 3
or 4. Fruit ripening and falling late in September, on slender droop-
ing pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, short-oblong or ovate to subglo-
bose, depressed at the insertion of the stalk, crimson, lustrous, marked
by minute pale dots, 1—1.3 cm. long; calyx little enlarged with a nar-
row deep cavity, and spreading or reflexed lobes abruptly narrowed
from broad bases, long-pointed, entire or obscurely and irregularly
dentate, dark red on the upper side below the middle, mostly persist-
ent on the ripe fruit ; flesh thin, slightly juicy, greenish yellow; nut-
lets usually 3, rounded at the ends or, when 4, acute at the apex,
ridged on the back, with a broad low grooved ridge, dark-colored,
about 5 mm. long and nearly as wide.

200 i Rhodora [NOVEMBER

A shrub 3-4 m. high, with long slender much branched stems form-
ing an open irregular head, and slender nearly straight branchlets
marked by crowded pale lenticels, dark green tinged with red when
they first appear, becoming purple and rather lustrous during their
first season and dull reddish brown the following year, and armed
with short purplish shining ultimately gray spines 3—4 cm. long and
persistent on the old branches and stems.

Rich moist hillsides, Shirley, Middlesex County, Massachusetts,
C. S. Sargent (no. 5 type!), September 1902, Æ. F. Thayer, Septem-
ber 1904, May and June 1905. Zhayer and Sargent, September 1905.

Crataegus Damei, n. sp. Leaves oblong-ovate or rarely oval,
long-pointed and acuminate at the apex, rounded or cuneate at the
entire base, sharply doubly serrate above, with slender glandular
teeth, and divided into 5 or 6 pairs of narrow acuminate lobes usually
pointing forward, deeply tinged with red when they unfold, nearly
fully grown when the flowers open the middle of May and then mem-
branaceous, yellow-green and roughened above by short rigid hairs
and pale or glaucous and glabrous below, and at maturity very thin,
dark blue-green and smooth or slightly roughened above and pale
below, 4.5-5.5 cm. long and 3.5-4 cm. wide, with slender yellow mid-
ribs, and thin primary veins arching obliquely to the points of the
lobes ; petioles slender, grooved on the upper side, glabrous, 2-2.5
cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots broader in proportion to
their length and often truncate at the base. Flowers about 1.5 cm.
in diameter, on slender elongated glabrous pedicels, in compact usu-
ally 5-7-flowered corymbs ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, glabrous, the
lobes slender, entire, acuminate, red and glandular at the acuminate
apex, glabrous on the outer, slightly villose on the inner surface,
reflexed after anthesis ; stamens 10; anthers light pink; styles 2-4,
surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale hairs. Fruit ripen-
ing at the end of September, on long slender drooping pedicels, in
many-fruited clusters, oblong to obovate, gradually narrowed at the
base, full and rounded at the apex, bright cherry red and lustrous,
marked by numerous minute dots, 1.3-1.5 cm. long, about 8 mm.
wide ; calyx small, with a deep narrow cavity, and slender entire lobes
red on the upper side below the middle and spreading or incurved ;
flesh thin, yellow, rather juicy; nutlets 2-4, narrowed and rounded
at the base, acute at the apex, ridged on the back, with a high nar-
row ridge, about 7 mm. long and 4 mm. wide.

A shrub 4-5 m. high, with numerous slender spreading stems form-
ing a wide open head, and very slender nearly straight branchlets
marked by small dark lenticels, light orange-green and glabrous when
they first appear, becoming chestnut-brown and somewhat lustrous
during their first winter, dull reddish brown the following year, ulti-

1905] Sargent, Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 201

mately ashy gray, and armed with occasional stout straight curved
purplish spines 1.5-3 cm. long.

Banks of the Merrimack River near Lowell, Massachusetts, Dame
and Sargent, September 1902, C. S. Sargent, May 1905.

This species, well distinguished by its very thin dark blue-green
leaves and long narrow mostly pear-shaped fruits hanging on long
slender stalks is named for the late Lorin Low Dame (1838-1903),
one of the authors of Zhe Flora of Middlesex County, Massachusetts,
of Typical Elms and other Trees of Massachusetts, and of a Handbook

of the Trees of New England, by whom it was first pointed out to me.

Crataegus serena, n. sp. Leaves ovate, acuminate, concave-
cuneate or sometimes rounded at the broad base, finely often doubly
serrate, with straight or incurved glandular teeth, and divided into
4 Or 5 pairs of short broad acute spreading lobes, when they unfold
deeply tinged with red especially on the lower surface and covered
above with soft white hairs, about one-third grown when the flowers
open from the 20th to the end of May and then thin, yellow-green and
scabrate above and pale and glabrous below, and at maturity thin
but firm in texture, dark dull yellow-green on the upper and paler on
the lower surface, 5-6.5 cm. long and 3-5 cm. wide, with stout yellow
midribs, and thin prominent primary veins arching obliquely to the
points of the lobes; petioles slender, wing-margined at the apex,
nearly terete, glabrous, glandular near the apex, with minute often
persistent glands, 2-3 cm. in length; stipules linear-obovate, acute,
glandular, fading brown, caducous; leaves on vigorous shoots long-
pointed and divided by wide shallow sinuses, often 6—7 cm. long and
wide, with stout conspicuously glandular rose-colored petioles. Flow-
ers 1.5-1.7 cm. in diameter, on slender glabrous pedicels, in broad
lax long-branched many-flowered crowded corymbs, with linear glan-
dular caducous bracts and bractlets; calyx-tube narrowly obconic,
glabrous, the lobes slender, acuminate, glandular on the margins
and at the apex with large dark red glands, glabrous, spreading or
reflexed after anthesis; stamens usually 7; anthers rose-colored ;
styles 3. Fruit on long slender drooping pedicels, in few-fruited
clusters, oblong, full and rounded at the ends, scarlet, lustrous,
marked by large pale lenticels, about 1.5 cm. long and 1 cm. wide;
calyx enlarged, with a deep narrow cavity, and incurved slightly ser-
rate lobes mostly persistent on the ripe fruit; flesh yellow, soft and
sweet; nutlets 3. gradually narrowed and rounded at the ends,
ridged on the back, with a broad, high ridge, about 7 mm. long and
4-5 mm. wide.

A shrub sometimes 5-7 m. high, with numerous slender erect
many-branched stems spreading into broad thickets, and slender
nearly straight branchlets marked by small pale lenticels, dark green
tinged with red when they first appear, becoming light chestnut-red

202 Rhodora | [NovEMBER

and rather lustrous in their first season and light gray-brown the fol-
lowing year, and armed with numerous slender nearly straight brighi
red-brown shining spines usually 2—3 cm. long.

Roadsides and pastures, Lenox, Berkshire County, Massachusetts,
common, C. S. Sargent, September and October 1902, May 1904.

Crataegus Paddockeae, n. sp. Leaves oblong ovate to oval,
long-pointed and acuminate at the apex, full and rounded or rarely
cuneate at the glandular base, finely doubly serrate above, with
straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided into 5 or 6 pairs of
small narrow acuminate lateral lobes, when they unfold slightly tinged
with red, roughened above by short white hairs and glabrous below,
more than half grown when the flowers open about the 20th of May
and then very thin, light yellow-green and scabrate above, pale and
glaucous below, and at maturity thin but firm in texture, dark yellow-
green, smooth and lustrous on the upper and pale on the lower sur-
face, 5.5-7 cm. long and 4.5-5 cm. wide, with stout yellow midribs,
and slender primary veins arching obliquely to the points of the lobes,
petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, nearly terete,
glabrous, glandular, with scattered persistent glands, rose-colored in
the autumn, 2—2.5 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots often
cordate at the base, coarsely serrate, more deeply lobed, with broad,
spreading lobes, thick and leathery, often 7-8 cm. long and broad,
with dark rose-colored midribs and stout conspicuously glandular
petioles. Flowers small (petals not seen), on slender elongated gla-
brous pedicels, in mostly 10-12-flowered corymbs; calyx-tube nar-
rowly obconic, glabrous, the lobes slender, acuminate and red at the
apex, entire, or sparingly glandular near the middle, glabrous on the
outer, slightly villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis;
stamens 10; anthers small, rose color; styles 3 or 4. . Fruit ripening
by the middle of September, on slender elongated reddish drooping
pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, short-oblong to obovate, full and
rounded at the apex, narrowed below, lustrous, 1—1.2 cm. long, 8-10
mm. wide; calyx little enlarged, with a wide deep cavity and closely
appressed lobes slightly hairy on the upper side, persistent on the
ripe fruit; nutlets 3 or 4, full and rounded at the base, gradually nar-
rowed and rounded or acute at the apex, irregularly ridged on the
back, with a high slightly grooved ridge, 6-7 mm. long and about 4
mm. wide.

A shrub 5-6 m. high, with numerous stems, spreading branches,
and slender slightly zigzag branchlets marked by numerous small
pale lenticels, dark orange-yellow and glabrous when they first appear,
light chestnut-brown and very lustrous during their first winter and
-dull dark red-brown the following year, and armed with many slender
straight or slightly curved bright chestnut-brown shining spines 4-6
cm. long and usually pointed toward the base of the branch.

1905] Sargent, Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 203

Valley of the Passumpsic River, Essex County, Vermont, W. W.
Eggleston, north of Lyndonville (no. 3400 type!), Bloomfield (no.

3406).

This species is named for Miss Isabel Monteith Paddock, curator
of the botanical department of the Fairbanks Museum of Natural
Science, St. Johnsbury, Vermont.

Crataegus Napaea, n. sp. Leaves oblong-ovate, abruptly nar-
rowed and long-pointed at the acuminate apex, rounded at the
gradually narrowed base, sharply often doubly serrate, with straight
glandular teeth, and deeply divided into 4 or 5 pairs of acuminate
spreading lobes, more than half-grown when the flowers open about
the 20th of May and then membranaceous, dark yellow-green, covered
with short white hairs, and smooth and lustrous above and pale below,
and at maturity thin, yellow-green and lustrous on the upper and pale
on the lower surface, 7-9 cm. long and 5-7 cm. wide, with thin orange-
colored midribs, and slender primary veins arching obliquely to the
points of the lobes; petioles slender, wing-margined at the apex,
nearly terete, glandular, with scattered persistent glands, rose-col-
ored in the autumn, 3.5-4 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots
longer-pointed, often gradually narrowed and cuneate at the base,
coarsely serrate, deeply lobed, often 9-10 cm. long and occasionally
not more than 5-6 cm. wide, with stout broadly winged petioles.
Flowers small (petals not seen), on long slender glabrous pedicels,
in lax many-flowered corymbs, the lower branches from the axils of
upper leaves; calyx narrowly obconic, glabrous, the lobes slender,
elongated, acuminate, red at the apex, entire or sharply serrate near
the middle, glabrous, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 5-7 ; filaments
persistent on the fruit; anthers rose-colored; styles 3 or 4, usually
4. Fruit ripening about the 20th of September, on long slender
drooping pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, oblong-obovate, dull red,
1-1.2 cm. long and 8-9 mm. wide; calyx prominent, with a wide
shallow cavity, and small closely appressed persistent lobes; flesh
thick, yellow, dry and mealy; nutlets usually 4, gradually narrowed
and acute at the ends, very slightly ridged on the rounded back, 6-7
mm. long and about 5 mm. wide.

An arborescent shrub 5-6 m. high, with numerous stout ascending
much branched stems spreading into broad thickets, and slender
nearly straight branchlets marked by numerous small pale lenticels,
dark olive-green tinged with red when they first appear, light chest-
nut-brown and lustrous during their first winter and dull reddish
brown in their second year, and armed with slender nearly straight
or curved light chestnut-brown shining spines 4-5 cm. long.

Low moist soil near the banks of a deep ravine on the Goddard
Estate, near Litchfield, Litchfield County, Connecticut, C. 7Z. Bissell

204 Rhodora [NovEMBER

(no. 68 type!), May and September 1904, Bissel and Sargent, Sep-
tember 1905; Cornwall, Connecticut, C. 4. Bissell (no. 54), May
and September 1903.

Crataegus viridimontana, n. sp. Leaves ovate, long-pointed
and acuminate at the apex, gradually narrowed and concave-cuneate
at the glandular base, finely doubly serrate above, with incurved
glandular teeth, and deeply divided into 5 or 6 pairs of slender acu- -
minate spreading lobes, when they unfold tinged with red and coated
with silky white hairs more abundant on the lower than on the upper
side, nearly half grown when the flowers open about the 25th of May
and then membranaceous, light yellow-green and roughened above
by short white hairs and pale and glabrous below, and at maturity
thick and firm in texture, dark green, lustrous and scabrate on the
upper and pale on the lower surface, 5-5.5 cm. long and 4-5 cm.
wide, with slender yellow midribs, and thin primary veins arching
obliquely to the points of the lobes; petioles slender, slightly wing-
margined at the apex, glabrous, glandular toward the apex, rose-
colored when they first appear, soon yellow, 2.5-3 cm. in length;
stipules linear, glandular, fading rose color, caducous; leaves on
vigorous shoots oblong-ovate to rhombic, long-pointed, cuneate at the
base, coarsely serrate, deeply divided into broad spreading lobes,
7-9 cm. long and 5-7 cm. wide, with stout broadly winged conspic-
uously glandular petioles, and foliaceous lunate coarsely glandular-
serrate persistent stipules. Flowers 1.6 cm. in diameter, on long
slender glabrous pedicels, in mostly 5—9-flowered corymbs, with linear
glandular caducous bracts and bractlets; calyx-tube narrowly obconic,
glabrous, the lobes gradually narrowed from wide bases, elongated,
acuminate and glandular at the apex, entire or sparingly glandular
toward the middle, glabrous, reflexed after anthesis ; stamens 5-10;
anthers large, dark rose color; styles 2-4, usually 4, surrounded at
the base by a narrow ring of pale tomentum. Fruit ripening from
the middle to the end of August and persistent for nearly another
month, on slender elongated reddish pedicels, in few-fruited drooping
clusters, short-oblong, full and rounded at the ends, crimson, slightly
pruinose, marked by numerous small pale dots, 1.2-1.5 cm. long and
about 1 cm. wide; calyx little enlarged, with a deep narrow cavity,
and erect often incurved lobes only slightly glandular-serrate toward
the base; flesh yellow, thick, soft and succulent; nutlets usually 4,
gradually narrowed at the ends, rounded at the base, often acute at
the apex, prominently ridged on the back, with a wide grooved ridge,
dark-colored, 6-7 mm. long and about 5 mm. wide.

A shrub 5-7 m. high, with slender ascending stems forming an
open irregular head, and stout nearly straight branchlets marked by
numerous small pale lenticels, orange-green and glabrous when they
first appear, bright chestnut-brown and very lustrous during their
first winter, becoming pale gray-brown, and armed with numerous

1905] Sargent, Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 205

stout nearly straight light chestnut-brown shining spines 3-3.5 cm.
long. '

In shady upland woods, East Middlebury, Vermont Ezra Brainerd
(no. rog type!), July and September 1900, May, July and August,
IgOl.

This species differs from C. matura, Sarg., to which it was first
doubtfully referred, in its larger and more deeply lobed and much
thicker leaves, larger fruit, and in its habit. As noted by President
Brainerd C. viridimontana, more than any other species of western
Vermont, grows in woods in the dense shade of other trees.

Stamens 18-20.

Crataegus Edsoni, n. sp.

Crataegus matura, Sarg., RHODORA, iii. 24 (1901) so far as relates
to the flowers (see RHODORA, V. 144).

Leaves oblong-ovate to oval, acuminate, gradually narrowed and
rounded or cuneate at the base, sharply often doubly serrate, with
straight or incurved glandular teeth, and divided above the middle
into 4 or s pairs of short broad acuminate spreading lobes, when they
unfold deeply tinged with red and roughened above by short white
hairs and sparingly villose below along the midribs and veins, when
the flowers open during the last week in May membranaceous, light
yellow-green above and pale below, and at maturity thin, dark yel-
low and smooth on the upper and paler on the lower surface, 6-8 cm.
long and 5-6 cm. wide, with slender yellow midribs, and thin veins
extending obliquely to the points of the lobes, turning dull orange
color early in the autumn; petioles slender, narrowly wing-margined
at the apex, nearly terete, glandular above the middle, with large
persistent glands, 2-3 cm. in length; stipules linear, acuminate, glan-
dular, caducous, leaves on vigorous shoots long-pointed, coarsely
serrate, more deeply lobed, often 8-9 cm. long and 7 cm. wide, with
stout petioles broadly winged to below the middle and often rose-
colored toward the base in the autumn. Flowers about 1.8 cm. in
diameter, on long slender glabrous pedicels, in compact usually 7- or
8-fowered corymbs, with linear-obovate glandular bracts and bract-
lets; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, glabrous, the lobes slender, red
and glandular at the acuminate apex, entire or occasionally dentate
near the base, glabrous, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 18-20; fil-
aments persistent, dark red and conspicuous on the fruit; anthers
pink; styles 3-5, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale
tomentum. Fruit ripening early in September, on slender drooping
reddish pedicels, in many-fruited clusters, subglobose to short-oblong
on obovate, bright cherry red, lustrous, marked by small pale dots,
1.3-1.5 cm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a broad deep cav-

206 Rhodora [NovEMBER

ity, and small closely appressed lobes dark red on the upper side
below the middle, often deciduous from the ripe fruit; flesh thin,
yellow, acidulous, of agreeable flavor; nutlets 3-5, narrowed and
rounded at the ends, ridged, with a low narrow ridge, or rounded
and grooved on the back, about 7 mm. long and 4-5 mm. wide.

A broad shrub, with spreading stems 2-3 m. high forming large
clumps, slender nearly straight branchlets marked by small pale len-
ticels, light orange-yellow more or less tinged with red and glabrous
when they first appear, dark orange-brown and lustrous in their first
season and dull grayish or reddish brown the following year, and
armed with numerous stout nearly straight bright chestnut-brown
shining spines 2.5—3.5 cm. long.

Pastures in low moist soil, Burlington, Vermont, 4. W. Edson,
May 1900, W. W. Eggleston (nos. 2280 & 2870 type !), September
1901, May 1902, (nos. 2344 & 3476), May and October 1903; West-
minster, Windham County, Vermont, W. H. Blanchard (no. 78),
May and September 1903; North Walpole, Cheshire County, New
Hampshire, W. Z. Blanchard (no. 34), September 1902, May 1903,
W. W. Eggleston (no. 2928), October 1902, May and September
1903; Lansingburg, Rensselaer County, New York, Charles H. Peck
(no. 15 b), May and September 1903.

Crataegus Edsoni appears to be most closely related to C. Forbesae,
Sarg., of central Massachusetts and Connecticut, differing from that
species in its thinner and more deeply lobed leaves, pink, not dark
red, anthers, and larger fruit. It is named for its discoverer, the late
Arthur Woodbury Edson, a student at the University of Vermont and
at the time of his death in June 1905 assistant physiologist in the
Bureau of Plant Industry of the Department of Agriculture of the
United States, in charge of experiments in Texas in breeding cotton.
(See Science, n. ser. XXII. 61.)

MOLLEs.

Stamens 10; anthers pale pink.

Crataegus lauta, n. sp. Leaves ovate, acuminate, broad and
rounded or truncate or occasionally cuneate at the entire base,
sharply doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and
slightly divided into 5 or 6 pairs of small acuminate lateral lobes,
about 4 grown when the flowers open from the 15th to the 20th of
May and then membranaceous, yellow-green and roughened above

1905] Sargent, Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 207

by short white hairs and villose below along the midribs and veins,
and at maturity thin, bluish green and scabrate on the upper and yel-
low-green on the lower surface, 6-7 cm. long and 5-6 cm. wide, with
stout yellow midribs, and slender sparingly villose or pubescent
primary veins; petioles slender, wing-margined at the apex, nearly
terete, villose through the season, tinged with rose color at the base
in the autumn, 2.5-3 cm. in length; stipules lanceolate, glandular,
caducous; leaves on vigorous shoots slightly cordate at the broad
base, coarsely serrate, more deeply lobed, thicker, often 10-12 cm.
long and 8-9 cm. wide, with stout broadly winged conspicuously
glandular petioles, and foliaceous lunate coarsely serrate persistent
stipules. Flowers 2 cm. in diameter, on slender elongated villose
pedicels, in compact hairy usually 8 -12-flowered corymbs, with oblong-
obovate to linear glandular bracts and bractlets mostly persistent
until the flowers open; calyx tube narrowly obconic, clothed with
matted pale hairs, the lobes broad, acuminate, coarsely glandular
serrate usually only below the middle, glabrous on the outer, villose
on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 10; anthers
pale pink; styles 5, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of
pale tomentum. Fruit ripening at the end of September, on stout
slightly villose drooping pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, short-oblong
to oblong, full and rounded and pubescent at the ends, slightly con-
cave at the insertion of the pedicels, bright orange-red, lustrous,
marked by numerous small dark dots, 1.6-2 cm. long and 1.5-1.8 cm.
wide; calyx only little enlarged, with a deep narrow cavity, and erect
laciniately glandular-serrate lobes rose-colored on the inner side
toward the base and persistent on the ripe fruit; flesh thick, yellow,
slightly juicy, firm and hard; nutlets 5, narrow and rounded at the
base. acute at the apex, slightly and irregularly ridged on the back,
8-9 mm. long and 5-6 mm. wide.

A pyramidal arborescent shrub, with erect stems covered with
ashy gray bark, small spreading and ascending branches, and stout
slightly zigzag branchlets marked by many small lenticels, green
slightly tinged with red and sparingly villose when they first appear,
soon glabrous and dark olive green and lustrous, light olive green in
their second season, and armed with many stout nearly straight light
chestnut-brown shining spines 4-5 cm. long.

The description of this plant is drawn from a specimen cultivated
in Olmsted Park, Boston. This is one of 700 plants, all similar in
habit and foliage and in the characters of the flowers and fruit
planted in the Boston parks and raised about fifteen years ago at
the Framingham nurseries in South Framingham, Massachusetts,
from seeds produced by a plant still growing in the Harvard Botanic
Garden. The origin of this plant is unknown. It is one of a collec-

208 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

tion of thorns, however, planted by me in the garden perhaps about
1875 and, like other trees and shrubs planted there at that time, it
was probably raised from seeds at the Arnold Arboretum.

FLABELLATAE.
Stamens 5; anthers rose color.

Crataegus ampla, n. sp. Leaves ovate, acuminate, rounded,
truncate or rarely cuneate at the base, sharply often doubly serrate,
with slender straight glandular teeth, and divided into 5 or 6 pairs
of broad acuminate lateral lobes, slightly tinged with red and villose
on the upper surface when they unfold, nearly half grown when the
flowers open about the 20th of May and then membranaceous, light
yellow-green and roughened above by short lustrous white hairs and
pale and glabrous below, and at maturity thin, dark yellow-green and
scabrate on the upper and paler on the lower surface, 6-7 cm. long
and 5-6.5 cm. wide, with stout yellow midribs, and slender primary
veins arching obliquely to the points of the lobes; petioles slender,
nearly terete, glabrous, glandular near the apex, with occasional
minute usually persistent glands, rose-colored in the autumn, 1.5-3
cm. in length; stipules oblong-obovate, often falcate, glandular,
fading brown, caducous; leaves on vigorous shoots truncate or
slightly cordate at the base, more coarsely serrate and more deeply
lobed, and 7-8 cm. long and broad. Flowers about 1.5 cm. in
diameter, on slender elongated glabrous pedicels, in usually 7—10-
flowered corymbs, with oblong-obovate to linear glandular rose-colored
bracts and bractlets; calyx-tube broadly obconic, glabrous, the lobes
wide, foliaceous, acuminate, coarsely laciniately serrate, glandular,
with large dark red glands, glabrous on the outer, sparingly villose
on the inner surface, spreading or reflexed after anthesis; stamens 5;
anthers dark rose color; styles 3, surrounded at the base by a broad
ring of hairy tomentum. Fruit ripening early in October, on slender
drooping pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, obovate, rounded at the
apex, gradually narrowed to the base, bright cherry red, lustrous,
marked by small pale dots, about 1.2 cm. long and 1 cm. wide; calyx
little enlarged, with a broad deep cavity and spreading appressed
coarsely serrate lobes, their tips often deciduous from the ripe fruit;
flesh thin, yellow, dry and mealy; nutlets 3, narrowed and rounded at
the ends or acute at the apex, ridged on the back, with a broad high
deeply grooved ridge, about 8 mm. long and 4-5 mm. wide.

A shrub 4-5 m. high, with numerous stout ascending many-
branched stems covered with dark gray bark and forming a broad
round-topped compact head, and slender, slightly zigzag branchlets
marked by small oblong pale lenticels, dark orange-green when they

1905] Sargent, Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 209

first appear, becoming bright chestnut-brown and very lustrous, in
their first season, gray tinged with red the following year and ulti-
mately ashy gray, and armed with slender straight or slightly curved
bright chestnut-brown shining spines 3-4 cm. long.

Rocky pastures near Balance Rock, Lanesborough, Berkshire
County, Massachusetts, C. E. Faxon, September 1899, C. S. Sargent,
October, 1902, May 1904.

The relationship of this species is with the widely distributed C.
Holmesiana, Ashe, from which it differs in its broad-ovate, not oval
leaves, larger flowers and obovate later-ripening fruit.

ANOMALAE, Sarg. RHODORA, lil. 29 (1901).

Leaves cuneate, thickish to subcoriaceous, scabrate above while
young; petioles slender, elongated. Flowers in many-flowered
corymbs ; anthers rose-colored or pink. Fruit short-oblong, orange-
scarlet, 1-1.4 cm. in length; nutlets occasionally furnished with
obscure ventral depressions. Mostly arborescent shrubs, all of west-
ern New England, eastern New York and the St. Lawrence valley
near Montreal.

To this group, which is intermediate between the Zomentosae and
the Coccineae, may be referred in addition to the following C. asperi-
folia, Sarg., C. scabrida, Sarg., C. Brainerdi, Sarg, and C. Eggle-
stoni, Sarg.

Stamens 20.

Crataegus Seelyana, n.sp. Leaves obovate to oval, acuminate
and often short-pointed at the apex, gradually narrowed and concave-
cuneate at the entire base, finely doubly serrate above, with straight
glandular teeth, and slightly divided above the middle into 4 or 5
pairs of short spreading acuminate lobes, when they unfold coated
above with short white lustrous hairs and glabrous below, about half-
grown when the flowers open at the end of May and then thin, yel-
low-green and slightly roughened above and pale below, and at
maturity thick, glabrous, smooth and dark yellow-green on the upper,
and pale or glaucous on the lower surface, 5—6.5 cm. long and 3.5-5
cm. wide, with stout yellow midribs, and slender veins extending
obliquely to the points of the lobes; petioles slender, wing-margined
at the apex, slightly grooved, glabrous, sparingly glandular, about 2
cm. in length ; stipules linear, acuminate, glandular, bright rose color,
caducous; leaves on vigorous shoots abruptly long-pointed, often
rounded at the broad base, more deeply lobed, sometimes 6—7 cm.
long and 4-5 cm. wide. Flowers 1.8 cm. in diameter, on slender

210 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

elongated glabrous pedicels, in usually 12-15-flowered corymbs, with
linear-obovate to lanceolate glandular bracts and bractlets, bright
rose color like the inner bud-scales and deciduous before the flowers
open; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, glabrous, the lobes glandular-
serrate usually only above the middle, or occasionally nearly entire,
glabrous, reflexed after anthesis: stamens 20; anthers pale pink;
styles 3, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale tomentum.
Fruit ripening at the end of September, on slender pedicels, in few-
fruited clusters, short-oblong, lustrous, dull orange-red, about 1 cm.
long and 7 cm. wide; calyx prominent, with a broad deep cavity,
and appressed lobes mostly deciduous from the ripe fruit; flesh thin,
yellow, dry and mealy; nutlets 3, rounded at the ends, slightly
ridged on the back, with a broad low ridge, sometimes slightly hollow
on the inner faces, 7-8 mm. long and 4-5 mm. wide.

An arborescent shrub 3-4 m. high, with ascending stems and
stout nearly straight branchlets marked by small pale lenticels, deeply
tinged with red and glabrous when they first appear, light chestnut-
brown and very lustrous during their first winter and dark gray the
following year, and armed with many stout nearly straight light chest-
nut-brown shining spines 2.5-5 cm. long.

Roadsides near Middlebury, Vermont, Ezra Brainerd (no. 6 A),
May and September 1900, May 1901.

Formerly referred to C. Brainerdi, Sarg., but now distinguished
from that species by the shape of the leaves, the color of the anthers
the smaller fruits and by the more arborescent habit. It is named
for Henry Martin Seely (1828—), for many years professor of chem-
istry and natural history in Middlebury College, teacher of botany
and distinguished paleontologist.

Stamens 7-10.

Crataegus cyclophylla, n. sp. Leaves broadly ovate to subor-
bicular or rarely rhombic, short-pointed and acuminate at the apex,
cuneate and entire at the base, sharply doubly serrate above, with
straight or incurved glandular teeth, and slightly divided above the
middle into 4 or 5 pairs of slender acuminate lobes, faintly tinged
with red when they unfold, about half-grown when the flowers open
the rst of June and then thin, light yellow-green and somewhat rough-
ened above by short white hairs and pale and glabrous below, and at
maturity thick to subcoriaceous, dark yellow-green, lustrous, smooth
or still slightly rough on the upper and pale on the lower surface, 5-6
cm. long and 4-5.5 cm. wide, with thick yellow midribs, and stout
primary veins arching obliquely to the points of the lobes; petioles
slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, grooved on the upper

1905] Sargent, Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 211

side, glabrous, glandular toward the apex, with minute deciduous
glands, often rose color in the autumn, 2—2.5 cm. in length; stipules
linear, acuminate, glandular, fading brown, caducous; leaves on vig-
orous shoots suborbicular to broad-obovate, coarsely serrate, only
slightly lobed, subcoriaceous, often 6-7 cm. long and wide, with stout
glandular petioles. Flowers 1.6—1.8 cm. in diameter, on slender gla-
brous pedicels, in compact usually 12-15-flowered corymbs, with
linear glandular rose-colored bracts and bractlets; calyx-tube nar-
rowly obconic, acuminate and red at the apex, glandular with minute
dark red stipitate glands, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 7-10; an-
thers rose color; styles 3 or 4. Fruit ripening the end of September
and persistent until winter, on slender reddish pedicels, in drooping
few-fruited clusters, subglobose to short-oblong, orange-red, marked
by small pale dots, 1.2-1.4 cm. long and about 1 cm. wide; calyx
only slightly enlarged, with a wide deep cavity and spreading red
lobes, their tips often deciduous from the ripe fruit; flesh thin, yel-
low, dry and mealy; nutlets 3 or 4, full and rounded at the ends,
ridged on the back, with a high rounded ridge, 7-8 mm. long and
4-5 mm. wide.

An arborescent shrub 4-5 m. high, with ascending stems 5-7 cm.
in diameter near the ground, and stout nearly straight branchlets
marked by small oblong pale lenticels, light orange-green and gla-
brous when they first appear, light orange-brown and very lustrous
during their first winter and dark gray-brown the following year, and
armed with numerous stout nearly straight bright chestnut-brown and
shining ultimately dull gray-brown spines 3-3.5 cm. long.

Roadsides, New Haven, Addison County, Vermont, Ezra Brainerd
(no. 16a), June and September 1900, May 1901; Brainerd and Sar-
gent, Sept. 1900.

The relationship of this species is with C. Zgg/estoni, Sarg., from
which it differs in its much thicker semiorbicular leaves, larger flow-
ers, glabrous corymbs and calyx-lobes, larger fruits and darker-colored
nutlets, with dorsal ridges without grooves or only slightly grooved,
and in the color of the branchlets and the length and color of the
spines.

Crataegus Ideae, n. sp. Leaves, oval to ovate or obovate, short-
pointed and acute at the apex, concave-cuneate and entire at the base,
finely and occasionally doubly serrate above, with incurved conspicu-
ously glandular teeth, and slightly divided above the middle into broad
acute lobes, faintly tinged with red when they unfold, more than half
grown when the flowers open at the end of May and then thin, light
yellow-green and covered above by short white hairs and pale and
glabrous below with the exception of a few axillary hairs, and at

212 Rhodora [NovEMBER

maturity subcoriaceous, bright green, lustrous and sparingly hairy
along the midribs on the upper and pale yellow-green and glabrous
on the lower surface, 4-5 cm. long and 3.5-4 cm. wide, with stout
yellow midribs rose-colored below toward the base, and slender promi-
nent primary veins extending obliquely to the points of the lobes:
petioles slender, narrowly wing-margined at the apex, grooved and
villose on the upper side, glandular, with bright red mostly deciduous
glands, rose-colored in the autumn, 1.5-2.5 cm. long; stipules oblong,
acute, glandular, fading rose color, caducous; leaves on vigorous
shoots broadly ovate, abruptly pointed or occasionally cuneate at the
base, often 4 or 5 cm. long and 4 cm. wide. Flowers about 1.5 cm.
in diameter, on elongated slender pedicels covered with long scattered
white hairs, in wide lax many-flowered hairy corymbs, with oblong-
obovate to linear bright rose-colored glandular bracts and bractlets
mostly persistent until after the flowers have opened ; calyx-tube nar-
rowly obconic, glabrous or sparingly villose near the base, the lobes
broad, gradually narrowed to the red glandular acuminate apex,
obscurely serrate near the middle, glabrous on the outer, villose on
the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens ro ; anthers light
pink; styles 3 or 4. Fruit ripening the middle of September, on
stout slightly hairy erect red pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, short-
oblong to subglobose, crimson, marked by large pale dots, about 1
cm. in diameter; calyx prominent, with a broad deep cavity and
spreading lobes glandular-serrate above the middle, dark red and
villose on the upper side, mostly persistent on the ripe fruit ; flesh yel-
low, dry and mealy; nutlets 3 or 4, full and rounded at the ends,
slightly ridged on the back, with a low narrow ridge, sometimes
obscurely and irregularly pitted on the inner face, light-colored,
about 7 mm. long and 4-5 mm. wide.

A tall much branched shrub forming wide thickets, with slender
nearly straight branchlets marked by occasional large pale lenticels
light yellow-green more or less tinged with red and nearly glabrous
when they first appear, soon becoming bright chestnut-brown, dull red-
dish brown in their second and ashy gray in their third year, and armed
with slender straight or slightly curved bright chestnut-brown shining
spines 4.5-6 cm. long.

Hillside pastures at an altitude of about 5oo metres, Concord,
Essex County, Vermont; very abundant. W. W. Eggleston (nos.
3404, 3405 and 3405 A, type!), May and September 1903 and May
1905.

This species is named for Miss Mary Ellen Ide of the Fairbanks
Botanical Museum, St. Johnsbury, Vermont.

1905] Sargent, Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 213

COCCINEAE.

Stamens 10 or less.

Anthers white.

CRATAEGUS GRAVESII, Sarg. RHODORA, v. 160 (June 1903). An
older name for this species is C. Dodgez, Ashe, Jour. Elisha Mitchell
Sci. Soc. xix. 26 (March 1903). It is now known to range from
Middlesex and Worcester Counties, Massachusetts (Shirley and Lan-
caster, Æ. F. Thayer) to western New York, and through Ontario to
eastern Michigan, and to occur in eastern Pennsylvania,

Crataegus praetermissa, n. sp. Leaves broadly ovate to sub-
orbicular or rarely oval, short-pointed and acuminate at the apex,
broad, rounded or truncate or gradually narrowed and concave-
cuneate at the glandular base, finely and often doubly serrate above,
with straight gland-tipped teeth, and deeply divided into 4 or 5 pairs
of slender acuminate lobes, more than half-grown when the flowers
open the middle of May and then thin, yellow-green, lustrous and
roughened above by short white hairs and paler and villose below
especially along the midribs and veins, and at maturity thin but firm
in texture, dark yellowish green, smooth and lustrous on the upper
and pale and still villose on the lower surface along the slender yel-
low midribs, and thin veins arching obliquely to the points of the
lobes, 5-6 cm. long and often as broad as long; petioles slender,
slightly wing-margined at the apex, grooved on the upper side, glan-
dular, with generally persistent glands, at first densely villose, becom-
ing puberulous or nearly glabrous, 2-3 cm. in length. Flowers on
short stout densely villose pedicels, in usually 5—7-flowered hairy
corymbs; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, thickly coated with matted
pale hairs, the lobes broad, acuminate, finely glandular-serrate,
densely villose on the outer, sparingly villose on the inner surface,
reflexed after anthesis; stamens 5-10; anthers white; styles 3 or 4.
Fruit ripening about the middle of September and remaining on the
branches until early in October, on long slender drooping sparingly
hairy reddish pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, short-oblong to ovate,
crimson, marked by small pale dots, hairy especially at the ends, 1—
1.2 cm. long, 8-9 mm. in diameter, calyx litlle enlarged, with a wide
deep cavity and spreading closely appressed villose lobes, their tips
often deciduous from the ripe fruit; flesh thin, yellow, green, dry and
mealy; nutlets 3 or usually 4, rounded at the base, gradually nar-
rowed and rounded at the apex, only slightly ridged on the narrow
back, about 7 mm. long and 4-5 mm. wide.

A shrub 2-3 m. high, with slender erect intricately branched
stems, and very slender nearly straight branchlets marked by oblong
pale lenticels, light green and thickly coated with matted pale hairs

214 ^ Rhodora » |. . [NOVEMBER

when they first appear, soon glabrous and light bright chestnut-
brown and very lustrous during their first year, becoming dull red-
dish brown the following season, and armed with slender straight
chestnut-brown shining spines 3-5 cm. long.

Rocky borders of woods, eastern base of Marsh Hill, Ferrisburg,
Addison County, Vermont, Ezra Brainerd (no. 17 b type!), August
1900, October 1901, 1903, Brainerd and Sargent, September 1905,

W. W. Eggleston (no. 3338), May 1903.

Formerly referred to C. coccinea, Linnaeus, C. praetermissa differs
from that species in its much thinner broader and more deeply lobed
leaves and fewer-flowered corymbs, in its narrow pointed and only
slightly ridged nutlets, and in its hairy fruit. It resembles C. Faxoni,
Sarg., in the general shape of the leaves, but the leaves of C. Faxoni
are much thicker, less deeply lobed and more hairy on the two sur-
faces while young, the pedicels are longer and soon glabrous, the fruit
is larger, and the nutlets are longer, with more prominent dorsal

ridges.

Anthers rose color or pink.

Crataegus propria, n. sp. Leaves ovate, acuminate, rounded
or cuneate at the entire base, finely and often doubly serrate above, `
with incurved glandular teeth, and slightly divided above the middle
into 4 or 5 pairs of broad acuminate spreading lobes, tinged with red
when they unfold, about half grown when the flowers open the mid-
dle of May and then thin, yellow-green and covered above by short
white lustrous hairs and pale and glabrous below, and at maturity
thin and firm, glabrous, dark dull yellow-green on the upper, pale on
the lower surface, 4-5 cm. long and 3-4 cm. wide, with slender yellow
midribs sometimes tinged with red toward the base, and thin primary
veins extending obliquely to the points of the lobes ; petioles slender,
wing-margined at the apex, slightly grooved, pubescent while young,
soon becoming glabrous, glandular toward the apex, with minute
dark stipitate glands: usually rose color in the autumn, 1.6—2 cm. in
length ; stipules linear, glandular, fading brown, caducous. Flowers
on slender pedicels coated with matted pale hairs, in compact usually
9—12-flowered corymbs, with linear acuminate rose-colored bracts and
bractlets ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, glabrous except at the base,
the lobes slender, acuminate and red at the apex, glandular on the
margins, glabrous on the outer, puberulous on the inner surface,
reflexed after anthesis; stamens 5; anthers pale rose color ; styles 2
or 3. Fruit ripening at the end of September and soon falling, on
slender glabrous reddish pedicels, in small drooping few-fruited clus-
ters, oblong, sometimes slightly ovate, full and rounded at the ends,

1905] Sargent, Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 215

scarlet, lustrous, marked by small pale dots, 1—1.2 cm. long, 7-8 mm.
wide; calyx prominent, with a narrow deep cavity, and reflexed
closely appressed lobes pubescent on the upper side and often decid-
uous from the ripe fruit; flesh thick, orange color, becoming soft or
succulent; nutlets usually 2, rounded at the ends or, when 3, acute
at the apex, ridged on the back, with a high narrow ridge, about 7
mm. long and 5 mm. wide.

A shrub 3-5 m. high, with numerous stout ascending stems form-
ing a broad round-topped head, and slender nearly straight branchlets
marked by oblong pale lenticels, dark orange color and glabrous or
slightly villose when they first appear, soon glabrous, bright chestnut-
brown and lustrous during their first winter and dull gray-brown the
following year, and armed with stout slightly curved bright chestnut-
brown shining ultimately dull gray-brown spines 3-3.5 cm. long.

Low moist pastures, South Lancaster, Massachusetts, Æ. 1. Thayer
(no. 3, Parker Pasture, type !), September 1902, May and August 1903.

Crataegus Websteri, n. sp. Leaves oval, or sometimes oblong-
obovate on vigorous shoots, acute or acuminate, gradually narrowed
and concave-cuneate at the entire base, finely doubly serrate above,
with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided above the middle
into 3 or 4 pairs of small spreading acuminate lobes, nearly fully
grown when the flowers open late in May and then thin, light vellow-
green and roughened above by short white hairs and pale and gla-
brous below with the exception of a few axillary hairs, and at maturity
thin but firm in texture, dark yellow-green, nearly smooth on the
upper and pale yellow-green on the lower surface, 5-6.5 cm. long
and 3.5-4 cm. wide, with stout yellow midribs and slender conspic-
uous veins extending obliquely to the points of the lobes; petioles
slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, nearly terete, glandular,
with minute stipitate mostly persistent glands, glabrous, 2—2.5 cm. in
length. Flowers about r.5 cm. in diameter, on long slender sparingly
villose pedicels, in broad lax usually 8—14-flowered slightly hairy
corymbs; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, slightly villose below the
middle, glabrous above, the lobes gradually narrowed, acuminate,
glandular serrate near the middle, glabrous on the outer and slightly
hairy on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 7-10;
anthers pale pink; styles 3, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring
of white hairs. Fruit ripening the middle of September, on long
drooping hairy pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, short-oblong, full and
rounded at the ends, bright cherry red, lustrous, marked by large
pale dots, r—r.2 cm. long, 8-10 mm. wide; calyx enlarged, with a
broad shallow cavity, and spreading slightly serrate lobes red and
villose on the upper surface; flesh thin, yellow, dry and mealy; nut-
lets broad and rounded at the base, narrowed and rounded at the
apex, ridged on the back, with a broad deeply grooved ridge, 6-7
mm. long and about 4 mm. wide.

216 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

An arborescent shrub 4-5 m. high, with a short trunk occasionally
15-18 cm. in diameter, spreading branches forming à wide open
head, and stout zigzag branchlets marked by oblong pale lenticels,
dark orange green and slightly hairy when they first appear, becom-
ing pale chestnut-brown and very lustrous, light reddish brown the
following season, and ashy gray in their third year, and armed with
very numerous slender nearly straight light chestnut-brown shining
ultimately dull gray-brown spines 7-8 cm. long.

Hillsides, Holderness, Grafton County, New Hampshire, at eleva-
tions of from 250 to 300 m. above the sea, Z. S. Webster (no. 6 type!
and 5), May and September 1903.

This species is named for its discoverer, Mr. Laurence J. Webster
of Holderness.

Crataegus Lemingtonensis, n. sp. Leaves broadly ovate, acu-
minate, rounded or cuneate at the broad base, finely often doubly
serrate above, with slender straight glandular teeth, and divided into
4 or 5 pairs of short narrow acuminate spreading lobes, about half
grown when the flowers open during the last week in May and then
thin, light yellow-green and roughened above by short white hairs
and pale and glabrous below, and at maturity thin, glabrous, yellow-
green and smooth on the upper, paler on the lower surface, 4-5 cm.
long and wide, with thin yellow midribs, and slender primary veins
arching obliquely to the points of the lobes ; petioles slender, slightly
wing-margined at the apex, glabrous, glandular, with minute scattered
persistent glands, 2-3 cm. in length; stipules linear, glandular, fad-
ing rose color, caducous ; leaves on vigorous shoots often truncate or
subcordate at the broad base, coarsely serrate, more deeply divided
into broad acuminate lobes, often 6 cm. long and wide. Flowers
about 1.2 cm. in diameter, on elongated slender villose pedicels, in
compact mostly 7- or 8-flowered hairy corymbs; calyx tube narrowly
obconic, coated with long matted pale hairs, the lobes slender, acu-
minate, slightly glandular-serrate, villose, reflexed after anthesis ;
stamens 10; anthers pink; styles 3 or 4, surrounded at the base by
a narrow ring of pale tomentum. Fruit ripening about the roth of
September, on slender drooping slightly villose pedicels, in few-fruited
clusters, short-oblong, full and rounded at the ends, scarlet, lustrous,
marked by occasional pale dots; calyx prominent, with a wide
shallow cavity, and spreading or closely appressed lobes covered
above with long white hairs, mostly persistent on the ripe fruit ; flesh
thick, yellow, soft and succulent; nutlets usually 3, gradually nar-
rowed and rounded at the ends, ridged on the back, with a broad
deeply grooved ridge, 6-7 mm. long and 4-5 mm. wide.

An arborescent shrub 4-5 m. high, with numerous ascending stems
spreading into great thickets, and stout zigzag branchlets marked by

1905) Sargent, Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 217

oblong pale lenticels, pale yellow-green and glabrous when they first
appear, dull chestnut-brown during their first and light gray-brown in
their second year, and armed with stout slightly curved chestnut-
brown shining spines 4-5 cm. long and often pointed toward the
base of the branch.

Hillsides, Essex County, Vermont; common; Lemington, Canaan,
Bloomfield, W. W. Eggleston (no. 3408 type! Lemington) ; also the
adjacent parts of New Hampshire.

Stamens 20; anthers pink.

Crataegus insolens, n. sp. Leaves oblong-ovate, acute or acu-
minate, gradually or abruptly cuneate or rounded at the base, finely
often doubly serrate, with straight or incurved teeth tipped with
bright red glands, and sharply and slightly divided into 4 or 5 pairs
of slender acuminate lobes, deeply tinged with red and covered above
when they unfold with soft white hairs and glabrous below, more than
half grown when the flowers open during the last week of May and
then thin but firm in texture, pale yellow-green, still hairy and slightly
roughened above and pale or glaucous below, and at maturity thin,
dark green and nearly smooth on the upper and pale yellow-green
on the lower surface, 4-5 cm. long and 3-3.5 cm. wide, and on vig-
orous shoots 6-7 cm. long and 5-6 cm. wide, with slender yellow
midribs, and thin primary veins extending obliquely to the points
of the lobes; petioles slender, wing-margined at the apex, slightly
grooved, glandular near the apex, with minute mostly early decid-
uous glands, glabrous, 2.5-3 cm. in length. Flowers on long slender
slightly villose pedicels, in usually 7-10-flowered hairy corymbs, the
lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves, their bracts and
bractlets linear, glandular, fading brown, caducous ; calyx-tube nar-
rowly obconic, glabrous, or villose at the base, the lobes gradually
narrowed from wide bases, acuminate, irregularly glandular-dentate
near the middle, glabrous on the outer, sparingly villose on the
inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 20; anthers small,
pink; styles 3-5. Fruit ripening the middle of September, on erect
reddish pedicels, in 1—3-fruited clusters, short-oblong, rounded at the
ends, scarlet, lustrous, 1-1.2 cm. long and 8-10 mm. wide; calyx
little enlarged, with a broad shallow cavity, and spreading and re-
flexed lobes, their tips often deciduous from the ripe fruit; flesh thin,
yellow-green, dry and hard; nutlets 3-5, rounded at the obtuse ends,
or when more than 3 narrowed at the ends and acute at the apex,
ridged on the back with a broad often deeply grooved ridge, about
7 mm. long and 4 mm. wide.

A shrub 3-4 m. high, with numerous stems spreading into broad

thickets, and slender nearly straight branchlets marked by oblong

218 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

pale lenticels, orange-green more or less tinged with red and slightly
hairy, with scattered pale hairs, when they first appear, soon gla-
brous, bright chestnut-brown and very lustrous during their first
season and light reddish brown the following year, and armed with
numerous straight or slightly curved bright chestnut-brown shining
spines 3.5-5 cm. long.

Hillsides, West Concord, Essex County, Vermont, W. W. Eggles-
ton (no. 3403 type! ), May and September 1903.

Crataegus Blanchardi, n. sp. Leaves ovate, short-pointed and
acuminate at the apex, abruptly or gradually narrowed and cuneate
at the entire base, finely often doubly serrate above, with straight
glandular teeth, and divided into 4 or 5 pairs of narrow acuminate
lateral lobes, when they unfold bronze color, glandular at the base,
and covered with long white hairs more abundant on the upper than
on the lower surface, nearly half grown when the flowers open about
the 20th of May and then thin, yellow-green above and paler and
sparingly villose below along the midribs and veins, and at maturity
subcoriaceous, dark green and lustrous on the upper and pale yellow-
green and almost glabrous:on the lower surface, 4.5-6 cm. long and
4.5-5 cm. wide, with stout yellow midribs and slender veins arching
obliquely to the points of the lobes; petioles slender, wing-margined
at the apex, slightly grooved, at first villose, becoming glabrous, and
glandular, with minute mostly caducous glands; stipules linear, glan-
dular, fading brown, caducous ; leaves on vigorous shoots rounded or
truncate at the base, coarsely serrate, deeply lobed, 6-7 cm. long and
wide, with stout broadly winged petioles glandular through the season.
Flowers 1r.5—1.7 cm. in diameter, on long stout densely villose pedi-
cels, in thick-branched hairy corymbs, with oblong to linear obovate
glandular bracts and bractlets often persistent until the flowers open;
calyx-tube broadly obconic, covered below with long matted pale hairs
and glabrous above, the lobes gradually narrowed from wide bases,
short, acuminate, glandular-serrate near the middle, glabrous on the
outer, slightly villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis;
stamens 20; anthers pale pink, styles 3-5, surrounded at the base
by a narrow ring of pale hairs. Fruit ripening at the end of Septem-
ber, on thick erect slightly villose pedicels, in few often 3-—6-fruited
clusters, short-oblong, full and rounded at the ends, dark cherry red,
lustrous, marked by small pale dots; calyx little enlarged, with a
wide shallow cavity, and spreading and appressed serrate lobes villose
on the upper side and often deciduous from the ripe fruit ; flesh thick,
yellow, soft and pulpy; nutlets 3-5, rounded at the base, acute at the
apex, ridged on the back, usually with a high narrow slightly grooved
ridge, or when only 3 full and rounded at the ends, with a broad
deeply grooved ridge, 6-7 mm. long and about 4 mm. wide.

A shrub 3-4 m. high, with numerous stems spreading into thickets,

1905] Robinson, A New Ranunculus 219

and slender nearly straight branchlets marked by pale lenticels, dark
orange-green when they first appear, light chestnut-brown and lustrous
in their first winter, lighter-colored in their second season, and light
gray-brown the following year, and armed with many stout slightly
curved bright chestnut-brown shining ultimately dark gray-brown
spines 4-5 cm. long.

Hillsides, Deerfield River Valley, Windham County, Vermont;
common. Wilmington and Whitington, W. H. Blanchard (no. 7),
August 1902, W.W. Eggleston (nos. 3451, 3452 type! and nos. 3446,
3449, 3453), May and September 1903.

This species is named for William Henry Blanchard, an industrious
and critical student of Crataegus and Rubus, and the discoverer of
other interesting New England plants.

INTRICATAE.

CRATAEGUS PecKII, Sarg., RHODORA, v. 63, (1903). A specimen
gathered at Great Barrington, Massachusetts, by Brainerd and
Sargent on October 4, 1902, was doubtfully referred by me in
RHODORA to this species. The flowers subsequently gathered by Mr.
Eggleston showed that the Great Barrington shrub is C. Baxter:,
Sarg., a common species in the neighborhood of Albany, New York,
and in western New York and eastern Pennsylvania. C. Baxter
was published in June 1903 in the Proceedings of the Rochester Acad-
emy of Science (iv. 107) but the Pennsylvania plant had been published
by Ashe as C. foetida in Ann. Carnegie Museum (i. pt. iii. 389) in
May 1902, and his name must supercede C. Baxteri.

ARNOLD ARBORETUM.

A NEW RANUNCULUS FROM NORTHEASTERN
AMERICA.

B. L. ROBINSON.

ABOUT a year ago the writer in examining some of the Ranunculi
of the pedatifidus-pygmacus affinity noticed that a plant from Labra-
dor and Gaspé Peninsula of Quebec, which has been passing as

220 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

the arctic X. pedatifidus J. E. Smith, is in reality quite distinct from
that species. The basal leaves are merely crenate as in Ẹ. abortivus
L. and not deeply cleft as in A. pedatifidus. The smaller flowers and
glabrous achenes furnish also clear characters for the separation of
the northeastern plant. An attempt to place more satisfactorily this
little buttercup led at that time to the view that it was a tall variety
of the arctic Æ. pygmaeus Wahl.

During the past summer, however, Messrs. Fernald & Collins in
their exploration of Gaspé Peninsula succeeded in securing an abun-
dance of fruiting and some flowering material both of the typical A.
pygmaeus and of the doubtful plant. From their field observations
they were convinced that the two were entirely distinct, and they
have kindly referred their specimens to the writer for further study.
The doubtful plant, as shown by the excellent material now at hand,
proves in fact readily distinguishable both from A. pedatifidus and
from AA. pygmaeus, differing from the latter not merely by greater
stature and more erect habit but by having much larger achenes.
'The species is dedicated with pleasure to Mr. John Alpheus Allen,
who early collected it on Mt. Albert, Gaspé. It may be character-
ized as follows : —

Ranunculus Allenii, nov. spec. Herba perennis terrestris parva
erecta caulescens 1.2-2 dm. alta; radice e fibris gracilibus plurimis
composita; caule solitario simplici vel semel ramoso erecto gracili
leviter villoso recto vel plus minusve flexuoso viridi 2—4-foliato ;
foliis radicalibus ca. 4 longe petiolatis orbicularibus vel subreni-
formibus 8-20 mm. longis 15-30 mm. latis profunde 7-1 1-crenatis
ciliatis utrinque viridibus subtus vix pallidioribus, petiolis gracilibus
villosis 3-7 cm. longis; foliis caulinis in lobos ellipticos vel lanceo-
lati-oblongos fere ad basin 3-5-sectis, petiolis brevibus; foliis su-
premis subsessilibus saepissime integris lanceolatis vel 2—3-partitis ;
pedunculis villosis 1-6 cm. longis; sepalis 5 ovatis obtusis sub-
petaloideis luteo-vel viridi-purpurascentibus venosis pallide villosis
concavis 3 mm. longis patentibus vel plus minusve reflexis; petalis
s laete flavis obovato-suborbicularibus integris 5 mm. longis 3-3.5
mm. latis, nectariis saturate flavis obtriangularibus truncatis vel
levissime retusis; staminibus 12-20, filamentis clavellatis glabris;
stylis filiformibus recurvatis, parte basali in rostro parvo uncinato
persistente; achaeniis semiobovatis leviter compressis viridibus gla-
bris 1.8 mm. longis; receptaculo ovoideo-cylindrico patente villoso.

Herbaceous, perennial, terrestrial, small, erect, caulescent, 1.2 to
2 dm. high: root a fascicle of slender fibers; stem solitary, simple
or once branched, slender, slightly villous, straight or somewhat
flexuous, green, 2-4-leaved: basal leaves about 4, long-petioled ;

1905] Robinson, A New Ranunculus 221

limb orbicular or somewhat reniform 8 to 20 mm. long, 15 to 20 mm.
wide, deeply 7—11-crenate, ciliate, green on both surfaces, scarcely
paler beneath; petioles slender 3 to 7 cm. long; cauline leaves cleft
almost to the base into 3 to 5 elliptical or lanceolate-oblong lobes ;
their petioles short; the uppermost leaves subsessile, entire and
lanceolate or 2-3-parted: peduncles villous, 1 to 6 cm. long: sepals
5, Ovate, obtuse, somewhat petal-like yellowish or greenish purple,
veiny, pale, villous, concave, 3 mm. long, spreading or slightly
reflexed: petals 5, bright yellow obovate-suborbicular, entire, 5
mm. long, 3 to 3.5 mm. wide; nectaries deep yellow, reversed
triangular, truncate or retuse: stamens 12 to 20; filaments clavel-
late, glabrous: styles filiform, recurved, the basal part persistent
as a short hooked beak; achenes semi-obovate, slightly compressed,
green, glabrous, 1.8 mm. long: receptacle ovoid-cylindrical, spread-
ing-villous.

GasPÉ COUNTY, QUEBEC: on flood plain of an alpine brook, north
face of Mt. Albert, alt. 770 to 1100 m., 14 August, 1905, J. F. Collins
& M. L. Fernald, no. 83 (type, in herb. Gray); by a rivulet on the
side of Mt. Albert, alt. 550 m., 23 July, 1881, /. A. Allen. LABRADOR:
Okkak, collected by the Moravian Brothers, the specimen confused
with plants of Æ. pygmaeus Wahl.; Rama, 20-24 August, 1897, J. D.
Sornborger, no. 189.

So far as traced by the writer the plant, here described as Æ.
Allenii, has been in the past treated as follows : —

R. affinis var. leiocarpus J. Macoun, Cat. Pl. Canad. 18 (1883).

K. affinis Robinson in Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 1, 31, in foot-note (1895),
not R. Br.

X. pedatifidus Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. ii. 77 (1897), as to plant
of Quebec and Labrador, as to most of the characters given, and as
to the habital sketch, but not, however, as to the achene figured,
which from its pubescence is presumably that of Æ. pedatifidus J. E.
Smith.

By the distinctions already given Æ. A//enii can be readily sepa-
rated from Æ. pedatifidus and from the typical form of A. affinis.
Regarding Æ. affinis, var. leiocarpus Trautv., the difficulty is greater,
owing to the extremely meager and unsatisfactory description of the
Siberian plants. Trautvetter distinguishes his variety solely on its
smooth achenes and in this character it would accord well enough
with the plant of northeastern America, but he further divides the
variety into two forms, the first with petals twice longer than the
suborbicular sepals and the second with petals somewhat shorter
than the oblong-elliptical sepals. Neither of these brief character-

222 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

izations fits satisfactorily the American plant, which has as we have
seen, ovate sepals about two-thirds the length of the petals. It is
more than probable that the elements included by Trautvetter in his
var. /eiocarpus were quite different from each other, if not specifically
distinct. When to this fact is added his vague and fragmentary
characterization and the great geographic distance of the Siberian
station, the treatment of the American plant as a separate species
seems to be fully justified.

R. Allenii possesses a curious and interesting habital resemblance
to the plant of southern Missouri and adjacent Arkansas, which was
described as A. abortivus, var. Harveyi Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xxi.
372 (1886), and which has since been raised to specific rank by Dr.
Britton. The northeastern plant has, however, a decidedly lower
stature and rounder petals. ‘The marked difference of geographic
range and habitat would furthermore render specific identity
extremely improbable.

Gray HERBARIUM.

PHYCOLOGICAL NOTES OF THE LATE ISAAC
HOLDEN, — II.

EpIiTED BY F. S. COLLINS.
` (Continued from p. 172.)

Lyngbya subtilis Holden. 774,779. Seaside Park. Dec. “This
appears to have filaments attached at the middle. Can find no termi-
nal hairs. Has it any chroococcoid stratum except the P/eurocapsa
with which it is associated and upon which it appears to be epiphytic?
Escaped hormogonia U-shaped. Branching?.”

L. lutea (Ag.) Gomont. 939, 1060, 1473, 1501, 1507. On wood-
work between tide marks, below Yellow Mill Bridge; on turfy bottom
at Seaside Park; among Z. aestuarii (Mert.) Liebm., Cook's Point;
on sandy mud, Charles Island. May-July, Oct.

Symploca hydnoides Kütz. 862. With other minute algae in Yellow
Mill Pond. Aug.

1905] Collins, Phycological Notes of Isaac Holden 223

Plectonema terebrans Born. & Flah. 861, 869. In marine shells
with other algae, Harbor. Sept., Oct.

Hydrocoleum glutinosum (Ag.) Gomont. 664=P. B.-A. 453, 1033.
On iron piles, Black Rock Beacon. July, Aug.

H. Holden Tilden. 1194, 1195, 1326, 1367 =P. B.—A. 602, 1464.
“Forming a gelatinous tubular coating around old stems of Spartina
in a brackish ditch.” Cook’s Point. May, Sept.

Microcoleus chthonoplastes (Fl. Dan.) Thuret. 881, 1508. Seaside
Park, forming a thick coating on turf near high water mark; Cook’s
Point, in sheets, on sandy bottom between tide marks. Sept., Oct.

Anabaena torulosa (Carm.) Lagerh. 339, 1119. On mud on mar-
gin of marsh pools, Cook’s Point; on muddy sand, near high water
mark, among Spartina, shore of The Gut. June.

A. variabilis Kütz.. 704, 709. With Oscillatoria princeps Vauch,
etc., Fresh Pond. Aug.

Nodularia spumigena var. major (Kütz.) Born. & Flah. 1458, 1459,
1460, 1461. Marsh pool, Cook’s Point, filaments scattered among
Lyngbya, Hydrocoleum, etc., May 14. “No spores observed.” May
20. “No spores yet.” May 28. ‘Spores have appeared, proving
var. y major Bornet & Flahault.”

Microchaete grisea Thuret. 765. On stranded stump, Seaside
Park. Nov.

Mastigocoleus testarum Lagerh. 7094, 861. In shells, Fresh Pond.
Aug., Sept.

Amphithrix violacea (Kiitz.) Born. & Flah. 756. On stones, Fresh
Pond. Nov.

Calothrix aeruginea (Kütz.) Thuret. 7323, 1034. Forming a coating
with Enteromorpha sp. on iron piles between tide marks, Black Rock
Beacon. Aug., Oct.

C. confervicola (Roth) Ag. 703. On Ruppia, Fresh Pond. Aug.

C. crustacea "Thuret. 155, 482, 483, 636 = P. B.-A. 10, 641, 714,
724. On algae and rocks, Stratford Shoals; Woodmont; Cook's
Point. July, Sept., Oct.

C. parasitica (Chauvin) Thuret. 1127a. On Nemalion multifidum,
Stratford Shoals. July.

C. pulvinata (Mert.) Ag. 147, 487,967. On woodwork at or above
high water mark, Black Rock ; Stratford Shoals ; on old hulk, Cook's
Point. Aug. Oct.

C. scopulorum (Web. & Mohr) Ag. 153, 1128. On rocks, Strat-
ford Shoals. July, Sept.

224 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Rivularia atra Roth. 1220 — P. B.-A. 357b. On turf of Spartina,
Charles Island. Sept.

AR. nitida Ag. 651, 685, 728. On bank of outlet, Fresh Pond.
July-Sept.

Jsactis plana (Harv.) Thuret. 439, 726. On stones, Charles
Island. Sept.

Monostroma crepidinum Farlow. 761, 763, 772, 1066. Seaside
Park, on rocks; outlet of Fresh Pond. Nov., Dec.

M. Grevillei (Thuret) Wittr. 268, 279, 557, 794, 797, 801. Sea-
side Park; Cook's Point. March, Apr.

M. latissimum (Kütz.) Wittr. 14, 18, 310, 321, 333» 1244, 1353,
1356, 1456. Fresh Pond, on Zostera, Ruppia, etc. “Fronds of all
sizes up to nearly 2 ft. long, some over a foot wide, some small ones
looking like M. pulchrum.” Cook's Point; Yellow Mill Pond. Apr.,
May.

Ulva Lactuca var. rigida (Ag.) Le Jolis. 1339, 1349 =P. B.-A.
407. On stones in pools and between tides, Seaside Park. Nov.

U. Lactuca var. mesenteriformis (Roth) Collins. 1354, 1355.
Washed ashore, Yellow Mill Pond. Apr.

Enteromorpha clathrata (Roth) J. Ag. 1269. Fresh Pond. June.

E. crinita (Roth) J. Ag. Xs, Xro, X11. On turf near high water
mark, Seaside Park; Fresh Pond.

E. erecta (Lyng.) J. Ag. 612. On Fucus, Woodmont. June.

E. Hopkirkii McCalla. 692, 719, 804, 806 = P. B.-A. 463. On
Zostera, Milford Point; Fresh Pond. Apr., Sept. “At Fresh Pond
in April this grew to the length of 2 or 3 feet in a week, forming
long, ropy, confervoid strings, attached at base to pebbles (and shells)
and floating on the surface. The long, monosiphonous branches and
elongated tips, when fresh, float in the air like spider's webs."

E. intestinalis (L.) Link. 282, 311, 336,950. Fresh Pond; Yel-
low Mill Pond. Mar.—June.

E. intestinalis forma cylindracea J. Ag. X7, X9, 1257. Seaside
Park; Yellow Mill Pond. May.

E. Linza (L.) J. Ag. 316, 330, 821, 1359. Seaside Park. Apr.,
May.

E. Linza var. crispata |. Ag. Xx. Brackish pond in Seaside Park.
Apr.

E. minima Nag. 782, 808, X3, X8, 1245, 1255 =P. B.-A. 468,
1256, 1261. On stones and mussels near high water mark, below
Yellow Mill Bridge; Seaside Park. Feb., May.

1905] Collins, Phycological Notes of Isaac Holden 225

E. percursa (Ag.) J. Ag. 1260. Cook's Point, among other algae.
May.

E. prolifera J. Ag. 823, 829, 1254 = P. B.-A. 470, 1258, 1264.
Yellow Mill Pond, “Some specimens 6 or y feet long”; Seaside
Park, on stones and shells; Fresh Pond, attached to firm sandy bottom
and Spartina turf between tide marks; Cook's Point. May.

Lea fulvescens (Ag.) J. Ag. 33.379, 687, 767, 755,777, 1196. On
rocks between tides, Seaside Park; on timber at shipyard, Cook's
Point; Fresh Pond; Long Beach. May, June, Oct.- Dec.

Protoderma marinum Reinke. 1483a. Seaside Park. Jan.

Ulothrix flacca (Dillw.) Thuret. 558,912,915, 1077, 1079. With
U. implexa, on rocks not far from high water, Woodmont; on Fucus,
Seaside Park. Mar., Apr.

U. implexa Kütz. 558, 792, 793, 799, 810 =P. B.-A., 115a, 815,
1172. Woodmont, with U. flacca; on stones and Spartina, Yellow
Mill Pond; in brackish pond, Seaside Park. Dec., Apr., May.

Stichococcus marinus (Wille) Hazen. (Ulothrix variabilis var.
marina Wille.) 1093. Ash Creek, near Black Rock, on bank over-
flowed at high water. Apr.

Epicladia Flustrae Reinke. 610, 691, 864. On polyzoon on back
and legs of spider crab. June, Aug.

Hormiscia penicilliformis (Roth) Fries. (Urospora pentcilliformis
Aresch.) 232, 240, 256, 280, 309, 543, 555. On rocks and wood-
work, near high water mark, Seaside Park; Cook's Point. Jan.—Apr.,
Dec.

Chaetomorpha aerea (Dillw.) Kütz. 27. On pebbles, Long Beach.
June.

C. Linum (Fl. Dan.) Kütz. 688 — P. B.-A. 22, 1432. Long
Beach, near Stratford Point; Salt marsh pool, Cook's Point. Aug.,
Oct.

Rhizoclonium riparium (Roth) Harv. 151. On rocks between tides,
Stratford Shoals. Sept.

KR. tortuosum Kitz. 1235, 1236. Forming a fleece on Sphacelaria
radicans, etc., Seaside Park. Dec.

KR. tortuosum forma polyrhizum Holden. 1266 — P. B.-A. 625.
On firm bottom and on other algae, Cook’s Point. June.

Cladophora albida (Huds.) Kütz. 34,609. On stones near low
water mark, Seaside Park. June.

C. albida var. refracta Thuret. 943, 1129, 1546. Cook’s Point;
Stratford Shoal; The Gut. May-July.

226 Rhodora | NOVEMBER

C. arcta (Dillw.) Kütz. 245, 266, 298, 308, 314, 785, 914, 1074.
Seaside Park. Jan., Mar.—May..

C. expansa (Mert.) Kütz. 796, 830 = P. B.-A. 121. Brackish
pond, Cook's Point. Apr. May. “Lives through the winter."

C. expansa forma glomerata 'Thuret. 1536. Fresh Pond. Aug.

C. gracilis (Griff.) Kütz. 46, 351, 356, 364, 848, 1374. Cook's
Point, in muddy pools; Woodmont; Charles Island. June, July.

C. lanosa (Roth) Kütz. 1498. Charles Island, floating. May.

C. lanosa var. uncialis (Harv.) Thuret. 37. Stratford Shoal.
June.

C. Magdalenae Harv. 1440. Charles Island. Nov. “Forming
felty mats or turfs on sandy mud, among Spartina, near high water
mark. Same grows on shore of Seaside Park. A cold weather plant,
appearing in late autumn (as far as I know).” “Dec. 25. Clado-
phora No. 1440 was fairly abundant at this time.”

C. Rudolphiana (Ag.) Harv. 12, 19, 148, 322, 331, 594. Fresh
Pond, abundant on stones, Ruppia, etc. May, Sept.

Gomontia polyrhiza (Lagerh.) Bornet & Flahault. 861. In dead
shells, Bridgeport harbor. Aug.

Bryopsis plumosa (Huds.) Ag. 57, 383, 624, 649, 675, 847, 1373.
Penfield Reef; Breakwater; Seaside Park; Woodmont; Pool about
high water mark, Charles Island. June—Aug.

Vaucheria litorea Ag. 1173, 1177, 1351. Abundant in very
brackish pond, Seaside Park. Apr., Dec.

V. piloboloides Yhuret. 663, 722, 1200. On muddy rocks below
low water, Black Rock Beacon, July; “On shelly sand bottom near
westerly extremity of sand bar running into harbor from near Pleas-
ure Beach House, Alcazar, just below ordinary low water mark, in
abundant tufts over several square rods.” Sept.

Pylaiella littoralis (L.) Kjellm. 1447. Cook's Point. Unilocu-
lar sporangia, Apr.

Ectocarpus aecidioides Rosenv. 1497. On tips of Laminaria
Agardhii, Charles Island. May.

E. amphibius Harv.? 332. On Zostera, and Ruppia Fresh Pond.
May.

E. confervoides (Roth) LeJolis. 534, 539, 762, 765. Seaside
Park, on Fucus, etc. Dec. “No. 762 on stranded stump; cells in
largest filaments 20-30 p, as long as wide; in ultimate branches
about 12 4, several times longer than wide. Plurilocular sporangia
18-30 p wide, 75-125 q long; branching alternate.”

1905] Collins, Phycological Notes of Isaac Holden 227

E. confervoides forma brumalis Holden. 542, 548, 1442 = P. B.—
A. 576. On Spartina, stubble, etc., between tides, nearer high water
mark, Seaside Park and Charles Island. Dec. Jan. “Extreme
breadth of cells about 25 »; plurilocular sporangia of various lengths
up to 150 p or more, and in width up to 25 m; fronds mostly one or
two cm. in height. I have never seen this form except in winter,
mostly about Xmas time.”

E. reptans Crouan? 650. On Zostera, Black Rock. July.

E. siliculosus (Dillw.) Ag. 1032, 1262, 1341. Black Rock Beacon;.
Fresh Pond ; Cook's Point. May, Aug., Nov.

E. subcorymbosus Farlow.’ 703, 720, 1230, 1340 =P. B.-A.
415. On Ruppia, with Enteromorpha, etc., Fresh Pond; in muddy
pools, Cook's Point. Aug.-Nov. “About 1 mm. high; cells about
12 por a little more in diameter, 2-4 times as long. Branching alter-
nate or opposite. When opposite the main filament often prolonged
into a very long hyaline hair from the point of branching. Such a
hair also frequently taking the place of a branch or forming the pro-
longation of an ordinary filament or branch. Plurilocular sporangia
18-25 u wide, 60-100 p long, terminal or lateral, the latter generally
with a short stipe of 1-3 cells. Filaments much crowded at base,
where they (and also hairs) spring from an almost parenchymatous
mass. ”

Ascocyclus orbicularis (J. Ag.) Magnus. 874, 1521. On Zostera
Yellow Mill Pond; Pleasure Beach. July, Sept.

Sphacelaria radicans (Dillw.) Ag. 149, 177, 880. Stratford Shoal,
on rocks between tides; Seaside Park, on turfy bottom. Sept.—Nov.

S. cirrhosa (Roth) Ag. 510, 535. Seaside Park, on Fucus and
Polysiphonia. Nov., Dec.

Desmotrichum undulatum (J. Ag.) Reinke. 575, 1100, 1104, 1252.
Seaside Park, on Zostera, with Halothrix. Apr. May. Plurilocular
sporangia, May.

D. Balticum Kütz. With D. undulatum, Seaside Park, with pluri-
locular sporangia, May.

Punctaria latifolia Grev. 812, 930, 931 =P. B.-A. 82, 936, 1111,
1192, 1248, 1250. Cook’s Point; Seaside Park; on shells and Zos-
tera. Apr., May.

1 This quite distinct species has long been in the unsatisfactory position of a

species distributed under a manuscript name but never published. Mr. Holden’s
excellent description may well be used to place it on a more stable basis.— F. S. C.

228 Rhodora [NovEMBER

P. plantaginea (Roth) Grev. 817, 922, 928, 935 =P. B.-A. 81,
1073, 1089, 1105, 1237, 1247. Seaside Park, on stones and Fucus,
just below low water. Apr. May.

Scytosiphon lomentarius (Lyng.) J. Ag. 819, 918, 1072, 1088, 1246
= P. B.-A. 323a. Seaside Park, on stones. Apr., May.

S. lomentarius forma complanatus Rosenv. 917, 1080, 1085, 1087
— P. B.- A. 174, 1176, 1178, 1238, 1243, 1489, 1509. Seaside Park,
on Zostera. Mar., Apr. “May s, The narrow compressed Scyto-
siphon (1087, 1095, etc.) becoming passé. Occasional old fronds of
it floating on the surface, inflated."

Phyllitis fascia (Fl. Dan.) Kütz. 230, 537, 546, 547, 758, 802, 813,
929, 1068, 1090, 1272, 1344. Seaside Park; Cook’s Point; on
stones, mussels, and Spartina stumps. Nov.—June.

P. fascia var. caespitosa (Ag.) Farlow. 293, 294, 302, 305, 896.
With the type. Apr., Nov.

Asperococcus echinatus (Mert.) Grev. 1253. Diminutive form
growing on Zostera with Desmotrichum, Halothrix, etc. Seaside
Park. May.

Stictyosiphon subsimplex Holden. 1342, 1365, 1366, 1368, 1462,
1465 =P. B.-A. 630. Cook’s Point, in muddy marshy pools.
Nov., May, June. “Noted fronds of lengths up to 54 inches.”

Desmarestia aculeata (L.) Lamour. 1491. Seaside Park, Apr.

D. viridis (Fl. Dan.) Lamour. 295, 299, 306, 313, 323, 568, 573»
783, 911, 916, 921, 923, 926, 927, 1084, 1094, 1098, 1179, 1180,
1239, 1240, 1350, 1362, 1484. Seaside Park. March-May.

Dictyosiphon feniculaceus var. Americanus Collins. 304, 312, 814,
820, 937, 1114, 1496, 1506. On Phyllitis and Scytosiphon; Cook's
Point, in marsh pools; Seaside Park; Black Rock. Apr.-June.

Elachista fucicola (Velley) Fries. 38, 586. Stratford Shoal; Sea-
side Park. May, June.

Hulothrix lumbricalis (Kütz.) Reinke. 315, 328, 533, 569, 587,
1096, 1103, 1251. Seaside Park, on Zostera. Dec., Apr., May.

Castagnea virescens (Carm.) Thuret. rior. On Zostera, Seaside
Park. May.

Myriactis pulvinata var. minor Farlow. 865. On Sargassum, Sea-
side Park. Aug. “Apparently rather young. Only plurilocular
sporangia ; filaments up to 25 p broad, but generally 10-18 y."

Leathesia difformis (L.) Aresch. 320, 327, 1112, 1116, 1502. On
Zostera, Seaside Park; Cook's Point; Charles Island. May.

1905] Collins, Phycological Notes of Isaac Holden 229

Mesogloia divaricata (Ag.) Kütz. 846, 867, 1143. Woodmont, on
Chondrus; Seaside Park; Long Beach. July, Aug.

Chordaria flagelliformis (Fl. Dan.) Ag. 382, 422, 1106, 1113. On
stones below low water, Long Beach; on Zostera, young, Seaside
Park. May-Aug.

Stilophora rhizodes (Ehrh.) J. Ag. 419. 420, 644, 693, 1407.
Attached to pebbles on sandy flats about low water mark or a little
below; Long Beach; Black Rock; Milford; Charles Island. July,

Aug.
S. rhizodes forma contorta Holden. 627, 1263, 1270. Fresh Pond.
May, July. “Fronds contorted and entangled in dense bunches on

stones in shallow water, about one foot deep."

Ralfsia Borneti Kuckuck. 1483b. Seaside Park. Jan.

K. clavata (Carm.) Farlow. 1510. On stones in pools, Charles
Island. Apr.

R. verrucosa (Aresch.) J. Ag. 444, 484, 593, 678, 1224=P. B.- A.
325b.

Chorda Filum (L.) Stack. 647. Black Rock, young. July.

Laminaria Agardhit Kjellm. (ZL. saccharina, in part.) 489, 780,
1041, 1369, 1377, 1443, 1445, 1448, 1449, 1487, 1490, 1492, 1493,
1504, 1544, 1549, 1553. Washed ashore, Seaside Park; The Gut ;
Black Rock; Charles Island; Pleasure Beach; dredged, Stratford
Shoal. Jan., Mar.—June, Oct. Fruit, Oct. “1449, Apr. 22, Old and
new blade.”

L. Agardht forma vittata Setchell. 1467. Black Rock Beacon.
June. “1518. June 30. Dredged from a depth of 2 or 3 fathoms
at low water.”

Fucus evanescens Ag. 297, 303, 592, 789, 805. 1078, 1086, 1091,
1370, 1488. Seaside Park ; Woodmont ; Apr.—June.

F. platycarpus Thuret. 157, 480, 490, 1380. Rocks about low
water mark, Stratford Shoal ; Woodmont; Cook's Point. June, Sept.
Oct.

F. platycarpus forma. 1423, 1537. Woodmont. Sept. A form
intermediate between the typical one and /. Areschougii Kjellman.

F. vesiculosus L. 1115, 1118, 1371. Long Beach; Seaside Park.
June.

F. vesiculosus var. spiralis (L.) Ag. 1378, 1379=P. B.-A. 680.
Chippy Island, near The Gut. June. “Growing unattached, in
tangled bunches, along with Ascophyllum Mackaii, the latter in dense

230 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

beds, finely dissected, sterile. On grassy bottom above limit of ordi-
nary high water, rarely producing little vesicles and attempts at
fruiting. A beautiful plant when growing. It has very much the
habit of Ascophyllum Mackaii and seems to bear the same relation
to typical X. vesiculosus as A. Mackatt does to A. nodosum.”

F. vesiculosus var. sphaerocarpus Farlow. 1372. Cook's Point.
June.

FF. vesiculosus var. laterifructus Grev. 679, 715,764. Woodmont.
Aug., Sept., Nov. “Resembles F. ceranoides.”

F. vesiculosus forma? 1363, 1364. Cook’s Point, on mussels
near high water mark, in thick beds. “When young this appears to
be a good var. spiralis ; older it develops oftentimes abnormal vesi-
cles; rarely fruiting.” May.

Ascophyllum Mackaii (Turn.) Holmes & Batters. 281, 3053,
1082, 1097 =P. B.-A. 177. Mar.—May.

A. nodosum (L.) LeJolis. 800, 1455, 1457 =P. B.-A. XV. Sea-
side Park; Fairweather Island. Apr., May. “No. 800, herma-
phrodite, young oogonia in same conceptacles with antheridia ;
oogonia comparatively few, on the same branched hairs as the
antheridia ; also sometimes arising in the regular way from the inte-
rior wall of the conceptacle.”

Sargassum Filipendula Ag. 855, 1416, 1421,1441. So. Norwalk;
Seaside Park; on stones along the bar, Charles Island. Aug.,
Sept., Nov.

S. Filipendula forma subedentatum J. Ag. 1325, 1421. Sept.
With the type.

Goniotrichum elegans (Chauv.) LeJolis. 179, 496, 497. Among
Sphacelaria radicans, Seaside Park. Oct., Nov.

G. ramosum (Thwaites) Hauck. 1169. On Ruppia, among vari-
ous small algae, Fresh Pond. Nov.

Bangia ciliaris Carm. 496, 507, 511, 532, 878, 888 = P. B.-A.
88,889,895. On Zostera, Fucus vesiculosus, Sphacelaria cirrhosa, etc.,
in company with Goniotrichum, Erythrotrichia, etc. Oct.—Dec. “We
examined No. 887 this evening, and found numerous filaments fruit-
ing. A cell forms a number of spores which escape from a lateral
protuberance. The spores frequently lodge and germinate on fila-
ments of the Bangia, giving it the appearance of branching."

B. fuscopurpurea (Dillw.) Lyng. 892, 894 = P. B.-A. 87b, goo,
got. On rocks and woodwork, near high water mark, Yellow Mill
Bridge; Sea wall, Seaside Park. Nov., Dec.

1905] Collins, Phycological Notes of Isaac Holden 231

Porphyra laciniata (Lightf.) Ag. 788, 1441b. On rocks, Seaside
Park. Mar. Young plants, Nov.

P. leucosticta Thuret. 781, 784, 787, 791, 798, 1071, 1081, 1083,
1242--P. B.-A. 376. On Fucus, rarely on stones, Seaside Park ;
Cook's Point. Jan.—Apr.

Erythrotrichia ceramicola (Lyng.) Aresch. 496, 725. With other
algae on Zostera and Fucus, Seaside Park; Charles Island. Sept.,
Oct.

Acrochaetium Sagraeanum (Mont.) Bornet. (Chantransia virgatula,
in part.) 17, 646, 701=P. B.-A. 39, 708, 750, 757- On Ruppia,
Fresh Pond. May, July—Nov.

Nemalion multifidum (Web. & Mohr) J. Ag. 1127. On rocks near
low water mark, Stratford Shoal. July.

Gelidium crinale (Turn.) J. Ag. 712, 1539. Woodmont; Seaside
Park. Sept.

Chondrus crispus (L.) Stack. 564, 1335. Woodmont. Cysto-
carps, Apr., Oct. :

Phyllophora membranifolia (Good. & Woodw.) J. Ag. 1043, 13245
1329, 1331, 1334 =P. B.-A. 379a, 1530. Dredged, Stratford Shoal;
Penfield Reef; washed ashore, Woodmont, Aug.—Oct. Cystocarps,
Sept., Oct.

P. Brodiaei (Turn.) J. Ag. 1042, 1330, 1332. Dredged, Stratford
Shoal; Penfield Reef. Oct.

P. Traillii Holmes. 713. Sides of rocks, between tide marks,
Woodmont. Sept.

Ahnfeltia plicata (Turn.) Fries. 26. Long Beach. June.

Sterrocolax decipiens Schmitz. On Añnfeltia, No. 26.

Actinococcus subcutaneus (Lyng.) Schmitz. On Phyllophora Bro-
diaet, No. 1042.

Agardhiella tenera (J. Ag.) Schmitz. 176, 425, 434, 475» 493) 721,
759, 868, 962, 965, 972, 1029, 1148, 1338, 1410, 1411 =P. B.-A.
138, 1419. Seaside Park; Pleasure Beach; Cook's Point. July- :
Nov. Tetraspores, Aug., Sept., Nov.

Gracilaria multipartita (Clem.) Ag. 73, 423, 426, 682, 727, 852,
859, 875, 1037, 1478, 1479 =P. B.-A. 634, 1535- Seaside Park;
Cook's Point; Fresh Pond; The Gut. July-Sept. Tetraspores,
July. Var. angustissima Harv. much commoner than type.

Rhodymenia palmata (L.) Grev. 566, 1222, Woodmont; Long
Beach. Apr., Nov.

232 Rhodora [NovEMBER

Lomentaria uncinata Menegh. 400, 416, 430, 435, 442, 474, 695.
Seaside Park; Stratford Point; Long Beach; Milford Point. Aug.,
Sept.

Champia parvula (Ag.) Harv. 436, 681, 856. Woodmont; Nor-
walk; Bridgeport harbor. Aug., Sept. Cystocarps, Aug.

Grinnellia Americana (Ag.) Harv. 55,73» 37% 384, 387, 395, 398,
402, 404, 414, 427, 433, 623, 633, 653, 851, 854,960, 963,971, 1146,
1206, 1328, 1382 =P. B.-A. 593a, 1383, 1384 — P. B.-A. 593b,
1386, 1388, 1390, 1392, 1394, 1396, 1399, 1403, 1409, 1472, 1520,
1532, 1547. Floating, Seaside Park; Cook's Point; Pleasure Beach;
On oyster shells and stones in The Gut. July-Sept. Cystocarps,
tetrapores and antheridia, July. “May 9, Searched for Grinnellia but
found none.” “July, Young plants on Ascophyllum.” “July 10,
Floating very early in the season.” “Aug. 10, No. 1409, old fronds
with proliferations.” “Aug. 25, No. 1532, old fronds covered with -
young plants from germinating spores.”

Caloglossa Leprieurii (Mont.) J. Ag. * 170, 171, 172, 175, 181, 545.
Cook's Point. Oct., Nov., Jan. (See note under Bostrychia rivu-
laris.)

Chondria tenuissima (Good. & Woodw.) Ag. 381, 418, 421, 857,
1136, 1142, 1401. On stones just below low water mark, Long
Beach; So. Norwalk. July, Aug.

C. Baileyana Harv. 403, 406, 1028. On stones just below low
water mark, The Gut. Aug.

Polysiphonia elongata (Huds.) Harv. 919. Seaside Park. Mar.

P. fastigiata (Roth) Grev. 479. On Ascophyllum nodosum.
Woodmont. Oct.

P. Harveyi Bailey. 1534=P.B.-A. 888. Charles Island. Aug.
“On Zostera, natural color pink; sterile. (Reinsch's P. Americana?)”

P. Harveyi var. arietina Harv. 438, 866, 1541 = P. B.-A. 889.
Flats near breakwater; Seaside park; Charles Island. Aug., Sept.

P. nigrescens (Dillw.) Grev. 317, 326, 488, 1046, 1193. Seaside
Park; Cook's Point ; dredged at Stratford Shoal. May, Oct.

P. nigrescens var. affinis (Moore) Harv. 563. Woodmont. Apr.

P. nigrescens var. Durkeei Harv. 853. Harbor. July.

LP. nigrescens var. fucoides Harv. 944. Cook's Point. May.

P. Olneyi Harv. 441, 1134, 1135 = P. B.-A. 440, 1265, 1268,
1346, 1531. On rocks and shells, Fresh Pond. May, June, Aug.,
Sept. Tetraspores, May, June. ‘Dec. 12, in active vegetative condi-
tion ; a large crop springing up, sterile."

1905] Collins, Phycological Notes of Isaac Holden 233

P. urceolata (Lightf.) Grev. 338, 1361, 1500, 1514, 1552. Seaside
Park; Charles Island. Apr.—June. Tetraspores, June.

P. urceolata var. formosa (Suhr) Ag. 242, 296, 300, 307, 562.
Seaside Park; Woodmont. Jan., Apr. l

P. variegata (Ag.) Zan. 70, 367, 373: 377: 386, 389, 394, 397, 4135
424, 467, 478, 492, 635, 655, 955, 1381, 1473, 1474 =P. B.-A. 639,
1477, 1528. Seaside Park ; Cook's Point. July-Oct. Tetraspores,
July.

P. violacea (Roth) Grev. 920. Seaside Park. Mar.

Bostrychia rivularis Harv. 169, 171, 172, 174, 180, 505, 545, 684.
Cook's Point. Jan. Aug., Oct, Nov. “Up near high water mark
where the stalks of Salicornia and a finish kind of grass stand thick
together, mostly in the shade of Spartina, so that when left by the
retreating tide these beds probably never become dry; there the
bases of these plants and sometimes the bottoms of the sheaths of
Spartina, and occasionally a little bit of Fucus are covered with a
fine web of Bostrychia, among which are scattered fronds of Delesseria
Leprieurii.”

Rhodomela subfusca forma gracilior (Harv.) J. Ag. 561. Wood-
mont. Apr.

Dasya elegans (Mart.) Ag. 53, 66, 229, 361, 365, 376, 385, 388,
392, 393» 396, 401, 405, 415, 428, 466, 491, 506, 634, 654, 683, 760,
860, 961, 964, 970, 1205, 1327, 1336, 1337, 1387, 1389, 1391, 1393,
1395 =P. B-A. 545, 1397, 1398, 1400, 1404, 1415, 1418, 1476.
Penfield Reef; Seaside Park; Cook's Point; Long Beach; The
Gut ; Pleasure Beach. July-Dec. Cystocarps, tetraspores and anth-
eridia, July.

Grifithsia Bornetiana Farlow. 399,443, 1542. Floating, Seaside
Park ; Stratford Point; Charles Island. Aug., Sept., Oct. “Charles
Island, small tufts floated ashore, globose antheridia-bearing cells
few; vegetative tapering branches and antheridial branches on the
same frond ; rhizoidal processes very abundant.”

Callithamnion Baileyi Harv. 238, 244, 251, 391, 538, 560, 589,
613, 1044, 1202, 1221, 1223, 1406. Floating, Seaside Park; Wood-
mont; Charles Island; Long Beach; covering Chondrus and other
algae, Penfield Reef; dredged at Stratford Shoal. Jan., May-Aug.,
Oct.-Dec.

C. byssoideum Arn, 665. Black Rock Beacon. July.

C. corymbosum (Eng. Bot.) Ag. 690. Floating, Long Beach.
Aug.

234 Rhodora [NovEMBER

C. roseum (Roth) Harv. 1550. Floating, Charles Island. Apr.
Cystocarps and tetraspores.

C. tetragonum (With.) Ag. 1551. Floating, Charles Island,
Apr.

Pleonosporium Borreri (Eng. Bot.) Nag. 52, 69, 372, 390, 625,
638, 645, 665a, 876, 1031, 1140, 1402, 1405. On muddy rocks at
light and spindles, and at beacon, Penfield Reef; Floating, Seaside
Park; Woodmont; Long Beach; Charles Island. July-Sept. Tetra-
spores, Aug., Sept.

Seirospora Griffithsiana Harv. 1030. Scooped up from rocks
below low water, Black Rock Beacon. Aug.

Antithamnion Americanum (Harv.) Farlow. 239, 243, 267, 301,
559, 590, 786, 1076, 1348, 1446, 1485, 1486, 1499, 1511, 1543. Float-
ing, Seaside Park; Woodmont; Charles Island. Jan.-May.

A. cruciatum (Ag.) Nàg. 469, 473, 499, 536, 614, 839, 1167.
On algae and stones, Seaside Park; Long Beach; Woodmont.
May- Dec.

Rhodochorton Rothii (Eng. Bot.) Nag. 189, 256, 269. On rocks,
Seaside Park. Nov., Feb, March. Tetraspores, Feb., March.

Ceramium Capri-Cornu (Reinsch) Farlow. 173, 231, 1058.
Washed ashore on Zostera, harbor. June, Oct. “Only an autumnal
form of C. strictum, growing on Zostera. Of this 1 am convinced.”

C. circinatum (Kütz.) J. Ag. 637. On Fucus, Woodmont. July.

C. fastigiatum Harv. 472, 1141. On Zostera, Long Beach. Aug.,
Sept.

C. rubrum (Huds.) Ag. 75, 360, 371, 1483. Seaside Park;
Woodmont. July, Aug., Jan., “ Luxuriant but sterile, on Fucus.”

C. rubrum var. secundatum (Lyng.) Harv. 1523. TheGut. July.

C. botryocarpum Griff. (C. rubrum var. proliferum |. Ag.) 1138,
1475, 1522 — P. B.-A. 894, 1524, 1525, 1526, 1527. The Gut.
July, Aug. Cystocarps and tetraspores, July. “Tetrasporic plants
much less proliferous than the cystocarpic.”

C. strictum (Kiitz.) Harv. 63, 71, 353, 358, 359, 363, 368, 369,
374, 378, 411, 432, 437, 495, 858, 1139. Yellow Mill Bridge; on
sand-covered rocks, Seaside Park; on Zostera, Cook's Point; Nor-
walk shore. June-Aug. Tetraspores, July. “432 passing into the
form of C. Capri-Cornu ; curved branchlets just starting out.”

C. tenuissimum (Lyng.) J. Ag. 468, 471. On Agardhiella, Sea-
side Park. Sept.

1905) Collins, Phycological Notes of Isaac Holden 235

C. tenuissimum var. arachnoideum (J. Ag.) Farlow. 154, 677,
1137. Always on Zostera; Milford Point; Woodmont; Long Beach.
Aug., Sept.

Spyridia filamentosa (Wulf.) Harv. 762, 1422. Woodmont.
Aug., Sept.

Gloiosiphonia capillaris (Huds.) Carm. 25. Floating, Long
Beach. June.

Melobesia Lejolisti Rosanoff. 1147. On Zostera, Pleasure Beach.
Sept.

Lithothamnion laevigatum Foslie. 615. On schistose rock, near
low water mark, Woodmont. June.

Corallina officinalis L. 477. Woodmont. Oct.

Hildenbrantia Prototypus Nardo. 179. Seaside Park. Nov.

ConNECTICUT FRESH WATER ALGAE.

Chroococcus cohaerens (Bréb.) Nag. 776. Among other algae, on
abutment of Factory Pond dam. Dec.

Coelosphaerium Kiitzingianum Nag. 1052. With other algae, on
moist rocks, Sage's Ravine, below first falls, Twin Lakes, Salisbury.
Oct.

Haematococcus pluvialis (Grev.) Flotow. 621, 629, 705. On drip-
ping stonework, Factory Pond dam. July, Sept.

Gloeocapsa violacea (Corda) Rab. 1435 — P. B.-A. 551. Gay-
lordsville. Oct. “On vertical face of moist limestone, east side of
road and a few rods from it, a mile or so from the station on the
road to Bull's Bridge."

Arthrospira Gomontiana Setchell. 43, 345, 1126 — P. B.-A. 155,
1130. Pool below Factory Pond. June, July.

Oscillatoria amphibia Ag. 954. With O. tenuis, on muddy bottom
of Bruce's Brook. July.

O. limosa Ag. 31, 50, 597, 747, 932 =P. B.-A.253b. Stream
in Stratford; Great Falls of the Housatonic; ditch below Factory
Pond, floating and attached to plants; Berkshire Mill Pond. “1481,
forming a dark purple stratum on plants in running water, Pequon-
nock River, below Factory Pond dam. Dec.”

O. princeps Vauch. 161, 658 =P. B.-A. 2b, 850, 1413. West
Branch of Bruce’s Brook; Parrott's Pond; Fresh Pond, in company
with Zyngbya aestuarii. July, Sept., Oct.

236 Rhodora [NovEMBER

O. splendida Grev. 144, 775, 1063, 1149. Bed of Pequonnock
River, in a still pool with decaying vegetable matter. Aug., Sept.,
Nov.

O. tenuis Ag. 143, 158, 164, 162, 584, 891, 954, 959, 1229.
Floating, pool below Factory Pond; Housatonic River, on wall of
quartz mill; Fresh Pond; Bruce's Brook. May-Oct.

O. tenuis var. natans (Kütz). Gomont. 1163,1482. Bruce's Brook.
Oct., Dec.

Phormidium Corium (Ag.) Gomont. 743, 924, 934 — P. B-A.
304. On stonework of dam at R. R. crossing, Bruce's Brook; on
dam at Moody's Pond; Island Brook, below Housatonic R. R., on
woodwork of dam. Apr., May, Oct.

P. favosum (Bory) Gomont. 51. Stratum adhering to rocks in
shoal running water, Great Falls of the Housatonic, below Lovers’
Leap. July.

P. Retzii (Ag.) Gomont. 710 = P. B.-A. ac, 716, 946, 958, 1414.
Stream below Paper Mill, Pequonnock River; Rooster River. June,
July, Sept.

P. uncinatum (Ag.) Gomont. 660,947, 1420. “Forming a purplish
or copperish skin on stones in stream below dam at Moody's Pond”;
Mill River. June, July, Sept. :

Lyngbya ochracea (Kütz.) Thuret. 1062, 1333. Stream below
paper mill, Factory Pond; outlet of Parrott's Pond. Oct., Nov.

Plectonema Wollei Farlow. 166. On stones in swift running
water, Housatonic River, below Great Falls. Oct.

Schizothrix lardacea (Cesati) Gomont. 1227. On vertical surface
of dripping rock, East Rock, New Haven. Nov.

S. coriacea. (Kütz.) Gomont. 1429, 1431, 1437, 1453. On lime-
stone, bank of Housatonic River, Gaylordsville. Apr., Oct.

Anabaena oscillarioides Bory. 718. With other Cyanophyceae,
pool below Factory Pond. Sept.

Cylindrospermum majus Kütz. 445. Forming saccate investments
of grass, Utricularia, etc., pool below Factory Pond. Sept.

Nostoc commune Vauch. 1436. On limestone, road near Gay-
lordsville. Oct.

N. microscopicum Carm. 1053. Sage's Ravine, Salisbury, below
first falls. Oct.

N. parmelioides Kütz. 1160. On stones in brook, Mt. Carmel.
Sept.

1905] | Collins, Phycological Notes of Isaac Holden 237

N. pruniforme Ag. 1145 = P. B.-A.657. Twin Lakes, Salisbury.
Aug. “In stagnant arm of lower lake cut off by R. R. near station.
Mostly resting on bottom, attached when young to sticks, stones, etc.,
growing up to a diameter of about 2 inches."

Scytonema crispum (Ag.) Bornet. 192, 1158, 1225. On rock
below Factory Pond ; ditch at North Haven. Sept, Nov. “Oct. 2,
1898, Scytonema crispum has disappeared from the old station in
North Haven.”

S. Hofmanni Ag. 740. On old stump, shore of upper Twin Lake,
Salisbury. Oct.

S. Myochrous (Dillw.) Ag. 697, 739, 1048. “On rocks in upper
Twin Lake, near shore, submerged, but alive to some extent above
submerged portion.” Oct.

S. figuratum Ag. 1427, 1428, 1438, 1454, 1517 =P. B.-A. 857.
Banks of the Housatonic, near Gaylordsville, in tufts or sheets on
limestone. June, Oct.

S. ocellatum (Dillw.) Thuret. 698. Sage’s Ravine, Salisbury, on
dripping rocks. Aug.

Nostochopsis lobatus Wood. 1159. On stones in brook at Mt.
Carmel. Sept.

Tolypothrix lanata (Desv.) Wartmann. 182, 191, 216, 500, 706,
1153. On Zontinalis in Pequonnock River, below Factory Pond dam ;
Lake Saltonstall, near New Haven. Sept.—Dec.

Stigonema mamillosum Ag. 354, 628. On damp rocks in Mill
River, near Samp Mortar Rock; on stones in Pequonnock River.
July.

S. minutum (Ag.) Hass. 1050. On submerged rocks in Plantain
Pond, Salisbury. Oct.

S. panniforme (Ag.) Born. & Flah. 1052. On moist rocks, Sage’s
Ravine, below first falls, Salisbury. Oct.

Amphithrix janthina (Mont.) Born. & Flah. 1434. Coating stones
in Island Brook, below R. R. Oct.

Calothrix Braunit Born. & Flah. 503, 885, 903, 1061. Forming
a coating on stones, side stream of Pequonnock River, below Factory
Pond dam. Oct.

C. fusca (Kütz.) Born. € Flah. 544. On Batrachospermum
vagum, pool below Factory Pond dam. Oct.

C. parietina (Nag.) Thuret. 733,734=P. B.-A. 11, 742, 1228,
1347. Onstone dam of Factory Pond; on dripping rock by R. R.

238 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

between Canaan and Twin Lakes, Salisbury; on dripping rock, East
Rock, New Haven; on sandy ground, shore of Fresh Pond. Oct.-
Dec.

Dichothrix gypsophila (Kütz.) Born. & Flah. 1425, 1439. Gay-
lordsville, rapids of Housatonic River, near Kent, on limestone, river
shore; narrow form, incrusted. Oct.

D. Hosfordii (Wolle) Born. & Flah. 501,508, 514,957 =P. B.-A.
215b, 1197. On stones on border of pool below Factory Pond, Pe-
quonnock River. June, July, Oct., Nov.

D. Orsiniana (Kütz.) Born. & Flah. 1124, 1131 =P. B.-A. 405.
On stone work at base of Factory Pond dam. July.

Gloiotrichia Pisum (Ag.) Thuret. 736,737. Twin Lakes, Salis-
bury, floating and on pond weeds. Oct. i

Spirogyra bellis (Hass.) Cleve. 882. Pequonnock River, Turn-
bull. Oct.

S. nitida (Dillw.) Link. 619, 620, 630 — P. B.-A. 513, 643.
Island Brook, below dam at R. R. “July 19, Last of the season."

S. varians (Hass.) Kütz. 582. Roadside near Brookfield. May.

S. sp.? 595, 600, 607, 632, 652. Fresh Pond. May-July. 595.
“Grows in abundance, floating in thick patches, along with C/ado-
phora, Enteromorpha, etc. Dissepiments not replicate; diameter of
cells uniformly about 374; length of cells 8—22 times the diameter; 1
or 2 spirals, making 2 or 3 to ro or more turns; rarely 3 spirals."
607, “Spores seem to be forming in some cells without conjugation,
after the manner described by DeBary (Die Conjugaten, p. 7, Pl. I.
fig. 4). Sometimes 2 spores (?) in one cell; sporiferous (?) cells
somewhat swollen, spores (those apparently nearest maturity) light
buff colored, elliptical.” 632, “In side pool from which I formerly
took best specimens of Monostroma latissimum. Cells generally
about 27 or 284 in diameter, length generally 3-6 diameters, spirals
2 or rarely 3 turns, about 3 in a cell of full length. Dissepiments
not replicate. Zygospores ellipsoidal, 56-874 long by 31—374 wide.
Female cell swollen just enough to contain zygospore. With Oscil-
latoria which appears to be O. princeps. ? Whether this is not the
same as 595. Water in this pool (which is now cut off from the
main body by a sand bar) may be a little less salt; ?Whether this is
the reason of its fruiting.” !

Zygnema pectinatum var. anomalum (Mass.) Kirchn, 60s. Pe-
quonnock River, below Factory Pond dam. June.

1905] Collins, Phycological Notes of Isaac Holden 239

Mougeotia robusta (DeBary) Wittr. 601, 606. Pequonnock River,
below Factory Pond dam. June.

M. genuflexa (Dillw.) Ag. 668 =P. B.-A. 312, 952. Peck’s
Mill, Putney. July, Aug.

Tetraspora bullosa (Roth) Ag. 194, 222. Side stream of Pequon-
nock River, below Factory Pond dam, on stones, sticks, etc. Nov.,
meet

T. bullosa forma cylindrica (Hilse) Rab. 520, 521, 525. On
plants and stones in Parrott’s Pond. Nov.

T. lubrica var. lacunosa (Duby) Chauv. 195, 199, 208. Side
stream of Pequonnock River, below Factory Pond dam; Stillman’s
Brook. March, Nov. 199, “Narrow, string-like fronds up to the
length of 2 feet or more.”

Gloeocystis rupestris (Lyng.) Rab. 746. With Calothrix fusca,
etc., on stone work of Factory Pond dam. Oct.

Conferva bombycina forma minor Wille. 572, 717 = P. B.-A. 621,
827. Stream running into Bruce's brook, near horsecar stable ;
stream below paper mill, No. Bridgeport, with Microspora stagnorum.
Apr., May, Sept.

Microspora abbreviata (Rab. Lagerh. 925. Bruce's Brook.
Apr.

M. amoena (Kütz. Rab. 531, 928a — P. B.-A. 616. Bruce's
Brook; stream below paper mill; Dec., Apr.

M. crassior (Hansg.) Hazen. 928a. Stream below paper mill,
with M. amoena. Apr. |

M. stagnorum (Kütz.) Lagerh. 602, 604 = P. B.-A. 618, 717.
“ Streamlet leaking through bank below the dam, Pequonnock River;
some of it 2 ft. or more long; with Conferva bombycina.”

Stichococcus flaccidus (Kütz.) Gay. 431. On bark of Horse Chest-
nut tree, Pembroke St., Bridgeport. Aug.

Ulothrix zonata (Web. & Mohr) Kiitz. 945 =P. B.-A. 19a.
On stones, Mill River, near Samp Mortar Rock. June.

Stigeoclonium tenue ? 603. Stream from paper mill, Factory Pond.
June.

S. lubricum (Dillw.) Kütz. 811 =P. B.-A. 660. Little pond
east of Yellow Mill Pond, near Stratford Cove. May.

S. fasciculare Kütz. 828 = P. B.-A. 67. Bruce's Brook. May.

S. Aagelliferum Kütz. 1170, 1171 =P. B.-A. 408. On stones
in swift water, Pequonnock River, in the new channel, below Factory
Pond dam. Dec.

240 Rhodora [NovEMBER

Draparnaldia glomerata (Vauch.) Ag. 203, 236, 246, 528, 549,
554, 1070. Side stream of Pequonnock River, below Factory Pond
dam; Ash Creek. Nov.—Feb.

D. plumosa (Vauch.) Ag. 550, 551, 552. Stream below paper
mill, at Factory Pond. Jan. Feb.

Chaetophora incrassata (Huds.) Hazen. 145, 184, 193, 200, 205,
211, 217, 223, 237, 409, 446, 527, 553, 1204. On stones, pool and
side stream of Pequonnock River, below Factory Pond dam. Jan.
Feb., July-Dec.

C. incrassata forma draparnaldioides (Wittr. & Nordst.) nov.
comb. 286. C. Cornu Damae (Roth) Ag. B draparnaldioides Nordst.
& Wittr. Stream in swamp, west of Stillman's Brook. March.

C. pisiformis (Roth) Ag. 408, 447,661. On grass and stones, side
stream of Pequonnock River, etc.; on stones in mill race below
Moody's Pond. July—Sept.

Aphanochaete ver miculoides Wolle. 557a. On Hyalotheca dissiliens,
Stratford. March.

Bulbochaete intermedia DeBary, 686 — P. B.-A. 973. On grass,
etc., pool by Rooster River, near Spooner's farm. Aug.

Oedogonium crenulato-costatum Wittr. 836. In little pond east of
Yellow Mill Pond, near Stratford Avenue. July.

Trentepohlia aurea (L.) Mart. 1055, 1424. Rocks by roadside
near Hammerton ; limestone rocks on river shore, Housatonic River,
near Gaylordsville. Oct.

T. Lolithus (L.) Wittr. 1452. On northerly side of rocks, with
lichens, Gaylordsville. Apr.

Rhizoclonium hieroglyphicum var. macromeres Nordst. 1162. Fitch's
Pond, Cheshire. Sept.

R. lacustre forma Americanum Wille. 656, 657 =P. B.-A. 624.
Attached to stones, Pequonnock River, below Factory Pond dam,
growing to a length of 2 or 3 feet. July.

Cladophora callicoma Kitz. 347. Great Falls of the Housatonic,
Still River station, Lanesville, on stones in rapids, below Lovers’
Leap. June.

C. glomerata (L.) Kütz. 349. Still River station, Lanesville, on
stones in swift water, just below the dam at silex mill. June.

Vaucheria aversa Hass. 670 = P. B.-A. 475. Mill River, near
Samp Mortar Rock. Aug.

V. geminata (Vauch.) DC., type and var. racemosa (Vauch.) Walz.
567, 570, 571. Ash Creek, below mill at Moody's Pond. Apr.

1905] Collins, Phycological Notes of Isaac Holden 241

Vaucheria sessilis (Vauch.) DC. 581. Brookfield. May.

Batrachospermum anatínum Sirdt.? “A single frond among Bats
collected in Bruce’s Brook, north of R. R., Apr. 20. Beautiful bluish
green.”

B. Boryanum Sirdt. 3, 7, 10, 16, 187, 196, 202, 206, 210, 212, 219,
228, 248, 252, 275, 283, 556. Mouth of little stream emptying into
the east side of Berkshire Mill Pond; side stream of Pequonnock
River, below Factory Pond dam. Feb., May, Nov., Dec.

B. Corbula Sirdt. 11 =P. B.-A. 184. In a little stream run-
ning through swamp near old quarry, northwest of poorhouse, May
11. “May 30, collected in same spot as May 11. Hunted the
stream a long way. Could find none except in one spot within the
space of a yard." 259,292. On sticks in still water, upper part of
pool below Factory Pond dam. Mar.—May.

B. ectocarpum Sirdt. 5, 289 =P. B.-A. 183. In side stream
of Pequonnock River, below Factory Pond dam; Island Brook, near
mouth. Jan.—March.

B. moniliforme var. typicum Sirdt. 22 =P. B.-A. 180. Island
Pond Brook. May.

B. moniliforme var. chlorosum Sirdt. 2,165, 186, 188, 197, 198,
201, 207, 209, 213, 215, 220, 226, 249. Side stream of Pequonnock
River, below Factory Pond dam. Oct, Jan. “Oct. 5, the first Bat
I have found here this season; could see none a week ago.” |

B. pyramidale Sirdt. 933 =P. B-A. 186. On old sticks in
still water, pool below Factory Pond dam. May.

B. vagum Ag. 8, 204, 214, 218, 224, 235, 247, 526, 631, 835, 884,
902, 1166. Outlet of little pond near paper mill, below Factory
Pond dam. Oct.—Feb., Apr., June, July.

B. virgatum Sirdt. 15,253,270, 276. 284, 291,825, 1165. Small
stream running under R. R., a little way east of Stratford depot;
Island Brook; Ash Creek, below saw mill; Pequonnock River, below
Factory Pond dam. Nov., Feb.—May.

Lemanea fucina var. rigida (Sirdt.) Atk. 45,350. Island Brook;
Great Falls of the Housatonic, on rocks in the natural dam at the
crest. June.

Tuomeya fluviatilis Harv. 24, 41, 44, 64, 516, 576, 883, 956, 1164,
1232. Pequonnock River; Island Brook; Mill River, near Samp Mor-
tar Rock. May-July, Oct.-Dec. “Nov. 15, in great abundance in
Pequonnock River, near old mill just above Trumbull line, at falls.”

242 Rhodora [NovEMBER

NEWFOUNDLAND, JULY 13-30, 1897.

Sr. JoHN's, JULY 13-16.

1273. Nostoc muscorum Ag. Signal Hill.

1274 = P. B.-A. 414. Pylaiella littoralis (L.) Kjellman. In
pools and on rocks between tide marks, shore outside of entrance to
the harbor; both forms of sporangia on the same individual.

1275 =P. B.-A. 982, 1276. Cladophora Hystrix Stromf. On
rocks between tide marks, outside shore.

1277. Fucus sp.? “On rocks between tide marks, or at least
where wet by spray.”

1278. Dictyosiphon hippuroides (Lyng.) Aresch. Young plants
in rock pools.

1279, 1281. Rhodomela sp? In rock pools in narrows, outside
the harbor.

1280. Polysiphonia urceolata (Lightf.) Grev. On rocks in harbor
near narrows.

1283. Codiolum longipes Foslie. Coating rocks within the nar-
rows.

1284. Phyllitis zosterifolia Reinke. Coating rocks on ocean
shore, between tide marks, outside the harbor.

1285. Monostroma Groenlandicum J. Ag. On rocks, ocean shore,
north of entrance to harbor.

1286. Halosaccion ramentaceum (L.) J. Ag. On rocks in harbor
near narrows.

1287. Alaria esculenta Grev? On rocks below the cliff, ocean
shore, north of narrows.

1288. Chorda tomentosa Lyng. North side of harbor, near the
narrows, attached to stones.

1289 = P. B.-A. 480. Elachista lubrica Rupr. On Halosac-
cion, 1286.

1290 =P. B.-A. 406. Monostroma undulatum var. Farlowti
Rosenv. On rocks and on other algae, between tide marks in the
narrows, south side.

1291. Enteromorpha minima Nig. On rocks between tide marks
near narrows, north side.

1292. Dictyosiphon foeniculaceus (Huds.) Grev. Mostly epiphytic
on Chordaria flagelliformis, near narrows.

1293. Porphyra miniata Ag. Very abundant.

1905] Collins, Phycological Notes of Isaac Holden 243

TOPSAIL, ON CONCEPTION Bav, JULY 17.

1294. Cladophora lanosa var. uncialis (Harv.) Thuret. On rocks
at low water.

1295. Ectocarpus confervoides (Roth) LeJolis. On algae.

1296. Phyllitis fascia (Fl. Dan.) Kütz. Rocks near low water mark.

1297. Lithothamnion glaciale Kjellm. Lying free near low water
mark and below.

WINDSOR LAKE, JULY 19.

1298. Stigonema mamillosum Ag. On rocks in shoal water.

HARBOR GRACE, JULY 21.

1299. Cladophora sp?

1300. Corallina officinalis L.

1301. Ralfsia deusta Aresch.

1302. Rhodymenia palmata (L.) Grev.

1303. Ptilota pectinata (Gunner) Kjellman.

1308. /Hormiscia penicilliformis (Roth) Fries. On rocks between
tides.

1309. LElachista sp? On Fucus.

Quni Vipr, JULY 26.

1310. Porphyra laciniata (Lightf.) Ag. On rocks between tides.

1311. Calothrix scopulorum (Web. & Mohr) Ag. On rocks
between tides.

1312 = P. B.-A. 337. Porphyra miniata Ag. On rocks at and
below low water.

PETTY HARBOR, JULY 28.

1313. = P. B-A. Dictyosiphon hippuroides (Lyng.) Aresch.

1314. Chordaria flagelliformis (Fl. Dan.) Ag. With 1313.

1315. Hormiscia penicilliformis (Roth) Fries. Rocks below tide
marks.

Sr. JOHN’s, JULY 29.

1316. Codiolum longipes Foslie. Rocks in narrows.

TORBAY, JULY 30.

1318. Porphyra linearis Grev. “Up to 2 feet in length and from
$ to 1 inch or a little more in width. Strong tendency to shut up on
the median line. Fronds entire, attached to rocks by small stipe at
the base. Between tide marks where surf beats upon precipitous
rocks.”

1319. Lhormidium Ketzii (Ag.) Gomont. On moss in stream,
swift water, running into Torbay harbor.

244 Rhodora [NovEMBER

SENECIO BALSAMITAE, Muhl., var. firmifolius, Greenman, n. var.
Stems o.8 to 2 dm. high, more or less tufted: lower leaves mostly
short-petioled, elliptic-oblong to subrotund, 0.5 to 4 cm. long, 5 to 20
mm. broad, crenate-dentate to sublyrately pinnatifid, thick and firm
in texture, at first, as well as the stem, white tomentulose, but soon
glabrate; upper stem-leaves much reduced and often prolonged
into a linear entire attenuation: involucre and technical characters
of the head like the species. —In red limestone detritus, crest of Les
Murailles, Percé, Gaspé County, Quebec, 17 August 1904, J. F. Col-
lins, M. L. Fernald & A. S. Pease (type, hb. Gray); also in lime-
stone detritus, Mont Rouge, Percé, 23 July 1905, J. F. Collins &
M. L. Fernald (hb. Gray). Specimens secured by Messrs. Collins
and Fernald at Cap Barré, Percé, 23 July 1905, are distinctly inter-
mediate between the variety and typical examples of the species.
The variety is distinguished chiefly by the short relatively broad
leaves and their thick firm texture. — J. M. GREENMAN, Field Colum-
bian Museum, Chicago.

A PALE FORM OF AVENA STRIATA.— Avena striata Michx. has
the empty glumes and often the flowering glumes strongly tinged
with purple — so much so as to have received from Torrey the name
Trisetum purpurascens. On some of the mountains of Maine and
eastern Quebec, however, the prevailing form of the plant quite lacks
this purple coloring which is so characteristic of the species, and
has instead whitish or pale straw-colored empty glumes and pale
flowering glumes. The plant seems to have no other distinguishing
character, but in the regions where it occurs it is so constant and
characteristic as to merit the distinctive name : —

AVENA STRIATA Michx., forma albicans, f. nov. Glumis externis
albicantibus vel flavescentibus haud purpurascentibus, glumis fertili-
bus flavescentibus vel fulvis.— QuknBEC, abundant on mossy table-
land, altitude 900-1050 meters, Mt. Albert, August 9, 1905 (Collins
& Fernald, no. 26); limestone-conglomerate cliffs, Bic, July 16, 1904
(Collins & Fernald): Maine, slides, west wall, North Basin, and
Saddle Brook, Mt. Katahdin, July 13, 1900 (Williams & Fernald),
— M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

Vol. 7, no. 82, including pages 173 to 188, was tssued 28 October, 1905.

QTRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 7 December, 1905 No. 84

NOTES ON NEW ENGLAND VIOLETS, — III.
EzRA BRAINERD.

STUDIES of our white stemless violets for three seasons past have
brought to light several interesting and important facts. The Lin-
nean species, Viola primulifolia and V. lanceolata, seem to be, at
least in the Northern States, well defined and properly understood.
For many years the remaining forms of the group passed as one
species under the name Y. blanda, Willd. (1804). LeConte in 1828
was the first to separate from this aggregate his V. amoena; and
in 1870 Dr. Gray distinguished V. renifolia. Butit is important in
this work of segregation to find out just what Willdenow had before
him and described as Y. blanda. It appears to have been a living
plant sent from near Philadelphia and grown in the gardens at Berlin.
It may be that a dried specimen of it was never made; at least, Dr.
Robinson, who the past summer made a search for the type in the
Berlin herbaria, reports that none is to be found.

But with the publication of Viola blanda was issued an admirable
colored plate; regarding this Dr. Britton observed in a letter last
May: “It looks to me as though the original figure of V. blanda
represents what we are calling V. Leconteana” (V. amoena, LeConte).
I have examined this plate both at the Herbarium of the New York
Botanical Garden and at the Gray Herbarium. The hand coloring
in both copies is quite the same, and represents the peduncle and
petioles and even the midrib as reddish, — a good character of V.
amoena, but one never seen in what has been passing with us as
V. blanda. Furthermore, the outline of, the leaf, its crenation, and
the structure of the flower plainly indicate the first mentioned spe-

246 Rhodora [DECEMBER

cies. Several good judges at both New York and Cambridge were
asked their opinion of the species figured, and all without hesitation
called it Y. Zeconteana or V. amoena.

Moreover, in Willdenow's description particular emphasis seems
to be laid on the fact that the petals are all beardless. This is
strictly true of Viola amoena ; but the lateral petals of the so-called
V. blanda have almost always more or less of a beard. The upper
petals Willdenow thus describes: *bina superiora lanceolata obtusa
alba." This, might answer for the long narrow upper petals, rounded
at the tip, of V. amoena; but it is decidedly inapplicable to those of
the so-called V. b/anda, which are broadly obovate or even orbicular.
Much as we may regret the necessity, the name V. blanda must be
restored to its original application, displacing V. amoena and the
later synonyms.

This forces us to find another name for the species that we have
been wrongly calling V. //anda ; and fortunately there is an old name
of Banks's that seems to be available and not altogether infelicitous.
In the Prodromus, i. 295 (1824), under Banks's manuscript name
“Viola rotundifolia, B. pallens,’ DeCandolle describes a sheet of
specimens collected by Banks in Labrador. This type is now in the
Banks Herbarium at the British Museum, and was studied and pho-
tographed by Mr. Fernald in 1903. He then felt no hesitation in
pronouncing the plants to be what we have been calling V. blanda,
the smallest of our white violets. Two excellent photographs of this
sheet show seven plants, each with one flower and two or three
leaves, and strongly support Mr. Fernald's conviction as to the spe-
cies here represented. The plant is certainly not the true V. banda
above discussed; and it is extremely doubtful if the latter species
reaches as far to the north as Labrador. In the mountains of Ver-
mont the traditional V. blanda ascends some 2000 feet higher than
the true Y. blanda (V. amoena).

But in this group of plants there is another though quite different
source of confusion, —the presence of a distinct but heretofore
unrecognized species, that in its vernal stages has commonly passed
as “ V. blanda” (Am. authors), and in its summer stages as V. amoena

l This is stated in three places: (1) “petalis imberbibus ”; (2) “petalis albis
omnibus interne laevibus"; (3) “a Viola cucullata, obliqua et nonnullis aliis
novis speciebus Americae borealis, petalis lateralibus basi glabris nec barbatis...
diversa.”

1905] Brainerd, Notes on New England Violets 247

(the Y. blanda of Willdenow). It is indeed more nearly related to
the latter than to the former, which, as will be seen in the synopsis
below, is in a group radically distinct from all the other round-leaved
white violets. But although the new species is allied to the Y. banda
of Willdenow, it differs from it in having on the expanding leaves
and peduncles a white, villose, often dense pubescence that mostly
persists through the summer, in having bearded lateral petals, and in
having its upper petals broadly obovate, instead of long, narrow, and
strongly reflexed. From V. renifolia the new species differs in its
bearded lateral petals, and in its acute leaves longer than broad,
excepting the one or two that appear earliest.

Fine specimens of the four species under discussion were grown
in pots through the past season, and were under frequent inspection ;
in foliage and in general aspect the four were all strikingly distinct.
The new species is plainly northern, and grows even to the summit
of the highest peaks of Western New England, such as Greylock and
Equinox.

I must furthermore state, though with regret, that the three wood-
land species, when growing together, are disposed, like the blue vio-
lets, to produce intermediate forms. This has been a further source
of confusion; but we may hope that in due time after patient study
this perplexity also may be unraveled.

SYNOPSIS OF THE New ENGLAND SPECIES OF WHITE ACAUL-
ESCENT VIOLETS.

* Cleistogamous capsules oblong, green, subtended by linear-lanceolate sepals ;
seeds black, about 1 mm. long; peduncles erect or ascending. Usually
in open bogs, wet meadows and on borders of brooks.

1. V. LANCEOLATA, L. Leaves narrowly lanceolate.

2. V. PRIMULIFOLIA, L. Leaves ovate, acute, with subcordate or
tapering base.

3. V. pallens (Banks), n. comb. Leaf-blades cordate, obtuse
or rarely acute, glabrous on both sides; petioles and scapes often
with scattered hairs, not spotted with red; lateral petals beardless or
with a few rudimentary hairs, upper petals broadly obovate. — P.
rotundifolia, B. pallens, Banks in DC. Prodr. i. 295 (1824); V. blanda
of recent American authors, not Willdenow.— Northeastern North
America, from Labrador to *the mountains of South Carolina and

Tennessee" !; and apparently westward.

! Pollard in Small’s Flora of the Southeastern United States.

248 Rhodora [DECEMBER

* * Cleistogamous capsules ovoid, commonly brownish purple, subtended by
ovate-lanceolate sepals ; seeds brown, 1.6-2 mm. long; peduncles hori-
zontal or deflexed.— Usually in cold rich woodlands.

4. V. BLANDA, Willd. Glabrous except for minute white hairs on
the upper surface of the leaves, especially the basal lobes; leaves
cordate-ovate, acute or acuminate; petioles and scapes usually
spotted with red; petals all beardless, the upper pair often long, nar-
row, and strongly reflexed, sometimes twisted; usually in flower 1o-
20 days later than the two following species.— Hort. Berol. t. 24
(1804); V. amoena, LeConte, Ann. Lyc. N. Y. ii. 144 (1828); Y.
Leconteana, G. Don, Gen. Syst. i. 324 (1831); V. blanda, var. palus-
triformis, Gray, Bot. Gaz. xi. 255 (1886); V. alsophila, Greene, Pitt.
iv. 7 (1899).— Quebec to Minnesota, and south to Georgia and Ala-
bama.

5- V. incognita, n. sp. Peduncles, petioles and lower surface of
leaves pubescent with soft white hairs especially when young, the
upper leaf-surface glabrous or nearly so; aestival leaves large, rugose,
broadly cordate-ovate, acute; lateral petals bearded, upper pair obo-
vate; flowering early. — Type in Hb. Gray from wooded slopes of
Moosalamoo Mountain, Salisbury, Vermont, May 5, 1903, and
August 14, 1905.— Common from eastern Quebec and Prince
Edward’s Island westward and southward through the mountains of
northern and western New England.

6. V. RENIFOLIA, Gray. More or less pubescent, but upper sur-
face of reniform leaves often quite glabrous; petals all beardless, the
upper pair orbicular; flowering early. — Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 288
(1870); V. Brainerdit, Greene, Pitt. v. 89 (1902), in part. — New-
foundland to the Mackenzie River, south to New England, New
York, Michigan and Minnesota.

MIDDLEBURY, VERMONT.

1905] Fernald, A Northern Cynoglossum 249

A NORTHERN CYNOGLOSSUM.
M. L. FERNALD.

Cynoglossum virginicum L., as accepted by American botanists, is
supposed to extend northward into the Maritime Provinces and south-
ward to Florida and Louisiana, a range much broader than is covered
by most of our Eastern plants. In New England and eastern Can-
ada, where the introduced C. officinale often abounds, the indigenous
species of Cynoglossum is very local, and it is only occasionally that
one has an opportunity to study the native plant in the field. In
July, 1905, however, while ascending with Messrs. E. F. Williams and
J. F. Collins, the Little Cascapedia River in the County of Bonaven-
ture, Quebec, I found a colony of the plant growing under larches in
dry sandy alluvium. The characteristic species of the alluvium,
Arnica mollis, Dryas Drummondi, Astragalus frigidus, var. amert-
canus, Sisyrinchium montanum, Calamagrostis Scribneri, etc., were
all high-northern or Rocky Mountain species; and it was, there-
fore, surprising to find with them a plant supposed to extend to
Florida and the lower Mississippi.

Later study of the plant from the Little Cascapedia shows that in
many points it differs from the plant of the Southern and Middle
States, though it is quite like that of adjacent Canada, northern New
England and New York, the Great Lakes and the northern Rocky
Mountains. The more southern plant, the true Cynoglossum vir-
ginicum of Linnaeus, possibly extends into western New England,
and plants under that name have been reported from western Massa-
chusetts and Connecticut. Mr. E. B. Chamberlain in his study of
the New England Boraginaceae, however, was unable to verify the
reports and the most northern material at hand comes from New Jer-
sey and Pennsylvania. From there it extends southward, mostly in
deciduous woods to the Gulf of Mexico, and west to Missouri and
Texas. It is villous-hispid nearly to the inflorescence, and all but
the very lowermost leaves are clasping. In anthesis its calyx is 3.5—
4.5 mm. long; and its corolla 1o or 12 mm. broad, with suborbicular
lobes and closed sinuses. The strongly echinate compressed orbic-
ular-obovoid nutlets are cuneate at base, 7-9 mm. long.

! RHODORA, iii. 214.

250 Rhodora [DECEMBER

In the northern plant, which usually occurs'in coniferous woods,
the slender peduncles are mostly appressed-pubescent, and the
transition is more gradual than in Cynmoglosum virginicum from the
lower long-petioled to the upper amplexicaul leaves. The calyx in
anthesis is 2-2.5 mm. long; the corolla 6-8 mm. broad, with ovate-
oblong lobes and open sinuses; and the compressed pyriform-obovoid
nutlets are 4-5 mm. long. This northern plant is of broad range in
Canada and the Northern States, while the southern Cynoglossum
virginicum is only doubtfully reported from southern New England.
That the two are distinct species seems clear from the characters
above enumerated, and the northern plant may be distinguished as

CyNoGLossuM boreale, sp. n. Planta 4-8 dm. alta; caule basi
villoso-hispido, pedunculis elongatis (usque ad 1-2 dm. longis)
appresso-pubescentibus; foliis radicalibus ellipticis vel lanceolato-
ovalibus 1-3 dm. longis hispidis lamina petiolo fere aequanti, caulinis
in petiolum brevem attenuatis vel subamplexicaulibus, superioribus
oblongis 7-16 cm. longis basi auriculis rotundatis amplexicaulibus ;
racemis geminis 4—8-floris deinde r-2 dm. longis; pedicellis fructi-
feris patente recurvis infimis 1.5-3 cm. longis; calycibus appresso-
pubescentibus 2—2.5 mm. longis, lobis ovato-lanceolatis; corollis 6-8
mm. latis, lobis ovato-oblongis; nuculis tumidis ovoideo-pyriformibus
glochidiato-echinatis 4-5 mm. longis. —QueEBEC, beneath Larix
in sandy alluvial woods, Little Cascapedia River, July 17, 1905
(Williams, Collins & Fernald): NEw BRUNSWICK, gorge of Aroos-
took River, July 17, 1902 (Willams, Collins & Fernald): MAINE,
woods, Orono, June 17, 1873 (F. Lamson-Scribner), June 5, 1898
CE. D. Merrill); open woods, South Chesterville, June 23, 1902
(L. O. Eaton); Harrison (4. P. Chute): New HAMPSHIRE, Fran-
conia, June 16, 1886, June 14, 1887 (Æ. & C. E. Faxon): VERMONT,
Bristol, May 26, 1898, and woods near Lake Dunmore, Salisbury,
June 2, 1898 (£. Brainerd): New York, Salamanca (G. W. Clin-
ton): MICHIGAN, Sault Ste. Marie, June, 1831 (Houghton); Copper
Harbor, August, 1885 (O. A. Farwell, no. 295): ONTARIO, sandy
woods, Nipigon River, July 3, 1884 (J. Macoun): BRITISH COLUMBIA,
Donald, Columbia Valley, July 3, 1885 (J. Macoun).

GRAY HERBARIUM.

1905] Cushman, Desmid Flora of New Hampshire 251

A CONTRIBUTION TO THE DESMID FLORA OF NEW
HAMPSHIRE.

JosEpH A. CUSHMAN.
(Continued from page 119.)

EuaAsTRUM Ehrenb.

E. crassum (Bréb.) Kütz. (Æ. magnificum, var. crassioides Hast.)
Length 155-176 u: breadth 78-90 u: isthmus 25-28 p: breadth of
polar lobe 42-61 u. North Woodstock! Pudding Pond, North Con-
way! Rochester (Hastings).

* Var. pulchrum var. nov. (Plate 64, fig. 1). Variety with four
small central granules and an abundance of smaller granules arranged
as in the figure, in form more like the typical form than like var.
scrobiculatum. | Length 155 p: breadth 75 p: isthmus 25 a: breadth
of polar lobe 46 p. Pudding Pond, North Conway! (Herbarium
Cushman no. 118).

Var. ORNATUM (Wood) Hansg. (Æ. ornatum Wood.) Length
175 p: breadth 95 y: isthmus 25 p: breadth of polar lobes 56 y,
Pudding Pond, North Conway, frequent! Saco Lake (Wood).

E. MULTILOBATUM Wood. Length 130 p: breadth 65 mw: isthmus
18 u: breadth of polar lobe 21 p. Intervale! Pudding Pond, North
Conway! Saco Lake ( Wood).

E. PINNATUM Ralfs. Length 133 P: breadth 72 y: isthmus 17
p: breadth of polar lobe 35 q. North Woodstock, common !

* E. CUNEATUM Jenner. Length 102-140 p: breadth 59-62 p:
isthmus 14-15 4: breadth of polar lobe 28-33 u. Mt. Moosilauke !

* Var. granulatum var. nov. Variety with the surface covered
with fairly large granules. North Woodstock !

E. WoLLEI Lagerh. Length 170 4: breadth 108 u: isthmus 21 p:
breadth of polar lobe 60 q. Surface granular. Pudding Pond, North
Conway !

E. ANSATUM Ehrenb. (Æ. Aa/fsii Wood.) White Mountains,
( Wood).

* As in the preceding part of this paper, starred forms are new to the New
England Flora.

252 Rhodora [DECEMBER

E. DIDELTA (Turp.) Ralfs. Length 98-152 4: breadth 56-75 p:
isthmus 15-19 4: breadth of polar lobe 20-31 q. Intervale! Pud-
ding Pond, North Conway !

E. AMPULLACEUM Ralfs. Length go-100 u: breadth 56-59 p:
isthmus 13-17 4: breadth of polar lobe 23-25 q. Pudding Pond,
North Conway, frequent !

* Forma sCROBICULATUM Nordst. Noone's Station! (H. C. no.
392).

E. vERRUCOsUM Ehrenb., var. REDUCTUM Nordst. Length 78 p:
breadth 65 4: isthmus 16.5 u: breadth of polar lobe, 32 m. North
Woodstock! (H. C. no. 187).

E. CIRCULARE Hass. Length 65 »: breadth 43 m: isthmus 12.5 p:
breadth of polar lobe 19 q. Intervale!

Var. RaLrst Wood. Saco Lake (Wood).

E. GEMMATUM (Bréb.) Ralfs. Length 40 u: breadth 31 u: isthmus
8 u: breadth of polar lobe 15 q. Intervale. Meredith (Herbarium
Johnson no. 369). Plymouth and Laconia ( Wests).

E. Hastincsit Wolle. Cocheco River ( Wolle).

E. BINALE (Turp.) Ehrenb., var. ELoBATUM Lund. Length 25 p:
breadth 18.5-20 u: isthmus 4.5-5 p: breadth of polar lobe 1o p.
North Woodstock (H. C. no. 186)! Pudding Pond, North Con-
way!

* Var. INSULARE (Roy) Wittr. Length 28 p: breadth 19 q: isth-
mus 5 4. Mt, Moosilauke (H. C. no. 80)!

E. ELEGANS (Bréb.) Kútz. White Mountains ( Wood).

E. INERME Lund. Length 50-65 mw: breadth 34-42 p: breadth of
polar lobe 10-12 q. Intervale! Noone’s Station!

E. DENTICULATUM (Kirch.) Gay. Length 37 mw: breadth 27 p:
isthmus 6.4 4: breadth of polar lobe 20 p. Pudding Pond, North
Conway (H. C. no. 123)!

* E. PYRAMIDATUM West. Length 23 a: breadth 19 4: isthmus
5 p: breadth of polar lobe 14 4. Pudding Pond, North Conway!
(H. C. no. 123). The American specimens do not differ materially
from the British ones.

E. EVOLUTUM (Nordst.) W. Y G. S. West. var. INTEGRIUS W. &
G. S. West (E. spinosum Wolle). Length 53-59 4: breadth 35-36
u: isthmus 8.5-9.5 4: breadth of polar lobe 28-31 q. Pudding Pond,
North Conway! Intervale!

* E. PAPILIO Racib.? Length 56 m: breadth 37 m: isthmus 10 p:

1905] Cushman, Desmid Flora of New Hampshire 253

breadth of polar lobe 26 u. North Woodstock (H. C. no. 190)! A.
single semi-cell was all that was seen of this species and it is there-
fore referred here with somewhat of a question. The finding of
more material may show it to be a new species.

* E, CIasTONI Racib. Length 44 p: breadth 26 p: isthmus 5.5
p: breadth of polar lobe 20 q. Noone's Station (H. C. no. 394)!
This species has been reported from Florida by the Wests.

E. rissum W. & G. S. West. var. *Americanum var. nov.
(Plate 64, fig. 2). Length 44 m: breadth 25 p: isthmus 4.5-6 p.
Variety differing considerably in ornamentation from the typical hav-
ing a rounded granule at each side of the polar incision, a ring of
eight granules about the base of protuberance of each semi-cell and
with double instead of single granulations at the base. Pudding
Pond, North Conway (H. C. no. 129)! The species is new to U. 5.
having been described from Ceylon.

MICRASTERIAS Ag.

M. Torrey! Bail. Length 215 4: breadth 310 mw: breadth of
polar lobe go u: isthmus 35 4. Pudding Pond, North Conway, rare !
Surface slightly roughened with minute granules.

M. RADIOsA Ag. Length 158 p: breadth 148 mw: isthmus 21 p:
breadth of polar lobe 36 u. Pudding Pond, North Conway!

Var. SwarNEI (Hastings) W. & G. S. West. Rochester ( Wole).

M. ROTATA (Grev.) Ralfs. Length 242 p: breadth 226 p: isth-
mus 27 p: breadth of polar lobe 57 4. Pudding Pond, North Con-
way!

M. DENTICULATA Bréb. Length 280-310 p: breadth 240-300 p :
isthmus 30-42 p: breadth of polar lobe 65-76 m. Intervale! North
Woodstock! Pudding Pond, North Conway! Hanover (£dwards).

M. FIMBRIATA Ralfs. Rochester ( Wod/e).

M. FURCATA Ag. Length 150-186 p: breadth 124-150 p: isth-
mus 22-23 p: breadth of polar lobe 62-94 p. Noone’s Station, fre-
quent !

* Var. SIMPLEX Wolle. Length 190 p: breadth 186 yq: isthmus
18 u. Pudding Pond, North Conway! Although it has been
conclusively shown that this variety grades into the typical form, it is
noteworthy that in this particular instance, the two forms were dis-
tinct in the localities given, and no traces of the other form seen in
either case.

254 Rhodora [DECEMBER

M. RINGENS Bail., var. SERRATULA Wolle. Laconia ( Wests, H. J.
nos. 650, 679)!

M. AMERICANA (Ehrenb.) Ralfs. Length 140 mw: breadth 125 p:
isthmus 28 u: breadth of polar lobe 77 q. North Woodstock !

Var. RECTA Wolle. Length 143 u: breadth 121 u: isthmus 28 p:
breadth of polar lobe 65 u. North Woodstock (H. C. no. 179).
Although this is of about the same size as the typical form the whole
character of the end lobe is quite different.

M. MAHABULESHWARENSIS Hobson. Meredith, rare (Johnson).

M. NorpstepTIANA Wolle. Breadth 170 p. Meredith, rare
(Johnson).

M. cRENATA Bréb. Hanover (Edwards).

M. TRUNCATA (Corda) Bréb. Length 77-118 p: breadth 82-105 -
p: isthmus 21-24 p: breadth of polar lobe 60-78 up. Intervale!
Pudding Pond, North Conway !

M. LATICEPS Nordst., forma MAJOR Nordst. Length 150 p:
breadth 198 p: isthmus 31 q. Pudding Pond, North Conway, rare !

M. PINNATIFIDA (Kiitz.) Ralfs. Length 56-65 u: breadth 68-
72 p: isthmus 9.5 4: breadth of polar lobe 50 q. Intervale! Pud-
ding Pond, North Conway !

M. DEPAUPERATA Nordst., var. WoLLEI Cushman. Length 140 p:
breadth 130 w: isthmus 25 q: breadth of polar lobe 9o m. Pudding
Pond, North Conway, rare !

M. FOLIACEa Bail. Length 80-96 4: breadth 80-85 p: isthmus
14.5-15 p: breadth of polar lobe 36-38 q. Pudding Pond, North
Conway, rare! Laconia, rather scarce in a pond on a stream flow-
ing from Lake Winnepesauke (Wesfs, H. J. no. 665)!

M. MURICATA Bail. Length 160-180 p : breadth 120-140 p: isth-
mus 21-22 p: breadth of polar lobe 120-140 u. Pudding Pond,
North Conway, rare !

* Forma minor forma nov. Length 123 u: breadth 84 u: isthmus
16 u: breadth of polar lobe 84 q. Intervale!

CosMARIUM (Corda) Lund.

C. coNNATUM Bréb. (Calocylindrus connatus Wolle, ’92). Length
53-56 p: breadth 40-45 mw: isthmus 37-42 4. Pudding Pond, North
Conway! Intervale !

C. PSEUDOCONNATUM Nordst. (Calocylindrus pseudoconnatus

1905] Cushman, Desmid Flora of New Hampshire 255

Wolle, '92). Length 32 p: breadth 22 m: isthmus 20 p. Intervale,
frequent !

*C. Tuwarresn Ralfs. (Calocylindrus Thwaitesii Wolle, *92).
Length 133 p: breadth 5o p : isthmus 40 p. North Woodstock (H.
C. no. 183)!

C. MONILIFORME (Turp.) Ralfs., forma ELoNGATA W. & G. S.
West. Length 41 4: breadth 11 y: isthmus 7 p. Laconia (H. J. no.
658).

C. viRIDE (Corda) Josh. Length 48-49 m: breadth 25-26 p: isth-
mus 20 p. Holderness ( Wests).

C. cLoBosUM Bulnh., var.* suBARCTOUM Lagerh. Length 13.5 4:
breadth 11 p: isthmus 8 y. Pudding Pond, North Conway (H. C.
no. 129)! Variety new to the U. S.

C. CONTRACTUM Kirch. Length 56 a: breadth 40 p: isthmus
12.5 4. North Woodstock!

* C. OBLIQUUM Nordst., var. TRIGONUM West. (Plate 64, fig. 4).
Length 25 p: breadth 19 q: isthmus ro q. Mt. Moosilauke (H. C.
no. 78)! Variety new to U. S.

C. Battey1 Wolle. Length 40 p: breadth 45 p: isthmus 15 p.
Squam Lake!

C. Recnestt Reinsch. Length 12 p: breadth 12 p: isthmus
5 m: thickness 5 q. Laconia (Wests).

C. EXIGUUM Arch., forma* major Nordst. Length 37 p: breadth
25: isthmus 5 4. Pudding Pond, North Conway! The typical
form was reported by Wolle from Florida, the variety is new to U. S.

C. NITIDULUM DeNot. Length 28 4: breadth 25 w: isthmus 6 p.
Pudding Pond, North Conway !

C. PYRAMIDATUM Bréb. Length 78-100 p: breadth 52-59 pm:
isthmus 9-18 q. North Woodstock! Noone’s Station!

C. PSEUDOPYRAMIDATUM Lund. Length 56 p: breadth 40 p:
isthmus 11 q. Intervale!

* C. claviferum sp. nov. (Plate 64, fig. 3). C. of medium size
nearly twice as long as wide, surface punctate, the side of each semi-
cell with ten scattered granules arranged as in the figure; at the
end are four granules arranged in a diamond form, below near the
base are four more granules in a curve the two outer ones being
larger than the inner two, at each side of the semi-cell are two other
granules: ends of the semi-cells thickened, median region at the
isthmus depressed. Length 44 p: breadth 26 mw: isthmus 8.5 p.
Pudding Pond, North Conway !

256 Rhodora [DECEMBER

C. PACHYDERMUM Lund., forma * MINOR Nordst. Length 73 p:
breadth 45 m: isthmus 18.5 4. Pudding Pond, North Conway!

C.PERFORATUM Lund. Length 61 41! breadth 57 w: isthmus 34 p.
Plymouth and Laconia ( Wests).

C. caPENSE DeToni. Length 76 u: breadth 68—75 m: isthmus
364: Pudding Pond, North Conway !

C. TAXICHONDRUM Lund., forma BIDENTULUM Lagerh. Length,
40-42 p: breadth 40-46 p: isthmus 12-13 p. Pudding Pond,
North Conway! Intervale! Noone’s Station !

C. suBNUDICEPS W. & G. S. West. Length 44 y: breadth 34 p:
isthmus 8 : thickness 16 &. Laconia ( Wests).

C. cosMETUM W. & G. S. West. Length 53 p: breadth 43 p:
isthmus 13 p: thickness 28 p. Laconia (Wests, H. J. no. 672)!

C. QUINARIUM Lund. Length 38-40 p: breadth 34-37 p: isthmus
8-10 p. Pudding Pond, North Conway! Intervale! Mt. Moosi-
lauke !

C. TRIPLICATUM Wolle. Length 53 m: breadth 39 mw: isthmus
12.4 p. Holderness (H. J. no. 375)! and Plymouth ( Wests).

C. POLYMORPHUM Nordst. Length 40 u: breadth 31 p: isthmus
7 p. Intervale!

C. Ractnorsku Lagerh. Length 44-48 m.: breadth 50-53 m:
isthmus 20-21 q. Meredith, very rare (Jonson): Laconia, occa-
sional ( Wests).

C. Boeck Wille. Length 28 p: breadth 30: isthmus 7 y.
Squam Lake!

C. TETROPTHALMUN (Kütz) Menegh. Length 57-81 u: breadth
53-60 p: isthmus 14-22 p. Intervale! Pudding Pond, North Con-
way, common !

C. MARGARITATUM (Lund.) Roy & Biss. Length go 4: breadth
72 p. Meredith, rare (Jonson).

C. PSEUDOORBICULARE Cushman. Length 29-32 m: breadth 21—
24m: isthmus 8 y, Intervale! Squam Lake!

C. INTERMEDIUM Delp. Length 62 p: breadth 53 p: isthmus
21 mw: thickness 33 4. North Woodstock!

* C. Favum W. & G. S. West. Length 70 4: breadth 60 pu: isth-
mus 21 4. Pudding Pond, North Conway! Slightly larger than the
measurements of the type. As this species was described simply as
North American this is its first definitely recorded locality.

C. DENTATUM Wolle. Length 125 a: breadth 102 p: isthmus
254. Squam Lake!

1905] Cushman, Desmid Flora of New Hampshire 257

C. LATUM Bréb. Meredith ( Wests).

C. RENIFORME Arch., var. COMPRESSUM Nordst. Length 55 p:
breadth 53 u: isthmus 17 p: thickness 27 p. Laconia ( Wests, H.
J. no. 661)!

C. OCTHODES Nordst. Length 69 p: breadth 56 p: isthmus 15 p.
Intervale !

* C. QUADRUM Lund., forma Johnsoni forma nov. (C. quadrum
Lund, forma. Johnson, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club., v. 22, 1895 (July) p.
294, Pl. 240, f. 22). Length 44 p: breadth 40 4: isthmus 14 p.
Plymouth (H. J. no. 359).

* C. GRANDIFORME Schmidle, var. Americana var. nov. (Plate 64,
fig. 5). Length 53 m: breadth 35 m: isthmus 18 p. This variety
is considerably smaller than the typical, in other points not varying
greatly. Species new to U. S. Pudding Pond, North Conway!

C. SUBORBICULARE Wood. (C. ¿sthmochondrum Nordst.) Length,
31 p: breadth 28 u: isthmus 5 4. Pudding Pond. North Conway!
Saco Lake ( Wood). | As it seems certain that both of the above
names represent a single species the older name of Wood should be
retained.

C. CYCLICUM Lund. Meredith (Johnson).

C. AMOENUM Bréb., var. TUMIDUM Wolle. Length 40-47 p: breadth
22-25 p: isthmus 12 u. Pudding Pond, North Conway! North
Woodstock !

* C. HOMALODERMUM Nordst. Length 43 4: breadth 37 p: isth-
mus 7 p. Intervale!

C. PHaASEOLUS Bréb., var. ELEVATUM Nordst. Length 41 p:
breadth 25 p: isthmus 5 q. Var. new to U. S. Pudding Pond,
North Conway !

C. RECTANGULARE Grun. Length 38 p: breadth 30 4: isthmus
10 u: thickness 18 q. Laconia occasional ( Wests).

C. PYGMAEUM Arch., var. SCHLIEPHACKEANUM (Bréb.) W. & G.
S. West. (C. Schliephackeanum Wolle, ’92). Laconia occasional
( Wests).

C. SiNosTEGOS Schaarschm., var. OBTUSIUS Gutw. Length ro p:
breadth 8 u: isthmus 3 p: thickness 4 p. Laconia, occasional
( Wests).

C. ORNATUM Ralfs. Length 26-32 p: breadth 27-34 p: isthmus
8-10 u. Pudding Pond, North Conway! Intervale! Squam Lake!
Noone's Station !

258 Rhodora [DECEMBER

C. ErLoiskANUM Wolle. Length 105 p: breadth 72 u: isthmus
34 p. Laconia, scarce ( Wests, H. J. no. 641)!

* Var. DEPRESSUM W. & G. S. West. Length 92 4: breadth with-
out teeth 67 u: with teeth 75 m: isthmus 22 q. A trifle larger than
the measurements given by the authors. Pudding Pond, North
Conway, frequent !

C. CAELATUM Ralfs, var.* abnormale var. nov. (Plate 64, figs. 6
and 7). Length 38-41 B: breadth 37-38 isthmus 13-14 y.
The ends of the semi-cells are broadly truncate with five protuber-
ances or lobes along the border each of these with two papilla: at
the side of each semicell is a large broadly rounded lobe as is usually
seen in the typical species. Occasionally in the material there were
specimens which showed the connection with the typical, but these
were few and the variety on the other hand was abundant. North
Woodstock (H. C. no. 187)!

C. Brvrri Wille. Length 12 B: breadth 12 y: isthmus 3 y.
Squam Lake!

C. IMPRESSULUM Elfv. Length 25 4: breadth 19 4: isthmus
3.59. Pudding Pond, North Conway !

C. PSEUDOPECTINOIDES Wolle. White Mountains ( Wolle).

C. DISPERSUM Johnson. Length 40 4: breadth 40-444: isthmus
11: thickness 20 y. Meredith (Johnson) .

PLEUROTAENIOPSIS Lund.

P. cucumis (Corda) Lund. (Cosmarium cucumis Wolle, '92).
Length 59-72 mw: breadth 34-43 m: isthmus 15-17 4. Pudding
Pond, North Conway, frequent! Saco Lake (Wood).

P. Desaryi (Arch.) Lund. (Ca/ocy/indrus DeBaryi Wolle '92).
Length 75 4: breadth 37 4: isthmus 25 q. Pudding Pond, North
Conway !

* P. ELEGANTISSIMUM Lund. (Cosmarium elegantissimum Wolle
'92), var. simplicius (W. & G. S. West) n. comb. Length 47 p:
breadth 22 a: isthmus 19 . Intervale (H.C. no. 159)! The type
of the variety was from Florida.

P. ovaLE (Ralfs) Lund. (Cosmarium ovale Wolle '92), var.
* Westii var. nov. The form mentioned by the Wests (96) p. 249
as a common American form. It has a slightly subtruncate and

1905] Cushman, Desmid Flora of New Hampshire 259

retuse apex, with the retuse portion without granules. Length 154-
1708: breadth 86-93p: isthmus 30-36. Pudding Pond, North
Conway, scarce !

XANTHIDIUM Ehrenb.

X. ARMATUM (Bréb.) Rab. North Woodstock !

Var. CERVICORNIS W. &. G. S. West. Length with spines 166 p:
without spines 130 p: breadth with spines 125 y: without spines 9o
p: isthmus 314. Pudding Pond, North Conway! Saco Lake
(Wood). There was no central group of granules as is frequently
found in this species.

X. CRISTATUM Bréb. Length with spines 75: breadth with
spines 50: isthmus14,. Pudding Pond, North Conway! Noone’s
Station !

Var. UNCINATUM Bréb. Length with spines 80: without 59 P:
breadth with spines 56 p: without gop: isthmus 11. Pudding
Pond, North Conway !

* Forma ANGULATUM West. Length with spines 72 p, without 54
PB: breadth with spines 60 p: without 4op: isthmus 114. No cen-
tral protuberance present. Pudding Pond, North Conway !

X. ANTILOPAEUM (Bréb.) Kütz. Length with spines 105 œ, with-
out 714: breadth with spines 102 y, without 59: isthmus 16 y.
Pudding Pond, North Conway !

Var. POLYMAZUM Nordst. Length with spines 62-84 yq, without
46-68 u: breadth with spines 58-63 p, without 45-62 4: isthmus
14-16 p. Pudding Pond, North Conway, frequent! Intervale !
North Woodstock !

There is a considerable amount of variation even in this variety.
Specimens from North Conway and Intervale have the long outwardly
curved spines, and there are almost invariably but six granules in
the chain. A considerably different form was met with from North
Woodstock. This is like the specimen figured by L. N. Johnson
under the variety Minneapoliense with the exception of the central
spine. His specimen had the central spine above the chain of gran-
ules. That form was called var. Johnsoni by W. & G. S. West in a
. later paper, although Johnson calls attention to the extreme variability
of this form. ‘The present form lacks the spine of Minneapoliense
but has the median lateral spine as well marked as the two adjacent

260 Rhodora [DECEMBER

ones. In this character the present specimen is exactly like that fig-
ured by Johnson. Nordstedt also figures this peculiarity in var. poly-
mazum but it is in his specimens much less marked.

* Forma curvispinum forma nov. (Plate 64, fig. 11). Length
with spines 93 p: without 56: breadth with spines 108 u, with-
out 50: isthmus 13.5 4. Membrane punctate: the spines at the
end start straight then curve outward making a decided angle. Pud-
ding Pond, North Conway, common !

* Forma callosum forma nov. (Plate 64, fig. 12). Length with
spines 84 p, without 58 u: breadth with spines 74 p, without 44 n:
thickness 25 u: isthmus 13 4. There is a thickened spot at the cen-
ter of each semicell. Pudding Pond, North Conway, frequent !

X. TYLERIANUM West. (X. antilopaeum, var. truncatum Wolle).
Rochester, ( Wolle, Hastings).

X. CONTROVERSUM W. &. G. S. West. Length with spines 55-59
p, Without 36.5-38 u: breadth with spines 52-56 p, without 31 u:
isthmus 7.6-8 p: thickness 20-21 u. Laconia ( Wests).

* X. BENGALICUM Turner. (Plate 64, fig. 10). Length with spines
go p, without 68 u: breadth with spines 108 p, without 62 u: isth-
mus 22 q: length of spines 20 u. Near the upper end of each semi-
cell is a row of 15-20 small granules. Squam Lake! New to U. S.

* X. TETRACENTROTUM Wolle. (Plate 64, figs. 8 & 9.) Length
37 p: breadth with spines 53-57 m, without 32-34 p: isthmus 9.5 p.
Intervale! Pudding Pond, North Conway! There is a great vari-
ation in the number and arrangement of the granules in this species.
In the specimen from Intervale, fig. 9, there are indications of two
distal spines one on each semicell.

ARTHRODESMUS Ehrenb.

A. CONVERGENS Ehrenb. Length 33-40 p: breadth with spines
45-50 p, without 34-35 m: isthmus 8 p. Intervale!

A. QUADRIDENS Wood. Length 35 u: breadth with spines 50 p:
without 35 4: isthmus 8 y. Pudding Pond, North Conway !

A. INcus (Bréb.) Hass. var. *LoNGisPINUs Eichl. & Racib.
Length with spines 42 p, without 14 p: breadth with spines 38 y,
without 14 &: isthmus 6.5 p: length of spine 20 u. Pudding Pond,
North Conway !

* Var. vaLipus W. & G. S. West. Length with spines 68-71 y,

1905] Cushman, Desmid Flora of New Hampshire 261

without 34-36 p: breadth with spines 75-77 m, Without 36-43 m:
isthmus 7-8 p: length of spine 25-27 p.. Spines shorter than the
typical form. Pudding Pond, North Conway !

*Var. RaLrsir W. & G. S. West. Length 25 4: breadth with
spines 59 p, without 19 4: isthmus 6.2 p. Pudding Pond, North
Conway (H. C. no. 164)! Squam Lake!

A. OCTOCORNIS Ehrenb. Length with spines 46 q, without 14 p:
breadth with spines 44 p, without 22 u : isthmus 6 u. Pudding Pond,
North Conway !

* Forma MINOR Jacobs. Length with spines 21 m, without 14 p:
breadth with spines 18 q: isthmus 3 q. Intervale! Var. new to U.S.

A. TRIANGULARIS Lagerh., var. INFLATUS W. & G. S. West. Length
38-40 u: breadth with spines 68-72 m: without 21-25 mw: isthmus
6.5-7 p. Pudding Pond, North Conway, frequent! Laconia
( Wests, H. J. no. 659).

STAURASTRUM Meyen.

S. ANCHORA W. & G.. S. West. Length 76 mw: breadth 140 y.
Laconia, (Wests, H. J. no. 657).

S. ARACHNE Ralfs. Length 42 p: breadth with processes 52 pu:
isthmus 16 p. Noone’s Station! Saco Lake (Wood).

S. ARCTISCON (Ehrenb.) Lund. (S. munitum Wood.) Length
with processes 150-155 p, without 72-96 p : breadth with spines 142—
160 u, without 62-68 p: isthmus 31-33. Wolle’s figures of this
species are not at all good. The figures of Wood are much more
nearly correct. In their paper “On Some North American Desmid-
ieae” (Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Ser. II. (Bot.) vol. v. pt. 5, p. 269)
the Wests give the following : ** All American examples we have seen
of this species have shorter processes than the European ones, and
they have at most but three rings of small teeth on each process.”
While this has been found true in Massachusetts specimens and
some of those from New Hampshire it does not always hold true.
The specimens from Pudding Pond, North Conway have long proc-
esses which are bifurcate at the apices as figured by Wood and have
six or more rings of teeth on each process. Pudding Pond, North
Conway! Squam Lake! Meredith, Holderness ( Wests).

*S. ARCUATUM Nordst., forma ACICULIFERA W. &. G. S. West.
Length with processes 26-27 p, without 19 p: breadth with proc-

262 Rhodora [DECEMBER

esses 32-48.5 p, isthmus 7.5-9.5 p. Intervale! This variety is
described simply as North American by the authors so that this rec-
ord is the first with a definite locality. The specimens are in every
way like the type of the variety except for slight variations in meas-
urements.

* S. BOTROPHILUM Wolle. Length 46-50 m: breadth 34-40 n:
isthmus 9.5-11 4. North Woodstock, common !

S. BRASILIENSE Nordst. Length with spines 133 a, without 75 p:
breadth with spines 120 p, without 63 m: isthmus 33 p. Pudding
Pond, North Conway! One specimen was noted which was five
armed in end view.

S. CERASTES Lund. Length 56 u: breadth with processes 46 p:
isthmus 11 w. Pudding Pond, North Conway (H. C. no. 122)!
This agrees in every way with the original figures of Lundell.

* S. CLAVIFERUM W. & G. S. West. Length 36 p: breadth with
processes 42 p, without 34 p: isthmus 12 4. Squam Lake! This
again gives a definite locality for a species recorded simply as North
American.

* S. CONCINNUM W. & G. S. West. (S. forfículatum Wolle ’92.)
Length 45 u: breadth 72 u: isthmus 12 p. Intervale!

* S. CORNIGERUM Roy & Biss. Length 38 u: breadth with spines
41 p: isthmus ro 4. Pudding Pond, North Conway (H. C. no. 151)!
Intervale! New to U. S.

S. ECHINATUM Bréb. Length 42 p: breadth 34 p. Pudding
Pond, North Conway !

S. FORFICULATUM Lund., var. ENOPLON West. (S. crescentum Hast-
ings) Dover ( Wod/e).

S. GRACILE Ralfs. Breadth with processes 50-62 p: isthmus 10.5 p.
Pudding Pond, North Conway !

S. GRANDE Bulnh. Length 70 p: breadth 65 4: isthmus 15 y.
Intervale! Meredith (Jonson).

S. JouNsour W. & G. S. West. Length 45-56 p: breadth with
processes 82-102 mw: breadth at base 14-18 p: isthmus 8-9 p. Inter-
vale, common! Meredith, Holderness, Laconia ( Wests).

S. LACONIENSE W. & G. S. West. Length 31 p: breadth with
spines 48-53 m: without 38 m: isthmus 12 4. Pudding Pond, North
Conway! Laconia ( Wests).

S. LEPTACANTHUM Nordst. Length with processes 84 u, without
34: breadth with processes 65 u, without 22 4: isthmus 11 q. Pud-

1905] Cushman, Desmid Flora of New Hampshire 263

ding Pond, North Conway! This was the typical form, that called
by Lagerheim 6 + 4 radiata.

S. LEPTOCLADUM Nordst. Length with processes 74-80 p, without
30 p: breadth with processes 96-112 p: isthmus 11 pw. Pudding
Pond, North Conway !

S. Lewisi Wood. Breadth with processes 62 p: without 34 p:
isthmus 5.5-6 ». Pudding Pond, North Conway (H. C. no. 136)!
Saco Lake (Wood). This has the basal spines, the absence of which
seems to be the only difference between it and S. aristiferum Ralfs.
var. parallelum W. &. G. S. West.

* S. LONGIRADIATUM W. & G. S. West, forma MAJOR W. &. G. S.
West. Length with processes 62-68 p, without 31 4: breadth with
processes 80—90 4, isthmus 1o a. Pudding Pond, North Conway
(H. C. no. 151)! This had more curved processes than the speci-
men figured by the authors but was in essential points the same. It
had the three spines at the end of the processes which is character-
istic of the form. This again gives a definite locality for a species
described simply as North American.

* S. LoNGISPINUM (Bail) Arch., var. bidentatum (Wittr.) n.
comb. (Plate 64, fig. 13.) (S. bidentatum Wittr.) Length 103 p:
breadth with spines 125-155 p, without 90-92 p: isthmus 33 p:
length of spine 29 q. Squam Lake! Pudding Pond, North Con-
way, occasional! The form with two spines at each angle and these
short and fairly stout instead of long as in the typical.

* S. LUNATUM Ralfs. Length with spines 40 p, without 30 p:
breadth with spines 40-44 p, without 28-32 mw: isthmus 6.5 u. Pud-
ding Pond, North Conway !

S. MACROCERUM Wolle. Length 58 p: breadth with processes
125-127 p: without 22-25 mw: isthmus rs p. Pudding Pond,
North Conway, frequent!

S. MEGACANTHUM Lund. Length 46 a: breadth with spines 83 p.
Pudding Pond, North Conway !

S. MEGALONOTUM Nordst. Length with spines 48 q: breadth with
spines 40 p: isthmus 12.5 4. Pudding Pond, North Conway (H. C.
no. 131)!

Forma oBrUsuM Hast. Rochester (Hastings).

* S. MINUTISSIMUM Reinsch., var. CONSTRICTUM West. Length 24
p: breadth 24 p: isthmus 9 q. Squam Lake!

S. MUTICUM Bréb. Length 36 »: breadth 36 p. Squam Lake!

264 Rhodora [ DECEMBER

S. OPHIURA Lund., var. *rETRACERUM Wolle. Length 60 p:
breadth with processes 108 w: without 24 u: isthmus 15 p. Pud-
ding Pond, North Conway, frequent !

S. PARADOXUM Meyen. Breadth 45. Squam Lake! Saco Lake
(Wood).

S. PENTACLADUM Wolle. Length 38 m: breadth with processes
47-52 p: without 13-25 4: isthmus 8-16 pw. Intervale! Noone’s
Station !

*S. pulcherrimum sp. nov. (Plate 64, fig. 14). Length with
spines roo p, without 8o 4: breadth with spines 78 p, without 46 p:
isthmus 15.5 p. In front view semicells compressed spherical, in
end view quadrangular with the sides tumid, each angle with two
large spines confluent at the base, sides with four vertical rows of
paired granules arranged in fours. Pudding Pond, North Conway
(H. C. no. 131)!

S. SALTANS Josh., var. FORCIPIGERUM Lagerh. (Plate 64, fig. 15.)
Length without spines 65 p: breadth with processes 118 p: breadth
at base 12.5 4: isthmus 7 4. Pudding Pond, North Conway, fre-
quent !

S. sPONGIOSUM Bréb. Length with processes 65 m, without 53 p:
breadth with processes 53 p: isthmus 15 4. Pudding Pond, North
Conway (H. C. no. 129)!

* Var. DEPAUPERATUM Racib. Length 41 4: breadth 28 p: isth-
mus 8 y. Pudding Pond, North Conway (H. C. no. 129)!

S. STRIOLATUM Nag. Breadth 34 m: isthmus ro q. North Wood-
steck !

Forma BRASILIENSE Turner. Length 25 m: breadth 22 p: isth-
mus 7 p. Laconia ( Wests, H. J. no. 676).

S. SUBLAEVISPINUM Wests, Length 25 p: breadth 37 p: isthmus
7 p. Laconia (Wests, H. J. no. 651)!

SPHAEROZOSMA Corda.

S. EXCAVATUM Ralfs, forma LAEVIS Rab. Length 12-12.5 p:
breadth of filament 12 p: isthmus 4.5 4. Pudding Pond, North
Conway, frequent!

Forma GRANULATA Rab. (S. spinulosum Wolle,? '92). Length
g-10 u: breadth of filament 9 4: isthmus 3.2 m. Pudding Pond,
North Conway! Intervale!

1905] Cushman, Desmid Flora of New Hampshire 265

ONYCHONEMA Wallich.

*O. NORDSTEDTIANA Turner. Length 12.5 p: breadth 12.5 p:
isthmus 3.5 4: thickness 6.4 q. Filament twisted, from one face to
the next face 24 cells, complete double turn 48 cells. Intervale!

O. LAEVE Nordst., var. MICRACANTHUM Nordst. Length 14 p:
breadth with processes 21 pu, without 16 p: isthmus 3.5 q. Inter-
vale !

SPONDYLOSIUM Bréb.

S. PULCHRUM (Bail) Arch., var. INFLaTUM (Wolle) W. € G. S.
West. (Sphaerozosma pulchrum, var. inflatum Wolle '92). Length
33 p: breadth of filament 65 p: isthmus ro p. Pudding Pond,
North Conway (H. C. no. 138)! Laconia (Wests, H. J. no. 667) !

S. MONILIFORME Lund. (Sphaerozosma moniliforme Wolle '92).
Length 34 4: breadth 17 q. Laconia ( Wests, H. J. no. 680) !

HYALOTHECA Ehrenb.

H. DISSILIENS (Smith) Bréb. Length 22 p: breadth of filament
25-28 m. Pudding Pond, North Conway ! North Woodstock !

* Var. MINOR Delp. Length 12-15 u: breadth of filament 18-22 p.
Intervale !

DESMIDIUM Ag.

D. APTOGONUM Bréb. Length r2 p: breadth of filament 21-34 y :
isthmus 14 4. Pudding Pond, North Conway, frequent! Intervale !

D. BarLey1 (Ralfs) Nordst. Length 20-25 p: breadth of filament
21-25 4. Pudding Pond, North Conway! Intervale!

D. Swartz Ag. Length 12 p: breadth of filament 37-43 p.
Pudding Pond, North Conway! Intervale !

* D. COARCTATUM Nordst. Length 28-40 p: breadth of filament,
maximum 38—45 p, minimum 25-33 4. Pudding Pond, North Con-
way, common !

D. QUADRATUM Nordst. Length 22 u: breadth of filament 36-40
p. Intervale! Noone's Station!

D. GRACILICEPS (Nordst. Lagerh. Pudding Pond, North Con-
way !

D. cvLINDRICUM Grev. Maximum breadth 46 y, minimum 31 p.
Pudding Pond, North Conway !

266 Rhodora [DECEMBER

GYMNOZYGA Ehrenb.

G. MONILIFORMIS Ehrenb. (Bambusina Brebissonii Wolle '92).
Length 25-37 m: maximum breadth 18-25 4, minimum 16-21 p.
Pudding Pond, North Conway! Intervale!

Altogether in the two parts of the present paper there are reported
two hundred and fifty-three species and varieties of Desmids. Hith-
erto there were but seventy-four reported from the State, so that one
hundred and seventy-nine are new records for the State. A consid-
erable number of the species or varieties were also new to the New
England list. One thing is very noticeable and that is the confirma-
tion of the fact that a granitic country or one with old geological
rocks will give a much greater number of species than one of opposite
character. In the collection from Pudding Pond, North Conway,
in spite of the fact that but one collection was made at only one time
of year there have been identified one hundred and twenty-six spe-
cies and varieties, exactly one half of the whole number reported
from all sources from the State. This number might be increased
by a continued examination of the Pond at other seasons and at
other parts. Altogether from the small amount of ground covered
there is every indication that the State of New Hampshire will fur-
nish a large part of the Desmids that will be reported from New
England.

BosroN SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 64.
Figures 4, 10-13, X 400: all others X 550.

Figure 1. Huastrum crassum (Bréb.) Kütz., var. pulchrum var. nov.
T Euastrum fissum W. & G. S. West, var. Americanum var. nov.

Cosmarium claviferum sp. nov.

Cosmarium obliquum Nordst., var. trigonum West.

Cosmarium grandiforme Schmidle, var. Amertcanum var. nov.

6, 7. Cosmartum caelatum Ralfs, var. abnormale var. nov. Fig. 7
shows connection with the typical form of the species.

* 8,9. Xanthidium tetracentrotum Wolle.

10. Xanthidium Bengalicum Turner.

*" qr. Xanthidium antilopaeum (Bréb.) Kütz., forma curvispinum
forma nov.

“ 12. Xanthidium antilopaeum (Bréb.) Kütz., forma callosum forma

nov.

* 13. Staurastrum longispinum (Bail.) Arch., var. bidentatum (Wittr.).

14. Staurastrum pulcherrimum sp. nov.

“ 15. Staurastrum saltans Josh., var. forcipigerum Lagerh.

Un OS tS

1905] The Fern Allies 267

DRABA BOREALIS IN EASTERN AMERICA. — In the discussion of
the plants which in eastern America have passed as Draba incana
Mr. Knowlton and I referred! briefly to a species of the Behring Sea
region, D. borealís DC., which has been known only from northwest-
ern America and adjacent Asia. While exploring the bleak exposed
shores of Cap Enragé, outside the harbor of Bic on the lower St.
Lawrence, Mr. J. F. Collins and 1 were greatly pleased, therefore, to
find in July last very characteristic specimens of this Alaskan species.
The plants, large and finely developed, were growing in the shade of
boulders at the base of the precipitous sea-wall, but they had been
so freely nibbled by the nesting gulls that it was impossible to secure
much perfect material. Such plants as were collected are beautifully
matched by specimens from Unalaska, Behring Island, and shores
of the Ochotsk Sea.

Draba borealis is very quickly distinguished from the local D.
megasperma, to which it is nearest related, by its larger more numer-
ous leaves, very loose elongate pubescence, and by the longer-pedi-
celled siliques which are oblong-lanceolate, strongly twisted, and,
including the prominent styles (1 mm. or more long), in maturity
becoming 1.5 to 1.8 cm. long. — M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

THE FERN ArLiES.?— Mr. Clute's recently issued work on the
fern allies is similar in character to his “Our Ferns in their Haunts.”
By devoting a whole volume to a restricted group of plants the
author has been able to give considerable space to each species and
thus state at length and in popular language facts concerning the
habits and habitats, which have ordinarily been compressed into a
few terse and technical expressions. It is well known that species
and varieties in the fern allies are somewhat vague in their natural
limitation and consequently subject to widely different interpretation.
The author has wisely refrained from excessive splitting and has
evidently endeavored to make his nomenclature conservative. He
has not, however, been able to refrain from framing a few new and,
at least in some cases, quite needless combinations, as for instance

1 RHODORA, vii. 65. 4
` 2? The Fern Allies of North America North of Mexico by Willard Nelson Clute,
with illustrations by Ida Martin Clute; 8vo, xiv, and 278 pp.; F. A. Stokes Co.,
New York.

268 Rhodora [DECEMBER

his Lycopodium Selago lucidulum, a name which will scarcely be main-
tained by any careful observer or trained systematist and which
even the author himself discards before he reaches his checklist of
species at the end of the volume. The littering of botanical synon-
ymy with such useless names seems to us more reprehensible than
any bone fide attempt no matter how radical to reform nomenclature.
It may be properly urged furthermore that the launching of new
names or combinations should not be attempted unless their exact
relation to earlier names is made clear by adequate and orderly bibli-
ographical references to previous literature. If it should be held
that such definite and scholarly citation is out of place in a manual
primarily intended for beginners, it is no less clear that such popular
works are not the medium for the publication of new scientific names.
In the checklist the name Robbinsii is spelled Robinsii, and porophilum
is spelled forophylum. <A brief glossary is appended in which some
of the definitions such as * Tomentose. — Covered with matted wool,"
“Panicle. — A cluster of fruit in which the stems branch more or
less," and “ Spatulate. — Spoon-shaped," might have been consider-
ably improved.

'The pen illustrations which are numerous and sufficiently charac-
teristic will doubtless be useful to the beginner. Some colored proc-
ess plates are less successful, exhibiting in distorted perspective
certain species, which stand out in front of their scenic background
in a way strongly suggestive of their majestic allies of the carbon-
iferous period.

Notwithstanding some defects the book is a worthy addition to
popular botanical literature and will doubtless aid many in the study
of an interesting group of plants. — B. L. R.

THe TENTH ANNIVERSARY OF THE FOUNDING OF THE NEW
ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLuB.— On December rst, the New England
Botanical Club held its annual meeting at Hotel Brunswick, in Bos-
ton. At the business session the customary reports of the treas-
urer and curators were presented, several new members were voted
into the Club, and the following officers were elected for the coming
year: President, B. L. Robinson, Vice-President, Walter Deane,
Recording Secretary and Treasurer, E. F. Williams, Corresponding
Secretary, E. L. Rand, Phanerogamic Curator, M. L. Fernald,
Cryptogamic Curator, Hollis Webster, Councillors, Messrs. G. G.
Kennedy, F. S. Collins, and F. D. Lambert.

1905] Death of Francis Howard Peabody 269

The business session was followed by a dinner in celebration of the
tenth anniversary of the founding of the Club. The retiring presi-
dent, Mr. F. S. Collins, presided and acted as toast master. Mr.
Williams, who for the whole ten years has served as the recording
secretary and treasurer of the Club, gave an admirable sketch of its
history, specially emphasizing the value of such an organization in
stimulating and co-ordinating the activities of the amateur botanists
of the region. On motion of Mr. Rand, it was unanimously voted
that this historical sketch should be printed for distribution to all
members of the Club. The other speakers were Messrs. Farlow, the
first president of the Club, Robinson, Fernald, Webster, Deane, and
Brainerd, whose addresses felicitously recalled many of the more
humorous as well as the serious aspects of the work in which the
Club has been engaged during the past decade. The dinner was
attended by nearly fifty resident and non-resident members, who had
gathered from New York, New Brunswick, and every state of New
England except New Hampshire. The evening will long be remem-
bered as one of the pleasantest in history of the Club.

THE DEATH or Francis Howanp Pkanopy. — It is with deep
regret that we record the death on September 22nd, 1905, of Francis
Howard Peabody. As senior member of one of the most promi-
nent and successful banking firms in New England, Mr., Peabody
was subject to the constant and pressing demands of his inftuential
position. It is, therefore, one of the best evidences of his breadth of
interests and largeness of character that he found time and attention
for literary and scientific pursuits. Asa pupil and for many years
thereafter a warm personal friend of Dr. Asa Gray, Mr. Peabody
had a very cordial interest in botanical investigation, and for sev-
eral years served as chairman of the Visiting Committee of the Gray
Herbarium. He became a member of the New England Botan-
ical Club June 4th, 1897, and gave much cordia] encouragement as
well as financial aid to its various undertakings. Although he would
have been the last to claim much technical knowledge of botany, his
well trained judgment and keen discrimination gave him a surpris-
ing insight into the ideals and problems of modern botanical research.
Mr. Peabody died suddenly of heart-disease at his summer home in
Beverley, Massachusetts. He was in his seventy-fourth year.

270 Rhodora [ DECEMBER

ERRATA.

Page 7, line 53; for blue read violet.
“ 36, “ 29;.% Mix, read Michx.
“ 60, “ 23; “ persistentem read persistens.
LEM 65 | Vermont read VERMONT.
“ 67, headline; “ Darba read Draba.
113, line 10; Calocylindricus read Calocylindrus.

“ & (13

114, EEx Calocylindus read Calocylindrus.

[11

ud ar; GRANULATA read GRANULATUM.
“ 123, “ 32; “ pepperedge read pepperidge.
“ 142, “ 30; “ tenerifolia read tenuifolia.
* 142, “ 30; “ Enonymus read Euonymus.
“ 145, “23; “ Jersey read York.

148, i Sornborger read Sornborger.
154, “ 26; “ Stygius read stygius.

154, 4871 Pingincula read Pinguicula.
159, MUNROA read MUNROA.
159, ei: LisrERA read LÍSTERA.

* 159, “ 38; “ ERIGENIA read ERIGENÍA.

"we “ 7; “ STENOSIPHON read STENOSIPHON.

“ 160, “ 19; “ Littum read LILIUM:

“ 160, “ 23; “ Moprora read MopíoLA.

“ 160, “ 27; “ CHAMAELIRIUM read CHAMAELIRIUM.

" xe CU 6; “ SENECIO read SENECIO.

“ 161, “ 18; “ PRIMULA read PRiMULA.

"S NE Y TO} VACCINIUM read VACCINIUM.
167, 2; racemosa read racemosus.

* 186, “ 15; “ auguste read anguste.

Vol. 7, no. 83, including pages 189 to 244 was tssued November 29, 1905.

Index

271

INDEX TO VOLUME 7.

New scientific names are printed in full face type.

Abies, 160.

Abutilon, 159.

Accentual Marks in Gray's Manual,
Use of, 189.

Accentuation of certain
Names, Notes on the, 157.

Acer, 160, 190.

Achillea Millefolium, 122.

Achroanthes unifolia, 95.

Acordium, 119.

Acrochaetium Sagraeanum, 231.

Actinella odorata, 8o, in Maine, So.

Actinococcus subcutaneus, 231.

Adiantum, 191, An alpine,
boreale, 191; pedatum, 103,
I91, 192, var. aleuticum, 192.

Aegopodium, 189.

Aegopodum, 160, 189.

Agardhiella, 234; tenera, 231.

Agrostis, 160; Novae Angliae,

Ahnfeltia, 231; plicata, 138, 231.

Ajuga reptans, 99.

Alaria esculenta, 242.

Alga, 46, 136.

Algae, 26, 77, 97, 98, 168, 170, 171,
223, 225, 235.

Alliaria, 25.

Alnus mollis, 110; viridis, 110.

Alpine Adiantum, 190.

Ambrosia, 160.

Amelanchier, 109; canadensis, 125 ;
spicata, 109.

America, Anaphalis margaritacea,
var. occidentalis in eastern, 156 ;
Chlorochytrium Lemnae in, 97;
Draba borealis in eastern, 267 ;
Draba incana and its allies in
northeastern, 61 ; Genus Arnica in
northeastern, 146; New Ranuncu-
lus from northeastern, 219; Sym-
phoricarpos racemosus and its
varieties in eastern, 164; Two varie-
ties of Sisymbrium officinale in,
IOI.

American Black Raspberry,
White Cap, 144.

Ames, O., Notice of work, 119.

Amoebas, 45.

Amorpha, 28.

Amphithrix janthina, 237 ; violacea,
223.

Generic

190 ;
190,

106.

144;

Anabaena oscillarioides, 236; toru-
losa, 223 ; variabilis, £72, 223.

Anaphalis, 156; margaritacea, 156,
var. occidentalis, 156, in eastern
America, 156.

Andromeda, 157; glaucophylla, 110.

Andropogon furcatus, 106.

Anemone multifida, 5; parviflora, 5.

Anniversary of the Founding of the
New England Botanical Club,
Tenth, 268.

Anomalae, 209.

Anomalous alpine Willow, 185.

Antennaria, 105, 110; canadensis;
105; fallax, 105; neodioica, 105,
Parlinii, 105; Parthenogenesis in,
105.

Anthoceros laevis, 58; punctatus, 58.

Antirrhinum majus, 35.

Antithamnion, 169;
234; cruciatum, 234.

Anychia dichotoma, 48.

Aphanochaete vermiculoides, 240.

Arabis, 31; Collinsii, 32; from
Rimouski County, Quebec, A new,
31; Holboellii, 31, var. Fendleri,
32; laevigata, 13, and Asplenium
Trichomanes in Maine, Further
Notes on, 13; petraea, 67.

Arceuthobium, 160; pusillum, 108.

Arenaria macrophylla, 20, 156, in
Connecticut 20, Second Vermont
Station tor, 156.

Arethusa, 49.

Aristolochia, 160.

Arnica, 146, 159; alpina, 146-148, var.
Lessingii, 147, 148; angustifolia,
147, 148; arnoglossa, 148; Chamis-
sonis, 146, 149, 150, var. longino-
dosa, 149; chionopappa, 148; cor-
difolia, 150; gaspensis, 148; in
northeastern America, The genus,
146; lanceolata, 149, 150; mollis,
149, 150, 249, var. petiolaris, 150;
montana, var. alpina, 147; nudi-
caulis, 146; plantaginea, 147; Sorn-
borgeri, 147.

Aronia arbutifolia, 74.

Arthrodesmus, 260; convergens, 260:
Incus, var. longispinus, 260, var.
Ralfsii, 261, var. validus, 260; oc-

americanum,

272

tocornis, 261, forma minor, 261;
quadridens, 260; triangularis, var.
inflatus, 261.

Arthrospira Gomontiana, 235.

Ascocyclus orbicularis, 227.

Ascophyllum, 232; Mackaii, 229, 230;
nodosum, 230, 232.

Asperococcus echinatus, 228.

Asphodelus, 16.

Aspidium Goldianum, 100.

Asplenium angustifolium, 100; ebe-
neum, 103; Trichomanes, 13, 103,
110, in Maine, Further Notes on
Arabis laevigata and, 13.

Aster subulatus, 140.

Asterella tenella, 58.

Astragalus elegans, 5; frigidus, var.
americanus, 5, 249.

Athyrium filix-foemina, 103; thelyp-
teroides, 103.

Austrian Pine, 124-126.

Azalea canescens, 109; viscosa, 75.

Ballard, S. J., A second Vermont Sta-
tion for Arenaria macrophylla, 156.

Balls, Burr, 43; of vegetable Matter
from sand y Shores, On, 41.

Balm of Gilead, 123.

Bambusina Brebissonii, 266.

Bangia, 230; ciliaris, 230; fuscopur-
purea, 230,

Bartlett, G. H., Arenaria macrophylla
in Connecticut, 20.

Bartlett, H. H.. A new Juncus of the
group Poiophvlli, 50; Polygonum
exsertum in Massachusetts, 140.

Bartsia Odontites, 33.

Batrachospermum, 168; anatinum,
241; Boryanum, 241, Corbula, 241;
ectocarpum, 241; moniliforme, var.
chlorosum, 241, var. typicum, 241;
pyramidale, 241; vagum, 237, 241;
virgatum, 241.

Beattie, F. S., Remarks on Rhode
Island Plants, 39.

Beech, 122, 123.

Beeches, 126.

Begonia, 27.

Berberis, 158.

Berteroa, 159.

Betula papyrifera, 110.

Bidens, 160.

Bigelow, M. A., Notice of work, 187.

Biology, A work tor Teachers of, 187.

Birches, 124. ji

Black American Raspberry, 143;
Caps, 145; Grass, 46; Raspberry,
American, 144.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Blanchard, W. H., Yellow-fruited
Variety of the black Raspberry 143.

Boraginaceae, 249.

Bostrychia, 233, rivularis, 232, 233.

Botanical Club, Meeting of the Ver-
mont, 59; Tenth Anniversary of
eS Founding of the New England,
268.

Botrychia, 96.

Botrychium, 97; lanceolatum, 103;
matricariae, 96; obliquum, var.
oneidense, 105.

Botrychiums, 170.

Brachyelytrum, 158.

Bradburya, 28.

Brainerd, E., Notes on New England
Violets, — II, 1, III, 245; Use of
Accentual Marks in Gray's Man-
ual, 189.

Brasenia purpurea, 110.

Brassica adpressa, 101.

Bromus, 160.

Bryopsis plumosa, 226.

Bulbochaete intermedia, 240.

Bumelia, 160.

Burr Balls, 43.

Bur-reeds, 60.

Buttercups, 107.

Cabomba, 158.

Calamagrostis, 160; Scribneri, 249.

Callithamnion Baileyi, 233 ; byssoi-
deum, 233; corymbosum, 233; ro-
seum, 234; tetragonum, 234.

Callitriche heterophylla, 107; verna,
107.

Calocylindrus connatus, 254; De-
Baryi, 258; diplospora, 113; min-
utum, 114; pseudoconnatus, 254;
Thwaitesii, 255.

Caloglossa Leprieurii, 232.

Calopogon, 49, 158.

Calothrix aeruginea, 223; Braunii,
237; confervicola, 223; crustacea,
223; fusca, 237, 239; parasitica,
223; parietina 237; pulvinata, 223 ;
scopulorum, 223, 243.

Calypso, 157.

Campanula amplexicaulis, 48; per-
foliata, 48.

Campylocentrum, 119.

Canada and New England, Recently
recognized species of Crataegus in
eastern, — VI, 162, 174, 192.

Canadian Waterleaf, 99, 100.

Caprifoliaceae, 27, 28.

Capsella, 16.

Cardamine, 159.

1905]

Carex, 5, 107, 141; aestivalis, 100;
alba, var. setifera, 142; albicans,
109; Baileyi. 109; Bebbii, 109;
canescens, var. disjuncta, 109, var.
subloliacea, 109; chordorhiza, 110;
Crawfordii, 109; debilis, var. stric-
tior, 109; foenia, var. perplexa, 109;
interior, var. capillacea, 109; intum-
escens, var. Fernaldii, 109; lenticu-
laris, 110; leporina, 96; livida, 141,
142, 154; longirostris, 142; Mich-
auxiana, 110, mirabilis, var. per-
longa, 107; Novae Angliae, 107 ;
oligosperma, 110; pauciflora, 110;
Peckii, 109; rostrata, 69, 110; sco-
paria, var. condensa, 107; stellulata,
var. angustata, 109, var. cephalan-
tha, 109, var. excelsior, 109; steri-
lis, 142; teretiuscula, 142; tribu-
loides, var. reducta, 109 ; trichocar-
pa, 100; vaginata, 154; vesicaria,
var. jejuna, 107; viridula, 110.

Carices, 141.

Carnation, 25.

Carya alba, 140.

Cassandra, 157.

Castagnea virescens, 228.

Castanea, 160.

Castilleia coccinea, 33, 35; pallida,
var. septentrionalis, 33.

Catalpa, 125.

Caucalis, 159.

Caulophyllum, 158.

Cedar, 122.

Cephalozia, 55 ; connivens, 58; di-
varicata, 55; fluitans, 58; Jackii,
55; myriantha,55; Sullivantii, 52,
55-

Ceramium botryocarpum, 234; Capri-
Cornu. 234: circinatum, 234; fas-
tigiatum, 234; rubrum, 234, .var.
proliferum, 234, var. secundatum,
234; strictum, 234; tenuissimum,
234. var. arachnoideum, 235.

Cerastium alpinum, var. beeringia-
num, 31.

Ceratophyllum, 45; demersum, 45,
99-

Cestichis. 119.

Chaetomorpha aerea, 225;
225

Chaetophora Cornu Damae, B drapar-
naldioides, 240; incrassata, 240,
forma draparnaldioides, 240; pisi-
formis. 240.

Chaetopteris, 97.

Chamaecvparis, 126; thyoides, 71.

Chamaelirium, 160.

Linum,

Index

273

Champia parvula, 232.

Chantransia virgatula, 172, 231.

Characters in Plants, On Transloca-
tion of, 13, 21.

Charas, 45.

Chelone glabra, 33.

Chenopodium, 160.

Chiloscyphus ascendens, 54; labiatus,
54; lophocoleoides, 54; pallescens,
53-54; polyanthus, 54, 58, B palles-
cens, 54, B viticulosus, 54; viticulo-
SUS, 54, 55.

Chlora serotina, 99.

Chlorochytrium, 97, 98; Cohnii, 97;
dermatocolax, 97; inclusum, 97:
Knyanum, 99; Lemnae, 97, 98;
in America, 97; Schmitzii, 97.

Chlorocystis Cohnii, 97.

Chondria Baileyana, 232; tenuissima,
292v

Chondrus, 137, 229,
231; Lorteyi, 127.

Chorda Filum, 229; tomentosa, 2

Chordaria flagelliformis, 229, 2
243-

Chroococcus cohaerens, 235.

Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum,
102, var. subpinnatifidum, 102, 122.

Chrysler, M. A, Reforestation at
Woods Hole, Massachusetts, —
A Study in Succession, 121.

Churchill, J R. Preliminary Lists
of New England Plants, — XVII,
33; Three Plants new to the Flora
of Vermont, 100.

Cladium, 160; mariscoides, 72.

Cladonia rangiferina, 122.

Cladophora, 46, 226, 238; albida, 225,
var. refracta, 225; arcta, 226; cal-
licoma, 240; expansa, 226, forma
glomerata, 226; glomerata, 240;
gracilis, 226; Hystrix, 242; lanosa,
226, var. uncialis, 226, 243; Mag-
dalenae, 226; Rudolphiana, 168,
226; SP., 243-

Clark, A. G., White form of Sab-
batia chloroides, 38.

Clematis, 160, 161, 190.

Clethra alnifolia, 75.

Closterium, 114; acerosum, 115;
acuminatum, | IIS; angustatum,
114, var.clavatum, 114; areolatum,
116; attenuatum, 116; Braunii,
116; calosporum, 115; costatum,
114, forma, 114, var. Westii, 114;
Cynthia, 114; decorum, 116;
Dianae, 115; didymotocum, 114,
116; Ehrenbergii, 115, incurvum,

crispus,

233;

42.
42,

274

115; intervalicola, 115, 119; John-
sonii, 116; juncidum, 115; Kuet-
zingii, 116; lineatum, var. costa-
tum, 116; Lunula, 116, forma
minor, 116; macilentum, 114, var.
intermedium, 114; maculatum,
116; moniliforme, 115; obtusum,
114; parvulum, 115; pronum, 116;
Ralfsii, var. hybridum, 116; regu-
lare, 115; robustum, 115; setaceum,
116; striolatum, 115, var. elonga-
tum, IIS, var. erectum, IIS, var.
intermedium, 115; tumidum 116;
turgidum, 116, forma intermedium,
116; Venus, 115.

Clover, 110.

Club, Meeting of the Vermont Bo-
tanical, 59; moss, 96; Tenth Anni-
versary of the Founding of the New
England Botanical, 268.

Clute, W. N., Notice of work, 267.

Coastal plain Plants in New England,

Coccineae, 209, 213.

Codiolum longipes, 242, 243.

Coelosphaerium Kützingianum, 235.

Collins, F. S., Chlorochytrium Lem-
nae in America, 97 ; Phycological
Notes of the late Isaac Holden,— I,
109, EL, 222.

Cololejeunea Biddlecomiae, 58.

Columbine, 27.

Comandra, 47, 48; pallida, 47, 48;
Richardsiana, 48; umbellata, 47-
49; Undescribed northern, 47.

Compositae, 89.

Conferva bombycina,
minor, 239.

Connecticut, Arenaria macrophylla
in, 20; Some Plants rare or hitherto
unrecorded in, 68; Spergula sativa
in, 151; Station for Lycopodium
Selago, 20.

Contribution to the Desmid Flora of
New Hampshire, 111, 251.

Corallina officinalis, 235, 243.

Corallorrhiza, 120; multiflora, var.
flavida, 95.

Cornus, 157.

Corydalis glauca, 108.

Corylus rostrata, 125.

Cosmarium, 254 ; amoenum, var. tu-
midum, 257; Baileyi, 255; Blyttii,
258; Boeckii, 256; caelatum, var.
abnormale, 258, 266; capense, 256,
claviferum, 255, 266; connatum,
254; contractum, 255; cosmetum;
256; cucumis, 258; cyclicum, 257 ;
dentatum, 256; dispersum, 258;

239, forma

Rhodora

[ DECEMBER

elegantissimum, 258; Eloiseanum,
258, var. depressum, 258; exiguum,
forma major, 255; Favum, 256;
globosum, var. subarctoum, 255;

granditorme, var. americanum,
257, 266; homalodermum, 257;
impressulum, 258; intermedium,

256; isthmochondrum, 257 ; latum,
257; margaritatum, 256; monili-
forme, forma elongata, 255; nitid-
ulum, 255; obliquum, var. trigo-
num, 255, 266; octhodes, 257;
ornatum, 257; ovale, 258; pachy-
dermum, forma minor, 256; per-
foratum, 256; phaseolus, var. eleva-
tum, 257; polymorphum, 256;
pseudoconnatum, 254; pseudoor-
biculare, 256; pseudopectinoides,

258; pseudopyramidatum, 255;
pygmaeum, var. Schliephackea-
num, 257; pyramidatum, 255;

quadrum, forma, 257, forma John-
soni, 257; quinarium, 256; Raci-
borskii, 256; rectangulare, 257;
Regnesii, 255; reniforme, var. com-
pressum, 257; Schliephackeanum,
257; Sinostegos, var. obtusius,
257; subnudiceps, 256; suborbicu-
lare, 257; taxichondrum, forma
bidentulum, 256; tetrophthalmum,
256; Thwaitesii, 255; triplicatum,
256; viride, 255.

Cotton Grass, 81.

Crataegus, 139, 219 ; acutiloba, 184 ;
ampla, 208; asperifolia, 209; bac-
cata, 176; Baxteri, 219; bellula,
195, 196; Blanchardi, 218; Brain-
erdi, 209, 210; bristolensis, 175 ;
coccinea, 214; conjuncta, 184; cul-
ta, 199; cyclophylla, 210; Damei,
200; Dodgei, 213; Edsoni, 205,
206; Egglestoni, 209, 211; Emer-
soniana,181; Faxoni, 214; feren-
taria, 184; fertilis, 176; flabellata,
184; foetida, 219; Forbesae, 206;
fucosa, 184; fulgens, 182; fusca,
193; Gravesii, 213; Handyae,
177; Helenae, 162, 184; Holmesi-
ana, 209; Ideae, 211; in eastern
Canada and New England. Recent-
ly recognized Species of, —VI, 162,
174, 192; incisa, 196; insolens,
217; intricata, 184; lauta, 206;
lemingtonensis, 216; levis, 198;
matura, 205; Napaea. 203; Pad-

dockeae, 202; Peckietta, 174;
Peckii, 219; pellucidula, 179;
pisifera, 163; praetermissa, 213,

214; propria, 214 ; quinebaugensis,

1905]

194; rhombifolia, 174; Robbinsi-
ana, 197; scabrida, 209; Searsii,
183; Seelyana, 209; serena, 201;
spatiosa, 180, 182; Stratfordensis,
178; Thayeri, 184; umbratilis, 192;
viridimontana, 204,205; Websteri,
215.

Crataegus $ Anomalae, 209; Coccin-
eae, 182, 209, 213; Flabellatae, 208 ;

Intricatae, 219; Molles, 206;
Pruinosae, 193; Punctatae, 192;
Tenuifoliae, 199; Tomentosae,

162, 182, 209.

Croton, 160.

Crotonopsis, 158.

Cushman, J. A., A Contribution to
the Desmid Flora of New Hamp-
shire, DII251:

Cyanophyceae, 236.

Cylindrocystis, 113; americanum,
113, var. minor, 113; Brebissonii,
113, var. minor, 113; crassa, 113;
diplospora, 113.

Cylindrospermum majus, 236.

Cynoglossum, 249; boreale, 250; A
northern, 249; officinale, 249;
virginicum, 249, 250.

Cyperaceae, 81.

Cyperus setifolius, 142.

Cypripedium, 160.

Cyrtopodium, 120.

Dalibarda repens, 110.

Danthonia compressa, 109.

Dasya, 169; elegans, 137, 233.

Death of Francis Howard Peabody,
269.

Decodon verticillatus, 74.

Delesseria Leprieurii, 233.

Dendrobium, 120.

Dendrophylax, 120.

Deschampsia caespitosa, 106.

Desmarestia aculeata, 228;
Dos.

Desmid Flora of New Hampshire,
Contribution to the, I II, 251.

Desmidium, 265; aptogonum, 265;
Baileyi, 265; coarctatum, 265;
cylindricum, 265; graciliceps, 265 ;
quadratum, 265 ; Swartzii, 265.

Desmids, 111, 266.

Desmodium, 28.

Desmotrichum, 228; balticum,
undulatum, 227.

Dewey, L. H., Identity of Prickly
Lettuce, 9.

Dichothrix gypsophila, 238; Hos-
fordii, 238; Orsiniana, 238.

viridis,

227;

Index

275

Dicksonia, 99; pilosiuscula, forma
schizophylla, 99, in Vermont, 99.

Dicotyledons, 30.

Dictyosiphon foeniculaceus, 242, var.
americanus, 228; hippuroides, 242,

243.

Digitalis, 16.

Diodia, 160.

Docidium, 116; constrictum, , 117;
coronatum, 117; dilatatum, 116,
117; minutum, 114; rectum, LITA
undulatum, 116, 117, forma perun-
dulatum, 116, 119.

Dolicholus, 28.

Draba Arabis, 66; arabisans, 61, 62,
65, 67, var. canadensis, 67, var.
orthocarpa, 66,67 ; borealis, 63, 65,
267, in eastern America, 267; cana-
densis, 62, 67; confusa, 61, 62, 64 ;
contorta, 63; glabella, 62, 66, 67;
Henneana, 62, 64; incana, 61-64,
67, 267, and its allies in northeast-
ern America, 61, var. arabisans, 66,
var. confusa, 61, 64, var. diffusa, 63,
var. glabriuscula, 66, var. hebe-
carpa, 61, 64, var. legitima, 63;
Longii, 62; megasperma, 65, 67,
267; pycnosperma, 67 ; stylaris, 62,
64, 67; Thomasii, 64.

Draparnaldia glomerata, 240; plum-
osa, 240.

Drosera, 18, 21-23; anglica, 8; fili-
formis, 74; intermedia, 15, 94,
187; linearis, 8; longifolia, 8;
rotundifolia, 8, 9, 14, 15, 21, 27, 94,
a peculiar Variety of, 8, var. com-
osa, 9, 27, 93.

Droseraceae, 21.

Droseras, 8, 78.

Dryas Drummondii, 5, 249.

Dulichium arundinaceum, 72.

Dwarf Misletoe, 108.

Eatonia Dudleyi, 68; obtusata, 138 ;
pennsylvanica, 68; pubescens, 138,
extension of Range of, 138.

Echinodorus parvulus, 71.

Eclipta, 174; alba, 173, in Massachu-
setts, 173.

Ectocarpus aecidioides, 226; amphi-
bius, 226; confervoides, 226, 243,
forma brumalis, 227 ; reptans, 227;
siliculosus, 227; subcorymbosus,
227.

Elachista fucicola, 228; lubrica, 242;
Sp., 243.

Elatine, 159; americana, 95.

Eleocharis interstincta, 72; melano-

276

carpa, 72; mutata, 72; Robbinsii,
72; tuberculosa, 72.

Elodea canadensis, 99.

Endosphaera biennis, 99. `

English Oak, 124, 126; White Oak,

125.

Enteromorpha, 97, 172, 227, 238;
clathrata, 224; crinita, 224; erecta,
224; Hopkirkii, 224; intestinalis,
224, forma cylindracea, 224; Linza,
224, var. crispata, 224; minima,
224, 242; percursa, 225; prolifera,
225; 8P., 223.

Entophysalis granulosa, 172.

Epicladia Flustrae, 225.

Epidendrum, 120; variegatum, 120.

Epigaea repens, 110.

Epilobium, 160, 161; adenocaulon,
109; lineare, 110; latifolium, 5.

Epipactis, 158.

Equisetum litorale, 106; variegatum,
var. Nelsonii, 106.

Eragrostis, 160.

Erigenia, 159.

Erioeaulon, 43, 44, 73; decangulare,
73; septangulare, 73, 110, 187.

Eriophoropsis, 133 ; virginica, 92, 133.

Eriophorum, 81, 129-133; alpinum,
107, 129, 131-133; angustifolium,
87, 88, var. alpinum, 89; var. brevi-
folium, 87, 88, var. elatius, 89, var.
genuinum, 89, var. laxum, 88, var.
majus, 89, var. minus, 89, var. vul-
gare, 89; brachyantherum, 85, 136;
caespitosum, 84, 85; callithrix, 82,
86, 135; callitrix, 85, 86, 134-136,
var. erubescens, 85 ; capitatum, 82,
83, 85, 134: Chamissoi.83; Chamis-
sonis, 83, 85, 133-136, var. albidum,
84; Cyperinum, . 130; 13%, 1335
fulvellum, 83; gracile, 86-89, var.
caurianum, 87, var. paucinervium,
88; humile, 134; intermedium, 83,
133, 134: japonicum, 130; latifo-
lium, 90, 91, 133, var. viridi-carina-
tum, 90; leucocephalum, 82; linea-
tum, 130; medium, 83; minus, 89;
North American Species of, 81, 129;
ocreatum, 89; opacum. 85, 136;
paucinervium, 88; polystachion,
88, 89, 91, 129, var. elatius, 89, var.
elegans, 89, var. minus, 89, var.
Vaillantii, 91; polystachium, 90;
polystachyon, 88, go, var. alpinum,
89, var. angustifolium, 89, var. lati-
folium, 90, var. majus, 89, var. ten-
ellum, 87; polystachyum, 88, 90;
pseudo-triquetrum, 89; rufescens,

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

83; russeolum, 83, 133, 135, var.
albidum, 84, var. candidum, 84, var.
rufescens, 83; Scheuchzeri, 82, 134,
var. Chamissonis, 83; strictum,
88 ; tenellum, 87, 109; triquetrum,
87; vaginatum, 83-86, 129, 131, 134-
136, var. humile, 85, 134, var. me-
dium, 83, var. opacum, 86, 136; vir-
ginicum, 72, 91, 129, 133, var. al-
bum, 92 ; viridi-carinatum, 89, var.
Fellowsii, gt.

Eriophorum $ Phyllanthela, 86; Va-
ginata, 81.

Errata, 270.

Erysimum officinale, 102, 181.

Erythraea Centaurium, 99.

Erythrotrichia, 230 ; ceramicola, 231.

Essex Institute, Exhibition and Stud y
of Fungi, 153.

Euastrum, 251; ampullaceum, 252,
forma scrobiculatum, 252; ansatum,
251; binale, var. elobatum, 252, var.
insulare, 252; Ciastonii, 253; cir-
culare, 252, var. Ralfsii, 252; cras-
sum, 251, var. ornatum, 251, var.
pulchrum, 251, 266, var. scrobicula-
tum, 251; cuneatum, 251. var.
granulatum, 251; denticulatum,
252; didelta, 252; elegans, 252;
evolutum, var. integrius, 252; fis-
sum, var. americanum, 253, 266;
gemmatum, 252; Hastingsii, 252;
inerme, 252; magnificum, var. cras-
sioides, 251; multilobatum, 251;
ornatum, 251; papilio, 252; pinna-
tum, 251; pyramidatum, 252; Ralf-
sii, 251; spinosum, 252; verruco-
sum, var. reductum, 252; Wollei,
ant.

Euonymous atropurpureus, 142.

Eupatorium verbenaefolium, 76.

Euphrasia 160; americana, 33, var.
canadensis, 33; latifolia, 33; Oak-
esii, 33; Randii, 33, var. Farlowii,
33; Williamsii, 33.

Euphrasias, 35.

Euscaphis staphyleoides, 28

Evans, A. W. Notes on New Eng-
land Hepaticae, — III, 52.

Everlasting, Life, 156.

Exhibition and Study of Fungi, Es-
sex Institute, 153.

Extension of Range of Eatonia pu-
bescens, 138.

Fern allies, 267; Goldie's, 100.
Fernald, M. L., An Alpine Adiantum,
190; Anaphalis margaritacea, var.

1905]

occidentalis in eastern America,
156; An Anomalous alpine Wil-
low, 185; Draba borealis in eastern
America, 267 ; Draba incana and its
Allies in northeastern America,
61; The Genus Arnica in north-
eastern America, 146; Ledum pa-
lustre, var. dilatatum on Mt. Katah-
din, 12; A new Arabis from
Rimouski County, Quebec, 31;
The North American Species of
Eriophorum, 81, 129; A northern
Cynoglossum, 249; A peculiar Va-
riety of Drosera rotundifolia, 8 ;
Some lithological Variations of
Ribes, 153; Spergula sativa in
Connecticut, 151; Symphoricar-
pos racemosus and its Varieties in
eastern America, 164; An unde-
scribed northern Comandra, 47.

Ferns, 26, 77, 99, 100, 103, 170; new
to the Flora of Vermont, Two, 103.

Festuca ovina, 106.

Flabellatae, 208.

Flora of New Hampshire, Contribu-
tion to the Desmid, 111, 251; of
Vermont; Three Plants new to the,
99, Two ferns new to the, 103.

Fontinalis, 237.

Fossombronia Wondraczeki, 58.

Founding of the New England Bo-
tanical Club, Tenth Anniversary
of the, 268.

Fringed Gentian, t4.

Frullania Brittoniae, 58; Hutchin-
siae, 55, var. 56, var. B, 56, var. B
integrifolia, 56, 57 ; pennsylvanica,
56.

Fucus, 224-228, 231, 233, 234. 243;
Areschougii, 229; ceranoides, 230 ;
evanescens, 229 ; platycarpus, 229,
forma, 229; sp. 242 ; vesiculosus,
229, 230, forma, 230, var. lateri-
fructus, 230, var. sphaerocarpus,
230, var. spiralis, 229. 230.

Fuirena squarrosa, 72, var. hispida,
72.

Fungi, 170; Exhibition and Study of,
153.

Further Notes on Arabis laevigata
and Asplenium Trichomanes in
Maine, 13.

Galactia, 28.

Galax, 160.

Galium, 160; Claytoni, 110; labra-
doricum, 109.

Ganong, W. F., On Balls of vegetable
matter from sandy shores, 41.

Index

277

Gaultheria procumbens, 39.

Gaylussacia dumosa, 75.

Gelidium, 172 ; crinale, 231.

Gentian, 22, 23 ; Fringed, 14.

Gentiana, 23; crinita, 14, 22; linearis,
110; rubricaulis, 109.

Genus Arnica in northeastern Amer-
ica, 146.

Geranium, 160.

Gerardia flava, 33; maritima, 33;
paupercula, 75; pedicularia, 33;
purpurea, 33. 35, var. paupercula,
33; quercifolia, 33; Skinneriana,
33, 35, 75; tenuifolia, 33.

Geum virginianum, 154.

Gilman, C., Two Ferns new to the
Flora of Vermont, 103.

Gloeocapsa crepidinum, 172; viola-
cea, 235.

Gloeocystis rupestris, 239.

Gloiosiphonia, capillaris, 235.

Gloiotrichia Pisum, 238.

Glyceria, 160.

Gnaphalium, 160.

Golden Cap, 144, 146.

Goldie's Fern, 100.

Gomontia polyrhiza, 226.

Gonatozygon, 112; aculeatum, 112;
asperum, II2; Brebissonii, 112;
monotaenium, 112, Ralfsii, 112.

Goniotrichum, 230; elegans, 230;
ramosum, 230.

Goodyera repens, 96, var. ophioides,
96; tessellata, 96.

Gooseberr y, 153.

Gracilaria multipartita, 137, 231, var.
angustissima, 231.

Grass, 138; Black, 46; Cotton, 81.

Grasses, Wool, 130, 131.

Gratiola, 160; aurea, 33; virginiana, 33.

Gray to Lewis D. de Schweinitz,
Letter of Dr. Asa, 141.

Greenman, J. M., Senecio Balsamitae,
Muhl. var. firmifolius, n. var., 244.

Griffithsia Bornetiana, 233.

Grinnellia, 169 ; americana, 232.

Gymnogongrus, 137; Torreyi, 136-
138.

BÉ ar 266; moniliformis, 266.

Gyrostach ys gracilis, 106; planta-
ginea, 106.

Gyrotheca tinctoria, 73.

Habenaria, 49, 120; blephariglottis,
39, 73; ciliaris, 39, 73; grandiflora,

95:

Haberer, J. V. Plants of Oneida
County, New York and vicinity,
—- I, 92, 106.

278

Haematococcus pluvialis, 235.

Hall, J. G., Vegetative Reproduction
of Spiranthes cernua, 49.

Halosaccion, 242; ramentaceum, 242.

Halothrix, 227, 228; lumbricaulis,
228.

Harpanthus scutatus, 58.

Harper, R. M., Coastal plain Plants
in New England, 69.

Heaths, 119.

Hedge-mustard, 101, 103.

Helenium, 160.

Heliotropium, 160.

Hepaticae, 26; Notes on New Eng-
land,— III, 52.

Hervey, E. W., Silene conica in New
England, 110.

Hickory, 123, 125, 126.

Hicoria ovata, 140.

Hieracium aurianticum, 108; muro-
rum, $0, in Massachusetts, 80;
praealtum, 108.

Hildenbrantia Prototypus, 235.

Holden, Phytological Notes of the
late Isaac,— I, 168, II, 222.

Hollyhock, 27.

Hop Hornbeam, 123, 136.

Hormiscia penicilliformis, 225, 243.

Hornbeam, Hop, 123, 126.

Houstonia tenuifolia, 142.

Howe, R. H. Jr., Lotus tenuis as a
Waif in Rhode Island, 167.

Hyalotheca, 265; dissiliens, 240, 265,
var. minor, 265.

Hydrocoleum, 223; glutinosum, 223;
Holdenii, 169; Holdenii, 223.

Hydrocotyle umbellata, 75.

Hydrophyllum appendiculatum, 142;
canadense, 99; virginianum, 99.

Hyella caespitosa, 172.

Hyoscyamus, 160.

Hypericum. 160, 161, 189; boreale,
109; ellipticum, 110; maculatum.
var. subpetiolatum, 109; perfora-
tum, 122.

Hypoxis, 158.

Identity of Prickly Lettuce, 9.

Ilea fulvescens, 225.

Ilex glabra, 74;
cycloph vlla, 108.

Illustrations and Studies of the Fam-
ily Orchidaceae, 119.

Ilvsanthes, 35; attenuata, 35, 36;
gratioloides, 35; riparia, 33, 35.

Impatiens, 160.

Intricatae, 219.

Ionopsis, 119.

Isactis plana, 224.

verticillata, var.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Itea, 157, 159, 160.

Jubula, 52, 56; Hutchinsiae, 55-57,
var. Sullivantii, 56; japonica, 56;
+ o te 55, 57,58; piligera,
56.

Juglandaceae, 27.

Juncus alpinus, 94; brevicaudatus,
106, 109; dichotomus, 51; Dudleyi,
109; filiformis, 106 ; 110; Gerardi,
46; monostichus, 50-51; of the
group Poiophylli, A new, 50; pelo-
carpus, 110; scirpoides, 73; secun-
dus, 51; stygius, var. americanus,

» 94, 154; tenuis, var. anthelatus,
109.

Jungermannia ascendens, 54; col-
podes, 52; Hutchinsiae, 56; Kun-
zeana, 52; Kunzei. B plicata, 52;
pallescens, 54; plicata, 52, var.
Kunzeana, 52; polyanthos, B pal-
lescens, 54; Sullivantii, 55; viticu-
losa, 53, 55.

Juniper, 122.

Juniperus virginiana, 122, 127.

Kalmia angustitolia, 110.

Katahdin, Ledum palustre, var. dil-
atatum on Mt, 12.

King Devil, 106.

Knowlton, C. H., Draba incana and
its Allies in northeastern America,
61.

Koeleria orthostachya, 142.

Lactuca, 10; scariola, IO-I2, 102,
var. integrata, 11, 12, 102; virosa,
10-12,

Laminaria Agardhii, 168, 226, 229,
forma vittata, 229; saccharina, 229.

Larch, 126.

Larches, Scotch, 124.

Larix, 160, 250.

Lathyrus maritimus, 127.

Leathesia difformis, 228.

Leavitt, R. G. On Translocation of
characters in Plants, 13, 21; Par-
thenogenesis in Antennaria, 105;
A work for Teachers of Biology,
187.

Lechea sp., 122, 127.

Ledum groenlandicum, 12; palustre,
12, 13, var. dilatatum, 12, 13, on
Mt. Katahdin, 12.

Leguminosae, 28,

Lemanea fucina, var. rigida, 241.

Lemna, 73; gibba, 99; minor, 99;
trisulca, 97, 98.

Lespedeza repens, 68.

1905]

Letter of Dr. Asa Gray to Lewis D.
de Schweinitz, 141.

Lettuce, Identity of Prickly, 9.

Leucothoe racemosa, 75.

Lewis, F. T. Sclerolepis
Hampshire, 186.

Liatris, 158.

Lichens, 77.

Life Everlasting, 156.

Ligusticum Scoticum, 127.

Lilium, 160, 161, 190; tigrinum, 39.

Limnanthemum lacunosum, 75, LIO.

Limnorchis media, 106.

Limosella aquatica, var. tenuifolia,
33, 36.

Linagrostis, 129, 130; paniculata, 87 ;
polystachia, 88.

Linaria canadensis, 33; Cymbalaria,
33, 36; Elatine, 33, 36; vulgaris,
271 33-

Lindernia attenuata, 35.

Linnaea borealis, 110.

Liparis, 120.

Lippia, 159.

Listera, 159.

Lists of New England Plants, Pre-
liminary, — XVII, 33.

Lithothamnion glaciale, 243; laevi-
gatum, 235.

Littorella, 158.

Lloyd, F. E., Notice of work, 187.

Lobelia Dortmanna, IIO.

Locust, 125.

Lolium, 160, 161.

Lomentaria uncinata, 232.

Lonicera involucrata, 5.

Lophocolea bidentata, 58; minor, 58.

Lophozia barbata, 58; Floerkii. 53 ;
gracilis, 58; incisa, 58; inflata,
53; Kunzeana, 52, 53-

Lotus tenuis, 167; as a Waif in
Rhode Island, 167.

Ludwigia sphaerocarpa, 75-

Luzula campestris, var. multiflora,
154.

Lychnis Chalcedonica, 108.

Lycium vulgare, 167.

Lycopodium, 71, 160; clavatum, var.
brevispicatum, 96, var. monosta-
chyon, 96; inundatum, 71,96; pin-
natum, 71; Selago, 20, a Connecti-
cut Station for, 20, var. lucidulum,
268.

Lycopus uniflorus, 109.

Lyngbya, 223; aestuarii, 172, 222,
235; confervoides, 172; lutea, 222;
ochracea, 236; subtilis, 222.

Lysimachia Nummularia, 99; vul-
garis, 106.

in New

Index 279

Lythrum hyssopifolium, 142.

Maine, Actinella odorata in, 80; Fur-
ther Notes on Arabis laevigata and
Asplenium Trichomanes in, 13.

Manual of the Trees of North Amer-
ica, Sargent’s, 139.

Maple, 125; Norway, 125; Sycamore,
125, 126.

Maples, Red, 123.

Marsupella emarginata, 53; media,
52; sparsifolia, 52; ustulata, 52.
Massachusetts, Eclipta alba in, 173;
Hieracium murorum in, 80; Poly-
gonum exsertum in, 140; Refor-

estation at Woods Hole, 121.

Mastigocoleus testarum, 223.

Matrimony Vine, 167.

Mayaca, 158.

Meader, A. R., Actinella odorata in
Maine, 80.

Meeting of the Vermont Botanical
Club, 59.

Melampyrum americanum, 33.

Melobesia Lejolisii, 235.

Mesogloia divaricata, 229.

Mesotaenium, 112; Braunii, 112;
Endlicherianum, 113; macrococ-
cum, 112.

Micranthemum Nuttallii, 38.

Micrasterias, 253; americana, 254»
var. recta, 254; crenata, 254; den-
ticulata, 253; depauperata, var.

Wollei, 254; fimbriata, 253; folia-
cea, 254; furcata, 253, var. simplex,
253; laticeps, forma major, 254;
Mahabuleshwarensis, 2543 muri-
cata, 254, forma minor, 254; Nord-
stedtiana, 254; pinnatifida, 254;
radiosa, 253, var. Swainei, 253;
ringens, var. serratula, 254; rotata,
253; Torreyi, 253; truncata, 254.

Microchaete grisea, 223.

Microcoleus chthonoplastes, 223.

Microspora abbreviata, 239; amoena,
239; crassior, 239; stagnorum, 239.

Microstylis, 49, 97, 160; ophioglos-
soides, 39. 95.

Mimulus, 160; alatus, 33; brevipes,
38; Jamesii, 38; Langsdorfii, 33;
luteus, 33; moschatus, 33, nm:
ringens, 33.

Mistletoe, Dwarf, 108.

Mitreola, 160.

Modiola, 160.

Molles, 206.

Monarda ciliata, var. 142; coccinea,
48; didyma, 48.

Monostroma crepidinum, 224; Gre-

280

villei, 224; groenlandicum, 242 ;
latissimum, 224; 238; pulchrum,
224; undulatum, var. Farlowii, 242.

Morse, W. ]., Meeting of the Vermont
Botanical Club, 59.

Moss, Club, 96.

Mosses, 77.

Mougeotia genuflexa, 239; robusta,
239.

Mount Katahdin, Ledum palustre,
var. dilatatum on, 12.

Munroa, 159.

Mushrooms, 153.

Mustard, Hedge, 101, 103.

Mylia anomola, 58.

Myriactis pulvinata, var. minor, 228.

Myrica, 74, 157, 159; carolinensis,
74, 123, 125, 127; cerifera, 74, 123;
Gale, 110; pumila, 74.

Myriophyllum, 142; heterophyllum,
107, 142.

Naias, 45.

Nardia crenulata, 58; obovata, 58;
sparsifolia, 52.

Narrow Spleen wort, 100.

Nasturtium natans, 142.

Nemalion multifidum, 223, 231.

Nemastylis, 160.

Nemopanthus fascicularis, I54.

Neottia, 50.

Nephrodium, 99; marginale, 103;
noveboracense, 103; spinulosum,
99, 103-105, var. dilatatum, 104, 105,
var. fructuosum, 103, 104, var. inter-
medium, 103, 104.

Netrium, 113; Digitus, 113, var.
cylindricum, 113; interruptum, 113;
oblongum, 113; forma major, 113.

New Arabis from Rimouski County,
Quebec, 31.

New England Botanical Club, Tenth
Anniversary of the Founding of
the, 268; Coastal plain Plants in,
69 ; Hepaticae, Notes on, — III, $3;
Plants, Preliminary Lists of, —
XVII, 33; Recently recognized
species of Crataegus in eastern
Canada and,—VI, 162; 174, 192;
Silene conica in, 110; Violets,
Notes on,— II, 1, III, 245.

New Hampshire, Contribution to the
Desmid Flora of, 111, 251; Sclero-
lepis in, 186.

New Juncus of the group Poiophylli,
50 ; Ranunculus from northeastern
America, 219.

New York, and vicinity, Plants of
Oneida County,— I, 92, 106.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Nigrella, 25.

Nitellas, 45.

Nodularia spumigena, var. major, 223.

North America, Sargent's Manual of
the Trees of, 139.

North American Species of Eriopho-
rum, 8r, 129.

Northern Cynoglossum, 248.

Norway Maple, 125 ; Spruces, 124;
126.

Nostoc commune, 236; microscopi-
cum, 236; muscorum, 242; parme-
lioides, 236; pruniforme, 237.

Nostochopsis lobatus, 237.

Notes of the late Isaac Holden, Phy-
cological,— II, 222; on Arabis
laevigata and Asplenium Tricho-
manes in Maine, Further, 13; on
New England Hepaticae, — III, 52;
on New England Violets, — II, 1,
III, 245; on the Accentuation of
certain generic Names, 157.

Nothoscordum, 160.

Nototh ylas orbicularis, 58.

Nymphaea hybrida, 109.

Nymphaeaceae, 78.

Oak, 122, 123; English, 126, English
White, 125.

Oaks, 122, 125, 127, 129; English,
124.

Oedogonium, 171; crenulato-costa-
tum, 240; Ravenellii, 171.

On Balls of vegetable Matter from
sandy Shores, 41; Translocation of
Characters in Plants, 13, 81.

Oneida County, New York, and vi-
cinity, Plants of, — I, 92, 106.

Onosmodium, 160.

Ontario Natural Science Bulletin,
167.

On ychonema, 265 ; laeve, var. micran-
thum, 265; Nordstedtiana, 265.

Opuntia, 160.

Orchidaceae, 120; Illustrations and
Studies of the Family, 119.

Orchids, 49, 50, 95, 96, 110, 119, 120.

Ornithogalum umbellatum, 4o.

Orontium aquaticum, 73.

Orthocarpus purpurascens, 38.

Oscillatoria, 238; amphibia, 235;
chalybea, 172; Corallinae, 172;
formosa, 172 ; laetevirens, 1725 Ue
mosa, 235, princeps, 223, 235, 238;
splendida, 236; tenuis, 235, 236, var.
natans, 236.

Oxycoccus palustris, 39.

Pallivinicia Lyellii, 58.

1905]

Panicum autumnale, 68; Bicknellii,
68; unciphyllum, 109.

Papilionaceae, 28, 29.

Parlin, J. C., Further Notes on Ara-
bis laevigata and Asplenium Trich-
omanes in Maine, 13.

Parnassia parviflora, 5.

Parthenogenesis in Antennaria, 105.

Passiflora coerulea, 25.

Peabody, Death of Francis Howard,
269.

Pease, A. S., Notes on the Accentua-
tion of certain Generic names, 157.

Peculiar variety of Drosera rotundi-
folia, 8.

Pedicularis canadensis, 34; Furbish-
iae, 34; lanceolata, 34, 36.

Pellaea gracilis, 110.

Penium, 113; Brebissonii,
closterioides, 113; crassa,
Digitus, 113; interruptum, 113;
lamellosum, 113; Libellula, 113,
var. interruptum, 114; margarita-
ceum, 114; minutum, 114, var.
elongatum, 114; oblongum, 113;
polymorphum, 114.

Pentstemon, 36; grandiflorus, 34, 36 ;
laevigatus, 34, 36, var. Digitalis,
34, 36 ; pubescens, 34, 36 ; Smallii,
34» 36; tubiflorus, 34, 36, 37.

Pepperidge, 123.

Phacelia, 160.

Phaseolus, 16, 28, 160; perennis, 37.

Phleum, 160.

Phlomis, 160.

Phlox paniculata, 108.

Phormidium Corium, 236; favosum,
236; Retzii, 236, 243 ; uncinatum,
236.

Phryma leptostachya, 34.

Phycological Notes of the late Isaac
Holden,— I, 168, II, 222.

Phyllitis, 228; fascia, 228, 243, var.
caespitosa, 228; zosterifolia, 242.

Phyllobium dimorphum, gg.

119 fe dr
113;

Phyllophora Brodiaei, 231; mem-
branifolia, 231; Trailii, 231.

Physalis heterophvlla, var. nycta-
ginea, 106.

Physostegia, 160.

Picea, 160, 189 ; Mariana, 108; nigra,
108, 154.

Pieris Mariana, 75.

Pine, 122; Austrian, 125; Pitch, 125,
126, White, 125, 126.

Pines, 122, 125; Austrian, 124, 126;
Pitch, 124; Scotch, 124-127, 129 ;
White, 124.

Pinguicula, 76; vulgaris, 8, 154.

Index

281

Pinguiculas, 78.

Pinus austriaca, 127; rigida, 123,
127; sylvestris, 123, 125, 127.

Pitch Pines, 124-126.

Plants in New England, Coastal
plain, 69 ; new to the Flora of Ver-
mont, Three, 99; of Oneida Coun-
ty, New York, and vicinity,— I, 92,
106; On Translocation of charac-
fers Ing hay ois Preliminary Lists of
New England,— XVII, 33; rare or
hitherto unrecorded in Connecti-
cut, some, 68; Remarks on Rhode
Island, 39.

Plectonema terebrans, 223 ; Wollei,
236.

Pleonosporium Borreri, 234.

Pleurocapsa, 222 ; fuliginosa, 172.

Pleurotaeniopsis, 258 ; Cucumis, 258;
Debaryi, 258; elegantissimum, var.
simplicius, 258; ovale, var. Westii,

259.
Pleurotaenium, 117; constrictum,
II7, II9; coronatum, 117, var.

fluctuatum, 117 ; Ehrenbergii, 117,
var. elongatum, 117, var. undula-
tum, 117; excelsum, 117, Georgi-
cum, 117; nodosum, 118; sub-
georgicum, 117, 119; tessellatum,
118; Trabecula, 117, forma granu-
latum, 117, var. rectum, 147; tro-
chiscum, 118; verrucosum, 118;
verticillatum, 119.

Plume. Soldier’s, 95.

Poa, 160; sp. 123, 127.

Podostemon ceratophyllum, 107.

Pogonia, 49; ophioglossoides, 49,
187; verticillata, 49.

Poiophylli, A new Juncus of the
Group, 50.

Polycistis elabens, 172.

Polygala cruciata, 74.

Polygonatum, 160, 161, 189.

Polygonum exsertum, 140, in Mass-
achusetts, 140.

Polypodium, 160.

Polysiphonia, 227 ; americana, 232;
elongata, 232; fastigiata, 232; Har-
veyi, 232, var. arietina, 232; nigres-
cens, 232, var. affinis, 232, var.
Durkeei, 232, var. fucoides, 232;
Olneyi, 232; urceolata, 233, 242,
var. formosa, 233; variegata, 233;
violacea, 233.

Polystichum acrostichoides, 103;
commune, 122.
Pontederia cordata, 73, 108. ,

Porella pinnata, 58.
Porphyra laciniata, 231, 243; leuco-

282

sticta, 231; linearis, 243; miniata,
242, 243.

Potamogeton, 45, 71, 73; lucens, 99.

Potentilla canadensis, 122; conferti-
flora, 142.

Preliminary Lists of New England
Plants, — XVII, 33.

Prenanthus trifoliolata, 154.

Prickly Lettuce, Identity of, 9.

Primula, 160, 161.

Proserpinaca pectinata, 75.

Protoderma marinum, 225.

Pruinosae, 193.

Prunus serotina, 125.

Ptelea, 157, 159, 160.

Pteris, 95, 160.

Ptilimnium capillaceum, 75.

Ptilota pectinata, 243.

Punctaria latifolia, 227; plantaginea,
228.

Punctatae, 192.

Pylaiella littoralis, 226, 242.

Pyrola, 160.

Pyrus, 160.

Quebec, A new Arabis from Rim-
ouski County, 31.

Quercus alba, 125; Robur, 125; tinc-
toria, 125.

Queria canadensis, 48.

Ralfsia Borneti, 229; clavata, 229;
deusta, 243; verrucosa, 229.

Range of Eatonia pubescens, Exten-
sion of, 138.

Ranunculus abortivus, 220, var. Har-
veyi, 222; affinis, 221, var. leio-
carpus, 221, 222; Allenii, 220-222 ;

from northeastern America, A new, .

219; Macounii, 5; pedatifidus, 220,
221; Purshii, 5; pygmaeus, 220,
221.

Raspberry, American Black, 143, 144;
Black American, 143; White
American, 143, 146; Yellow-
fruited Variety of the Black, 143.

Razoumofskya pusilla, 108.

Reboulia hemispherica, 58.

Recently recognized Species of Cra-
taegus in eastern Canada and New
England, — VI, 162, 174, 192.

Red Maples, 123.

Reforestation at Woods Hole, Mass-
achusetts — A study in Succession,
121.

Remarks on Rhode Island Plants,

.39-
Reproduction of Spiranthes cernua,
Vegetative, 49.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Reseda alba, 25.

Rhexia, 160; virginica, 74, 187.

Rhinanthus, 37; Crista-galli, 34, 37,
var. major, 37; major, 34, 37.

Rhizoclonium hieroglyphicum, var.
macromeres, 240; lacustre, forma
americanum, 240; riparium, 225;
tortuosum, 225, forma polyrhizum,
225.

Rhode Island, Lotus tenuis as a Waif
in, 167; Plants, Remarks on, 39.

Rhodochorton Rothii, 172, 234.

Rhodomela, 169; Rochei, 169; sp.,
242; subfusca, forma gracilior, 233.

Rhodymenia palmata, 231, 243.

Rhus, 161, 190; copallina, 123, 125,
127; Toxicodendron, 125.

Rhynchospora alba, 72; capillacea,
72, 154; fusca, 72, 106; glomer-
ata, 106. j

Ribes Cynosbati, 155, var. glabratum,
156; oxyacanthoides, 153-155, var.
calcicola, 155; Some lithological
Variations of, 153.

Riccardia multifida, 58; palmata, 58.

Riccia fluitans, 58.

Rimouski County, Quebec, A new
Arabis from, 31.

Rivularia atra, 224 ; nitida, 224.

Robinia, 28; pseudoacacia, 125 ; vis-
cosa, 28.

Robinson, B. L., A Connecticut Sta-
tion for Lycopodium Selago, 20;
The Fern Allies, 267 ; A new Ra- -
nunculus from northeastern Amer-
ica, 219; Two varieties of Sisym-
brium officinale in America, 101;
A well marked Species of Sparga-
nium, 60.

Rosa, 157, 161, 190; carolina, 74.

Roya, 114; obtusa, 114.

Rubus, 157, 219; Idaeus, 143; leuco-
dermis, 145 ; nigricans, 109; occi-
dentalis, 143, 144, var. flavobaccus,
146, var. leucodermis, 145, var. pal-
lidus, 144, 146; villosus, 123, 125.

Rumex, 161.

Ruppia, 172, 223, 224, 226, 227, 230,
331.

Rutaceae, 28.

Sabbatia chloroides, 38, white form
of, 38; dodecandra, 75.

Saccogyna viticulosa, 55.

Sagittaria graminea, 71, 110; natans,
72.

Salicornia, 233.

Salix, 142, 161, 185; anglorum, 185 ;
arctica, 185; candida, 107, 154;

1905]

chlorolepis, 186; desertorum, 185, -

186; glauca, 185,
185 ; retusa, 186.
Sambucus canadensis, 28, 29; race-

mosa, 28.

Sanford, S. N. F., Eclipta alba in
Massachusetts, 173.

Sapindus, 161, 189.

Sarcoscyphus sparsiflorus, 52.

Sargassum, 228; Filipendula, 230,
forma subedentatum, 230.

Sargent, C. S., Notice of Work, 139;
Recently recognized Species of
Crataegus in eastern Canada and
New England,— VI, 162, 174, 192.

Sargent's Manual of the Trees of
North America, 139.

Sarracenia purpurea, 74.

Sarracenias, 78.

Sassafras, 122.

Sauroglossum, 120.

Saxifraga, 23; caespitosa, 31; granu-
lata, 16; stellaris, var. comosa, 8;
virginiensis, 15, 16, 23, var. penta-
decandra, 16.

Saxifragae, 16.

Saxifrage, 27.

Scheuchzeria palustris, 110.

Schizonema, 97.

Schizothrix coriacea, 236; lardacea,
236.

Schwalbea americana, 34.

Schweinitz, Letter of Dr. Asa Gray
to Lewis D. de, 141.

Scirpus, 81, 130-133; alpinus, 131,
132; atrocinctus, 110, var. brachy-
podus, 109; atrovirens, 130; caespi-
tosus, 131, 132; Clintonii, 132;
cyperinus, 130, 131; Hallii, 72;
japonicus, 130; lineatus, 131; pauci-
florus, 132; Peckii, 130; pedicella-
tus, 109; polyphyllus, 130; ru-
brotinctus, 106; subterminalis, 106,
var. terrestris, 106 ; sylvaticus, 130;
tricophorum, 132.

Scleria verticillata, 73.

Sclerolepis in New Hampshire, 186;
verticillata, 186, 187.

Scotch Larches, 124; Pines, 124-127,
129.

Scrophularia leporella, 34, 119, at
Willoughby, 119; marilandica, 34.

Scrophulariaceae, 33.

Scytonema crispum, 237 ; figuratum,
237, Hofmanni, 237; Myochrous,
237 ; ocellatum, 237.

Scytosiphon, 228; lomentarius, 228,
forma complanatus, 228.

186; herbacea,

Index

283

Second Vermont Station for Arenaria,
macrophylla, 156.

Sedges, 100.

Sedum acre, 40.

Seirospora Griffithsiana, 234.

Senecio, 152, 161; Balsamitae, var.
firmifolius, 244; discoideus, 154;
Jacobaea, 152.

Sericocarpus, 158.

Setchell, W. A., Gymnogongrus
Torreyi (Ag.) J. Ag., 136.

Shear, C. L. Letter of Dr. Asa Gray
to Lewis D. de Schweinitz, 141.
Silene conica, 110; in New England,

110.

Sisymbrium, 25; leiocarpum, 102 ;
officinale, 101, 102, in America,
Two varieties of, 101, var. leiocar-
pum, 102, 103.

Sisyrinchium angustifolium,
montanum 249.

Sium, 161.

Snowberry, 164.

Soldiers Plume, 95.

Solidago bicolor, var. concolor, 68 ;
macrophylla, 108.

Some lithological Varieties of Ribes,
153; Plants rare or hitherto unre-
corded in Connecticut, 68.

Spalding, L. J., Parthenogenesis in
Antennaria, 105.

Sparganium, 161; androcladum, var.
fluctuans, 60; angustifolium, 110;
fluctuans, 60; fluitans, 68, 109;
simplex, var. fluitans, 60; A well
marked species of, 60.

Spartina, 223-228, 233.

Species of Crataegus in eastern Can-
ada and New England, Recently
recognized, — VI, 162, 174, 192;
of Eriophorum, The North Ameri-
can, 81, 129; of Sparganium, A
well marked, 60.

Spergula, 151; arvensis, 151, 152;
sativa, 151, 152, in Connecticut,
151; vulgaris, 151, 152.

Sphacelaria, 97 ; cirrhosa, 227, 230;
radicans, 172, 225, 227, 230.

Sphaerococcus Torreyi, 136, 137-

Sphaerozosma, 264; excavatum,
forma granulata, 264, forma laevis,
264; moniliforme, 265; pulchrum,
var. inflatum, 265; spinulosum, 264.

Sphagnum, 77.

Sphenolobus, 53; exsectus, 58;
Kunzeanus, 52; Michauxii, 53, 58.

Spiraea latifolia, 109; sorbifolia, 40;
tomentosa, IIO.

123;

284 Rhodora [DECEMBER
Spiranthes, 120; cernua, 50, 120 Stigonema mamill
, , , € c 2 , 2 ,

Vegetative reproduction of, 49; - Tam, M

gracilis, 106, 110; plantaginea, 106.

Spirogyra, 171 ; bellis, 233 ; nitida,
238; sp., 238; varians, 238.

Spirotaenia, 112; condensata, 112.

Spirulina, 172; subsalsa, 172.

Spleenwort, Narrow, 100.

Spondylosium, 265; monilitorme,
265 ; pulchrum, var. inflatum, 265.

Sporobolus serotinus, 110.

Spruce, 125.

Spruces, Norway, 124, 126.

Spyridia filamentosa, 235.

Stachys, 161.

Staphylea, 28 ; Bumalda, 28 ; pinna-
ta, 28; trifoliata, 28.

Staphyleaceae, 28.

Station for Arenaria macrophylla, A
second Vermont, 156; for Lyco-
podium Selago, A Connecticut, 20.

Staurastrum, 261; anchora, 261;
Arachne, 261; Arctiscon, 261;
arcuatum, forma aciculifera, 261;

aristiferum, var. parallelum, 263;
bidentatum, 263; botrophilum, 262 ;
brasiliense, 262; Cerastes, 262;
claviferum, 262 ; concinnum, 262 ;
cornigerum, 262; crescentum,
262; echinatum, 262; forficula-
tum, 262, var. enoplon, 262; gra-
cile, 262; grande, 262; Johnsonii,
262; laconiense, 262; leptacan-
thum, 262; leptocladum, 263;
Lewisii, 263; longiradiatum, for-
ma major, 263; longispinum, var.
bidentatum, 263, 266; lunatum,
263; macrocerum, 263; megacan-
thum, 263; megalonotum, 263,
forma obtusum, 263; minutissi-
mum, forma constrictum, 263;
minutum, 261; muticum, 263;
Ophiura, var. tetracerum, 264 ;
paradoxum, 264; pentacladum,
264; pulcherrimum, 264, 266; sal-
tans, var. forcipigerum, 264, 266;
spongiosum, 264, var. depaupera-
tum 264; striolatum, 264; forma
brasiliense, 264; sublaevispinum,
264.

Stenosiphon, 160.

Sterrocolax decipiens, 231.

Stichococcus flaccidus, 239;
nus, 225.

Stictyosiphon subsimplex, 169, 228.

Stigeoclonium fasciculare, 239; flagel-
liferum, 239 ; lubricum, 239; tenue,
239.

mari-

minutum, 237; panniforme, 237.

Stilophora rhizodes, 229, forma con-
torta, 229.

Stock, 27.

Struthiopteris germanica, 103.

Studies of the Family Orchidaceae,
Illustrations and, 119.

Suaeda, 158.

Summit, 146.

Sundew, 14.

Sycamore Maple, 125, 126.

Sycamores, 124.

Symphoria racemosa, 165, 167.

Symphoricarpus mollis, 167 ; pauci-
florus, 166, 167; racemosus, 164-
167, and its varieties in eastern
America, 164, var. laevigatus, 167,
var. pauciflorus, 165-167.

Symploca hydnoides, 222.

Svnandra, 158.

Tanacetum vulgare, var. crispum, 40.

Taraxacum erythrospermum, 39;
officinale, 39.

Teachers of Biology, a Work for, 187.

Tecoma, 158.

Tenth Anniversary of the Founding
of the New England Botanical
Club, 268.

Tenuifoliae, 199.

Terry, E. H., Dicksonia pilosiuscula,
forma schizophylla in Vermont,
99; Hieracium murorum in Massa-
chusetts, 80.

Tetmemorus, 118; Brebissonii, 118;
granulatus, 118.

Tetraspora bullosa, 239, forma cylin-
drica, 239 ; lubrica, var. lacunosa,
239.

Thalictrum alpinum, s.

Thelypodium, 160.

Thesium corymbulosum, 48; umbel-
latum, 48.

Three Plants
Vermont, 99.

Thymus, 161, 190.

Tilton, G. H., Scrophularia leporella
at Willoughby, 119.

Tofieldia, 73; glutinosa, 142, 154.

Tolypothrix lanata, 237.

Tomentosae, 209.

Toumeya fluviatilis, 241.

Translocation of Characters in
Plants, On, 13, 21.

Trees of North America, Sargent's
Manual of the, 139.

new to the Flora of

1905]

Trentepohlia aurea, 240; Iolithus,

240.
Trichocolea tomentella, 58.
Tricophorum, 131-133; alpinum,

132; atrichum, 132; caespitosum,
132; pauciflorum, 132.

Trifolium arvense, 127; incarnatum,
IIO ; pratense, 122.

Trilisa, 158.

Trillium erythrocarpum, 40.

Triploceras, 118; gracile, 118, var,
montana, 118, 119; verticillatum.
118, var. turgidum, 118.

Troximon, 161.

Tupelo, 126.

Turpinia occidentalis, 28.

Two Ferns new to the Flora of Ver-
mont, 103; Varieties of Sisym-
brium officinale in America, IOI.

Typha latifolia, 154.

Ulmus,
140.

Ulothrix flacca, 225; implexa, 225;
variabilis, var. marina, 225; zon-
ata, 239.

Ulva Lactuca, var. mesenteriformis,
224, var. rigida, 224.

Undescribed northern Comandra,

racemosa, 140; Thomasi
3 3

47.

Uniola, 161.

Urospora penicilliformis, 225.

Use of Accentual Marks in Gray's
Manual, 189.

Utricularia, 111, 236; cornuta, 76,
107, 187; inflata, 76; intermedia,
107; minor, 107; purpurea, 76;
resupinata, 76, 107; subulata, 76;
vulgaris.

Utricularias, 78.

Vaccinium, 161; Oxycoccus, var. in-
termedia, 109; pennsylvanicum,
var. angustifolium, 108.

Valerianella, 158. .

Variations of Ribes, Some lithologi-
cal 153

Varieties of Sisymbrium officinale in
America, Two, IOI.

Variety of Drosera rotundifolia, A
peculiar, 8.

Vaucheria aversa, 240;
240, var. racemosa, 240 ;
226; piloboloides, 226;
241.

Vegetable Matter from sandy Shores,
On Balls of, 41.

Vegetative Reproduction of Spiran-
thes cernua, 49.

geminata,
litorea,
sessilis,

Index

285

Verbascum Blattaria, 34; Lychnitis,
34, 36; nigrum, 38; phlomoides,
34» 36, 37; Thapsus, 34.

Verbena, 158 ; angustifolia, 34; brac-
teosa, 34, 36; hastata, 34 ; officina-
lis, 38; stricta, 34; urticaefolia, 34.

Verbenaceae, 34.

Verbesina, 158.

Vermont Botanical Club, Meeting of
the, 59; Dicksonia pilosiuscula,
forma schizophylla in, 99; Station
for Arenaria macrophylla, A sec-
ond, 156; Three plants new to the
Flora of, 99; Two Ferns new to the
Flora of, 103.

Veronica, 159; agrestis, 38; alpina,
34; americana, 34, 38; Anagallis,
34, 38; arvensis, 34; Buxbaumii,
34,38; Chamaedrys, 34, 36 ; heder-
aefolia, 38; longifolia, 34; offici-
nalis, 34 ; peregrina, 34 ; scutellata,
34; serpyllifolia, 34, var. borealis,
34; spicata, 38; Teucrium, 34, 36;
virginica, 34.

Viburnum dentatum, 125.

Vigna, 28.

Vinca minor, 40.

Viola, 3, 110, 161; affinis, 3, 4, 7;
alsophila, 248; amoena, 245, 246,
248; blanda, 245-248, var. palustri-
formis, 248; Brainerdii, 248; cog-
nata, 4, 6; cucullata, 3, 4, 8; emar-
ginata, 1, 6, 7; fimbriatula, 2, 3, 7 ;
incognita, 248; lanceolata, 74, 108,
245, 247; latiuscula, 7; Leconteana,
245.246, 248 ; nephrophylla, 4, 5, 7 ;
Novae-Angliae, 1-3, 6, 7; pallens,
247; palmata, 7; papilionacea, 7;
pedata, 7; pedatifida, 8; primuli-
folia 245, 247; renifolia, 245, 247,
248; rotundifolia, B pallens, 246,
247; sagittata, 7; septemloba, 8;
septentrionalis, 2, 3, 7, X fimbria-
tula, 2; sororia, 7; vagula, 4-6;
venustula, 6; villosa, 6, 7.

Violets, 1, 245; Notes on New Eng-
land, — II, 1, III, 245.

Vorticellas, 45.

Walnut, 122.

Waterleaf, 100; Canadian, 99, 100.

Well marked Species of Sparganium,
60

White, American Raspberry, 143, 146;
Cap, 146, American, 144; form of
Sabbatia chloroides, 38; Pine, 124
-126.

Willoughby, Scrophularia leporella
at, 119.

Missouri Botanical

3 17

53
286

Willow, an anomalous alpine, 185.

Woods Hole, Massachusetts, Refores-
tation at, 121.

Woodsia ilvensis, 103; oregana, 31.

Woodward, R. W., Extension of
Range of Eatonia pubescens, 138 ;
Some Plants rare or hitherto unre-
corded in Connecticut, 68.

Woodwardia virginica, 71.

Wool Grasses, 130, 131.

Work for Teachers of Biology, 187.

Xanthidium, 259; antilopaeuni, 259.
forma callosum, 260, 266, forma
curvispinum, 260, 266, var. John-
soni, 259, var. minneapoliense, 259,
var. polymazum, 259, 260, var. trun-
catum, 260; armatum, 259, var.
cervicornis, 259; bengalicum, 260,
266; controversum, 260; crista-

Rhodora

TRIER
00341 3280

[DECEMBER

tum, 259, forma angulatum, 259,
var. uncinatum 259; tetracentro-
tum, 260, 266; Tylerianum, 260.
Xenococcus Schousboei, 172.
Xyris, 73, 161; bulbosa, 95; carolini-
ana, 94, 187; flexuosa, 73,95; mon-
tana, 73, 94, 95, forma bracteosa, 94.

Yellow Cap, 144-146; fruited Variety
of the black Raspberry, 143; Rat-
tles, 37.

Yucca, 16, 158.

Zannichellia, 45.

Zanthoxylum americanum, 28; caro-
linianum, 28.

Zostera, 224, 226-232, 234, 235.

Ei du pectinatum, var. anomalum,
238.

Rhodora.

J. A. Cushman del.

HAMPSHIRE.

Ww

DESMIDS OF NE